Top Banner
COLLEGE SERIES OF GREEK AUTHORS EDITED DNDEK THE SUPERVISION OF JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE AND CHARLES BUETON GUUCK INTEODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF THE GEEEK DIALECTS GRAMMAR SELECTED INSCRIPTIONS GLOSSARY BY CARL DARLING §UCK PBOFESSOK OF SANSKRIT AND INDO-EUROPEAN COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGT IN THE UNIVERSITY OP CHICAGO GINN AND COMPANY BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO LONDON
345

Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

Oct 30, 2014

Download

Documents

PeterGainsford

Buck, Carl Darling 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects: Grammar, Selected Inscriptions, Glossary. Boston, etc.: Ginn and Co.The standard introductory text on ancient Greek dialects.PDF file adapted from archive, org, with bookmarks added.
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

COLLEGE SERIES OF GREEK AUTHORSEDITED DNDEK THE SUPERVISION OF

JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE AND CHARLES BUETON GUUCK

INTEODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF THE

GEEEK DIALECTS

GRAMMARSELECTED INSCRIPTIONS

GLOSSARY

BY

CARL DARLING §UCKPBOFESSOK OF SANSKRIT AND INDO-EUROPEAN COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGT

IN THE UNIVERSITY OP CHICAGO

GINN AND COMPANYBOSTON • NEW YORK • CHICAGO • LONDON

Page 2: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

Entered at Stationebs' Hall

Copyright, 1910, by

John 'Williams White akd Charles Burton Golick

ALL rights reserved

910.1

(He attenanm gteg<GINN AND COMPANY • PRO-PRIETORS • BOSTON' U.S.A.

Page 3: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

TO

THE MEMORY OF

THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR

Page 4: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects
Page 5: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

PREFACE

The aim of this work is to fnrnish in concise form the essential

material for an introductory study of the Greek dialects. Hitherto

there has been no single volume intended to fulfill the requirements

of college and graduate students who wish to gain a first-hand

knowledge of Greek dialects, whether for a better understanding of

historical Greek grammar, or for a greater appreciation of the vari-

ety of speech in the Greek world, only half suspected from the few

dialects employed in literature, or as a substantial foundation for a

critical study of these literary dialects, or merely for the ability to

handle intelligently the numerous dialect inscriptions which are

important in the investigation of Greek institutions.

It is now more than ten years since the author formed the plan

of publishing a brief collection of Greek dialect inscriptions with

explanatory notes for the use of students, and made a selection for

this purpose. At that time Cauer's Delectus inscriptionum Graeca^

rum (2d ed. 1883), which proved useful for many years, had already

ceased to be a representative collection of dialect inscriptions. In

the case of several dialects the material there given was quite over-

shadowed in importance by the discoveries of recent years. In the

meantime this situation has been relieved by the publication of

Solmsen's Inscriptiones Graecae ad inlustrandas dialectos selectae.

But another need, which it was equally a part of the plan to supply,

namely of more explanatory matter for the assistance of beginners

in the subject, has remained unfilled up to the present time, though

here again in the meantime a book has been announced as in prep-

aration (Thumb's Handbuch der griechischen Dialekte) which pre-

sumably aims to serve the same purpose as the present one.

With regard to the explanatory matter, the first plan was to ac-

company the inscriptions not only by exegetical, but also by rather

full grammatical notes, with references to the grammars where the

Page 6: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

vi PEEFACE

peculiarity in question -was treated as a whole. But tlie desire to

include all that was most essential to the student in this single vol-

ume led to the expansion of the introduction into a concise " Gram-

mar of the Dialects," and the author has come to believe that this

may prove to be the most useful part of the work. Without it the

student would be forced at every turn to consult either the larger

Greek Grammars, where, naturally, the dialectic peculiarities are

not sifted out from the discussion of the usual literary forms, or

else the various grammars of special dialects. For, since Ahrens,

the works devoted to the Greek dialects, aside from discussions of

special topics, have consisted in separate grammars of a single dia-

lect or, at the most, of a single group of dialects. Some of the ad-

vantages which this latter method undoubtedly possesses we have

aimed to preserve by means of the Summaries (pp. 129-153).

Highly important as are the dialects for the comparative study

of the Greek language, this Grammar is distinctly not intended as

a manual of comparative Greek grammar. It restricts itself to the

discussion of matters in which dialectic differences are to be ob-

served, and the comparisons are almost wholly within Greek itself.

Furthermore, the desired brevity could be secured only by elimi-

nating almost wholly any detailed discussion of disputed points and

citation of the views of others, whether in agreement or in oppo-

sition to those adopted in the text. Some notes and references

are added in the Appendix, but even these are kept within narrow

limits. Several of these references are to articles which have ap-

peared since the printing of the Grammar, which began in Septem-

ber 1908, was completed.

Especial pains have been taken to define as precisely as possible

the dialectic distribution of the several peculiarities, and it is be-

lieved that, though briefly stated and without exhaustive lists of

examples, fuller information of this kind has been brought together

than is to be found in any other general work. Biit, as the most com-

petent critics will also be the first to admit, no one can be safe from

the danger of having overlooked some stray occurrence of a given

peculiarity in the vast and still much scattered material; and, further-

more, such statements of distribution are subject to the need of contin-

ual revision in the light of the constantly appearing new material.

Page 7: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

PREFACE vii

The reasons for not attempting in the Grammar a fuller account

of the peculiarities exhibited by our literary texts in dialect are set

forth on p. 14.

The Selected Inscriptions show such a noticeable degree of coin-

cidence with the selection made by Solmsen, in the work cited above,

that it is perhaps well to state expressly that this is not the result

of having simply adopted a large part of his selections with some

additions, as it might appear, but of an independent selection, made

some years before the appearance of his work, and, except for some

necessary reduction, adhered to with probably not over half a dozen

substitutions. Eor a brief collection the choice of the most repre-

sentative inscriptions from a time when the dialects are comparar

tively unmixed is fairly clear. The later inscriptions with their

various types of dialect mixture are of great interest, and some

few examples of these have been included. But to represent this

phase adequately is possible only in a much more comprehensive

collection.

The transcription employed is also identical with that used by

Solmsen in his second edition, but this again is the result of long-

settled conviction that this system, as used for example by Baunack

in his Inschriften von Gortyn (1885) and his edition of the Delphian

inscriptions (1891), is the one best adapted for a work of this kind.

The brevity of the notes is justified by the assistance given in

other parts of the book. If, before beginning the inscriptions of a

given dialect, the student familiarizes himself with its main charac-

teristics by the help of the Summaries (180-273), he will not feel

the need of a comment or reference for a form that, from the point

of view of the dialect in question, has nothing abnormal about it.

Furthermore, the Glossary makes it unnecessary to comment on

many individual words. Detailed discussion of the problems of

chronology, constitutional antiquities, etc. which are involved in

many of the inscriptions is not called for in a work the principal

aim of which is linguistic.

It is sometimes advisable for a student to depart from the order

in which the inscriptions are given, and to begin his study of a dia-

lect with one of the later inscriptions, e.g. in Arcadian to read first

no. 18, leaving until later the more difficult nos. 16, 17.

Page 8: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

viii PEEFACE

The Glossary and Index, besides serving as an index to the Gram-

mar, is intended to include all words occurring in the Selected In-

scriptions which are not to be found in Liddell and Scott, or exhibit

unusual meanings.

Some time after this book was first planned, I learned that the

editors of the College Series had already arranged for a volume

dealing with the monuments, inscriptional and literary, which rep-

resent the different dialects of Greece, by Professor H. W. Smyth.

But, finding that Professor Smyth, because of other interests, was

quite willing to relinquish the task, the editors invited me to con-

tribute my contemplated work to the Series. The late Professor

Seymour, under whom more than twenty years ago I had read myfirst dialect inscriptions, gave me valuable counsel on the general

plan, and before his lamented death read over a large part of mymanuscript. I am also under obligation to Professor Gulick for the

great care with which he has read the proofs and for important sug-

gestions. The proofreading in the office of the publishers has been

so notably accurate and scholarly that I cannot omit to express myappreciation of it. m r. r,

C. D. B.

Chicago, Novembek 1909

Page 9: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

CONTENTS

PAET I: GRAMMAR OF THE DIALECTS

INTRODUCTION Page

Classification and Interrelation of the Dialects . . 1

The Dialects in Literature . . . . 12

PHONOLOGYAlphabet ... .15Vowels . . . 17

aO FOR O BEFORE AND AFTER LiQDIDS ... 17

FOR a IN Other Cases .18e FOR a . . . ... . . 19

ai; FROM d IS Attic-Ion K' . . . 19

c

1 FROM e BEFORE A VoWEL . 19

1 FROM e BEFORE V IN AuCAnO-CYPRIAN ... 20

1 BESIDE e IN Other Cases . . ... 21

a FROM e before p ix NoRTinvEST Greek: ... 21

West Greek a = East Greek e . . .... 22

1* o from ij IN Elean . . . ... 23

£1 FROM 17 IN ThESSALIAN AND BOEOTIAN . . .23Lesbian ai = -q ... .... 23

£ FROM 1 AFTER p IN AeOLIC 23

Consonantal i from Antevocalic t in Lesbian and Thes-

SALIAX . . . ... 2-t

Interchange of i and v . . . .24i ..... . 24

o

V FROM 0, ESPECIALLY IN ArCADO-CyPRIAN . . . 25

ov FROM u) IN Thessalian . . . . 25

V AND V . . . . . 25

ou IN Boeotian etc. . . 25

Secondary e AND 0. "Spurious Diphthongs" . . . .26

Page 10: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

CONTENTS

Diphthongs

ij FROM at IN Boeotian

ei FROM oi in Thessalian

e FROM ei . . .

t FROM ei IN Boeotian .

V FROM 01 IN Boeotian . . . .

ai, ei, ot BEFORE Vowelsav, CD, ou

In General .... . .

ao, CO, FROM au, ev IN East Ionic .

Monophthongization of o«

CM, (V BEFORE VoWELSIn Lesbian ...Insertion op f. Loss of u

Long Diphthongs

In General . .

a, 7;, w, from dtjtjt, qjl .

fit FROM 7;t .........Non-Diphthongal Vowel Combination (Contraction etc.)

In Generala OR o + Vowele + Vowel .

Tl + Vowelo + Vowel .

Notes to Preceding

Assimilation op VowelsEpenthetic VowelsAnaptyctic VowelsVowel-Gradation .

ConsonantsF

In GeneraljS FOR f . .

Initial f before a VowelIntervocalic fPostconsonantal

,

f before Consonants

Consonantal i .

Spiritus Asper. Psilosis

«r. Loss of Intertocalic c

RlIOTACISM

Change of t to o-

Page

28

28

28

29.

29

29

30

30

30

31

81

31

32

33

33

34

36

38

88

89

40

41

41

41

43

44

44

45

46

47

48

49

61

62

63

Page 11: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

CONTENTS XI

Page

P, 8,7 ... . 54

<!>>', X .... 55Lacoxian <r FROM 6 55

Interchange op Surds, Sonants, axo Aspirates . 56Interchange of it and itt . . 67

Interchange op Labials, Dentals, and Gutturals ... 58

Nasals and Liquids

Nasal before Consonant . . ... .59Transposition of a Liquid, ou Loss by Dissimilation . 60

Cretan u fkom X .60trr, ve, from Xt, xe . ... . .60

Double Liquids and Nasals in Lesbian and Thessalian

P, >•, + i 61

Xk . .... . . .61Jntervocahc 0- + Liquid or Nasal . . . 61

v<r

Original Intervocalic ko- 62

K7 + Consonant 62

Secondary Intervocalic kj- 62

Final v<r . . . . 63

X<r, p<r 6'1

fr<r, TT ........... 65

cr, mr, tt ........ 66

Original a-a- . . .66

J, 88 ... . 66

o-e 67

Assimilation, Dissimilation, and Transposition of Consonants

Assimilation in Consonant Groups 68

Transposition in Consonant Groups . . . . 69

Assimilation, Dissimilation, and Transposition, between

Non-Contiguous Consonants . . . . 69

Doubling of Consonants . . . . . . 70

Changes in External Cosibination

In Gener.vl . . . 71

Elision .... 72

Aphaeresis . .... .72Shortening of a Final Long Vowel ... 72

Crasis...... 72

Apocope . . . . . . . 74

Consonant Assimilation

Final , . . . . . . 75

Final s . . 76

FlN.VL p .

'7

Page 12: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

xu CONTENTS

Pinal Mute .

l^,iK,is ....Consonant Doubling .

p Movable ....Accent

INFLECTIONNouns and Adjectives

Feminine .a-STEMS .

Masculine d-SiEMS

o-Stems

Consonant Stems in General

it-Stems

i-Stems . . . .

w-Stems . . . .

Nouns in -evs

Some Irregular Nouns .

Comparison of Adjectives

NumeralsCardinals and Ordinals

Pronouns

Personal Pronouns . .

possessives

Reflexive Pronouns....Demonstrative Pronouns

Relative, Interrogative, and Indefinite Pronouns .

Adverbs and Conjunctions

Pronominal Adverbs and Conjunctions of Place, Time, and

Manner ....Prepositional and Other Adverbs ....

Prepositions

Peculiarities in FormPeculiarities in Meaning and Construction

VerbsAugment and Reduplication

Active Personal Endings . . .

Middle Personal Endings ... . . .

Imperative Active and MiddleFuture and Aorist.... ...Perfect . .

Subjunctive

Optative ....Infinitive.... . . ....Unthematic Inflection of Contract Verbs....

Page

77

77

78

78

79

80

81

81

82

83

84

85

8.5

86

87

87

90

91

91

92

93

95

97

99

100

103

103

105

106

107

109

110

112

112

114

Page 13: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

CONTENTS xiii

PageMiddle Participle in -ei/iei/os 114Type 0t\i}cD, (neipaviliiti . . 115

Transfer or /ii-VEKBS to the Type of Contract Verbs . .115Some Other Interchanges in the Present System . . . 115

The Verb " To Be " ... 117

"WORD-FORMATIONOn the Form and Use of Certain Suffixes and Certain Peculiari-

ties OF Composition

-7)tos = -eios 119

Type xop'"s ... . . . . .119-Tis, -(n%, -afis . . 119

-a-fws, -tr/jui . . 120

-Trip = -T))S . . 120

-los = -eos ... . . 120

-qv = -<ov 120

-uvSas, -ovSas....... 120

Individual Cases of Variation in Suffix 120

-Tepos .... . . . . 121

-iSios . . 121

-rpoc . . . . . . . . 121

~€0}V^ -wv ... . . . . 121

Proper Najies in -kX&s . . 121

At6foTos, Gtifbros ... ... . . 121

Interchange of Different Vowel Stems in First Member of

Compound, etc 122

Patronymic Adjective instead of Genitive Singular . . 122

SYNTAXThe Cases

The Genitive 124

The Dative . 125

The Accusative 125

The MoodsThe Subjunctive ... 125

The Optative . . 126

The Imperative and the Infinitive . ... 128

Word Order 128

SUMMARIES OF THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SEVERALGROUPS AND DIALECTS

East GreekAttic-Ionic 129

Ionic ... • • .... . . 130

Arcado-Ctpeian 132

Arcadian '°"

Cyprian 1^*

Page 14: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

xiv CONTENTS

Page

Aeolic . • • 135

Lesbian .... • . 135

Thessalian . . . . . . . 136

Boeotian .... . ... 139

West Greek .... . . . 141

Northwest Greek .... . . . 142

Phocian 143

LOCRIAN .... 144

Elean 144

Doric

Laconian . 146

Heraclean 147

Argolio . . 148

Corinthian ... 148

Megarian 149

Rhodian 149

COAN 150

Theran.... 151

Cretan 151

SURVIVAL or THE DIALECTS ; GROWTH OF VARIOUS EORMSOF KOINH 154

The Attic Koivii 156

The Doric Koiirfi .... .... 157

The Northwest Greek Koi;'^ . . 158

Hybrid Forms, Hyper-Doric Forms, Artificial Revival op

Dialects 160

PAET II: SELECTED INSCEIPTIONSIONIC

East Ionic ... . . .... 164

Central Ionic . . . .... 169

West Ionic (Euboean) . .... 171

ARCADIAN .... . ... 174

CYPRIAN .... . . 180

LESBIAN .... . . . .183THESSALIAN

Pelasgiotis .... . . 190

Thessaliotis . . ... 195

BOEOTIAN . .... 196PHOCIAN

Delphian .... 205Exclusive op Delphi 212

Page 15: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

CONTENTS XV

Page

LOCRIAN 214

ELEAN 219

NORTHWEST GREEK KOINH 223

LACONIAN 225

HERACLEAN .* 231

ARGOLIC 239

CORINTHIAN ... 247

MEGARIAN . . 249

RHODIAN 251

COAN 255

THERAN 259

CRETAN 261

APPENDISSelected Bibliographt 281'

Notes and Referexces 287

GLOSSARY AND INDEX . . 299

CHARTS ILLUSTRATING THE DISTRIBUTION OE IMPORTANTPECULIARITIES Plates I-IV

DIALECT MAP OF GREECE Plate V

Page 16: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

ABBEEYIATIONS

The following abbreviations are employed for languages, dialects, and local sources

of the forms quoted.

Acarn. = AoamanianAch. = AchaeanAegin. = AeginetanAetol. = AetollanAgrlg. = of AgrigentumAmorg. = of AmorgosAnd. = of AndaniaArc. = ArcadianArc.-Cypr. = Arcado-CyprianArg. = Argive (of Argos)Argol. = Argolic (of Argolis)

Astyp. = of AstypalaeaAtt. = AtticAtt.-Ion. = Attic-Ionic

Av. or Avest. = AvestanBoeot. = BoeotianCalymn. = of CalymnaCarpath. = of CarpathusChalced. = of ChalcedonChalcid. = ChalcidianCnid. = CnidianCorcyr. = CorcyraeanCorintli. = CorinthianCret. = CretanCypr. = CyprianCyren. = of CyreneDelph. = DelphianDodon. = of DodonaDor. = DoricEl. = EleanEng. = EnglishEphes. = EphesianEpid. = EpidaurianEpir. = EpirotanEretr. = EretrianEub. = Euboean

Germ. = GermanGortyn. = GortynianHeracl. = HeracleanHerm. = of HermioneIon. = Ionic

Lac. = LaconianLat. = LatinLesb. = LesbianLocr. = LoorianMant. = MantineanMeg. = MegarianMel. = of MelosMess. = MessenianMil. = of MiletusMycen. = of MyceneNisyr. = of NisynisN.W.Grk. = Northwest GreekOlynth. = of OlynthusDrop. = of OropusPamph. = PamphylianPhoc. = PhocianEheg. = of RhegiumKhod. = RhodianSelin. = of SelinusSicil. = Sicilian

Sicyon. = SicyonianSkt. = SanskritStir. = of Stiris

Styr.= of Styra -

Sybar. = of SybarisSyrac. = SyracusanTeg. = TegeanThas. = of ThasosTher. = TheranThess. = ThessalianTroez. = of Troezen

In abbreviating the names of Greek authors and of their works, Liddell and Scott's

list has been generally followed. Note also the more general gram. = grammatical(forms quoted from the ancient grammarians) , and lit. = literary (forms quoted fromthe literary dialects without mention of the individual authors)

.

For abbreviations of modern works of reference, see under the Bibliography,

pp. 281 fe.

Other abbreviations which are occasionally employed will be readily understood,as cpd. = compound, dat. = dative, Imv. = imperative, 1. = line, pi. = plural, sg. =singular, subj. = subjunctive.

Page 17: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

PAST I: GRAMMAR OF THE DIALECTS

INTRODUCTION

Classification and Inteeeelation of the Dialects ^

1. When the ancient grammarians spoke of the four dialects of

Greece— Attic, Ionic, Aeolic, and Doric, to which some added the

Koiv^ as a fifth— they had in mind solely the Literary dialects, wliich

furnished the occasion and object of their study. But these hterary

dialects represent only a few of the many forms of speech current

in Greece, most of which play no part whatever in literature, and,

apart from some scattered glosses, would be entirely miknown to

us were it not for the wealth of inscriptions which the soil of

Greece has yielded in modern times.

The existence of Ionic, Aeolic, and Doric elements in the people

and speech of Greece is an undoubted fact of Greek history, and

one of first importance to an understanding of the dialect rela-

tions. But there is no warrant, either ia the earUer Greek tradition

or in the linguistic evidence, for making this an aU-inclusive classi-

fication. These three elements were precipitated, as it were, on the

coast of Asia ilinor, where their juxtaposition gave rise to the his-

torical recognition of the distinction. And as the lonians, Aeolians,

and Dorians of Asia Minor were colonists from Greece proper, it

was a natural and proper inference of the historians that they re-

flected ethnic divisions which also existed, or had once existed, in

1 See also the Summaries of Characteristics, 180-273, and Charta I and la

at the end of the book.

1

Page 18: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

2 GEEEK DIALECTS [l

the mother country.^ As to who were the Dorians of Greece proper

there was of course no mystery. They formed a well-defined group

throughout the historical period, and the tradition that they came

originally from the Northwest is completely home out by the close

relationship of the Doric and Northwest Greek dialects (see below).

That the lonians were akin to the inhabitants of Attica was an

accepted fact in Greek history, and the Athenians are called Ionic

both in Herodotus (e.g. 1.56) and Thucydides (6.82, 7.57). The

linguistic evidence is equally unmistakable. The only uncertainty

here is as to the extent of territory which was once Ionic. There

are various accounts according to which lonians once occupied the

southern shore of the Corinthian gulf, the later Achaea (e.g. Hdt.

1.145-146, 7.94), Megara (e.g. Strabo 9.392), Epidaurus (e.g. Pans,

2.26.2), and Cynuria (Hdt. 8.73). If these accounts in themselves

are of questionable value, yet we cannot doubt that the lonians

before the migration were not confined to Attica. The close rela-

tions of Epidaurus and Troezen with Athens, in cult and legend, are

significant for the Argolic Acte, and it is reasonable to assume that

at least the entire shore of the Saronic gulf was once lonic.^

The affinities of the Aeolians were more obscure, for theirs was

the earliest migration to Asia Minor, the most remote from the

historical period. But Thessaly was the scene of their favorite

legends, the home of Achilles, as also of their eponymous hero

Aeolus, and many of their place-names had their counterpart in

Thessaly. In Herodotus we find the tradition that the Thessalians

of the historical period were invaders from the west who occupied

1 It is equally natural, and quite iustiflable as a matter of convenience, to

apply the same names to these earlier divisions. That the name Ionian, for ex-

ample, did not gain its current application on the mainland, but in the east, is

of no consequence. Such generic terms are everywhere of gradual growth.2 That is, in a period contemporaneous with the Aeolic and Achaean occupa-

tion of other parts of Greece (see below). Of a still remoter period the view hasbeen advanced that the lonians formed the first wave of Greek migration, werein fact the much-discussed Pelasgians, and for a time occupied also the territory

which with the next wave of migration became Aeolic or Achaean. This is,

naturally, much more problematical.

Page 19: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

1] INTEODUCTION 3

what had hitherto been an AeoUc land,i and with this the hnguistic

evidence is in perfect accord. For Thessalian is of all dialects the

most closely related to Lesbian, and at the same time shai-es in someof the characteristics of the West Greek dialects, this admixture

of West Greek elements being somewhat stronger in Thessaliotis

than in Pelasgiotis. See 201, 202, 210, and Chart I. The Boeo-

tians also are called Aeolians by Thucydides,'' and the Boeotian

dialect is, next to Thessalian, the most closely related to Lesbian.

These thr-ee have several notable characteristics in common (see

201 and Chart I), and are known as the Aeohc dialects. But in

Boeotian there is an even stronger admixture of West Greek ele-

ments than in Thessalian (see 217 and Chart I), the historical

explanation of which must be the same. If we credit the state-

ment of Thucydides that the Boeotian invaders were from Arne,

whence they had been driven by the Thessalians,^ we should recog-

nize in these Boeotians, not a part of the old AeoKc population of

Thessaly, but a tribe of West Greek invaders from Epirus (cf. Mt.

Boeon), like the Thessalians who forced them onward. The Aeolic

element is to be ascribed rather to the tribes, or some of them,

comprising the early stratum, as for example the Minyans of

Orchomenos. However obscure such details may be, the evidence

is perfectly clear that both Boeotia and Thessaly were once Aeolic,

but were overrun by West Greek tribes which adopted the speech

of the earlier inhabitants in greater or less degree.

It is a natural presumption, of which there ai-e some specific

indications, that not only Thessaly and Boeotia but the interme-

diate lands of Phocis and Locris, and even southern Aetolia—in fact

1 Hdt. 7.176 Are! e«r<roXoi ^XfloK ix eetrwpwrwv olicTljiTOVTes y^v riiv Alo\lSa, tiJi'

rep vSf ^rr^rai.

' Thuc. 7.57 ovroi Si AtoK^s AtoXeB<rt Tofs KTl<ra<rt Bouirrorr tois /lerel ZvpaKOtrlav

(COT ivAymiv iiiAxoTo, i.e. the Aeolians of Mediymna, Tenedos, etc., were com-

pelled to fight against the Aeolians who founded these cities, namely the Boeo-

tians; id. S.2 Boturuv (vyyeviop 6rTuii (of the Lesbians).

s Thuc. 1. 12 BotoiTof re yip oi vvv iii)Ko<rTV ^rei /isri 'Tklov iXairiy (i 'Apvris iva-

rrdvres diri Geo-o-aXw* Ti)» yOr Souarlav, Trpirepov Se 'S.aSp.iilSa. y^v koKouiUvtiv ^Kriaar.

Page 20: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

4 GREEK DIALECTS [l

all that portion of Greece north of Attica which plays a r61e in the

legends of early Greece—was once Aeolic. Phocaea in Asia Minor,

which, though later Ionic, surely belonged originally to the strip

of Aeolic colonies, was believed to be a colony of Phocis, and in the

dialect of Phocis there are actually some relics of Aeolic speech, as

the dative plural of consonant stems in -ecrai (107.3), which is also

found in eastern Locris. As for southern AetoHa, the region of

Calydon and Pleuron was once called Aeolis aecordmg to Thucyd-

ides,i and the probability is that the Aetolians of the Homeric period

were Aeolic, though their name was taken by the later. West Greek,

invaders. The Aetolian occupation of Elis was an accepted tradi-

tion, and the existence of an Aeolic element in the dialect of Elis,

like the dative plural in -ecrai, may be brought into connection with

this if we assume that while the invaders were Aetolians in the

later sense, that is West Greek, as Elean is distinctly a West Greek

dialect, they had nevertheless adopted certaiu characteristics of the

earlier Aeolic Aetolian and brought them to Elis. Corinth was

also once occupied by Aeolians according to Thucydides,^ and it is

a noteworthy fact that the dative plural in -ecro-t, which is unknown

in other Doric dialects, is found in various Corinthian colonies (107.3).

But we have passed beyond the limits within which the term

Aeolic, or in general the division into Ionic, Doric, and Aeolic, can

with any propriety be applied to the peoples and dialects of the

historical period. It is only in Strabo that these three groups are

made into an all-inclusive system of classification, by means of an

unwarranted extension of Aeolic to include everything that is not

Ionic or Doric. And yet it is, unfortunately, this statement of

Strabo's,^ the error of which has long since been recognized, that

1 Thuo. 3.102 ii T^v XloXlSa Ti]v vSv KaKaviiirrfV 'KaKvSwva Kal nXevpwva.

2 Thuo. 4. 42 iirkp ov b 'LoKiyeioi XAi^os itTTly, iifl ov Aupiijs tA irdXai ISpvBirres .

rots iv T% irfiXct KopivBioK iiroX^fxovVj offtrty Alo\eO<rt.

' Strabo 8.333 irivres yd,p ol iKris 'lirSiwO irXiiv 'AOrivaluv xal Meyapiui' xal ruv

irepX rbv IIo/ii'ocro'Ai' Aupiiuv /to! vvv en A2oXeis KoXoBvrai. . . . Kal ol ivris (sc.'lirfl/ioO)

AfoXets Tp&repov ^(rav, etr iii,lx9i](sa.v, 'Iiivuv pip ix rijs 'Attik^s riv Ai7ioX6i' koto-

vxiiTuv, Tuv S' 'HpaKXeiSflK Tois Aapiias KaTayayivTur, ... o! piv otv'luves i^iireaov

Page 21: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

1] INTRODUCTIOI^ 5

has often been taken as representative of ancient tradition andstill colors, in the literal sense, our maps of ancient Greece. Thehistorical Phocians, Locrians, Aetohans, etc., were not, as Strabo's

statement implies, called Aeolic. Neither in Herodotus, Thucydi-

des, nor any early writer, are they ever brought under any one of

the three groups. Their dialects, with that of Elis, which Strabo

also calls Aeolic, all of which may be conveniently designated the

Northwest Greek dialects, are, in spite of some few traces of AeoHcas mentioned above, most closely related to the Doric dialects.

There is scarcely one of the general characteristics common to the

Doric dialects in which they do not share, though they also have

certain peculiarities of their own. See 223 with a, 226, and Chart I.

If we were to classify them under any one of the three groups, it

is unquestionably Doric to which they have the best claim, and if

Strabo and our maps so classed them there would be no very seri-

ous objection. Indeed modem scholars do often class them under

" Doiic in the wider sense," calling them then specifically " North

Doric." But on the whole it seems preferable to retain the term

Doric in its historical application and employ West Greek as the

comprehensive term to include the Northwest Greek dialects and

the Doric proper.

In fact the most fimdamental division of the Greek dialects is

that into these West Greek and the East Greek dialects, the terms

referring to their location prior to the great migrations. The East

Greek Eire the " Old Hellenic " dialects, that is those employed by

the peoples who held the stage almost exclusively in the period

represented by the Homeric poems, when the West Greek peoples

remained in obscurity in the northwest. To the East Greek division

belong the Ionic and Aeolic groups, though, of the latter, Thessalian

and Boeotian, as explained above, are mixed dialects belonging in

TdXir TOxAiis irwb 'Axtuav, AloKixcS eBrov! fKct^Sti S" ir tJ IleXoiroFiTJo-^i rd Sio ^Bni,

t6 tc AtoXurdc xal ri Awpixiv. &roi fi^w o?>» ^ttop tois AwpiEwriv irewX^KOFTO, Kaddrep

ww4pri Tots re 'ApKdirt Koi rots 'HXeiots, . . . , ofroi otoXurri fitcX^ffqcrar, oi 5" SXXot /aurrj

Tin ixP't'^'"^" ^ afi0o», oi /i^ fiaWof oi S* ^TTor alo\t{>)rT€S.

Page 22: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

6 GEEEK DIALECTS [l

part also in the West Greek division. And to East Greek belongs

also another group, the Arcado-Cyprian.

No two dialects, not even Attic and Ionic, belong together more

obviously than do those of Arcadia and the distant Cyprus. They

share in a number of notable peculiarities which are unknown else-

where. See 189 and Chart I. This is to be accounted for by the

fact that Cyprus was colonized, not necessarily or probably from

Arcadia itself, as tradition states, but from the Peloponnesian coast,

at a time when its speech was like that which in Arcadia survived

the Doric migration. This group represents, beyond question, the

pre-Doric speech of most of the Peloponnesus, whatever we choose

to call it. The term Achaean is used in so many different senses ^

that it might be well to avoid it entirely. But it is convenient to

apply it to this group, which actually has the best claim to it,

whenever the need is felt of some other term than Arcado-Cyprian,

which, whUe describing accurately what is left of the group in

the historical period, is strikingly infelicitous when applied to

prehistoric times. The relations of this group to the others of the

East Greek division, especially Aeolic, are the most difficult to

interpret historically. Strabo, of course, calls the Arcadians Aeolic,

but without warrant in earlier usage. For example, Thucydides,

in describing the forces engaged at Syracuse (7.57), makes the

most of the distinction between Ionic, Doric, and Aeolic nations,

but does not class the Arcadians with any one of these. Yet the

Arcadian and Cyprian dialects show notable resemblances to the

Aeolic dialects which cannot be afecidental (see 190.3-6 and Chart I),

and some would class them all together under the head of " Aeolic

in the widest sense" or "Achaean" (Aeolic in the usual sense

then appearing as " North Achaean "). On the other hand, manyof the characteristics common to the Aeolic dialects are lacking,

1 '' Achaean '

' is applied by some to a supposed stratum intermediate betweenthat which survived in Arcado-Cyprian and the later Doric. But there is nogood evidence, either linguistic or otherwise, that any such intermediate stratumever existed.

Page 23: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

1] INTEODUCTION 7

and there are certain points of agreement with Attic-Ionic (see

190.1, 193.2,3, and Chart I). One may surmise that the latter,

which are in part confined to Arcadian, are due to contact with

lonians on the coast of the Peloponnesus (see above, p. 2), and

that the connections with Aeolic are earlier and more fundamental,

reflecting a period of geographical continuity with Aeohc peoples

somewhere in Northern Greece. But that brings us before the "mys-

tery of the Achaean- name," that most difficult problem of the

relation between the Achaeans of the Phthiotis and the pre-Doric

Achaeans of the Peloponnesus, and of those again to the historical

Achaeans on the Corinthian Gidf, whose dialect is West Greek.

Conservative procedure here consists in recognizing Arcado-Cyprian,

or Achaean, as a distinct group intermediate between Aeolic and

Attic-Ionic, and conceding that the precise historical background of

their interrelations is hopelessly obscure. Arcadian shows some few

West Greek peculiarities which we may properly attribute to the

influence of the surrounding Doric dialects in the historical period.

Just as in the Northwest Greek dialects some traces of the

former Aeolic speech have survived, as noted above, so it is not

surprising to find some traces of Achaean speech in the Doric

dialects spoken in lands formerly Achaean. For example, in

Laconia Poseidon was worshiped under the name of IlohoiSdv,

which recalls Arc. HoaoiSdv, the true Doric form being Hotoi-

Sdv (49.1, 61.5). Here possibly belongs Iv = iv in some Cretan in-

scriptions (10). Besides survivals which bear specifically either the

Aeolic or the Achaean stamp, there are others of forms which are

common to both, and so from the linguistic poiat of view might

be called Aeolic-Achaean, only their provenance leading us to

infer either Aeolic or Achaean source (e.g. probably Achaean,

Te\etr<f>opevT€<; 157, TreSa 137.5, ypo<f)ev<} etc. 5, 6) ; or again others

which might be called simply East Greek without further differ-

entiation. But, apart from some few striking examples, the ques-

tion of survival versus accidental agreement or historical borrowing

is a very delicate one.

Page 24: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

8 GEEEK DIALECTS [l

The classification of the dialects is then, in outliae, as follows :

^

West Greek Division East Greek Division

1. Northwest Greek: Phocian, 1. Attic-Ionic.

Locrian, Elean, etc. 2. Aeolic : Lesbian, Thessalian,

2. Doric : Laconian, Corinthian, Boeotian.

Argolic, Cretan, etc. 3. Arcado-Cyprian or Achaean.

2. The Greek dialects, classified in accordance with the preceding

scheme, and with their important subdivisions noted, are the fol-

lowing. For summaries of the characteristics of each, see 180-273.

EAST GREEK

I. The Attic-Ionic Group1. Attic.

2. Ionic.

A. East Ionic, or Ionic of Asia Minor. The Ionic cities of the

coast of Asia Minor and the adjacent islands, Samos, Chios, etc.,

together with their colonies, mostly on the Hellespont, Propontis,

and Euxine. There are some local varieties, of which the most

marked is Chian, containing some Lesbian features.

B. Central Ionic, or Ionic of the Cyclades. The Ionic Cyclades,

Naxos, Amorgos, Paros with its colony Thasos, Delos, Tenos, An-

dres, Ceos, etc.

C. "West Ionic, or Euboean. Chalcis (with its colonies in Italy,

Sicily, and the Chalcidian peninsula) and the other cities of Eu-

boea. A local dialect with marked characteristics is the Eretrian,

seen ia the inscriptions of Eretria and Oropus.

1 Pamphylian, of which the meager remains permit only a very imperfect

knowledge, and which is therefore, barring occasional references, ignored in this

book, shows notable affinities on the one hand with Arcado-Cyprian (u = o, i^

with dat., etc.), on the other with West Greek (<l>lKa.Ti, lap6s, Sko, etc.). AsThessalian and Boeotian represent a mixture of Aeolic and West Greek, so

Pamphylian of Achaean and West Greek. Quite probably the earliest colonists

were Achaeans from the Peloponnesus, later followed by Dorians.

Page 25: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

2] INTRODUCTIOZSr 9

II. The Akcado-Cypeian oe Achaean Geoup

1. Arcadian. The most important material 'is from Tegea andMantiaea.

2. Cyprian. There are numerous short inscriptions, and one of

considerable length, the bronze of IdaJium. All are iu the Cyprian

syllabary.

III. The Aeolic Geoup

1. Lesbian, or Asiatic Aeohc.^ The inscriptional material is fairly

extensive, but late. There is nothiug approaching the time of the

poems of Alcaeus and Sappho, and very little that is older than the

Macedonian period. Most of the inscriptions are from the chief

cities of Lesbos, but a few are from other islands and to-wns of

the Aeolic mainland.

2. Thessalian.^ Two subdivisions with marked differences are

formed by the dialect of Pelasgiotis and that of Thessaliotis, which

may be conveniently, if not quite appropriately, designated as East

and West Thessalian.

From Phthiotis there is an early Thessalian inscription, but most

of the material is from the period of Aetohan domination and in

the Northwest Greek Koivri. See 279. From Histiaeotis, Perrhaebia,

and Magnesia the material is very scanty.

3. Boeotian.^ The material is very extensive, and representative

of all the important Boeotian towns, but is meager for the early

period.

WEST GREEKIV. The Noethwest Gkeek Group

1. Phocian. A large part of the material,including nearly all that is

of an early date, is from Delphi, and is quoted specifically as Delphian.

1 Sometimes called simply Aeolic. But, to avoid confusion with Aeolic in its

wider sense, the designation Lesbian is to be preferred in spite of the formal

impropriety of applying it to a dialect not restricted to Lesbos. Most of the

material is actually from Lesbos.

2 That Thessalian and Boeotian are only in part Aeolic, in part West Greek,

has been explained above, pp. 2, 3.

Page 26: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

10 GEEEK DIALECTS [2

2. Locrian. The early and important inscriptions are from west-

ern Locris. From eastern Locris the material is meager and late.

3. Elean. All the material, much of which is very early, is from

Olympia.

4. The Northwest Greek Koivri. Employed in Aetolia and other

regions rmder the domination of the Aetolian league. See 279.

Note. Only Phocian, Locrian, and Elean are known to us as distinct

dialects of this group. Of others which presumably belong here we have

practically no material from a time when they retained their individuality.

In Aetolia, for example, before the rise of the Northwest Greek Koivq there

was undoubtedly a distinct Northwest Greek dialect, probably most nearly

related to Locrian, but of this pure Aetolianwe have no knowledge. Of the

speech of Aeniania and Malis previous to the Aetolian domination we have

no remains. It is natural to suppose that Northwest Greek dialects were

once spoken also in Acarnania and Epirus. But here the influence of the

Corinthian colonies was strong from an early period, as shown by the use

of the Corinthian alphabet in the few early inscriptions ; and in later times,

from which nearly all the material dates, the language employed is not the

Northwest Greek Kowq, but the Doric koivtq, like that of the contempora-

neous insci-iptions of Corcyra. -See 279. Hence the actual material from

Acarnania and Epirus is more properly classified with Corinthian. FromCephallenia and Ithaca we have decrees in the Northwest Greek kolvti from

the Aetolian period (see 279), but from earlier times not enough to show

whether the dialect was Northwest Greek or Doric. From Zacynthus there

is almost nothing. The dialect of Achaea (i. e. Peloponnesian Achaea in

the historical period) is generally believed to belong to this group. This

is probable on general grounds, but there is as yet no adequate linguistic

evidence of it. For, apart from the inscriptions of Achaean colonies in

Magna Graecia, which, both on account of their meagemess and the mixedelements in the colonization, are indecisive, nearly all the material is from

the time of the Achaean league, and this is not in the Northwest Greek

Koarfj, but in the same Doric Kotvij that was used in Corinth and Sicyon.

V. The Doric Group

1. Laconian and Heracleata. Laconia and its colonies Tarentum andHeraclea. Heraclean, well known from the Heraclean Tables, has

peculiarities of its own, and is treated as a distinct dialect.

Page 27: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

2] ESTTRODUCTION 11

2. Messenian. There is scarcely any material until a late period,

when the dialect is no longer pure.

3. Megarian. Megara, and its colonies in Sicily (especially Selinus)

and on the Propontis and Bosporus (as Byzantium, Chalcedon, etc.).

Except from Selinus the material is late.

4. CorintMan. Corinth, Sicyon, Cleonae, Phlius, and the Corin-

thian colonies Corcyra (with its own colonies ApoEonia and Dyrrha-

chium), Leucas, Anactorium, Ambracia, etc., and, in Sicily, Syracuse

with its own colonies. Material from places other than Corinth,

though coming under the general head of Corinthian, is generally

quoted specifically as Sicyonian, Corcyraean, Syracusan, etc.

5. Argolic. Argos, Mycenae, etc., and the cities of the Acte, as

Hermione, Troezen, and Epidaurus together with Aegina.^ Argolic

(abbreviated Argol.) is used as the general term, while Argive (Arg.)

refers more specifically to the material from Argos (with the Argive

Heraeum), as Epidaurian to that from Epidaurus.

6. Rhodian. Ehodes (Camirus, lalysus, Lindus, and the city of

Eliodes) with the adjacent small islands (Chalce, etc.) and Carpathus,

Telos, and Syme, the settlements on the mainland (the Ehodian

Peraea) and Phaselis in Pamphylia, and the Sicilian colonies Gela

and Agrigentum (an inscription of Ehegium, though not a Ehodian

colony, is in the same dialect). The material is very extensive, but

little of it is early.

7. Coan and Calymnian. The material is considerable,but not early.

8. The dialects of Cnidus, and of Nisyrus, Anaphe, Astypalaea,

and other small islands. The material is late, and insufficient to

determine whether any of these should properly be grouped with

Ehodian, Coan, or Theran. Nisyrus, for example, was nearly always

connected politically with either Cos or Ehodes.

9. Theran and Melian. Thera with Cyrene, and Melos. Early in-

scriptions are numerous, but brief.

1 From Aegina there is not much material from the period before the Athe-

nian occupation, but enough to show that the dialect was Argolic (note tapios

with lenis, 58 &).

Page 28: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

12 GEEEK DIALECTS [3

10. Cretan. This is now the best-known of all the Doric dialects,

owing to the very extensive early material, especially from Gortyna.

The dialect of Gortyna and other cities of the great central portion

of the island is also known more specifically as Central Cretan, to

exclude the divergent type seen in the iascriptions, mostly late,

from the eastern and western extremities of the island. See 273.

But the term Cretan alone is to be understood as referring to this

Central Cretan, unless otherwise stated.

The Dialects in Liteeatuee

3. Of the numerous dialects of Greece a few attained the rank

of literary dialects, though for the most part in a mixed and arti-

ficial form not corresponding to anything actually spoken at a

given time and place. Moreover, in the course of literary develop-

ment these dialects came to be characteristic of certain classes of

hterature, and, their r61e once established, the choice of one or the

other usually depended upon this factor rather than upon the native

dialect of the author.

The literary development of epic songs began with the Aeolians

of Asia Minor, whence it passed into the hands of the neighboring

lonians, and the language of Homer, which became the norm of

aU epic poetry and strongly affected subsequent poetry of all classes,

is a mixture of Aeolic and Ionic,— in the main Old Ionic but with

the retention of many Aeolic forms, such as dfifie<; beside ^fiel's,

genitive singular in -do beside -eco, etc. The language of Hesiod is

substantially the same, but with some Aeolic forms not used in

Homer, also some Boeotian and Doric peculiarities. The elegiac

and iambic poets also use the epic dialect with some modifications,

not only lonians like Archilochus, but the Athenian Solon, the

Spartan Tyrtaeus, the Megarian Theognis, etc.

Of the melic poets, Alcaeus and Sappho followed very closely

their native Lesbian dialect, though not entirely unaffected by epic

influence. The language of these and other Lesbian poets was

Page 29: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

3] INTEODUCTION 13

directly imitated by some later writers, notably by Theocritus in

three of his idyls, and contributed an important element to the

language of many more, e.g. Anacreon of Teos, who in the main

employed his native Ionic (New Ionic), and, in general, to the

choral lyric, which Xv^as mainly Doric.

The choral lyric was developed among Doric peoples, though

under the impulse of Lesbian poets, who we know were welcomed

in Sparta, for example, in the seventh century. Its language is

Doric, vnth an admixture of Lesbian and epic forms, no matter

whether the poet is a Dorian, or a Boeotian like Pindar, or an

Ionian like Simonides and Bacchyhdes. This Doric, however, is not

identical with any specific Doric dialect, but is an artificial com-

posite, showing many of the general Doric characteristics, but with

the elimination of local peculiarities. An exception is to be made

in the case of Alcman, whose Doric is of a severer type and evi-

dently based upon the Laconian, though also mixed with Lesbian

and epic forms.

The earliest prose writers were the Ionic philosophers and Ms-

torians of the sixth century, and in the fifth century not only

Herodotus, but Hippocrates of Cos, a Dorian, wrote in Ionic. In

the meantime, with the political and intellectual supremacy of

Athens, Attic had become the recognized language of the drama,

and before the end of the fifth century was employed in prose also,

though the earlier prose writers as Thucydides, like the tragedians,

• avoided certain Attic peculiarities which were stUl felt as provin-

cialisms (e.g. TT = crcr, pp = per). Henceforth Attic was the lan-

guage of literary prose.

The dialects mentioned are the only literary dialects known and

cultivated throughout the Greek world. But some few others were

employed locally. Epicharmus and Sophron wrote in their native

Syracusan Doric, as did, later, Archimedes. A form of Doric prose

was developed among the Pythagoreans of Magna Graecia, seen in

some fragments of Archytas of Tarentum, Philolaus of Croton, and

others, though the greater part of the writings of this class are

Page 30: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

14 GEEEK DIALECTS [3

spurious. The comic poet Ehiuthon, from whom the grammarians

sometimes quote, used the Doric of Tarentum. The fragments of

Corinna of Tanagra, whose fame was scarcely more than local, are

in Boeotian, and the Boeotian dialect, as well as Megarian and

Laconian, are caricatured by Aristophanes. But the great majority

of the dialects play no role whatever in literature.

Even for those dialects which are represented, the literary re-

maias must for the most part be regarded as secondary sources,

not only because of their artificial character but also because of

the corruptions which they have suffered in transmission. Excep-

tional importance, however, attaches . to the language of Homer

because of its antiquity, and to the Lesbian of Alcaeus and Sappho

because it is relatively pure and much older than the inscriptional

material.

Note. In the following exposition, dialectic forms from literary and

grammatical sources are not infrequently quoted, especially where the

inscriptional evidence is slight, as it is, for example,' quite naturally, for

the personal pronouns. Such forms are sometimes quoted with their spe-

cific sources, sometimes simply as literary Doric (lit. Dor.), literary Lesbian

(lit. Lesb.), literary Ionic (lit. Ion.), or grammatical (gram.). But a de-

tailed treatment of the dialectic peculiarities observed in our literary texts

is so bound up with questions of literary tradition and textual criticism

that it is best left to the critical editions of the various authors. It would

be impracticable in a work of the present scope, and would, moreover, tend

to obscure that more trustworthy picture of the dialects which is gained

from inscriptions, and which is so important as a basis for the critical study

of the mixed literary forms.

Page 31: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

PHONOLOGY

The Alphabet

4. The numerous diEFerences in the local alphabets, so far as

they consist merely in variations of the forms of the letters, need

not be discussed here, important as the}- are to the epigraphist in

deciding the age and source of inscriptions. But certain points in

the use of the alphabet and its development as a means of express-

ing the Greek sounds should be noted.

1. In the most primitive type of the Greek alphabet, as it is

seen in the earliest inscriptions of Crete, Thera, and Melos, the

non-Phoenician signs <|), X, Y have not yet been introduced, and the

I is not in use. The sounds of <fi, y^ are represented by ttA, k/i

(or fh), or, as in Crete, where B (H) when used is tj not A, are not

distinguished fi-om tt, k ; those of yjr, f, by ttct, Ktr.

2. In the next stage of development, after the introduction of

<l>, X, Y, the alphabets fall into two classes, according to the values

attached to these signs. The eastern division, to which Ionic

belongs, employs them as <|), %, '^, and also uses the i as ^, though

a subdivision of this group, represented mainly by the Attic aljdia-

bet, uses only the first two and expresses fjr, f by <f>(r, x'^- The

western di^ision,^ to which belong the majority of the alphabets

of Greece proper as weU as that of Euboea, whence it was carried

to Italy by the Chalcidian colonies and became the source of the

Latin alphabet, employs <l>, X, Y as ^, f, x. not using I at all, and

1 This distinction of eastern and western alphabets, the distribution of wliich

is clearly shown in the Chart in Kirchhoff s Sludien zur GeschictUe des griechi-

schen Alphabets, has no connection with that of East and West Greek dialects,

and is anything but coincident with it.

15

Page 32: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

16 GREEK DIALECTS [4

generally expressing yjr by ttct or, oftener, ^a (only in Locrian and

Arcadian by a special sign *).

3. In the earliest inscriptions nearly all the alphabets have the

f (van or digamma); and many the 9 (koppa), which is used before

or V, and that too even if a liquid intervenes, e.g. ioptvdodev,

h6ppo<!, Aop/30?, ippore, IlaT/aopXo?, XepvOof, 2\vtos (in other posi-

tions it is very rare).

4. Two signs were available for o-, namely ^ or 5 (sigma) and

M (san), and most alphabets use one of these to the exclusion of

the other. But there are some few examples of a differentiation.

In an early Arcadian inscription of Mantinea (no. 16), the charac-

ter \A, a simplified form of the san, which is known from other

sources, is used to denote a sibilant of specifically Arcado-Cyprian

origin, as in v^t? (transcribed a;i<;) = Cypr. o-ts, Att. tk. See 68.3.

A sign T, which is also probably a modification of the san, is used

in some Ionic inscriptions of Asia Minor for the usual acr = Att. tt,

e.g. from Hahcarnassus 'KXiicapvwve{(o)v beside 'AXiKupvacrcrecov,

from Ephesus TeTape;, reTapaKovra = reaaapei;, etc., from Teos

\ff\d\wvr]'i beside OaKaacrav.

5. In Boeotian, V, a compromise between E and I, is sometimes

used for the close e, later i (9.2). At Corinth and Megara there

were two characters, & and E, for the e-sounds, but usually dififer-

entiated. See 28.

6. In most of the alphabets the H (early B) is the sign of the

spiritus asper, and neither 77 and co nor the lengthened e and ("spu-

rious et and ow") are distinguished from the short e and 0. But

in East Ionic, where the sound of the spiritus asper was lost at a

very early period, the H, which was thus left free, was turned to

account as a vowel sign, not so much to show a difiference in quan-

tity (in the case of a, I, v no such need was felt) as one of quality.

It was probably used first only for the extremely open e coming

from d, that is for the specifically Attic-Ionic -q (8), which for a

time was more open than the sound of the inherited e, though this

was also open as compared with the short e, and both soon became

Page 33: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

S] PHOXOLOGY 17

identical and were denoted in the same way. To be sure, no suchdistinction is to be observed in East Ionic inscriptions, but it is

seen in some of the Cyclades, to which the use of the H had passedfrom East Ionic, e.g. from Naxos (no. 6) NiKcivSpr), popr], etc., butavedeKev (with E in the penult). Siinilai- examples from Ceos (e.g.

no. 8) and Amorgos.

The use of H = ?/ extended not only to the Ionic but also to the

Doric islands, Rhodes, Thera, Melos, and Crete, where it is found

in the earliest inscriptions, though in Crete it went out of use for

a time, not appearing for example in the Law-Code. In Central

Ionic, where the sound of the spiritus asper still survived, as also

in Ehodes, Thera, and Melos, the sign was used both as t) and as

k It occurs also with the value of he, at Delos, Naxos (no. 6),

and Oropus (no. 14.46).

The Ionic alphabet is also characterized by its distinction of o

and o) through dififerentiated forms of (usually Q = (o, but in

some of the islands, namely Paros, Thasos, and Siphnos, Q = o, and

or G = w).

7. In 403 RC. the Ionic alphabet was officially introduced at

Athens, and not much later replaced the native or "epichoric"

alphabets in other parts of Greece. Inscriptions of the end of the

fifth or the beginning of the fourth century often show a transi-

tional form of the alphabet, partly epichoric, partly Ionic. Even

with the full Ionic alphabet, f was generally retained where it was

still sounded, and sometimes a form of H was used for the spiritus

asper, as h in the Heraclean Tables and occasionally elsewhere

(Elis, no. 60, Sicyon, Epidaurus). The Delphian Labyadae inscrip-

tion (no. 51) has B = h, H = ?/.

For the Cyprian syllabary, see no. 19.

VOWELSa

5. o for a before or after liquids. Examples are most numerous

in Lesbian, mainly from literary and grammatical sources, as

Page 34: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

18 GREEK DIALECTS [5

(7t/jo'tos = arpaTO^, hpoaea)<i = Bpaaewi, ^oKaicri = y^dXcoai, etc.

So an^p[6]Trjv (no. 21) = dfiaprelv, like Horn, rjn^porov = •^fj.ap-

Tov (fjL^p from iu,p, as regularly). Both arporayoi; and a-Tpdrayo';

occur in inscriptions, Kkewise in Boeotian crrpoTo^ in numerous

proper names, a-TporicoTa';, ia-TpoTevaO-rj, but also a-Tparo^ in proper

names, arpaTay(ovTo<i. The forms with a, which are the only ones

attested for Thessalian, are to be attributed to icoivri tafluence.

Cf. Boeot., Thess. iporo'i = e/aaro?, ^pox"<i == ^paxv<;, attested by

proper names, Boeot., Lesb. ttojovot^ = Trdpvoyjr, whence Lesb.

IlopvoTricov (Strabo 13.613), Tiopvoiria (no. 23).

In Arcado-Cyprian also we find Arc. i(ji6opKd><; = e^BapKm,

TravdyopcTK = iravrjyvpL'i but iu form belonging with West Ion.

(Naples) dyappa (49.2), crTopirdo<; = aa-rpairaloi; (also Arc. a-Topird,

Cypr. arpoTrd in Hesych.), Cypr. Kop^Ca (Hesych.) = KapSia, Kare-

fopyov = *KaTepapyov aorist of *icaT-epepyco {icaTelpyoa) with the

weak grade of the root as in eSpaKOv from SepKOfiai (49.2).

In various West Greek dialects occur derivatives of ypd^ca with o,

though the verb itself always has a. Thus ypo^ev<; in EUs, Argolis,

Sicyon, in Argolis also ypo<l>evco, (Tvyypo(j)o<;, etc., Heracl. aveiriypo-

</>09, Cret. aTToypo^ov, eyypo^ov, Mel. Tpocfxov. Cf. also Cret., Epid.

KaTaXo^ev<i = *Kara\a/3ev';, support, Cret. a/3Xo7ria = a^Xa^Ca.

a. Some of tlie examples, if taken by themselves, might be regarded

simf)ly as inherited o-grade forms (cf . 49.2), e. g. Arc. i(j>dopKioi (cf . i<j)9opa).

But an actual substitution must be recognized in Lesb. o-rporos etc., and,

while the precise conditions and scope of the phenomenon are not clear, it

is evidently one in which all the Aeolic dialects and Arcado-Cyprian had a

share. Whether ypoc^eiJs etc. are anything more than inherited o-grade

forms may be less certain, but it is probable that these are Achaean sur-

vivals (see p. 7), and belong in this same connection.

6. for a in other cases. 6v = avd in Lesbian, Thessalian (Pe-

lasgiotis), and Arcado-Cyprian {iv, see 22). Lesb., Arc. SexoToi =Se/earo?, also Arc. Ssko = Se'/ca, heKorov = ewoToV, and Lesb. evoro^

— evaTO's. Thess. k^ofieivvov = e^dfirjvpv. Delph. evTo^rjia, burial

rites, Heracl. to</)kbi^, hurial-plaee (cf. ra^os). Kodap6<i = Kadapo^

in Heraclea, Sybaris, Locris (Heppodapidv), Elean Kodaptni;.

Page 35: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

9] PHONOLOGY 19

a. The explanation is uncertain, and not necessarily the same for all

the forms cited here. For example, it is possible that the o of SeKoros etc.

is to be viewed in the same light as that of cIkoiti = West Greek piKaTi. See116 a. But the preference for o appears to he, here as in 5, an Aeolic-Aohaean characteristic.

7. e for a. For forms with e beside a which fall within the

regular system of vowel-gradation, see 49.2-4.

An actual change of final a to e is seen in Thess. Sie = Sid. Of.

Thess. -ec = -at (27).

d

8. Attic-Ionic r/ from d. Original a, which remains unchanged

in all other dialects, becomes tj in Attic-Ionic. Thus ti/j,'^, ^rjfii,

la-Trjfii, but in other dialects Tifia (a-stem), (j^dni (Lat. farl), la-Tdfii

(Lat. stare). For the contrast between this rj and that which repre-

sents an inherited e-sound and is common to the other dialects

also, note Att.-Ion. lirjT'qp, elsewhere /MaTrjp (Lat. mater).

But Attic differs from Ionic, in that it has d, not 17, after e, i,

and p, as yevea, olicid, x'^P^ = Ion- jeve'^, oIkCtj, x^PV-

a. The change of a in the direction of ij began in the Attic-Ionic period,

and was universal. The d in Att. X'^^P^ ^tc. is not the original d unchanged,

but a special Attic reversion to d, which occurred, however, before the newsound had become completely identical with that representing original e,

and hence did not affect the latter (so Att. jrpa.TTOi, but pjjTwp). That is,

the 17 from d was at first an extremely open e-sound, even more open than

that of original e, and even in the historical period the two sounds are

distinguished in the spelling of some inscriptions of the Cyclades. See 4.6.

6. The d arising from lengthening of a in connection with original inter-

vocalic vcr, (TV, etc., undergoes the same change, e.g. Att.-Ion. i<j>rjva. from

l<^va,, original *£^av<Ta. See 76, 77.1. But in rds from Tavs and irStra from

irdva-a, original *iravTia., the d was of later origin and was unafiected. See

77.3, 78.

£

9. t from e before a vowel.

1. Even in Attic an e before another vowel had a closer sound

than in other positions, and was frequently written «, as 0«o'? =

6e6<;, veiuK = vew. So, sometimes, in Ionic, as £?&)? = em?, Seto'/iei/o?

(Oropus) = Seoiievoi.

Page 36: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

20 GEEEK DIALECTS [»

In several dialects the e progressed so far in the direction of t

that it was frequently, or even regularly, written i. Thus

:

2. Boeotian. The spelling is usually i, but sometimes e, ei, or H

(see 4.5), as diof, OeLot = 0e6<;, aveOiav, avedeiav beside avedeav,

Ylo\vic\V-e<i = IloXvKXer]';, lovTO'i = iovTOi, piovrof = peovTOi.

a. Boeotian € in general had a relatively close sound, and the spelling a

occurs occasionally even before a consonant, as HevapEiVo) = 'Sivaperov, ®i6-

<l>euTTOs = *®£66€(TTOi (68.2), jreiroLOVTtuTa-t = -eero-t. In ev ©eurirt^s, ©etoTrteus,

etc. the spelling a is so constant that it perhaps stands for original ij (16),

which in other dialects was shortened as if the name of the town were

connected with OicnrK etc.

3. Cyprian. At Idalium the spelling is regularly t, as 6i6<i,

l6(v)Ta = iovTU, peiTija = eirea.

4. Cretan. We find t regularly, except where the e was once

followed by f. That is, the change was prior to the loss of inter-

vocalic p; and the e which later, with the loss of f, came to stand

before another vowel, was unaffected. Thus 16vto<; = e6vT0<;, Kokimv

= KoKeatv, TrXte? = Hom. 7r\ee9,— but vleo';, ponceo's, hpop,edv.

5. Laconian. We find i, with the same restriction as in Cretan,

in early inscriptions (also in Alcman and Ar. Lysist.), e.g. Bioi,

avioxeov = ^vioxecov. In later inscriptions the spelling is usually e.

6. Heraclean. Verbal forms show i, with the same restriction

as in Cretan, e.g. aSiKiav, ep^eTplcofiea, but peovra, Seofieva. In

other words, TifiOKpario';, but usually e, as pireo'i, owing to Koivrj

influence.

7. In Argolic and Thessalian, both of which usually show e,

there are some examples of t, as Arg. ^to'?, irehiov = fiereatv, Thess.

dio^, Aimv.

10. t from e before v in Arcado-Cyprian. Iv = iv is the regular

form in Arcadian and Cyprian, also in compounds as Arc. Ivdym,

ifi^aivo), lvcf)op^ia), lyKexvPVicoi, ivBiKO'i, ivTratni, IvrroXd, lyyvo^,

lviiev<l)ri<i and IV/ioi/^os, hlameworthy (opp. to afiep,^^^, ap,op.<^o<;),

Cypr. ivaXCva (lva\a\ia-p.eva). Cf. also early Arc. (Mantinea, no. 16)airexop.ivo'}, a7ruSeSo/u,t'v[o?] = -pAvovi. But €V occurs in other

Page 37: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

12] PHONOLOGY 21

words, and the more precise conditions of the change are not yet

clear, iv = iv is found also, possibly an " Achaean " survival (see

p. 7), in some Cretan inscriptions of Eleutherna and Vaxus, and ia

an Achaean iascription.

11. t beside e in other cases. The occasional interchange of i

and e in related words, as irCrvrifii beside weravvvfii (a kind of

vowel-gradation, but not of the common types given in 49), is occa-

sionally seen among dialectic forms of the same word. Horn, iriav-

pes = iretyervpes, Tecrcrepe;, Att. xtXioi from *j^i(7\toi, while Ion.

j^eCXioi, Lesb. j^eXXiot, etc. are from *;^eo-Xtot (76). Att. earta

appears with i in all other dialects, so far as quotable, e.g. Ion.

ia-riTj, Lesb. larCa, Thess. 'lo-o-Ttateio?, Boeot. 'la-Tirico, Delph.

'lo-Ttto, Locr. laria, Hera;cl. 'ItrTieto?, Syrac. 'laria, Ehod. IcrnaTo-

piov, Coan larCa, Cret. '\aria. Arc. Fto-rtau. In this case the t, as

well as the early substitution of ' for /r ia most dialects, may he

due to the influence of la-Trjfii.

12. a from e before p in Northwest Greek. Locr. ^dpeiv, irardpa,

cLfidpa, av(f>6Tapo<i, peairdpio<s (but p-epo';). Here also hapicTTai

(no. 55 ; hut heXearai no. 56) = eXeaOai, with p ioT \ after the

analogy of the present alpeto (as, vice versa, Cret. alXea= aipeco, with

X from the aorist)'. EL <f>dpev, pdpyov, irdp (= Trepi), bw6Tapo<i,

varapiv, but the spelling ap is not quite uniform even in the early

inscriptions, and later gives way to ep (see 241). Delph. <^dpev

in a fifth-century inscription (no. 50), and Mpfiara, irevTafiapi-

reiav (no. 51), show that in Phocian too p had a similar effect on

the pronunciation of a preceding e, but except in these instances

the spelling is ep {<j>epev even in no. 51). Cf. also Ach. Zeus 'Afid-

pto9, and Pamph. virap = v/rep.

a. Elean has a also after p, as XoTpai[d/to'ov] beside XaTpuoiievov, pa-

arpdai from *iuuTrpe.la (31), KartajoatW, Karuxpavaoi in contrast to fjtvyaBdrjv,

<t>vya8cuavTi (see 161.1); also before final v,asfiav = p-hr, yvoiiav = yvZfiev,

3 pi. opt. aTTorCvoiav, iniOeuiv, (Twrnv, etc. ; occasionally elsewhere, as eim-

/8eoi = cuo-£)8eot, (TKevdov = -io>v, showing that Elean e in general had a very

open sound. Cf . El. d = ij (IS)-

Page 38: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

22 GEEEK DIALECTS [l2

b. Epid. Kpa/juxa-ai = KpejjAa-ai and /mvroL = fLfinoi, thougli more isolated,

and open to other possible explanations (fjulvToi contamination with /xav =

/xiyv, Kpa/jiaa-ai weak grade or assimilation), are perhaps to be viewed in the

same light as the Elean forms under a.

13. West Greek a = East Greek e. Besides the examples of

dialectic interchange of a and e cited under the head of vowel-

gradation (49.2-4), in which the distribution of the a and e forms

is various (e.g. apa-rjv, epar]v,— /SaWto, SeWco), there is a group

of by-forms in which the preference for the a forms is a marked

West Greek characteristic.

1. lapog (or lap6<;) is the regular form in early inscriptions of

aU West Greek dialects and Boeotian, iep6<; occurring only later

and plainly due to kolvti influence. The situation is probably the

same in Thessalian, though the occurrences of both forms are late,

te/ao's (or te/jo'?) is Attic-Ionic and Arcado-Cyprian, whUe a third

form is seen in Le'sb. lpo<; (likewise ipev;, Ipeia, IprjTevco, late xarei-

pmv with €1 = I), Ion. ipd'i, ip6<; beside lepo';, lepo'i (probably from

*la-po- beside *la-apo-, *la-epo-). There are many other words with

variation between -epoi and -ap6<;, as fiiep6<i, fjLiapoi, but with

widely different dialectic distribution.

2. "Aprafii';, so far as the name is quotable from early inscrip-

tions, is the form of all West Greek dialects except Cretan, and of

Boeotian. In later Doric and Delphian inscriptions this is usually

replaced by "Apre/it?.

3. Ku = Ke (dv) is the form of all West Greek dialects and Boeo-

tian, while Thessalian has ks, like Lesbian and Cyprian. See 134.2.

The same ku in oku, toku, ttoku, which are also West Greek (and

doubtless Boeotian) = Att.-Ion., Arc.-Cypr. ore etc. (but Lesb. o'to

etc. See 132.9). 7a = 76 is likewise West Greek and Boeotian. Ad-verbs in -da = -9e, -6ev, belong to some, but not all. West Greekdialects. See 133.1.

a. wrtpiK = iTepos is not confined to West Greek dialects, but is also

quotable from Arcadian, Boeotian, and Lesbian, and even for Attic is

implied by artpoi with crasis. So far as we know, Irtpos belongs to Attic-Ionic only, all examples in other dialects being late.

Page 39: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

18] PHONOLOGY 23

14. Original r), that is r) representing original e, remains un-

changed in nearly all dialects. Contrast the special Attic-Ionic tj

from d (8), both being seen in Attic-Ionic /iijTTj/ci = ixaTtjp of other

dialects. On the introduction of the character H, see 4.6.

15. d from -q in Elean. The sound of r} was so open in Elean

that it approximated that of d, and was frequently, though by no

means consistently, denoted by a. Thus nd (but also /ie, /i^) =ixri, fpdrpa = prjrpa, ^aai\de<; = -ije?, ea (but also eU) = eirj, Safio-

aioia = -oiT), irXadvovra beside irXedvovri. Of. a for e (12 a).

16. ei from r) in Thessalian and Boeotian. In these dialects the

sound was so close that with the introduction of the Ionic alpha-

bet it was uniformly denoted not by tj but by et, which at that

time represented a close e. Thess., Boeot.-/tiet = yn??, dve6eiKe =aveOrjKe, fieiv6<; = fiTiv6<;, Thess. ySacriXetos, Boeot. •ypaixfjLareio'i =-fjO<;, Thess., Boeot. a-Tarelpa'i, Boeot. /idreip, iraTeip = -rrjp-.

a. In late Boeotian inscriptions the spelling t is sometimes found, as irapt's

beside wapeis (eis = ^s, Att. -rjv, 163.3).

17. Lesb. al/jitaecov = r)p.ia-eoav, also (Etj'm. Magn.) alp.Lovo'; —fjiiiovo';, Kiaioho'i = 'HcrioSo?. The explanation is difficult, since

in all other cases rj remains unchanged in Lesbian. Perhaps t) was

more open initially than in other positions, and this, in connection

with the epenthetic vowel (47), led to ai.

18. e from i after p in the Aeolic dialects. An open pronuncia-

tion of I after p is indicated by occasional spellings such as Lesb.

Aa/iOKpeTQ) = Aij/iOKpiTov (but Kpivvat, KpiTiov), Thess. Kpevvdfiev

(Lesb. KpCvvm), 'T/Sjoe'o-Ta? beside 'T^piarwi, direkevOepeaOevaa

from cnreXevdepi^Q}. Lesb. reprot is perhaps from *TpeTO<; = rpl-

To<;, but cf. also 19.2. A probable Boeotian example is rpeireSSa,

TpeTreSSira?, beside rpdireSSa. Cf. Hesych. rpOire^av rrjv rpdire^av.

BoicoToi. But vowel-assimilation (46) is also possible.

Page 40: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

24 GEEEK DIALECTS [18

a. Lesb. Kcpvav = Kipvdvai owes its c to the influence of inipfura etc.

6. El. TTo'Xtp = ttoXk, and y3ei/coi = fiwioi, though isolated occurrences,

indicate an open pronunciation of the i. Cf . El. a = e and a. = rj (12 a, 15).

19. Consonantal t (t) from antevocalic i in Lesbian and Thes-

salian. The consonantal pronunciation of antevocalic i might

occur anywhere in rapid speech, but was especially characteristic

of AeoUc, as indicated by the following related phenomena in

Lesbian and Thessalian.

1. Lesb. § from St in ?a', Kcip^a, ZoWuo-o?, from glosses or late

inscriptions, the usual inscriptional spelling being Stti etc. Cf.

also Ziovv{aLos:) on a coin of Phocaea, Cypr. icop^ia- KapSi'a

(Hesych.).

2. Lesb. fi€T€ppo<s, aXXoVe/a/aos, lieppap.o'i (Herodian) = /ier/ato?,

aXKoTpiQ';, Ilpia/jLO';, -the development being pi, p^, epi, epp.

3. Thessalian doubling of consonants before i, which may then

be retained or omitted in the spelling, as ISSiav, Tro'Wtos, irpo^ev-

viovv, Kvppov beside Kvpiov, apyvppoi beside apyvpioi, Mvacraa =Mvaaid. Cf. Att. ^oppai from /Sopedf.

4. Omission of i, as Lesb. apryvpa = apyvpia, Thess. rpaicdhi =rpiaKaSt, etc. (see also under 3).

20. Interchange of i and v. Assimilation of t to w of the fol-

lowing syllable is seen in rj/xvav — •^fiiav, which appears in Attic

in the early fourth century, in other dialects only late ; the oppo-

site assimilation in /3t/3\to)c beside ^v^Xiov. Influence of the pre-

ceding ev, or of the suffix -avvr), in Lac. 'EXeuAwta = 'EXewff/wa

(also Olynth. 'EXeuo-vvto?, name of a month). Other by-forms, the

relation of which is uncertain, are 'A/x^tKribi/e? and 'AfKpiKTvovei,

Meg. alcTifivd.Ta'i, ai(7if»,vSivre<; = al<Tvp,vrjTri<; etc.

21. I remains unchanged everywhere. But in late inscriptions

it is sometimes denoted by ei, which had come to have the sound

I, as Tet/tta or Teifirj = tI/ii].

Page 41: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

34] PHONOLOGY 25

22. V from o, especially in Arcado-Cyprian. In both Arcadian

and Cyprian, final o neariy always appears as v. Gen. sg. -dv = -ao,

as Arc. KaWiau, Cypr. 'Ovaaijopav. Cypr. 3 sg. mid. -tv = -to, as

yevoiTv, ifpeTcia-aTv (in Arcadian there are no early examples of

the ending, and -ro in a late inscription may be due to koivt] influ-

ence). Arc, Cypr. airv = airo, Arc. kutv formed after airv, Arc.

dWv = dWo. But d-irv is also Lesbian and Thessalian. Cf. also vv

for 6v = dvd (6) in Cypr. vvedeKe (once) bfeside ovedeice, and Arc.

vveOvae (no. 15 ; in later inscriptions dvd, due to the Koivrj).

a. In Lesbian there are several examples of initial v = o, especially

before ]tl, as v^ioicus, v/jLoKoyux.

b. ow/jua = ovofia is common to nearly all, perhaps all, dialects except

Attic-Ionic. Cf. the compounds dvuint/xos etc., which are universal.

c. In Chalcid. hmrv = inro, and 9ijpvDs, the second v is due to assimila-

tion to the first.

d. In Pamphylian, o in final, syllables regularly becomes v, written v

or ov.

<i>

23. ov from w in Thessalian. Long 6 in Thessalian, •whether

original or secondary (25), became a close o, then it, and, after the

introduction of the Ionic alphabet, was regularly denoted by ov.

Xovpa = ;^<»/3<x, <j)i\dv0povira = (pikdvdpmira, rovv rayovv irdv-

Tovv = Twv raywv irdvTmv. Cf. et from i? (16).

V and u

24. Instead of becoming a sound like German u, French u, as

it did in Attic at an early period, the original M-sound (English oo

in food) was retained in several, perhaps the majority of, dialects.

This is most obvious where, the Attic values of the letters being

taken as a basis, the spelling v was replaced by ov.

In Boeotian, ov begins to appear beside v about 350 B.C., and is

frequent after 300 B.C., though v is not vmcommon until the last

quarter of the century. Thus ovirep, Kovpio<;, dpryovpiov, a-ovvypa-

^ov, Tov)^a, ovovfia (22 I), etc. In the tliird century the spelling

Page 42: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

26 GEEEK DIALECTS [24

lov (pronounced like English u in cuhe ?) is also employed, though

never consistently, after t, S, 6, v, and \, as Tiovj(^a, Siovo = Svo,

'WlovSiko^, oviov/ia, Ai(oviovcno<;, Aiov/cia/cco, etc. ; also once after <r

(J,i,ow£en<;) and once initially (lovico = vlov). Another, but compara-

tively rare, spelling in Boeotian is o, as oTrep = inre'p, Qoaia = dvaCa.

a. Except in Boeotian and Pamphylian, where ou is also frequent, the

spelling V is retained in inscriptions. So in Laconian, for which the reten-

tion of the «-sound is amply attested by the numerous glosses spelled with

ov in accordance with Attic values, and by the pronunciation of the modemTsakonian. In various other dialects, as Arcadian, Cjrprian, Thessalian,

Lesbian, Cretan, Euboean, there are indications, of one kind or another, of

the same pronunciation, such as the occasional spelling ov or o for v, or v

for (22 a), use of 9 before v (Chalcid. 9v9vvs, X-qifvOcK, etc.), or-present-

day pronunciation.

Secondary i and 5. " Spurious Diphthongs "

25. In many dialects, as in Attic, e and o differed in quality

from T) and «, being close vowels \e, q). Consequently the long

vowels which came from them by contraction or compensative

lengthening, since they retained the same quality, were not iden-

tical with Tj and <o, but were e and o, the latter becoming u, and

eventually came to be designated by et and ov after these original

diphthongs had become monophthongs in pronunciation (28, 34).

But in other dialects they were identical with t) and to, and were

so written. Hence such dialectic variations as rpets and Tprj<: from

*rpeie<i (42.3), eljjii and r)ixi from *e(Tp,C (76), <f)6eip(o and (i>6rip(o

from *^6epia) (74), ^eivo? and ItjVo? from feV/ro? (54), x^^'^i-oi- and

XV^oi from *%e£rXtot (76), ^ovXij and /SmXa from */3o\va (75),

Kovpr] and Kcopd from Koppd (54), gen. sg. -ov and -to from -oio

(106.1), ace. pi. -OK? and -to? from -01/9 (78).

The dialects which regularly have 7/ and a in such forms are

Arcadian, Cyprian, Elean, Laconian, Heraclean, and Cretan. Boeo-

tian has to, but et as for original rj (16).

a. Other dialects which occasionally show iy and u, though « and ou areusual, are Argolic (^A,eTo beside tiXtTo, tj/jlcv, ySuXas, etc.; at Hermione

Page 43: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

25] PHONOLOGY 27

gen. sg. in -m, ace. pi. in -us), Rhodian (^/tt, k^vos, BojXios, HjjvtdSa, etc.),

Coan (ij/i.ei', k^vos, St^Ko/ml, KapTruivri, etc.), Theran (^/At, Tfsrj's, ButXaKparrp,

etc.; at Cyrene, a colony of Thera, regularly rj, (o). It is probable that

these dialects belong properly with those which have ?;, <o regularly, andthat their usual a, ov are due to the fact that with the introduction of the

Ionic alphabet they also adopted in the main the Attic-Ionic orthography

of such words.

6. XOP' ~ X"P" (-'^tt. ^ap, x^pos) is even more widespread, e. g. not only

Cret. Ktpavs, Arc. lyKejfi/pijKoi, Cypr. v^pov, but Epid. )(rjpas and even Delph.

iK£)(ripiav, Corinth. cvcK^iypov. But it is probable that this xijp- does not

rest whoUy upon *^ep<T- (79), but is due in part at least to the influence of

a nom. sg. ^(^p (quoted by Herodian as Aeolic) formed after the analogy

of inherited p-stems in -j/p. Cf. Att. /xi^v in place of /ias (112.3).

c. SmXxK, Dor. SuXos (Cret., Theocr., CalUm.) do not belong here. 8ov-

Xos has a genuine diphthong, as shown by the spelling ov in early Attic

inscriptions and in Boeotian, while Su>A.o9 must come from a by-form *8o>i;-

Xos. The relation of Lesb., Boeot., Dor. Stv to Att. ow is obscure, since av

is also Ionic.

d. It is to be remembered that the early inscriptions of most dialects have

simply E, 0, which we transcribe e, o, no matter whether the later spell-

ing is et, ov, or rj, la. Among the ij, to dialects the actual spelling rj, *) does

not occur, of course, until the introduction of the Ionic alphabet about

400 B.C., except that in Crete, Rhodes, etc., where H = i; is much earlier,

we find -q/u etc. in the earliest inscriptions.

Of the ei, ov dialects, Coriuthian is the only one in which the identity of

genuine and spurious et, ov belongs to the earliest period, ovring to the very

early monophthongization of the diphthongs (28, 34). The spelling even

of the earliest inscriptions is El, OV at Corcyra (e. g hviov, api), and

OV (but E, not El) at Corinth. In Attic-Ionic examples of El, OV occur

in the fifth century (E\pl even earlier), but E, are more common until

after 400 B.C., and occasionally appear much later. In general El becomes

established earlier than OV, and many inscriptions use El uniformly but

vary between and OV. In Ionic the gen. sg. -0 is especially persistent.

In Locrian no. 56 has only E, (e.g. hayev, tos), while the somewhat

earlier no. 55 has El (<j>a.pE\v etc.), and OV in the ace. pi. (tovs) but

in the gen. sg. (Sa/io). This last difEerenee, though only a graphic vagary,

is observed also in several Ionic inscriptions. In other dialects El, OVcome in with the introduction of the Ionic alphabet, and even then the

spelling varies for a time.

Page 44: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

28 GEEEK DIALECTS [36

Diphthongs

ai

26. 7] from ai in Boeotian. The diphthong is retained in the

earliest inscriptions, sometimes as ai, sometimes as ae, especially

at Tanagra, e.g. Aecrxoi'Sa?, 'Otci^ae. But it came to be pronounced

as a monophthong, an open e, and with the introduction of the

Ionic alphabet was regularly denoted by r), e.g. /c^ = Kai, rj = al,

@ei^rio<s = @r]^aio<;, dat. sg. and nom. pi. -v = -«', dat. pi. -j?9 = at?,

infin. -ar), -f^^V = -<^a*. -a-0ai. In very late inscriptions even et is

found, as @et;8etos.

27. ei from at in Thessalian. ' In general at, remains, but at

Larissa we find ei for final ai, e.g. e'T|ra0to-Tet = iyjr'q<f)ia-Tac, ^e'Wet-

Tei = ^ovXtjtm, yivveirei = jiyvr]Tai, and, with added v (139.2, 156),

Treireiareiv = ireTrela-daL, 6v<ypd'\{reip = avaypdy^ai, e^dvypevGeiv =

e(j)aipovVTai, ^eWovvdeiv = ^ovXavrai.

ei

28. Sooner or later ei became everywhere a monophthong, a close

e (e), though the speUing was retained and extended to the e of

different origin (25). In Corinthian this had taken place at the

time of the earliest iuscriptions, and, while at Corcyra the spelling

was El (25 d), at Corinth the sound was nearly always denoted by

a single sign, though generally differentiated from the open e or tj,

e.g. ApEvia, i.e. Afevia=AeLviov, HoteSuvi, i.e. JloreSavi (rarely

UoTBiSdv), but uvsObkb = aveOrjKe. Cf. also reSe = reiSe in an early

Megarian inscription (here & = e, E = t; and genuine or spurious ei).

a. At a late period the i progressed still further to an i, usually mthretention of the old spelling a, which then came to be used also for original

i (21), but sometimes with phonetic spelling i. In some words this late

spelling with i became fixed in our texts, e. g. ritrio, erura, cktio-is, of which

the proper spelling, as shown by inscriptions of Attic and other dialects, is

Titcu), tTeicra, eKTacris.

b. But before vowels it remained e for some time after it had become i

elsewhere, and, to distinguish it from a = I, was often written rj, e.g. iroXi-

Tijav, Uprja, etc., especially in the Augustan period.

c. For Elean ai from a after p, see 12 a.

Page 45: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

31] PHONOLOGY 29

29. t from ei in Boeotian. The change in pronunciation which

took place everywhere at a late period (28 a) occurred very early

in Boeotian, and here showed itself in the spelling, which in the

fifth century varies between et, h (4.5), and i, but later is regularly

t, e.g. Ti-a-ifievei = Teto-t/ie'i'ij?, eTrt = ivei, eTrtSet = iireiBij (cf. also

16), e;^i = e'xei, Kinevw; = K€ifieva<;.

01

30. V from ot in Boeotian. The diphthong ot was retained muchlonger than ai (26) or ei (29), appearing as oi, but also, in some of

the earhest inscriptions especially of Tanagra, as oe, e.g. Xoe/>i\o9,

YheKuSd/jLoe. But in the third century it became a monophthong,

probably similar to the German o, to denote which, approximately,

the V, with its Attic value of m as a basis (cf. ov for v, 24), was em-

ployed with increasing frequency from about 250 b.c. on, though

not uniformly till the end of the century, e. g. fVKia = otKi'a, dat.

sg. and nom. pi. -v = -oi, dat. pi. -v<; = -ot?. Where ot is followed by

a vowel it is usually retained (in contrast to at, 26), as BottoTu?,

though ButoTftij' occurs once, also o ttvh? = •^ irola.

In some late inscriptions of Lebadea and Chaeronea the spelling

« is also found, indicating the further progress of the sound to t

(see 28 a), e.g. aurei? = avTol<;.

ax, €1, 01 before vowels

31. In the case of ai, et, ol, also vi, before vowels the omission

of I, consequent upon its consonantal pronunciation with the follow-

ing vowel, is to be observed in various dialects, though the spelling

is anything but constant, and it is impossible to make any general

statement as to the conditions of the loss. Thus, as in Attic 'KBtj-

vaia, later 'KOjjvda, 'A0r]va, Scoped beside Smpeid, evvoa beside ev-

voia, vo'?, vik beside vto'?, vlv<;, so e.g. Ion. aTekerj beside areXeirj,

•jroiricTeav = iroiriaeiav, Lesb. hiKdw; = StKaito?, evvoav = evvoiav,

Thess. Tewdot = TevvaCov, Arc. aTopnrdo'; = aa-Tpa7ralo<;, El. ea

beside ete = et?;, fiacrrpda = *ixaa-Tpeia (12 a), Cret. ayeXaoi =

Page 46: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

30 GEEEK DIALECTS [31

ajeXaloi, Delph. ^amro'; = *(f)aiaT6<i {^aw). So especially in forms

of TToieco, as Att. Troei, iroija-co (but ttoicov), Lesb. Troj^criB, IpoTrorjrai,

Boeot. i-TToeia-e, Arc. iroevTco, El. etrnroevTcov, Coan vmroav beside

vaTTOta?.

a. Owing to the variation in forms like the above, the diphthongal spell-

ing sometimes appears in words where it has no etymological justification,

as late dySoojs, oySou^KovTa, Poirfiiia.

OM, €V, Ot)

32. In av, ev, ov, the v remained an M-sound, not becoming ii as

it did in many dialects when not part of a diphthong. This is shown

not only by Ionic ao, eo (33), but by occasional varieties of spelling

such as Coriath. 'Ajj;tX\eow, Coreyr. apvrdv, Att. apvTap, Ion.

afVTO, Cret. ctfiefvcraadai,, where f iudicates the natural glide be-

fore the w-sound, and Locr. ^afTruKTiov, Cret. (nrofSSdv, etc.

33. ao, eo from av, ev ia East Ionic, ao, eo appear in East Ionic

inscriptions (eo also in Amphipolis and Thasos) of the fourth cen-

tury (eo once in Chios iu fifth century) and later, e.g. aoT6<s, raora,

eovota, eoepyeTT}';. This spelling is frequent even in kolvij iuscrip-

tions of this region.

a. For El. av from eu after p, see 12 a. Some late Cretan inscriptions

show ov = £V (of. Att. ov from eo), as eXovOepos, iiriTdSovfia. The explana-

tion of (1) = ov in I)elph. averwTos, late Lao. w™ = avrov, etc., is doubtful.

34. ov became, in most dialects, a monophthong (first g, later u),

though the spelling ov was generally retained and eventually ex-

tended to the secondary o. In Corinthian this had taken place at

the time of the earliest inscriptions. See 25 d.

a. Occasionally words which contain genuine ov are found with the

spelling o in early inscriptions when o for secondary o was usual, e. g. ok =ovK, ^6v = Povv (or = |8(ov? See 37.1). In forms of ovtos, which in gen-

eral have genuine ov (e.g. Cret. tovto etc.), this spelling is so frequent in

early Attic, e.g. toto, totov {toto also in Thasos; cf. also Orop. ei/ro^a,

i. e. ivravBa = Ivravda), as to point to some special cause. Possibly, as has

been suggested, there existed beside the usual forms with genuine ov

(e. g. TOVTO from *to-v-to), a gen. sg. toto (tovtov), formed by doubling of

TO (jm}), which then influenced the other forms.

Page 47: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

37] PHONOLOGY 31

av, e\) before vowels

35. Certain words show a v diphthong in Lesbian (and in Homer)

in contrast to other dialects, e.g. aiio)? = Dor. etc. a(/r)a)? (cf. Hesych.

a/Sto • irpai), Horn, ijw, Att. em?, from *avcrQ><; (cf. L. aurora from

*ausds-d), vavo<; = Dor. etc. vd{f)6'; (cf. Lac. vapov), Hom. V7)6<;,

Att. veei?, probably from *vaa-p6<i (54/), 8ev«B = Att. ^eco, need, from

*Sewo-<B.

a. In such forms u comes from a combination containing u or ^, not from

simple intervocalic p, which in Lesbian, as elsewhere, regularly drops out

without affecting the preceding vowel. Forms like eviSe from *ipSi are

poetical only, and due to metrical lengthening or doubling of the p under

the ictus. The consonant-doubling in hypocoristic proper names (89.5)

accounts for the diphthong in Thess. KA.£vas, from *KA.c/rds, Calymn. KAeu-

avTos, Cret. ^vos, Neuavros.

36. In words with regular antevocahc ev the natural ghde be-

tween V and the following vowel is often expressed by p, as Boeot.

Ba«ev/rat, Cypr. KareaKevpaae, Lac. Ev^aXKrji; (/S = p, 51).

In late inscriptions v is sometimes omitted, especially in deriva-

tives of (T/cewo?, as Att. •jrapea-Keao'fieviuv, Lesb. einaKedaavTa,

Corcyr. iirurKed^eiv, aKeo6riKa<;, Delph. KUTaa-KediirrjTai.

Long Diphthongs

37. 1. The original long diphthongs di, du, ei, eu, 6i, ou, except

when final, were regularly shortened in prehistoric times to ai, au,

ei, eu, 01, ou, or, in some cases, lost the second element. Hence such

by-forms as ySow? from *^a>v^ (cf. Skt. gdus) but Dor. ^m (cf. Lat.

bos, Skt. ace. sing, gdm ;ySwv also once in Homer), Zevs from *Zi;t5?

(cf. Skt. dydus) but ace. Zrjv (cf. Lat. dies), whence, with transfer to

consonant declension, Z^va, Zijvo'?, etc., Cret. Afjva, T^va (84).

2. The Greek long diphthongs may be original when final, but

otherwise are of secondary origiu. Most of the latter arose by loss

of an intervening consonant, as «\ats, kXtj^, from *«\aft? (cf. Lat.

cldvis), and in the earlier period these were not diphthongs but

were pronounced in two syllables. So kXi;i9, xPV^^fo, iroXefi'^io^,

Page 48: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

32 GEEEK DIALECTS [37

iraTpmio';, etc. regularly in Homer, and often in the later Ionic

poets. This pronunciation is also indicated by occasional speULngs

such as Iriuoi, 6mii]v, leprjua, xRV'^^^'^! i^ lo^^c inscriptions. On

the other hand the change of iji to ei (39) or the loss of the i (38)

presupposes the diphthongal pronunciation ; and where we find e.g.

XP'n^o>, leprjov, and p^/jj^f^w, kprjiov, side by side, the latter must be

understood as %jO?;t^a), lepijiov. But in general it is impossible to

determine just when the change from dissyllabic to diphthongal

pronunciation took place, and hence it is often uncertain whether

we should accent e.g. ic\r]k («:\r;is) or «X^t9 («^27?)) %/»;''?'*' or

Xpi^iK^^, ol/crjio'i, olicrjiov, or olicrjio';, oIkijiov, and editors of the same

texts differ in their practice. We employ the accentuation which

goes with the earlier pronunciation, though without the mark of

diaeresis, for the early Ionic inscriptions ; and likewise in general,

simply as a matter of convention, in citing forms of this kind in the

grammar.

38. d, T], 0), from at, r)i, mi. In Attic the i ceased to be pro-

nounced in the second century B.C., and the spelling without i

(the iota subscript is a mediaeval device ; in inscriptions t is written

like other. letters or omitted entirely) became more and more fre-

quent, and may be found in late inscriptions from all parts of

Greece. But in some dialects this dates from an earlier period.

East Ionic has occasional examples of dat. sg. -7} = -t}i, from the

sixth century B.C. on, though -Tjt is the usual spelling.

Lesbian has rd 'iiiKiaCoi, in a fifth-century inscription (no. 20),

though this is possibly only an error due to confusion with the

genitive construction which follows. For no. 21 (first half fourth

century) and no. 22 (324 B.C.) have uniformly dat. sg. -at, -at

(3 sg. subj. -7)1 in no. 21, -77 in no. 22 ; see also 149). But from the

end of the fourth century the forms in -a, -w, -77 predominate.

Thessalian has from the fifth century dat. sg. Ta^poSirai to,,

and raya beside arayiai (in no. 33), and in inscriptions in the

Ionic alphabet we find regularly dat. sg. -a, -ov (= «, 23), 3 sg.

subj. -et (= T], 16).

Page 49: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

40] PHONOLOGY 33

Cyprian has dat. sg. -a, -o, beside -di, -oi, but in the Idalium-

bronze (no. 19) only in the case of the article when followed by i,

as TO ipovi.

a. The loss of i probably began in the article, which was proclitic.

6. The fluctuation between the historical and the phonetic spelling in late

inscriptions introduced confusion in the spelling of forms with original -q, w ;

hence such spellings as nom. sg. ^ovXi^i, gen. sg. tS>l Sa/iui, imv. e^erwt.

Such imperative forms in -twi and -a-6<M, where this spelling was favored by

the subj. in -^i., are especially frequent, notably in Cos.

39. €1 from rji. The history of tji differs in some dialects from

that of at, mi,— especially in Attic, where it became et (i.e. f) some

two centuries before at, an became a, a.

In the case of medial i/t of secondary origin (37.2) the spelling

et is frequent in the fourth century and from about 300 B.C. is

almost universal, e.g. aXet? from ic\rji<!, Xeio-r^s from Xtjicttij's,

XeiTOvpyea from XtjiTovpyeeo,

In inflectional endings et is also frequent in the fourth century

and predominates in the third and second, e.g. dat. sg. /SovXel,

3 sg. subj. etTret. But here, owing to the analogy of other forms

with 1/ of the same system, as ^ovX'^<;, ^ovXriv, etTriyre, rjt was

never given up and eventually was fully restored, so that the nor-

mal speUing in imperial times was rji or 17 (38).

The spelling et beside ijt, partly at least due to Attic influence,

is also frequent in third- and second-century inscriptions of other

dialects, or even earlier as in the Heraclean Tables, where we

find 3 sg. subj. vifiei, ^epei, etc. (so usually, but twice -r}c, once -rj).

a. The change of iji to a is also Euboean, where it was accompanied by

a change of tot to ot. In Eretrian this was effected about 400 B.C. Some-

what later a occurs beside tji at Amphipolis, and pt beside wi at Olynthus.

Dat. sg. -£t is found also in an inscription from Naples.

Non-Diphthongal Combinations of Vowels

(Contraction etc.)

40. Owing to the proethnic loss of intervocalic i and o-, a

large number of new vowel-combinations arose, and these were

Page 50: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

34 GREEK DIAIECTS [40

subsequently augmented by the dialectic loss of intervocalic f (53).

An exhaustive treatment of their history in the several dialects

would require not merely that each of the numerous combinations

should be considered by itself, but that further distinctions should

be made according to the character of the consonant which was lost,

that of the sound which preceded the combination, the accent, the

number of syllables in the word, etc. See 45. Only some of the

most important facts can be stated here.

a or d + vowel

41. 1. a + e, e (spurious et), or r?. Attic-Ionic a, but elsewhere

77, at least in West Greek and Boeotian. Similarly di or tji from

a + et, -qi. Examples are forms of verbs in -a<o, as Att.-Ion. vi/care,

viKciv, etc., which have 77 in West Greek and Boeotian, e.g. Cret.,

Arg. viKrjv, Lac. evUe, Ehod. dotvfJTai, Meg. ^oiT-qTas, Corcyr.

Ttfiijv, Locr. (TvXiv, Delph. crvXrjv, Boeot. <^variTe (Ar.), etc.

a. In Lesbian, Thessalian, and Arcado-Cyprian there are no such forms

with 77, but also no certain examples of d from ae, since the contract verbs

in these dialects show other types of inflection (see 157, 159). But rj from

o£ in crasis is Lesbian, Thessalian, and Arcadian, as well as West Greek

and Boeotian. See 94.6. So far as we know, d from ae is Attic-Ionic only.

2. a -1- o or (B. When contracted, the result is ta in all dialects.

So regularly in forms of verbs in -d<o, as Att. nfi&fj.ev, nfiSivTi,

Meg. (SeHnus) WKo/ne?, vlkovti, Locr. avKovra, Boeot. o-ouXwi/Te?,

Lac. he^ovTi (subj.), ivhe^6hai<; (^/3wo-at9 from •^/SatocraK), but also,

rarely, uncontracted as Boeot. laovrv;, Locr. aireXdovTai. Of. also

Heracl. rerpapov, group offour boundary-stoties, from *T€Tpa-opov,

irafi&'xp'; (7rayi«»;^;ecB) from *7ra/Ma-o'x,o<;. ao from apo is uncon-

tracted in Boeotian (as in Homer), but in most dialects yields co,

as (^w? from <f}do<! {*<^aFo<;, cf. Hesych. (pavo^opa), Boeot. KaWt-^dcov etc., 'A7Xft)- from ajXao- (*dj\aF0-), Boeot. 'AjXaoSeopof

etc. ('A^Xao- occasionaEy elsewhere), am, aw-, Sco-, from o-a/r0? (cf.

Cypr. lapoKXefei}), Boeot. ^dwv, lavKparei'!, l.avyevei'i, etc. (av

from ao is otherwise unknown in. Boeotian and is here perhaps

Page 51: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

41] PHONOLOGY 35

due to the influence of a *'S.avo<i like Cret. f^avoi etc., 35 a). Arc.

2aKjoenj9 etc. have 2a- (not 2a-), abstracted from Idcov etc.

3. d -t- €. Attic-Ionic i), elsewhere d. Att.-Ion. ^\to? (Horn.

^eXto?) from d/re'Xto? (Cret. gloss d/Se'Xto?), ae'Xto? in Kndar etc.,

Dor. d\to?, Lesb. dXto?.

i. d+ o or 0). Attic-Ionic eta or w, elsewhere d or uncontracted.

In Attic-Ionic first rjo, ijm (cf. 8), often preserved in Homer,

whence em (with shortening of the first vowel, and, in the case

of 7)0, lengthening of the second; cf. 43), which often has the

value of one syllable, and which may be further contracted to <»

(in Ionic mostly after vowels, cf. 45.2 ; in Attic not so restricted,

but the conditions are comphcated and not whoUy clear). In

the other dialects the uncontracted forms are most general in

Boeotian.

Gen. sg. masc. d-stems. Ion. -ew, -a> (also -jjo in no. 6), from

-do as in Homer (here Aeolio, beside Ion. -eto) and Boeotian (rare

in Thessalian), Are.-Cypr. -dv (22), Lesb., Thess., West Greek -d.

Att.-Ion. ew? (Hom. e!o?,i.e. 1909) from *d/ro? (Skt. ydt'ai), Lesb.,

Boeot., "West Greek d?.

Att.-Ion. Xew?, vem, ew? (Hom. Xjjo'?, i'ijo'?, ^to? ; Eub. 'Ayaa-i-

Xifd) fi-om Xdp6<; (seen in proper names of several dialects), vdp6<;,

dpdk (but see 35, 54/), in most dialects Xd6<;, vd6<;, drii?, but \d-,

I'd-, in compounds as Ad«/3i'i^9, vaKopo';, vdirolai. See 45.3.

Gen. pi. d-stems. Ion. -ecov, -&v (also -r)6v in no. 6), Att. -a>v, from

-dcov (*-da-(ov, Skt. -dsdm) as in Homer (Aeolic), Boeotian (but

always rav, see 45.4), Thessalian (rav Koivaovv etc. at Crannon,

but otherwise -dv), Lesb. -dv, "West Greek -dv.

Att.-Ion. Oeeopoi from *6edp(op6';, Boeot. didwpia, Lesb. dedpo';,

West Greek 6edp6<:.

Att Koivd>v, ^vvmv. Ion. ^wemv (Hes. ^vvqova'i) from *-dfa)v,

*-dfovo<;, ^vvaovei Pindar, Arc, West Greek Koivdv. So Epid.

KVKav = KVKeOOV.

Att. Iloa-eiS&v, Ion. Tloa-eiSemp, Hom. Ilo(TeiBamv (-ocdj/os),

Corinth. HoriSafdvi, IloTe8avi, UoreiSav, Boeot. HoretSaovi,

Page 52: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

36 GEEEK DIALECTS [41

Cret., Ehod., Delph. TloreiSdv {-avo<i), Lesb. Jloaei^dv, Arc. Hoaoi-

Sdvo';, 'Lac. TLohoiSav (-dvi).

a. In Ionic, beside usual eo), there are some examples of eo or tv (cf . 33),

as Oeopos, Oevpoi (Paros, Thasos), gen. sg. -ev (Erythrae etc.).

b. In Ionic some of the older forms with unshortened r], as in Homer,

are employed also by later writers, as vrjos, Xr/os- So ^<os in Herodotus and

in an inscription of Oropus (no. 14).

o. In Thessalian there are some examples of o, ou (from co, 23), where

we expect a, as gen. pi. irpo^evvutw, Toij-^ltovv, Oeovpoi, TloTaSovn, hvXopi-

ovTos (cf. ik^wpoi, iXcopos). But the first three are probably kolvt] forms

with dialectic coloring (for such hybrids, see 280), TloraSowi is a hypo-

coristic in -mv, and hvXopiovros from vXio- beside vXd- (see 167).

£ + vowel

42. 1. 6 + o. In general Attic rj, elsewhere uncontracted ea or

la (9), as ace. pi. Att. errj, elsewhere (f)eTea, (F)eTia. But occa-

sionally rj in other dialects, as Ion. dvrj (no. 8 ; fifth century)

beside usual erea etc. (cf. 45.2), Ehod. ace. sg. XeioXr] (no. 93 ; sixth

century), Lac. ace. sg. ©to/cXe (sixth century), besides later exam-

ples (e.g. Lac. KXeoje'vj], Heracl. fer??, Ehod. err], Delph. ivSoyevfj),

some of which may be due to koiv-^ influence.

Even ea from efu, which is uncontracted in Attic, sometimes

becomes ?? in West Greek dialects, as Delph. ivvrj = ivve'a, Ther.

^fiia-Tj = r)fiia-ea, K\r]y6pa<i = KXeayopav, Ehod. 'Ayrjva^ = 'Aye-

ava^. Dor. k/jj}? (Theocr. etc.) = Kpea<;, rjp (Alcman etc.) = eap,

Sicil. (Acrae) j)priTiov = j>pedTLov (cf. <^/}7/ti CaUim.). Cf. also Dor.

^acyiXri (43, 111.3).

2. e + a. Proper names in -eas, as Ti/^ea?, A'^fiea'i, usually

remain uncontracted in Attic (Ep/jirj<s is the Ionic form) and mostdialects, though in late times partly replaced by -a?, as Arjfia';,

Aafid^. But -^s regularly in Ionic (from -«??), as At?/^^?, 'ATreX-

\^9, and sometimes elsewhere, as Ehod. 'Apia-Trj<}, Ther. KuS/o^?,

®a(p)prj<s (archaic). Cf. Ehod. XaXKrj from XaXxed. All the cer-

tain examples of Dor. r] from ed are from the islands (Syrac. TvKrj

is doubtful), and hence are possibly due to— very early lonioinfluence ; but not necessarily so, cf. Dor. rj from ea, above.

Page 53: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

48] PHONOLOGY 37

3. e + e. Eegularly contracted to e (et) or 97 (see 25), as Att.

rpets, Ther. rp?}?, from *T/)e'tes (Skt. trayas). But uncontracted

forms also occur, as Cret. rpee<s, Spofiee<i, TrXies (9.4), Boeot. fiKa-

Tff6Tte9. See 45.5.

4. e + et, rji, or 7/. Eegularly contracted to et, -qi, rj, as ^tXet,

^ikrii, (f>iXfJTai. Uncontracted forms, like Locr. SoKeii, av^opeei,

Delph. aSiKer), Boeot. tei, SoKiei (9, 16), are rare. See 45.5. But

.forms like Ser/i, SerjTai, (from efr], see 45.1) are usually uncontracted.

Names in -K\er)<; occur in some dialects, though most have only

-«\9j?. See 108.1 a.

5. e + o. The contraction to 6 (ou), as in yevovi from *<yeve<To^,

<j>i\ovfj^v from *^t\eto/iei' (but ijSeo? etc., see 45.1), is Attic only.

Most dialects have eo or to (9), as yeveo^i-''°^)>

(f>i''Xeofiev (-lofiev).

In Ionic eo often has the value of one syllable in poetry, and

this diphthongal pronunciation came to be represented by ev (cf.

eo = original ev, 33). This spelling, though found in our texts

of earKer authors (sometimes even in Homer, as fiev, <f>i\evvTa<;),

does not appear in inscriptions until the fourth century B.C. From

Ionic, eu spread to the Doric islands, and from the third century

on is frequent in Ehodes, Cos, Thera, etc. At this time it is also

found in continental Greece, as at Megara, Delphi, etc.

a. Boeotian has some examples of iv, lov, beside 10 (both original and

from £o), but mostly after dentals, where it was supported by the prevalence

of the spelling ton = v (24). Thus Nfu/Ae6'nos, viov/jLeivLrj, ®ioi>Tt/u,v, AtovKXeis,

but once also 'BiovTrj.

b. Heraclean has to) = eo before a single consonant, as ifnerpiaiijiis, iierpua-

IXjoioa. (but Sed/xcva from £fo).

c. Contraction to u) is found in certain parts of Crete (see 273) before a

single consonant, as ei)(apuTTu)iJi,e's (but koct/xovtcs, see d). Cf. also €^aipS)v-

T£s in an inscription of Phaselis.

d. For £0 we sometimes find simply e or o. So in Megarian proper names

compounded of 6e6i, in which, nearly always, 0e- appears before a single

consonant, ®o- before two, e.g. ©c'Sfapos, OtyEiTos, ®£ti^os, but ©oKptVr/s,

®0KA,£t8as, ®6yv€LT<K. Such forms in ®£-, ®o- occur elsewhere, but are com-

mon only in Megarian. Other examples of o from co (so-called hyphaere-

sis, cf. 44.4) are Ion. op-r^, voo-o-ds, from iopn^, v£o<r<rds, Cret. (Hierapytna

etc.) Koa-p^vTC'S! KaroitKovTW, ETreo-TOTOv, Delph. miovTOiv (but also Troteovra,

Page 54: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

38 GEEEK DIALECTS [42

OoKovTuiv), Heracl. TroLWTacrcn, e^eiroiov, Mess. Trotovn, Arc. ttXos from

*7rAeos (113.2).

6. e + ft) or Of. In Attic regularly contracted, as 4>t\a>vn, <f)i\ol

(but -^Bemv etc., see 45.1). In other dialects regularly uncontracted

em, eoi, or to), loi (9), but sometimes ft), ot after a vowel (see 54.2).

Ion. elSecoaiv but ttoioxtlv, avcoOeoirj but iroiot, Lesb. avaredeeoai,

Delph. ivKokeoi, evSoKecovTL but iroimvri, Locr. eoi'Tt, irpo^evioi, El.

i^aypeov, SoKeot but iroiov, ivTrotol, ttoioIto (also Troieot), Heracl.

aSiKicov, eyfTjXrjdicovTi, but ttoimv, Trotaivn, Cret. evdCcofiev, irovioi

((fxoveoi).

t\ + vowel

43. In the declension of nouns in -eu? the 17 of the stem is re-

tained, as in Homer, in Lesbian, Thessalian, Boeotian, Elean, and

Cyprian (a few examples also in early Ehodian and Coan), but is

shortened in the rnajority of dialects (/SacrtXeo? etc.), and in Attic

this is accompanied by lengthening of the second vowel, if o or a

(/3oo-t\e'ft)?, /3ao-t\e'a). See 111. This "quantitative metathesis"

seen in Attic is in many other words Ionic also (as usually from

Tjo = do, 41.4), e.g. iXeft)? (Herodas— Hdt. t\eft)? or i\eo? ?) from

tX7?o? (49.5), xpe'<"f^"'i' (161.2 a), TroXeft)? (109.2), Mil. t'epea)? (111.5),

also re'Xeft)? (Herodas, and, borrowed from Ionic, in Coan) = Cret.

tcXjjo?, though the usual Ionic form is reXeto?, re'Xeo?.

Cf. also the subjunctives with tj retained in Horn. OrjOfiev {OeCo-

fiev), Boeot. KovpovOeCei, etc., but shortened in most dialects, as Ion.

detofiev (Att. 6a)fiev), Cret. iv6icofiev, etc. See 151.2.

Contraction of rja to tj (but probably through ea, cf. 42.1) is seen

in Eub. 3 pi. elprjrat from *elpriaTai (cf. Hom. fie^Xijarai), elpearat

(Hdt.), and in ^aaiXfj etc. of Delphian and most Doric dialects

(111.3).

+ vowel

44. 1. o + a. When contracted, the result is o) in all dialects

(cf. ft) from a + o, 41.2), e.g. Att. ijSt'ft), Heracl. /teto) from -o{(7)a,

Tt/ift)i/a|, 'iTTTTwm^, etc. in "West as well as East Greek dialects,

Page 55: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

48] PHONOLOGY 39

from -o-{f)ava^ (for Ehod. Ti/jLcival see 167). Cf. also co in crasis,

as Corinth, rcoyadov = to ayaOov etc. (94).

2. + a. Usually uncontracted (Att. ori), but in Ionic regularly

o), in other dialects sometimes a, e.g. Eliod. ^oddeco, Cret. ^oddim,Aetol. /SodSoeo), Att. fior)9ea), but Ion. /Sw^e'w, Lesb. ^ddoeco, Att.

^orjBpo/Mov, but Coan, Ehod. l3dBp6fj,io^. For Ionic <» from 077, nomatter whether ?? is from a or original ?y, cf. also oySm (once) =078o'j;t, and oyBtoKOvra from ovSoT^Kovra (with original ??), andHdt. PSiaai, v&erai, aX\oyvd)(Ta<;.

a. In the termination of jSodflds, /Sor/^os beside ^00.660%, /3(yqd6oi, whencealso fiodOim, fio-rfiim beside Lesb. ^aOoiio, Aetol. /Sod^octo, hj-phaeresis hastaken place. See i.

3. + 0. Eegularly contracted to 9 (on) or w (see 25), as gen.

Sg. -ov or -co from -oto (106.1).

4. + e. '\^^len contracted, the result is the same as from +(3), e.g. Att. eXctTTOu? (nom. pi., from -o(o-)e?) but Lac. eXao-o-o)?,

Att. BTjfiiovpyo^ (Ep. Brjfitoepyo^) etc., but Boeot. Xeirmpyo';, Heracl.

afji.7re\at)pyiK6<;, Att. \ovTp6v (Hom. Xoerpov), but Heracl. Xmrripiov.

So Heracl. 7rpaiyyvo<s from *'7rpoeyyvo';. Cf. also the crasis in Att.

toStto?, Lesb. (ovtavTo<;, etc. (94.2). But we also find uncontracted

oe, mainly from ofe, and, before two consonants, sometimes o

(" hyphaeresis," cf. 42.5 d), e.g. Lesb. ofiovoevre;, Xoeerad/jbevo's,

MaXoevTi, Arc. 'Eivoevri, Locr. 'OTro'efTt and in the same inscrip-

tion '07rovTiov<i (see 45.4), Meg. "EeXivoevri but "Eekivovrioi, Cret.

BoXo'ez'Ta, BoXoei'Ttwi/, later 'OXoVrt, 'OXoi'Tt'ot?. So beside Att.

Sij/iiovpyo^, Ep. SijiJ-ioepyo^, and Saiiiepy6<; (with ehsion, after the

analogy of compounds with original initial vowel in second mem-

ber, cf . <j>tkepy6<s) at Nisyrus and Astypalaea, the form of most dia-

lects is BriiMopy6<! (Ion.), Sap.iopy6<i (attested for Arc, Argol., Boeot.,

Cnid., Cret., Delph., El., Locr., Meg., Mess.). So Ion. dXopyo^ in

Teos and Samos.

45. Notes to 41-44. Some of the factors which help to account

for divergence in the treatment of the same combination of vowels

in the same dialect may be understood from the following.

Page 56: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

40 GREEK DIALECTS [45

1. A combination which arises by the loss of f,being of later origin than

that arising from the loss of t or tr, may remain imcontracted, or be con-

tracted only later. So Att. TrXeo/nei/, ijSeos, ijSax, ij8e<i)i', in contrast to ^t\oS-

/t£V, yei/ovs, yevr\, yeiimi, Locr. 'OTrdevrt, later 'Oirmnm.

2. A combination which is otherwise uncontracted may be contracted

after a vowel, Att. ySao-tXems but aXtfis, Ion. MeyafSaTew but Uavafi-vu} (-ai

sometimes after consonants also, but not usually), erm, ereWbut Ovrj, 0vS)v,

aviodfOLri but iroioi. El. Sokcoi but irounro etc. (see 42.6).

3. A combination which is otherwise contracted may remain uncon-

tracted in dissyllabic words, Att. ircos, Bioi, £,iat, and likewise, though be-

longing also under 1, Att. veos, Dor. vd6%, Aads. Such words may be

contracted when forming the first member of compounds, as Att. ©ovrtfios,

vovfirivia, Dor. vaKopoi, Ado-flei/jys. Cf . also Meg. ©eSwpos, ©OKpivrp- Perhaps

these forms, as regards their origin, belong under 4.

4. The position of the accent on a following syllable is sometimes a

factor. So Locr. 'Ottoo/tl (later 'OttovvtC) but 'Oirovrtotis, and perhaps all

cases of " hyphaeresis " (42.5 rf, 44.4) originated in like conditions, though

other factors also must be involved in part, and the whole phenomenon is

still not wholly clear.

The article, as proclitic, is often the first form to show contraction.

Cf. Boeot. Tov /jLoxraoiv, Thess. rav Koivaow (Crannon ; elsewhere -ai' in

nouns also), Eub. tZv 8/oa;^/xe<ov. Here belongs probably Dor. as in con-

trast to vdds.

5. The analogical influence of grammatically related forms in which the

vowel, either of stem or ending, is not subject to contraction often counter-

acts the normal phonetic development. So Cret. rpees etc. with -cs after

forms like TrdSes, Ion. ^axrikio? etc. (not -ews) after ttoSos etc., Locr. Sokeci

etc. after SoKm/xcv etc.

Assimilation of Vowels

46. The assimilation of vowels is comparatively rare in Greek,

and not characteristic of any particular dialect. Here may be men-

tioned 'Opxofievo'i from '^pxo/J^evo';, the regular native form of the

name of both the Boeotian and the Arcadian town, Tpo<f)ol)vio<s from

Tpe(pcovio<;, name of the Boeotian local hero, Thess. Fe/ce'Sa/^o? =Boeot. F/ie«aSa/io?, Delph. ^avareik beside ^avorev^. For exam-

ples of I and V, see 20. For Boeot. rpeireSSa, see 18. For Ilocrot-

Sdv, 'AirSWmv, o^oXo'?, in which assimdlation is a possible but

pot necessarj^ assumption, see 49.1,3,

Page 57: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

49] PHONOLOGY 41

Epenthetic Vowels

47. Lesb. (f>aitii (from <l>afii), (\>al(7i, yeXaifJn, etc. in Sappho andgrammarians, but not found in inscriptions. Cf. Lesb. alfiia-emv

etc. (17). Por epentliesis in the case of origiaal vi, pi, \i, see 74 a,b.

Anaptyctic Vowels

48. 6/3So/tos and e^Se/*o? (114.7) from *e^Sij.o-, *eTrTfio-. Other

examples are of only exceptional occurrence, as Att. 'E/»e/*^? ='E/3/X77?, El. l-aXa/xo vd= "EaXfitovr], Thess. 'Aa-KaXairio^. ireXedpov

= irXeOpov, in Cretan, Delphian, etc., as in Homer, is perhaps an

inherited by-form.

Vowel-Gradation

49. In the system of inherited vowel-gradation the dialects gen-

erally agree in the grade shown by corresponding forms ; e.g. Xeiirco,

XeXoi-rra, eXi-Trov, in all dialects alike. But there are some examples

of dialectic differences, of which the following may be mentioned.^

1. Series, et, oi, i {Xeiira>, XeXoiira, eXtTroj'). Cret. hUvvfii (trpo-

hiKWTi) = Att. SeiKWfii (cf. hiKT] etc.). Ion. SeKw/M is perhaps due

to contamination of SeiK- and Slk-. Lesb. oeiyw (*6feiy-) = Att.

olyo) (*6fiy-). ffveiKa and fjviKa in various dialects (144 a). Yloau-

Sajv, HoTeihdv, etc. (41.4) with et (JloTihdv very rare), but usually

I in derivatives, as Att. noo-i'Seto?, Ion. Iloo-tSjjto?, Boeot. Hoti-

hdixo'i, Carpath. TioTi^atov (but the famous Potidaea was nofet-

haia), also oi (assimilation?) in Arc. Iloo-otSai', Lac. noAotSai/,

TlofioiSaia, and Lesb. (?) Il]oToiSavi from Pergamum.

2. Series ep, op, ap or pa (Be'pKOfiai, SeBopKu, eSpuKov). reWepe?,

rerope;, renape;, etc. (114.4). Ion., Lesb., Cret., Mess., Epid., Coan

eptrifv, but Att. appriv, Arc. appevrepov, Lac. apari<s, Tlier. dptrr^v (also

Ionic and Coan beside epa-qv). Cf. also El. pdppevop (from a by-

form with initial f ; cf. Skt. vrsan- beside Avest. arsan-), later ipae-

vairepo^ (Koivrj influence, see also 80). depa-ov = 6dpao<i in Aeolic

1 Some cases where the variation is quite possibly not inherited, but vhioU

fall into the same system, are included for convenience,

Page 58: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

42 GEEEK DIALECTS [49

(gram. ; Lesb. Oepa-eia in Theocritus), and in proper names most

frequently ia Lesbian, Thessalian, Boeotian, and Arcadian, as Lesb.

©e/JcrtTTTTo?, Thess. ©e/scrtTa?, Sepaovv, Boeot. ©epadvhpixo'i, Arc.

@epcria<;, etc. /c/jeVo? = Kparo^ in Aeolic (gram.), but in proper

names characteristic of Arcado-Cyprian, as TifioKpeTr]^, StB/c/jeV?;?,

etc. Ion. Kpeaacov (in Kpeiaamv, Kpeirrcov, the ei is not original),

but Cret. KcipTwv (cf. /caprepo^, KpaTep6<;). Cret. Tpdirco = rpeirco, as

sometimes in Herodotus, Cret. rpd^co = Tpecfxo, as in Pindar etc.,

Delph. a'7ro(TTpd'\]rai = airoarps-^aL. East Ionic a'yepa-t,<; assembly

(ajeipco, ayopd), "West Ion. dyappK (Naples), Arc. Travdyopai'; (see 5)

= 7ravi]yvpt,<; (with obscure u). For iepo^, iap6<;, ipo<;, see 13.1. For

7/3o^ev?, aTpoT6<;, etc., see 5.

a. The weak grade varies between ap and pa, as in Horn. KpaTos and

KopTos, Kpanpoi and KapTcpo^, etc. So Cret. KapTtrs, KapTamcK, Kaprcpos,

KtipTiov, likewise o-TapTos = o-rpaTos, Arc, Cypr., Corcyr., El. SapyQw., Cret.

SapKva = Spa^fii?, Epid. <j>a.p)(/ia, <j>a.p^K = t^paypa, *<j>pdii'S, Boeot. werpa-

Tos (Horn. T€TpaTos) = Terapros, Lesb. dp,/3p[o]T»;v (6) = apapreiv- This

variation is in part due to metathesis, and clearly so in Cretan, which has

op uniformly, as it also has TropTi = n-pofri. See 70.1.

3. Series e\, ok, oK or Xa (crreXXto, utoXo?, icrrdXrjv). Arc.

SeXXm = /SaXXo) (cf. /Se'Xos etc.). Arc, Cret., Delph., Epid. oSeXo'?,

Boeot. 6/3eXo'? (rarely early Attic), Thess. o/3eXXo'? (89.3) = o/SoXo?

(assimilation ?). West Greek SeiXo/iat, 87jXo/i.at, Boeot. ^eiXofiai,

Thess. ^eXXo/jLai, all from a grade in eX, = ^ovXofiai. See 75.

Cypr. SaXro? = SeXro? (but this is a Semitic loanword). Coan

eVeXoi', Lesb. eraXov, yearling (cf. Lat. vitulus). Cret, Corinth.,

Lac, Pamphyl. 'ATreXXwi' = ^AiroXXwv (o due to assimilation ?),

Thess. "AttXowi' with weak grade ttX.

4. Series ez^ (e/i), o;^ (o/i), o or av (ap,) {reivm from *T€i'6a), t6vo<s,

TUTO'i). Ion., Coan, Heracl. rdp^vm = Tep,v<o, with a/it from erafiov.

For f^Kart = eUoa-i, etc., see 116 a. For participles with ar beside

evr and ovt, as eacrcra, iarra = ovaa, evrei = ovre^, see 163.8.

5. Series ??, «», a (p'^yvvp.i, eppcoya, ippdyrjv). iXrjo'; (Lac. AtXe/ro?),

whence Att.-Ion. iXeca?, Cret. ?Xeo?, but Arc. iXao<;, as in Homer

Page 59: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

60] PHONOLOGY 43

etc. For Heracl. ippriyela = iapmyela, Dor. etB«a = etKa, see 146.4.

eyKTrjo-K in Attic-Ionic, also in Lesbian and various West Greekdialects (though the examples are late and so possibly due to koiv^influence), but ey/crao-t? in Thessalian (also eVrao-t?), Corcyraean,Epirotan, etc.

a. Corcyr., Meg. IfLiraa-K, Boeot. lirTrao-ts, Arc. ivTratrts contain a differ-

ent root ira-, like va/m = Ki^fm. See 69.4. n-a./jia and related forms, fre-

quent in literary Doric, were employed in preference to ktyjim etc. in most,perhaps all, the dialects except Attic-Ionic. Cf., besides I/xtoo-is etc., Cret.

wa/ia, iraoras, owner, ireTrdTai perf. sub]., iratrcTat aor. subj., Arg. 7ra/«i,

Heracl. /rafuoyfei, Locr. i^eTrafiiov, Trajuaroc^ayertrTai, El. ireiraxTTo, Boeot.

TnrdiMTa, Cypr. UaminrtK, etc.

CONSONANTS

F

50. In Attic-Ionic the f was lost at a very early period. In

East Ionic there is no trace of it even in the earliest inscriptions

;

it is very rare in Central and West Ionic ; and in Attic the only

evidence of its existence is its occasional use to express the glide

sound before v, as apvrdp (32). In Thera, too, it is absent from

the earliest inscriptions (seventh century B.O.) ; likewise at Ehodes,

Cos, etc., though here early material' is scanty. In Lesbian it

existed, initially at least, in the time of Alcaeus and Sappho, but

is ];iot found in inscriptions, of which, however, none of any extent

is earlier than the fourth century.

But in most dialects it is of frequent occurrence initially, where

it survives till the fourth century or later, in Cretan and Boeotian

till the second. Between vowels it occurs in the earliest inscrip-

tions of many dialects, after consonants in several, and before

consonants in a very few.

a. In some cases the disappearance of p from inscriptions is due to KOLvq

influence rather than to an organic loss of the sound within the dialect. So

evidently in Laconian, as shown not only by its reappearance in the spell-

ing /3 (51), but by its survival in some words in Tzakonian, the modemrepresentative of Laconian, e.g. ^awe (vanne), lamb (papv-^.

Page 60: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

44 GREEK DIALECTS [so

b. Even where there is no reason to doubt the actual loss of the sound,

the spelling,^s is natural in such cases, only gradually adapted itself to the

pronunciation, and often there is an interval of considerable length in 'which

the older spelling with p and the later spelling without p occur promiscu-

ously, even in the same inscription. In the Heraclean Tables the presence

or omission of initial p is constant for certain words, e.g. always p in pe^,

pUari and derivatives, also percK, piSios, iypr/X-qdiiovTi, but oikik, Ipydtp/juic,

AexacTTos, itros and hicros, etc.

51. /3 for f. /^ is represented by /3, which we must understand

in its later value of a spirant (Engl, v), in numerous glosses and

in the later inscriptions of several dialects. So frequently in

Laconian from the fourth century B.C. to the second century A.D.,

e.g. /Si'Seot, ^iSvoi, title of officials (ftS-), Bcopde'a beside Feopdea

(cf. nos. 70-73) = 'Op6ia, Trpo^enrdha'; =:'7rpopenrdaa<!, StaySeVij? =SiapeTr]<s,(o^d from *copd, etc. ; and in Cretan, e. g. Bo'/a^to?, ^oXoevra,

^epSrji, ^e/cdrepoi, hia^enrdixevo's, vtro/SoiKoi, etc. Cf. also Arg.

'Bopdajopa^, Tivp^aXicav = older TlvpfaXiov, Corcyr. op^o<; = earlier

h6ppQ<;, El. ^oiKLup = poiKia<; (no. 61, in the stereotyped phrase

jap Koi ^oiKiap, otherwise p lost). Eor initial /3/3 = pp, see 55.

a. Conversely, p is used in place of /S in afwipd = dfioipd of an early Co-

rinthian inscription. The name of the Cretan town Fa^os was sometimesrepresented by 'Oo^os, as Lat. -Nerva by Ncpoa.

52. p initially before a vowel. Examples are numerous in in-

scriptions of most dialects, e.g. peTO<; (cf. Lat. vetus) in eleven dia-

lects, polKo<; (cf. Lat. vlcus) in twelve dialects, pUari (cf. Lat.

mginti) in eight dialects, /ra'mf in ten dialects, further, in various

dialects, f"'PV^,i F"'°'TO'i, /^eVo?, penr-, fepyov, p^ppco, piBio<i, pi(TO<s,

potvo<s, and many others (see also a, h, c), especially in proper names.

a. In several dialects which otherwise preserve p it is lost before o and0) (but not before ot), as in Homer, e.g. in Gortynian forms of opao), oii/ij,

i>6iu>, etc. without p beside piKwn, piKoxTTOi, poiKetk, etc. (p6v, povhy anal-

ogy of pa, piv, etc.). But the precise dialectic scope of this phenomenon is

not yet determined, and po is by no means unknown, e.g. Arc. po(t)XiKoa-i

(no. 16, fifth century; in no. 17, fourth century, 6<^A.ei' beside paarov, piKo.-

g-Tov, etc.), Fop6a<7(a, Cret. Bdpftos, Lac. Btupdia, etc. (see 51).

Page 61: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

63] PHONOLOGY 45

6. Initial (rp yields hp, occasionally written ph (cf. Eng. which) butusually simply p, wliich, however, was pronounced as hp (or a sui-d p), as

shown by the fact that after the loss of p such words have the spiritus

asper. Thus Boeot. FAe/ca-&£/ioe, Thess. FcKc-SaiiAos, Cret., Locr., Delph.,

El., Arc. pnauTTfK, later cKacrTos. In some dialects this p Vas lost earlier

than p in general, e.g. in Boeotian, where If (from pi^, i.e. phii, from*sueks) and iKacrros are frequent in inscriptions which otherwise have ini-

tial p, as piKacrnj kcu. Iktu) (no. 43.8).

c. There are also some words with original initial p, not coming fromap, which have ' in their later forms, e.g. Att. lo-Tcop, lo-Topui (cf. Boeot.

pumap, from piS-, Lat. vid-), hw/u, cx/jia (cf. Cret. prjfua, Lat. ves-tis), Iotte-

pos (cf. Locr. psoTrdptos, Lat. vesper), eKiav (cf. Locr. pefovrai, Skt. vaf),

oXuTKOjLuu (cf. Thess. paX((T<TKeTaLi, Goth, tvilwan). The explanation, as in

some other cases of secondary ', in which p is not involved, is uncertain,

but the following a and analogical influence are the chief factors.

53. Intervocalic p. This was lost sooner than initial p, hence is

found in fewer dialects, and in most of these only in the earhest

inscriptions. Often we find forms with and without p from the

same period or the same inscription, showing that it was either

weakly sounded, or wholly lost in pronunciation and retained only

in the spelling. This inconstancy is much greater than in the

case of initial p. The spelling with p often persists in proper

names, and sometimes in certain conventional or solemn expres-

sions, longer than elsewhere.

Examples are most frequent in Cyprian, where it appears almost

uniformly except in some later inscriptions, e.g. alpei, ot/ro?, p6po<;,

Sopevai, /Sao-tXe/ro9, etc. (hut always 7rat9, TratSo'?, with loss of p).

Eub. 'AyaffiXepo with p in the proper name beside iiroiea-ev

(no. 9). Thess. Adpov, but otherwise lost, as in hvKopeovTO'i, iaoae

(no. 33). Boeot. liroiipi, eiroipea-e, xa'P^F^Trav, KapvKepio, etc.,

but not found after 450 B.C. except in a late archaistic inscription

with TpayapvSo'i etc. Phoc. /cXe/ro?, alpei (Crissa ; sixth century).

Locr. Karaipei (also eVifoiko5, fierapoiKeoi, pepaSeKOTa, but see a)

beside ttoj?, 'O-n-oevn, Safiiopyov<;. El. [-n-ojipeoi once (also awope-

Xe'ot, but see a), but usually iroieoi, even in the same inscription,

fiaaiXde?, etc. Lac. hiXipoi, vapov, Taiapoxo, apdraTai (cf. Lesb.

Page 62: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

46 GKEEK DIALECTS [53

aiidra, El. avdarop, elsewhere contracted to drd, drrj, as Cret. dra,

aTraro?, Locr. dvdT6{<i)), late tJ/Sa (51). Arg. At/rt, Aipovvaio,

itroCpehe (also irehdpoiKOL, but see a). Corinth. UoreSdfovt beside

HoreSdvi, AXpa<;, AafoirroXefio?, etc. Corcyr. phopalcri, o-tovo-

fe(a-)a-av, etc. There are no examples of intervocalic f in even

the earliest inscriptions of Arcadian (cf. 'iXaov no. 16), or Cretan

{alei, va6<;, foi/ceo?, etc.) except in compounds (a).

a. Even where intervocalic p is regularly lost, it may appear in com-

pounds or in augmented or reduplicated forms, owing to the influence of

the simplex or of the forms without augment or reduplication, where p has

survived as initial, e. g. Cret. irpoptLiraro, epaSe, and late SiajSenrdfjia/os. Hence

in any dialect such forms are not necessarily evidence of the survival of true

intervocalic p.

b. The use of p to indicate the natural glide before or after v (see 32,

36) is also no evidence for the survival of the inherited intervocalic p.

54. Postconsonantal p. The combinations vp, pp, \p, and also

a-p (in some cases ; see /) are preserved in the earliest inscriptions

of some dialects. The loss of p was accompanied by lengthening

of the preceding vowel in East Ionic, Central Ionic (in part;

see a) and Eastern Doric (Crete, Thera, Cos, Ehodes and colonies),

while in the other dialects, as in Attic, the vowel was not affected.

Corinth. Bevpov, Bev- Ion. ^eivo<;, Cret. irpo- In most dialects

^r)vo^, Cyren. ^iko- ^evo<;,'irp6^€vo^

^r]vo^, Rhod. GelvK,

Wir]VOKXrj<;

Ion. eovaro^, Cret. rivaTo<i

Ion. eiVEKa, fiovvof

Ion. Kovpr), Cret. Kcopa

Ion. ovpo'?, Cret. mpoi,

Ther. ovpo^

Ion. dpi]

Ion. KoXSi}

Ion. o5\os

Ion. Icrof

Ion. vova-o^

fokXt)?, Corcyr. tt/jo-

^evpoi;, aevpdpeo'i,

El. Sevpdpeop

^evpaTO<;

*4vpetca, *fji6vpo<;

Arc. Koppa

Corcyr. h6ppo<s

Arc. /cdrappo';

Boeot. Ka\p6<s

*6\po<!

Boeot., Cret. plapo<s

*vda-po<!

evaro<}

eP€Ka, fi6vo<!

Kopa {Koprf)

opo'i

apa

KaXdii

o\o<s

tcro9

v6c70^

Page 63: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

55] PHONOLOGY 47

a. To the lengthening in East Ionic there are possibly some local excep-tions, but, in general, forms like ^ci/os, and especially n-po^cvK, are due toAttic influence. Similarly in Rhodian etc. where ^aj/os has survived. onlyin proper names, and in late Cretan where Trpd^tvos is far more commonthan Trpoliji/os. In Central Ionic the lengthening is attested for Paros andThasos, but it is uncertain how far west this extended. From many of theislands, both Ionic and Doric, decisive material is lacking.

6. Lesb. ^ewos, ewexa, in grammarians and late inscriptions, are probablyhyper-Aeolio, due to the frequency of w from vi, a-u, etc. (74, 76, 77.1).

Cf. also lara-oOeotcri in an inscription of 2-14 A. D. For Thess. irpo^ewtoBv

see 19.8; for Boeot. Aa/io^eivo, 92 a.

c. Diiierent from oppos etc. is Corinth. Uvppos (cf . Arg. Uvpflai, TJvp-

foXiov), probably standing for IIvpp^os (from *IIijp(r/ros with early assimi-

lation of pa before p), whence the IXuppos of most dialects.

d. An example of p after a mute is Corinth. ApivCa = Auviov. Cf . Horn.

eSSetcrev for e8pewev.

e. Tp yields tt or a-a-, with the same distribution as for original kl etc.

(81), e.g. Att. TiTTapa, Ion. TOTo-epes, etc. (cf. Lat. quattuor, Skt. catmras).

In West Greek reropes the t, instead of a-cr or tt, is due to the analogy of

other forms such as xcTpaTos, in which p was expelled between the conso-

nants. Cf. also ijpA^a-cK from *7jfuTpos (61.6).

/. The history of ap in pia-pcK etc., probably of secondary origin, is to be

distinguished from that of original intervocalic a-p, the treatment of which

is apparently parallel to that of tr/x etc. (76). Thus Lesb. vav<K, Dor. vdos,

etc. probably come from *va(rpo? (cf. vaita, vacr-crat), which in Lesbian be-

comes first *vapp<K (like dp-p-e), whence *vavp<K, vaBos (35), elsewhere vapos

(like a/xe), whence vcids, vecos (41.4).

55. p before consonants. Corresponding to Att. pijTpa, epprjOrfv,

etc. (from ppt]- beside pep- in epeoa, cf . Lat. verhum) we have El. ppd-

rpa (15), Cypr. ppera (70.3) with its denominative pperdco {eppe-

Taaarv, also spelled evpperdcraTv indicating an anticipation of the

p. Cf. a and 35. So also Kevevpov from Kevepov), Arg. peppejMeva,

appereue (with prothetic a), later apijreve, was spokesman, presided.

El. apXaveo'i, wholly (cf. Hesych. aXaveax; • oXoa-'x^epo)';, also aWa-

VTj? • aa<paX'i]<; and aXavi'i aXr]6e<;), is from a-pXa-, and related to

aeXkij<; (a-peX-), aoW.i]'; (a-pa\- with Aeolic o, cf. 5), aXjj?, Dor.,

Delph. aXia, assembly, Ion. (Hdt.) aXir} (also from apaX-, with Ion.

d from apa as ia dTtj, avakiaKw).

Page 64: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

48 GEEEK DIALECTS [85

FP appears as ^p, indieating a pronunciation vr, in Lesbian

words quoted by grammarians and in our texts of the Lesbian

poets (^prJTcop, ^poSov, etc.), though this has become simply p at

the time of our earliest inscriptions. Cf. also Boeot. Bpavi8a<; beside

Fdpvcov.

In most dialects p was lost before the time of our earliest in-

scriptions and we find, as in Attic, initial p, medial pp or p. See a.

a. In the case of medial pp, which would occur only in compounds and

augmented or reduplicated forms of words with initial pp, the p unites with

the preceding vowel to form a diphthong in Lesbian (cf. 35), e.g. evpayrj,

avpr/KTOs (Herodian) from *i-ppa,yrj, *a-/rp7;KTos (Att. ippdyrj, apprjKro^'),

Horn. raXavpivoi from *TaA.o-/rptvos. But elsewhere the syllabification of

the simplex (or form without augment or reduplication) was retained

(i. e. pp with the following vowel), and later this pp became pp or sometimes

p, e. g. Arg. pf.pplp.eva., appireve, later dpijTeue. In Attic and most dialects

augmented and reduplicated forms have pp, as Att. ippridriv (etp-^Ko. is formed

after the analogy of forms like eiXricjia, 76 b), ippdy-qv, eppmya, Heracl.

ippyjya., while compounds also usually have pp but sometimes p under the

continued influence of the simplex, as Att. avapprjOm but also 6.vapyj6a<i,

Delph. hlpj.pprivwv (from. *-^pI-pp7]v, like ^p.i-ovo's, cf. Horn, irokv-ppr/v), but

also h-qiuprp/aw.. Cf . pp and p from a-p, 76 h. The development of medial

pk was probably parallel (cf. El. d/rXaveos etc., above), though there is no

example in Lesbian.

Consonantal i (i)

56. Original i almost wholly disappeared from Greek in prehis-.

toric times, giving ' or, rarely, g" initially, as in 6'? (Skt. yas), rjirap

(Lat. iecur), t.vyov (Skt. yugam), etc., yielding various results iq

combination with a preceding consonant (71, 81, 82, 84), and being

dropped between vowels, as in Tpeli from *Tpeie<: (Skt. trayas), etc.

But between t and a following vowel, as in 'iinrio';, it always

existed as a natural glide in pronunciation, and in a few dialects

this is expressed in the spelling. So, by the repetition of i, in

Pamphylian, as Sad, huapolai, etc., and sometimes elsewhere, as

early Arg. hd\uo<;, St/eeX/ia?, Ion. (Priene) Auoc^avr;?. Cf. also Arg.

Kapveiia<!, Ion. T^uot, dmuijv (37.2). In Cyprian a special char-

acter, which we transcribe j, is generally employed, though not

Page 65: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

58] PHONOLOGY 49

uniformly, as in the Idalium bronze (no. 19) regularly before a,

but not before e or o, e.g. ijaripav but lepifijav, feirija but ei.6v.

The Spiritus Asper. Psilosis

57. The spiritus asper generally represents an original a- (59) orI (56), but in some words is of secondary, and sometimes obscure,

origin, e.g. iVTro? (of. Lat. equus; tTTTro? regularly as the secondpart of compounds, ''AX«t7r7ro9,''Ai'Tt7r7ro9, etc., rarely "Ai/^tTTTros),

^/iet9, a/*e? (cf. Skt. asmdn) with ' after the analogy of vfieh (with' from t). The sound was denoted by H (earlier B) until the intro-

duction of the Ionic H = ??, after which it was generally left un-

designated.i But see 4.7.

Psilosis, or the loss of the spiritus asper, is characteristic of East

Ionic (whence the sign was left free for use as t] ; see 4.6), Lesbian,

Elean, Cj^rian, and Cretan (i. e. Central Cretan).

a. Psilosis is shown, not only by the absence of H = A, but by the pres-

ence of phrases and compounds in which a preceding mute is not changed

to the aspirate, e.g. East Ion. d.Tr' exao-Tou, abr' ov, KaTawep, El. KaTUTTcdl,

Cret. Ka.TUTTa.iLa/. But psilosis is no bar to the retention of aspirated mutes

in phrases and compounds which were formed prior to the loss of the asper.

For they would be affected, if at all, only by the analogical influence of the

simplex, as Cret. KaTtoTa/xcv by LO-Ta.fi.ev. Hence East Ion. xaSoSos, El. Trofle-

Ad/xevos, etc. Cf. Mod.Grk. KoBiaTiqiu, dijiov, etc., in spite of the loss of the

spiritus asper.

58. Even in those dialects which generally preserve the spiritus

asper, and which, in distinction from those with psilosis, we may call

the A-dialects, there are many irregularities, partly ia special words,

1 In quoting forms from inscriptions, wherever the sign for the spiritus asper

appears in the original it is transcribed h, to be distinguished from ', which is

supplied as a purely diacritical sign, like accent marks, and the employment of

which is, in many special cases, of doubtful propriety. That is, the evidence is

often insufficient to determine whether the omission of the sign of the asper is

merely graphic, in which case we should transcribe the form with ', or due to an

actual loss of the sound, in which case we should transcribe with '. As a work-

ing rule we employ the lenis in quoting forms without h from inscriptions which

have the character or are of a period when it was certainly in common use.

Page 66: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

50 GREEK DIALECTS [58

where by-forms evidently existed, partly due to the weak pronun-

ciation of the sound in general (cf. the variations in Latin speUing).

a. In several dialects the forms of the article, o, a, etc., appear regu-

larly or frequently without h, showing that in these proclitic forms it was

either wholly lost or more weakly sounded than elsewhere. So in Locrian

(nos. 55, 56) always d, never ho (cf. also k d), feni. d and ha once each; in

Delphian (no. 51) d as article (A 30, 38, C 19), but demonstrative ho (B 53);

Thess. KOI = Kol ot (no. 26); d likewise in some early inscriptions of Boeotia,

Pamphylia, Syracuse, Metapontum, and Sybaris. The same is probably to

be inferred for Arcadian from the omission of h in the relative, as av = a av

(nos. 16.14, 17.7), with which compare Boeot. 6s = tos (no. 40) and Delph.

as (no. 51 A 28) beside usual ho, hoa-n's, etc., though in most dialects the h

of the relative is uniformly retained.

b. Other forms which regularly have the spiritus asper, but for which

by-forms with the lenis are to be recognized, are : fi/i-ipa, but even in Attic

inscriptions frequently l/tepa. Mess, /car afiepav, Ther. eV dfiepas, Troez.

Kiirdinpov, Locr. afjiApa. tepds (hiepos, huapo's, in numerous dialects) , but with

lenis in Ehodian and Argolic, as Rhod. in icpems, Arg. lapofji.va.fji.oves (nos. 76,

77, with ho etc.), Epid. tapo/x/nm/ioves (no. 83, with Ao/iovoois etc.), Aegin.

lapwi (beside Aoikos = 6 oucos, xo = ki^' o)- So i-n-' iapeus in the Megarianinscription no. 92, in contrast to huapov at Selinus, is probably due to the

Epidaurian graver. For Mant. lepds, see d. rifj.w (see 57), in Doric dialects

a/i,€S .(Lac. TToff afii, Heracl. hafj.h), but also d/i€s (Coan ju.er' apjiov etc.).

Thess. d/ti/ie or afifiif ea-TrjKa, but also ta-raKa (cf . lo-TaAxa, for which, vice

versa, sometimes co-raXKa), as Thess. emfrrdKOVTa (no. 33), Mess. Kareara-

fitvoi, Amorg. KaTta-Tutarj's.

c. Several words which regularly have the lenis show secondary formswith the asper in various dialects. Thus Iros (from /reVos), but Heracl.

iraira-htrriptha (beside /tctos), Epid. irevO' err/, and frequently Kaff Iros etc.

in the koivt^ (cf. Mod.Grk. e<^€Tos), probably after the analogy of q/iepa insimilar phrases. tSios (from /ri&os), but Thess. Kaff I&Smv, and so often in

late inscriptions of various dialects (really koivj;), probably after Koff tKa-

<TTov. lo-os (from /riirfos), but Heracl. AtVos beside to-os, and e<^' mttjs inthe KOLvrj, probably after ofMioi. Locr. Ivre (cf. ta-rt), but Delph. hevTe, after

as = €a)s. Heracl. Aoktu (also Theran), hoKraKanoi, htwm, Delph., Ther.Atrards, all after cTrTd. So probably by a still further extension of the asper(e. g. after iweaKaiScKa) Ther. hiKaSi = ctxdSi (no. 107). dxpos, but Heracl.haKpoa-KLpm.1, Corcyr. Ad/cpos, and perhaps Delph. haKpodiva (?no. 51 D47).Delph. f(j)LopKiw, also frequent in the kolvt^, is a contamination of lirvopKem

Page 67: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

69] PHONOLOGY 51

and ec^opiceo), while Delph. icjiaKioiJuu from d/cco/xat is obscure. In Thess.avypiw (i<f>a.vypa/dav) = Lesb. aypio) the asper, as well as the v, is probablydue to contamination with some other word.

d. Besides such special cases as have been noted in a, h, and c, there arein some dialects irregularities which seem to be due to confusion in spell-

ing consequent upon the asper being weakly sounded or on the verge oftotal disappearance, though even some of these may possibly be due to spe-cial causes. Locrian has -irevTopKuiv beside hopKov, 6<tw., 'kttux., Karifofievov,

vSpiav (A before v in hmro), and, vice versa, once Hottovtiov beside 'Ottovtiol,

and hdyiv for ayiv (cf . iiriyov). In Arcadian, no. 17 has ipMru beside hiiXuru,

iJoTcpas, and once hdv for av, and the very early Mantinean inscription,

no. 16, shows no example of h, though containing not only oiSe (see a).butotria, lAaov, and tepos for which hiepoi is fully attested in the other Arcadianinscriptions as no. 16 ; and among the brief archaic inscriptions there is anotable lack of agreement in this matter. Heraolean has, besides the cases

mentioned under c, opcK, opL^ot, where we expect hopoi, and hdpvrjO-Ls, hoi-

a-ovTi, for apvrjcrK, oitrovri. At Epidaurus, no. 83 has always drtpoi not hdrtpoq.

IT. Loss of Intervocalic a

59. Original initial s became the spiritus asper in proethnic

Greek, as in eSo? (Lat. sedeo, Skt. sad-), eiroiiai (Lat. sequor, Skt.

sac-), etc. At the same time intervocalic s was changed in the

same way and then lost, as in ^eVeo? (Skt. yawasas, "La-t. generis),

etc. Nevertheless there are many Greek words with intervocalic

0-, either retained by analogy as in the aorist, or of secondary origin

as o" from t (61).

This Greek intervocalic a was subjected to a similar process,

namely became h and was later lost, in Laconian, Argohc, Elean,

and Cyprian.

1. Laconian. Early iiroiehe, viicdha<;, evhe^ohai<;, TlohoiBavi,

AvhiTTTTOv, 'E\evhvvia, etc. ; later Tlahi(f)di, Tr/ao/SetTraAa?, vLKda<s,

'OvaireXrji; (Ovacri-), UeuKKeiSa (lieicri-), /SatXe'o? (/3ao-£X.eo?),

etc. Cf. also 97 a. Examples of o- omitted are also in Ar. Lys. and

in glosses. This was a characteristic of Laconian speech from the

earliest known period, and is faithfully represented in the spelling

of most of the early inscriptions. But it was felt as a provincial-

ism and ignored in the spelling of some few early inscriptions

Page 68: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

52 GEEEK DIALECTS [69

which were set up outside of Laconia (no. 64, ^Xeidaioi, though

the retention of o- in this non-Laconian name is natural anyway;

no. 65, yvea-ioi, e^daovTi), and in the later inscriptions, which

usually show cr. See 275.

2. Argohc. From Mycenae, early ^pahcapiSa<; (no. 75, fifth cen-

tury), late iTToXvcoprje (197 B.C.); from Argos, early ewoCpehe, 'ApKe-

hC\a<;, \ha^o\hCai, etc., later Safioioi, (Sa/xoaioi), djjavpop (drjcravpov),

TeXeiTTTTO? (TeXeo-t-), ©pdvWo'; {®paarv-), etc. But forms with fl-

are also frequent at all periods, e.g. 6eaavp6<;, KaTa6eaLo<; (no. 78,

fifth century), Kvaiinrov in the same inscription with TeXewrTro?.

This inconsistency in the spelling, which is even greater than in

Laconian, has the same explanation. See 1, and 275.

a. Nearly all the examples are from Argos and vicinity, from which one

might conclude that the change was specifically Argive, not general Argolic.

But there are some traces of it at Epidaurus, and the absence of other ex-

amples may be due to external influence.

3. Elean. In no. 60 (middle fourth century) aSeaXrcihaie, <f>vya^

SevavTi (aor. subj.), beside SafioaicoiJiev, Safioaiaia. In no. 61 (after

Alexander) iroirjaaa-ai (irof^a-acrffai), iroirjarai (aor. subj.), beside

avaOeaiop etc. In all the earlier inscriptions intervocalic a- is

unchanged.

4. Cyprian. (f)pove6i {^povewen), •iroe'xpfievov (Troa-exop-evov),

also in sentence combination (cf. 97 a), as ku a(v)Tv («a? avri), ra

vj(epdv (tw ixvpoiv). But generally a is written.

Rhotacism

60. Ehotacism, or change of o- to p, is found in Elean, late

Laconian, and Eretrian, rarely elsewhere.

1. Elean. Final ? appears uniformly as p in the later inscrip-

tions, nos. 60, 61, e.g. rep, aip-arop, oircop, irdXiop. Most of the

earlier inscriptions show -? and -p side by side without any appar-

ent system. Ehotacism of intervocalic a is unknown (cf. 59.3).

a. In the earlier inscriptions p is relatively most frequent in forms of thearticle and the indefinite or the relative pronoun, e.g. roip, rip, op, and

Page 69: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

61] PHONOLOGY 53

possibly the rhotacism began in such enclitic and proclitic forms. But evenhere there is great fluctuation in the spelling.

2. Laconian. Ehotacism of final s is seen only in very late inscrip-

tions, e.g. viKoap, Bev^iTTTrop, etc., confirmed by numerous glosses.

3. Eretrian. Eliotacism of intervocalic o- is frequent in inscrip-

tions of Eretria and Oropus, e.g. Eretr. exovpiv, Ovtopiv, iiriSrjfiew-

piv, avveXevOepcopavTi, iraipiv, airrjpiv, 'ApTSfitpia, Crop. Srjfiopicov.

But there are many exceptions, and the use of p is gradually given

up under Attic influence. Although Plato, Cratylus 434 c, remarks

that the Eretrians say a-KXrjpoTrjp for <TKXT)p6rr)<i, there is no inscrip-

tional example of p for final ? except once oirap dv, for whichsee 97 a.

4. Rhotacism of a- before a voiced consonant is seen in Eretr.

M//3709 = Mtb-70?, late Cretan (Gortyna) Kopfioi = koctixoi, Thess.

(Matropolis, Pharsalus) ®e6pSoT09 = ©eoo-Soro?. In most dialects

a- in this position was pronounced as a sonant (z), and in late times

often indicated by ^, as \jrij<f)i^p,a.

Change of t to (r

61. T is changed to a- very frequently before i, and sometimes

before v. The more precise conditions are uncertain, and the change

is in part independent of dialectic variation, t being retained in

some words in all dialects, e.g. avri, and in some words becoming a-

in all dialects, e.g. most words hke ^outk (Skt. ga-ti-s), crrda-i';, etc.

But in a considerable class of words there is a distinct dialectic

distribution of the t- and u-forms, the retention of f being a nota-

ble characteristic of the West Greek dialects, in which Boeotian

and ThessaUan also share.

1. Verb forms with the endings -ti, -vn, as hi^oan, ^epovrt =

SiBcocn, <f)€povcn (Arc. <f)epovcn, Lesb. ^epoiai). Examples are plenti-

ful in all the West Greek dialects and Boeotian (-rt, -v6i), and for

Thessalian are indirectly evidenced by -vOi. See 139.2.

2. The numerals for 20 and the hundreds, {f)iKaTi = eiKoa-i,

-Karioi = -KOtrioi (Arc. -Kaaioi).

Page 70: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

54 GREEK DIALECTS [61

3. Some nouns and adjectives in -rt?, -rto?, -ria. Most words of

this class have o- in all dialects. But 'Apra/jLiTio<; = 'ApreixCcno-i in

numerous "West Greek dialects, Boeot. EvTprjri'i = 'EvrpTjarig (the

Aeolic form in Homer), Coan, Delph. iviavno? = iviava-io<;, etc.

4. iropTi in 'Cretan, TroTt'in all other West Greek dialects, with

Boeotian and Thessalian, = Att.-Iou., Lesb. tt/jo'?, Arc-Cypr. tto's.

But Homer has irporC, ttoti, as well as tt/jo'?. See 135.6 a.

5. IIoTeiSdwv, IloTeiMv, etc. = lioaeiStov, the forms with t being

attested for numerous West Greek dialects, with Boeotian and

Thessalian. Lac. UohoiSdv is a relic of the Pre-Doric (Achaean)

form (cf. Arc. IlocrotSdv), with the Laconian change of a- to h. Tlo-

aeiSdv in some later Doric inscriptions is probably due to the influ-

ence of the usual TlocretScov.

6. TV in Hterary Doric and an inscription of Epidaurus, Boeot.

Tov = Att.-Ion., Lesb., Arc. av. Cret. [^]/AtTi;-6KT0, Epid. hefilreia,

but Att.-Ion., Arc. r/fuav;, Lesb. aifuav;, with suffix -tv, beside

which we find Arc, Delph., Epid., Meg., Thess., late Cret. ijfMo-ao';

from *rifUT(:o'i, with suffix -rpo-.

p. 8,7

63. In general /3, S, 7 remained simple mediae, but in some dia-

lects there are indications of their pronunciation as spirants, which

eventually prevailed even in Attic (cf. Mod.Grk. /3 = », S = " soft

"

th, 7 = guttural spirant). Such are

:

1. The use of /S for f in later Laconian etc. See 51.

2. The representation of 8 by f in three of the very earliest

Elean inscriptions, e.g. fe, ^e«:a, ^iicaia, ^((jjviov, ^a/Mopyia, fei^o^,

though the others have B, following what was the usual spelUng

elsewhere. Cf. also early Ehod. t6^' = ro'Se (no. 93), and early Arg.

fia^eie (for a^ see 89.1) = elSeirj.

3. The occasional omission of 7 or substitution of i, as in Boeot.

Id), ld)v, (Ar., Corinna) = €701, Arc. eiriBudve {iTndiyydvrj), Pamph.p,heid\[av] (ij,eydXr]v), and oXto? (oX/709) in late inscriptions of

various places.

Page 71: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

64] PHONOLOGY 55

4. The occasional representation of 7 by fin Cyprian, as fa (7a),

a^a96<; (a<yad6<;).

5. Cret. a-TTopSSdv. See 89.3.

«!>. e, X63. In general

(f>, 6, x remained true aspirated mutes, and in

the earliest type of the alphabet, wliich had a sign for 6 but nonefor ^ or x> these two were represented by ttA and kH, as at Thera,

or, where a sign for h was not in use, simply by tt and «, as in the

GortjTiian Law-Code (e.g. Kp6vo<; = xpdvo^, TrvXd = <j)vXij). Spell-

ings like yeypaTr(f>a, SeSoKxdai are mostly late, an exceptionally

early example being Delph. XeKxoi (no. 51 D 13 ; dat. sg. of Xexco).

But the pronunciation as spirants (Engl./, " hard " th, Germ, ch),

which eventually prevailed even in Attic, may have existed at a

much earlier period in some dialects. Such a pronunciation of is

certainly presupposed by Lac. a- = 6 (64), and probably by Cret.

68 = <t6 etc. (81 a, 85.3). So too en = (t6 in Locrian, Elean, etc.

(85.1) is most plausibly explained as due to the fact that 6 had

become a spirant iu other positions, but remained an aspirated mute

after a and so, in contrast, was denoted by r. A similar explana-

tion probably holds for some other cases where t is used for 6, as

Cret. Tvaro? etc. (66), and Cret. IIvtio?, ie. Ilv^to?, the originally

Delphian epithet of ApoUo, with its hallowed pronunciation re-

tetined (also sometimes spelled IIoi'Tto? with 01 to denote the pro-

nunciation of V as ii, Cretan v being u ; see 24).

64. Laconian a = 0. The use of o- by Aristophanes in the

Lysistrata to iadicate the sound of the Laconian 6 (and there is

no good reason to doubt that this belongs to the original text)

shows that it had become a spirant which would strike the Athe-

nian ear as cr, even if not yet fully identical with it. The Laconians

themselves retained the spelling 6 in all the earlier inscriptions,

but avea-tjKe (avSrjKe) and aio) (0eov) occur in a fourth century

inscription, and ia very late inscriptions avearjKe, Jiapa-ea (Fop0ca),

Kaaa-TjpaTopiv beside KaOdrfparopiov, etc.

Page 72: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

56 GREEK DIALECTS [65

Interchange of Surds, Sonants, and Aspirates

65. Dissimilation and assimilation of aspirates, or transposition

of the aspiration. The dissimilation seen in Tidrjfu from *6i0r)/ii,

rpexo} from *dpe'X(o (cf. dpe^ofiai), etc., belongs to the proethnic

period. But there are some examples of later, dialectic, assimila-

tion. So Cret. didefievoii = TLde/jLevof, dvxa (i.e. 0v%o) = tvxVj West

Ion. (Cumae) 0v<f>\6<; = TV(f>X6^, Arc. (f)ap9evo<; = •7rap0evo<; (also in

sixth century Attic inscriptions), dvadev = rvOrjvai (in part ana-

logical, 0v(7- as in dvariK etc.), Lac, Epid. deOp.o'i, Locr., El. de0fiiov

= TeOpLO^, rSfuov, Att. 0ea-fJb6v, 0eafiiov (164.4), Att. (iascr.) ev-

6av0a = usual Att. ivTav0a. Ion. ev0avra is the more original form

(from ev0a), whence Att. ivrav0a through transposition of the aspi-

ration and influence of raCra, Cf. also Eub. ivTOv0a like Toina

(124). El. ivravTa is from ev0avTa, through influence of Tavra (but

cf. also 66). Eor transposition cf. also Ion. a')^avTO<; = aKav0o<;,

Cret. Kav^of = ;\;a\«o'?, Thess. IleT^aXo? from •I'eTToXo'? (68.2).

66. There are scattered examples of variation between surd and

aspirate, surd and sonant, etc., especially before a nasal. Locr.

TBKva = re'xvi], Cret. TuaT6<;, TervaKoi; = OvqTO'i, reOvrjKO'i, Heracl.

SiaKvovTcov beside Siaypovreov, Eretr. a7roSeiyvva0ai, Ther. ipSeiyvv-

fjLevo<; to SelKvv/M, Aetol. a'^^vrjKOTa'; beside ayvrj/cw (ayveco = dyco).

Ion. (Chios) Trprij^^a = TrprjyfJba, Epid. ^dpxP'a = <})pdyfjLa, wdp-

heixp-a = irapdSeiyfia, probably contain the suffix -a/Ma. Cf. Te'xvr]

from *Te'KCTvd. (So perhaps Delph., Locr. ix0o<s from *e;^To's, this

from *e/co--To'?. Cf. early Att. eBox<re etc.)

In Pamphylian vt becomes regularly {v)B (v not written, 69.2),

as Tre'Se = TreVre, i^dyoBi = i^dyavn. In Cret. dvTp6iro<i (cf. also

Pamph. arpoTroiai) = dv0pa)iro^, dvrpfjiov= dvSpeiov, it is uncertain

whether the preceding p or the following p is the more important

factor. Locr. (j)piv = Trpiv is obscure.

El. irda-Kco = ird(Txa> is probably due to the influence of other

verbs in -o-zcw (but possibly like (tt = (t0, cf. 63). For Att.-Ion.

hexofxai with analogical x (to Be^ofiai, after ^pexeo to ^pe^co, etc.)

Page 73: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

68] PHONOLOGY 57

other dialects (and Ionic in part) have the original SeKo/iai {61

Att. SaipoS6Ko<:). ovSeK, firiBei<!, are replaced by ovdei-:, fii^dek, with

6 from B + the spiritus asper of el?, in later Attic and elsewhere.

It. Very late inscriptions show numerous examples of confusion, notconfined to any special conditions, as dSeXwos = dSEA.</>ds, <^peo-|8ur£jOos =irpio-fivTipiK, Lesb. vwapKOurav = WTrap^ouaav, Lac. 7roiSi;^dv = TratSiKw.

Interchange of it and ttt

67. Of the Homeric by-forms of ttoXj? and wo'Xe/ios, ttto'Xis is

fomid also in Cyprian, rarely in Arcadian and Cretan, and in Thes-

salian after a vowel, as ol rro\Cap')(oi, ap^cTToXiap')(^evTo<! (tt from

TTT, 86.2) ; TTTo'Xe/ios is found in Cyprian (gloss) and Cretan (rare),

and in many dialects as the second member of proper names.

Interchange of Labials, Dentals, and Gutturals

68. 1. Those sounds of the parent speech which are called labio-

velars and are commonly designated as qU, git, gV-h, appear in

Greek regularly as (1) labials before the back vowels a, o, m, and

before consonants, (2) dentals before the front vowels t, e, -q, (3)

gutturals before and after v. Thus ttou, irodev (Lat. quod, cf. Osc.

pod), oirolo^, but ti? (Lat. quis), re (Lat. que), Cret. oreto?,— 7re/i-

TTti?, n-efiTTTO';, but Trevre (Lat. quitique),— Xvko's (Eng. wolf), yvvq

(Eng. queen) beside Boeot. ^avd. But before t usually /3, <^, e.g.

/Sio9 (Lat. vivus), with 8 only in Heracl. ivSeSim/coTa = ifi/Se^ias-

Kora. Many exceptions are due to leveling between related forms,

e.g. ^eXo<; after /SaWto, Cypr. ireia-ei, = reiaei after -iroivd, etc.

Instead of irpea^v;, with analogical /S, several dialects have forms

with 7, which is regular before v, e.g. Cret. irpeiyv^ etc., Boeot.

irpKryele^ (see 86.3). Examples of the normal relation are Arc.

SeXXco = ^dXXco, West Greek ^Xop-ai, heiXop.ai (75) = ^ovXofiai,

Delph. etc. oSeXoi (49.3) = oySoXo? (but if from the rare early Att.

o/8e\o'9, /8 is analogical, as in o/8eXto-«09. Boeot. 60eX6^, Thess.

o/3eX\o'? may belong under 2, below).

Page 74: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

58 GKEEK DIALECTS [68

2. But it is a notable characteristic of the Aeolic dialects that

they very frequently show a labial even before a front vowel,

where the dental is regular elsewhere. Thus Lesb., Thess. Trefiire =

irevTs, Lesl). irea-avpef (Hesych., of. Horn. jriavpe<i), Boeot. TreV-

ra/ae? = reTTa/se?, Thess. irelirai,, aTnreicrdTOv, Boeot. iroTairoin-

a-ciTco = relcrai etc., Lesb. TrijXvi (Sappho), Boeot. IletXe-a-T/JOTtSas

to T7j\€, Thess. /3e'A,Xo/iat, Boeot. ^elXoixai = West Greek SijXofiai,

heiXofxaL, Lesb. Be'Xc^ot (gloss), Boeot. BeX^oi = Ae\<f>oi, Thess.

BeXcj)aiov = *AeX(f>aiov, Boeot. ^e^vpa = Cret. 8ecj}vpa, Att. y€(f)vpa

(y unexplained), Boeot. ©Locffeia-TO^ to 'EpiJ,6-0ea-TO<;, ©eo-rtSas

{Oea-aaadai), Lesb. 1^77/) (gloss), Thess. irecjieipaKovTe'; = dijp, Tedrjpa-

/co're? (though this is a case of original ghu not 5'2^A), Boeot. ^er-

TaXo'?, whence Thess. IleT^aXo? with transposition of the aspiration

(65) = Att. @eTT(xXo'?, Ion. etc. ©ecro-aXo'?. Yet some words always

have the dental, e.g. re, rt?, rtytta, the reason for this being obscure.

3. In Arcado-Cyprian there is evidence that the sound arising

before a front vowel was not, as elsewhere, identical with the

ordinary dental, but, at least under certain conditions, was a sibi-

lant. Thus Cypr. o-t? = Ti? (no. 19), a(=Ti (Hesych.), and Arc.

<Tt9 = Tts, eicre = etre (for the character transcribed a, see 4.4) in

an early inscription of Mantinea (no. 16), though all other Arca-

dian inscriptions have the usual rt? etc. Cf. also the glosses ^epe-

6pov beside SepeOpov = ^dpadpov, and feXXw beside inscriptional

hiXXas = ^aXXto, and see note to no. 65 B 2.

Note. The fact that in Arcadian only the one inscription named shows

anything but the dental spelling need not indicate that the peculiar pro-

nunciation was locally restricted. It was probably colloquial throughout

the dialect, but not usually followed in the spelling, owing to external

influence. Cf. El. ^= 8 only in the earliest inscriptions (62.2), and see 275.

4. There are some pronominal forms with « in place of the

usual TT or t. Thus Ion. kw? = tto)?, KOTepo^:, etc. (but only in

texts of Ionic authors, inscriptions always showing the usual forms),

Lesb. oKai = ottj), Thess. k^ = rk, etc. Possibly such forms arose

in phrases like ov kqx; etc. with regular k after v (above, 1).

Page 75: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

69] PHONOLOGY 59

a. Puzzling is Thess. Savxva = 8di>vr, (cf. also Hesych. Savx/nw- €VKav-(TTov ^v\ov Sai^wjs). Unless due to contaminationwith another root (e. g. thatof &IMO, SESav/xei/oi/, cf. Hesych. ^vOixov Ifnrprja-fiov), there is an anticipa-tion of the « element of the consonant, as in Xvkos.

5. A change of 6 to(f>,

that is, doubtless, of spirant th to /, is

seen in (})€S)v, ^vovre^ = de&v, Ovovte^, of an inscription found at

Dodona.

Nasals and Liquids

69. Nasal before consonant. The nasal was always assimilated

to the character of the following consonant, but was less distinctly

sounded than in the intervocalic position. With this are con-

nected the following facts.

1. The letter v is freely used for the guttural and the labial nasal,

as well as for the dental, e.g. 'OXuvTrto?, avjti, \av)^dva.

2. The nasal is omitted in the spelling, occasionally in aU dia-

lects, and regularly in Cyprian and Pamphyhan.

3. Complete assimilation to a following mute, though not regu-

lar in any dialect, sometimes occurred in careless pronunciation, as

shown by occasional, and mostly late, spellings, e.g. Att. ^n/S/SaX-

Xeadai, Boeot. 'OXi'7r7ri';;;^7;i'(late Koivij inscription),Delph."A^aj8/8o?

beside usual "A^a/i/3o?.. From Crete, where in general consonant

assimilation is most extensive (86), there are several examples, as

•jToinrdv = irofiirdv, acfxpavco — aix<l>dva), and the assimilated form

was usual in the name of the town Lappa, whose coins show Aair-

Traimv. In some cases the dissimilative influence of a preceding

nasal was probably a factor, e.g. Delph. aveKKk-qrwi = aveyK\i]Toa'!,

iirdvaKKov (papyr.) = eTrdvayieov. Thess. i^^avaxd^ev = i^avayxd-

^eiv perhaps belongs here rather than under 2, i.e. is to be read

e^^ava (k)«a(S) Sev.

4. A special case is Boeot. eWao-t? (uniformly so speUed) =efiTrdcri,';. This is from *efj.-Tr7rd(Tt<; (cf. rd jnrd/ji.aTa, @i6-'7nra(TTO<;,

rwo'-TTTrao-TO?), the root being Trird- (with tttt from original ku,

as in iTTTro?), which is simplified initially to ird-, as in Tra/ia etc.

(49.5).

Page 76: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

60 GEEEK DIALECTS [69

a. Assimilation of a nasal to the character of the preceding mute is per-

haps to be seen in Coan 'Ap«rrm;^i/os = 'ApurToxxfi^CK, and Cret. SapKva =

Sapx/Jui, SpaxfiT]- Cf. Mod.Grk. IlaTvos from UdrfjuK, Xaxvo'S from AaxA'ds.

70. Transposition of a liquid, or loss by dissimilation.

1. Transposition within the same syllable. Cret. iropTi^ -rrpoTi,

'A-^ophCra = 'A<ppoSiTTj, also Kapro';, a-Tapro';, etc. for which see

49.2 a.

2. Transposition between different syllables. Heracl. rpdif)o<!,

Amorg. Tpd^T) = Td<j)po<;, rdcjjpr], Syrac. Spitjyo'; = hC(j>pQ<i (Hesych.).

3. Loss by dissimilation. Cypr. f/jera = /5»;T/3a, Epid. /aoTrroi'

=

poTTTpov, dvpcoTov from *6vpaTpov, (^arpia = (ftparpia in various

dialects (Delphi, Cos, Chios, etc.), vice versa <f}pi]Tapxo^ at Naples.

71. Cretan v from X. In Cretan the \ was a deep guttural I

closely resembling u (cf. French autre from alter, etc.), and was so

written occasionally, e.g. Gortyn. aBev'jnai= aSeX^ai (but usually

aSeXTTto? etc.), pev/Meva<; = feKfievai, Kav^o'! = %ix\ko'9. There are

numerous Cretan glosses in Hesychius with v = \, e.g. avao<; =aXa-of.

a. Cretan t from p in fuurus = paprvi is without parallel, and must bedue to some kind of dissimilation between the two p's of papTvp-.

72. VT, v6, from Xr, \d. Several examples of vt = \t are found

in Peloponnesian Doric and the Sicilian and Italiot colonies, e.g.

Meg., Mess., Heracl., Syrac. ^ivrav {^iXrav), ^ivria^, etc., Arg.

MivTcav (MiXtcov), kgvto {xeXro) in Alcman, ^CvTaTO<; {<piXraTO<;)

in Epicharmus, jSevnaTO'; (/BeXTiaTo? ) in Theocritus. iv6elv (iX-

delv) occurs in Alcman, Epicharmus, Theocritus, and at Corcyra

;

also in an Arcadian (Lycosura), a late Delphian, and a late Cretan,

inscription.

Double Liquids and Nasals in Lesbian and Thessalian

73. The combinations treated in 74-76, also 77.1, 79, have in

part a common history, since they all become double liquids andnasals in Lesbian and Thessalian, but in other dialects a single

Page 77: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

76] PHONOLOGY 61

liquid or nasal accompanied by lengthening of the preceding vowel(if e or 0, to ei, ov, or r), w, according to the dialect ; see 25).

74. p, V, + 1, when preceded by any other vowel than a or o.

From *(f>eepiQ,, Lesb. (j^eeppm (gram.), Att. etc. (I>eeipa>, Arc. <j)e^pca.

From *KpU(o, Lesb. Kpivvco (gram.), Thess. Kpevvco (18), Att. etc.

Kptvm. From *«TeVtto, Lesb. KTevvm (gram.), Att. etc. KTeivco.

a. But if a or o precedes, epenthesis takes place, the result being thesame in all dialects, e. g. xatp<o from *xapi<», fioipa from Vo/ow, /Saivio from

6. Xi gives XA. in nearly all dialects, e. g. oAXos (Lat. aliun), o-riXXto from*<ttIXiw. But Cyprian has aUos (beside aA.(X)d), and Elean once aikorpux

(beside oAAa, oreAAw).

75. Xv. From *(7TdXvd, Lesb., Thess. a-TciWd, Dor. etc. aTaXd,

Att.-Ion. a-TrfKi]. From */36\vd, *^6\voiJLai {*Se\vop.at, *^e\vop,ai,

49.3, 68.2), Lesb. fioWd, Thess. /SeXKo/Mai, Att.-Ion. /3ovXij, ^ov\ofj.ai,

Boeot. ^(o\a, ^ei\o/xai, Locr., Delph. BeiXofiai, EL, Coan, Heracl.,

Ther. 877X0/^04. From *fe'Xi/w, *pe\ve(o, Lesb. cnreWco (gloss), Ion.

etXa), etXe'ci), Delph. etXe'cr^o), El. aTro/reXe'oi, -eoiav, Heracl. £7^?;-

Xrjdimvri. (In these forms the meaning is debar, prevent. Cret.

F€V/ieva<; = /reX/ieVos and KarafeXfievov are perf. pass, participles,

like Horn. eeX/MeVo? from the same root, but meaning assembled.)

a. Forms like oXXd/xi with XX in all dialects represent a later treatment

of Xv (with V restored by analogy of SeiKvviu etc,).

b. j3dXo/xai, from a form without v, is Arcado-Cyprian, and occurs also,

beside ^ovkofjuu, in Ionic (Homer and Eretrian).

76. Intervocalic o- + liquid or nasal. From *^e(r\ioi (cf. Skt.

sa-hasra-), Lesb., Thess. j(^eWioi, Ion. etc. ^et'Xtot, Lac. ;^»;Xiot (Att.

j(;tXtot from *;y;i'o-Xtot). From *ea-fil (Skt. asmi), Lesb. e/i/it, Thess.

cVa"' elsewhere et'/^' or ^fii (25). From *da-fie (cf. Skt. asmdn), Lesb.

a/i/ite, Thess. a/i/^e, elsewhere a/^e, Att.-Ion. 95/ie'a?. From *aeXdavd

(o-eXas), Lesb. aeXdwd, elsewhere aeXavd, Att.-Ion. aeXrjvq.

a. For o-p cf. Hom. Tpi;p(i>v from *Tpaa-pa)i'(Tjoe'(D from *Tjoa7(D). Butthere

is no example of Lesb., Thess. pp; and the development was not parallel

to that of crX etc., assuming that Lesb. tpos is from Hcrpo- (13.1).

Page 78: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

62 GREEK DIALECTS [76

h. Initial trX etc. became A\ etc., later simple A etc. The earlier stage

is represented by occasional early spellings with \h etc., e.g. Aegin. \ha.-

jSuiv, Corcyr. phofauri, Mheiiios.

Compounds and augmented or reduplicated forms of such words only

rarely show the development proper to intervocalic crX etc., as Att. akt)^

from *(ria-Xa.<j)a. Usually this was checked by the analogical influence of the

simplex, and the subsequent development was to XA, etc., later (under the

continued influence of the simplex and of words with original initial X. etc.)

simply X. etc., e.g. Hom. e-Wa/Se, a-WrjKTOi, t-ppeov, e-vveov, <^tXo-/A/ia8i;s,

later eXa/3e etc. But pp usually remained, e.g. Att. Ippvrjv beside cAajSc,

Dor. -eppvd, though here there is considerable variation, especially in com-

pounds (Att. irapapvpaTa and irapappvpaTa, etc.). Cf pp from pp, 55 a.

VS

77. 1. Original intervocalic va. From *fjL7)va6^ (cf. Lat. mensis),

Lesb. /ifjvvo^ (also /j,rjvo<;), Thess. ixuvvo'i (also fjueivo^), Att. etc. fi,r)v6<!

(in this word the vowel was already long). From *eKpiva-a, Lesb.

eKpivva, Att. etc. eKplva. From *efiev<ja, Thess. efievva, Att. etc.

ep,eiva. From *e(f>av(Ta, Dor. etc. e(j>dva, Att.-Ion. e<j>rjva. Similarly

fia; as, from *evefjLa-a, Lesb. eve/i/Ma (gram.), Att. etc. eveifia.

a. The dat. pi. of v-stems, as Troi/jLea-i, Saijuotrt, is not formed from -ej/o-i,

-ovtri, but from -acn (cf. <f>paa-i Pindar) with substitution of the vowel of

the other cases. But in Arc. hi^popvapjova-i the v also is introduced from the

other cases, and this secondary v<j is retained (cf. 3).

2. va + consonant lost its v in proethnic Greek without effect

on the preceding vowel, e.g. /eeo-ro? from *Kevo-To'? (cf. Kevrew), av-

a-Kevd^co from *avv-aKevd^(o, etc. So also Epid. acrTd<! from *avaTd<;

= avaard';, Delph. a^eroco perhaps from *av^eT6a> = *ava^eT6a) (but

see no. 53.17, note).

3. Secondary intervocalic va, in which a- comes from rt, dental +0-, or T before i, had an entirely different history from that of

original va, which was changed before the new va came into

existence. This va is retained in Cretan (i.e. Central Cretan, cf.

273), Argohc (mainly Argive, cf. 251), Thessalian, and Arcadian,while in other dialects it loses the v with lengthening, in Lesbianwith diphthongization, of the preceding vowel. Thus from *7rdvna,

Page 79: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

78] PHONOLOGY 63

Cret., Arg., Thess., Arc. Trdva-a, Att. etc. iraaa, Lesb. iralcra. Prom*fj,6vTia, Cret. etc. */j.6va-a (not yet quotable), Lesb. fiolcra, else-

where nova-a or /iwo-a. From nom. sg. fern. pres. part, -i^r-ta, Cret.

exovffa, dyova-a, efiiovaa, etc., Thess. Xeiropevaavaa, aweXevde-pe<T0ev(Ta (Arc, Arg. examples lackmg), Lesb. exoLaa, apfi6^oi(7a,

Sdfj,eia-a, etc., elsewhere -ova-a or -coaa, -daa, -eicra. From dat. pi.

pres. part, -vr-ai,, Cret. ein^dWovai, iXovai, viKaaavai, etc., Arg.

iirayyeXKova-i (Arc. examples lacking ; Thess., Lesb. -vreacri), else-

where -ovtra or -cBcra etc. From aor. *eaTrevBa-a, Cret. ecnrevcra,

Att. etc. ea-ireia-a. From 3 pi. -vrt (West Greek ^epovn etc.). Arc.

Kpivmvai, iroCevai, etc., Lesb. exoia-i, ypd^coiai, TiOeia-i, etc. (so also

Chian Xd^miaiv, irpri^oKTiv, cf. 184), Att. etc. ^epovai. Observe

that 3 pi. -vai is exclusively Arcadian, since this is the only dia-

lect which belongs both to the va and the ai from n (61) groups.

a. In derivatives in -<tk from verbs in -vm, vo- is kept in all dialects,

e. g. not only Cret. av7rav<ns = ava.<f>av<Tvs, Epid. oXxiktvs, but Att. irp6<f>av<Ti':,

v<l>av(TLs, etc., owing to the influence of the verbs.

78. Final v<;. Since i'9 -|- consonant lost its v in proethnic Greek

(77.2), the same wOuld be true of final v^ in close combination

with a folloAving word beginning with a consonant. Hence there

arose doublets such as 1) before vowel t6v^, rdv;, 2) before eon-

sonants ToV, Tw. Such doublets are found in Cretan, the Gorty-

nian Law-Code still adhering very closely to the original distribution

in the case of the article, e.g. tov<; eXevOepov;, but to? tcaSea-rdv;.

But elsewhere the use of one or the other set of forms has ceased

to depend at all upon the initial of the following word.

Accusatives in -09, -a? are the regular forms in Thessalian,

Arcadian (so probably Cyprian -os not -09), Theran, are frequent

in Coan (-09 beside -0119), and are occasionally found in other Doric

dialects and in literary Doric (e.g. frequent in Theocritus). Other

dialects have -ov<;, -av<;, or forms coming therefrom by the same

development as that seen in the case of secondary intervocalic 1/9

(irdva-a etc. 77.S), e.g. Arg. to'v9, rdvi (for Argolic in general, see

251), Lesbian rok, rak, in most dialects tou9 or tm? (25), Ta9.

Page 80: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

64 GEEEK DIALECTS [78

Only Elean, in spite of iraaa, has here a development similar to

the Lesbian, yielding -ai'i and later, with the rhotacism (60.1),

-aip, -oip. At the time of the early Elean inscriptions the diph-

thong was not yet fuUy developed (pronounced -a*?, -0*9 with

incipient diphthongs) and we find the spelling -o?, -o? beside -at?,

*ot9 (there happen to he no o-stem accusatives in those inscrip-

tions which show -aK).

Similarly the preposition eV? in Cretan (beside more usual e?)

and Argive (cf. 251), whence ek or e? (note that Lesb. ek has a

genuine diphthong, like rok, and so differs from the ek of other

dialects).

Cf. also the treatment of final v<; from -vt-?, e.g. nom. sg. part.

Cret. vLKda-av<s, Karadev; (also viKaOe'; Latos), Heracl. kutoXv-

HaKcodi]';, Att. etc. n6ek, Lesb. o-rot^ew, Thess. evepyere';, Arc.

hiepoOvTei, Ther. alpe6i<;.

\<r, per

79. From *ea-Te\aa, Lesb., Thess. ea-reWa, Att. etc. eareiKa, Cret.

ecTTTjXa. From *e^^e/3o-a, Lesb. *e^6eppa (cf. reppat = relpai), Att.

etc. e^deipa. From *xepcr- (cf. Skt: haras, grip) Lesb. x^PP' iX^PP"'''

Theocr.), Att. etc. x^t/s-, Epid. xvp- (but see 25 6).

80. But in another set of words \a and pa did not have this

development, but" remained unchanged in most dialects, while in

several this pa was assimilated to pp. Cf. Horn. aXaoi, KeXaai,

eKepaev, (Spare, apa-rjv, ddpaov, Ion., Lesb., Cret., Epid., Coan eparjv,

Lac. apa-ri<;, Cypr. [ej/ee/jo-ei/, and Odpao^ or 0epa-o<: in most dialects

(partly in proper names only).

The assimilation to pp is Attic as dpprjv, 6dppo<;, etc. (so in the

earliest inscriptions;pa- in early Attic writers is Ionic), West Ionic

as appeviK&v (Cumae), dyappi<s (N'aples), @appnriS7]<:, etc., Arca-

dian as (l)6epai, (for (f)0eppai, corresponding to ^Oepaai, like (j)6ep-

aavre'! in Lycophron, not to ^delpai, which would be 4>^fjpai

in Arcadian), appevrepov (but also @epaia<i, and 7ravdyopai<: for

which see below, a), Elean, as fdppevop, 6dppo<;, Oappev (in later

epaevakepo<;, pa is due to Koivrj influence), Theran as \a\{p)peva,

Page 81: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

81] PHONOLOGY 65

®a{p)pfj<;, ®ha{p)pvij,apbo<;, etc. (aU archaic ; in later dparjv, ©dpacov,pa is due to Koiv^ influence). Proper names with pp = pa- occuralso in Phoolan (Delph. @app{Kcov, @dppav^po<;, Amphiss. &dppv^),and, beside more usual pa, in Boeotian (e.g. &dpoyjr, but &epaav-Spov etc. usual) and Megarian (e.g. Xeppia<:, but edpao<i etc. usual).

Cf. also Kdppmv from *Kdpaa(ov (Cret. Kdprav, 81), in Alcman,Epicharmus, and Sophron.

a. Even in dialects which regularly have pp, p<r may be retained byanalogy, e. g. Att. drjpai etc. after other datives in -crt, KaOapaKs etc. after

other nouns in -<ns. So Arc. Travayopcrts. But even in these words there is

sometimes assimilation, as Att. Seppts, West Ion. ayappK.b. The divergent development of Ao-, pa; as given in 79 and 80, probably

depended originally on the accent, the retention of \cr, per (later pp), beingnormal when they immediately followed the accent. In aorists there wouldbe leveling in both directions, and the development is usually that given in

79, but sometimes that of 80 (Horn. Kc'Atrat, Spcre, Arc. <j>6epaL).

(T(T, TT

81. Att. TT = Ion. a-a- comes from ki, %t, and (apparently, see 82)

from Tt, or 0i, and is chiefly seen in presents like (jivXaTTco, ^v-

Xdaaw (ki), KopvTTco, Kopvaam (di), in femiuines like yX&Tra,

yX&a-a-a (p^t), neXirra, fieXiaaa (tj), and in comparatives like ^ttiov,

TJacrcov (ki), Kpeirrcov, Kpeaatov (tj). t/t gives the same result, e.g.

T€TTape<!, reacrepei (54 e, 114.4). Inscriptions show that Attic had

TT from the earliest times, the acr of the early writers being due

to Ionic influence. Most of the dialects agree with Ionic, but the

Attic TT is found also in Boeotian ((pvXdTTO), ddXaTTa, TreTTape<s),

Cretan (laTTa = Arg. eaaaa, KupTcov from *KdpTTcov), and Euboean,

at least in Styra, Eretria, Oropus (eXdTToav, irprjTTw, KiTTirj<;).

a. (T<j in late Cretan, as irpaxxaia, OdXacra-a, ^/aicto-os (from *rifu.Tp(K, 61.6),

is due to KOivri influence (in kolvti inscriptions crcr is more common than the

strictly Attic rr); after these also oaacys for earlier otto^ (82). Some of the

late inscriptions have 66 in words of this class, as 6a\a66a, tadda, also for

those belonging under 82, as 666aKiv, for original o-cr, as fereddi, and for

or, as id6avT£'s. For ad it is earlier (85.3).

Page 82: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

66 GEEEK DIALECTS [81

b. Although the Thessalian inscriptions usually have a-cr, there is some

evidence that the dialect had tt originally, or at least in certain localities.

Aside from OdXaTra, ttitto., which are quoted as Thessalian, cf .the proper

names Kottu^os, ^vmoi, etc., and especially IleT^aXos from "ScttoXos (65).

a, <j<y, TT

82. Tt and ^t give Att. <t not tt, and Ion. a (early era often in

poetry, but never in inscriptions) in o(70<;, cnroao'; (rt), /ieio-o?

{*tie0io<!, cf. Skt. madhyas). A dental + o- gives precisely the same

result, e.g. eKofita-a, eZUaaa, etc. In all such cases most dialects

have a-a- or o- (for era- cf. Lesb., Thess., Delph., EL, Heracl., ArgoL,

East Cret. oacro<;, Heracf. fiecrcroi}, eSaaa-d/jLeda, ArgoL SiKaaa-eco,

ihiKaaaav), but Boeotian and Cretan have tt, e.g. Boeot. fierTO'i,

otto'tto?, iylra^LTTaTO, aTToXoyiTTacTTr}, Cret. fj,eTTO<;, ottoi, otto'tto?,

haTTadOai. In some very early Cretan inscriptions we find ^, as

0^09, avSd^adai.

Note. This is to be recognized as the normal development of rt and 9i.

The different result seen in the classes of words mentioned in 81 is due to

the influence of the forms containing gutturals. After a consonant ri gives

T in all dialects ; e. g. Trdva-a, naxra, from *ird.vTta.

Original <7ff

83. Original acr, which becomes o- in Attic (ireXea-a, ryevea-i), is

retained, as in Homer etc., in several dialects (cf. ocro-o? etc., 82),

e.g. Lesb. eaa-ovTai, Thess. eacreadeiv, Heracl. icra-rJTai, Ther. eo--

a-eiTui, Lesb. a-vvTekecra-avTa, ofwaa-avTe'i, Boeot. a-ovvKakeacravTei

(143), dat. pL Lesb., Thess., Boeot., Delph., EL -eaat, HeracL -aaai

(107.3). For late Cret. pereddi. etc., see 81 a.

84. Attic-Ionic ^, which was pronounced zd and comes from zd{6^o<;, Germ. Ast, 'Adijva^e from -a{v)<;-S€) or, more often, from yi

(fiei^av, ne^mv) or S_, (Trego's), is also f in the majority of other dia-

lects. Lesb. o-S, found in our literary texts and in a few late inscrip-

tions, is only another spelling of the same sound, adopted perhapsbecause ^ was used with the value of 2 in fa = Sid, etc. (19.1).

Page 83: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

85] PHONOLOGY 67

But assimilatioQ to 8S, initial S, is Boeotian, Thessalian, Elean,Cretan, Laconian, and Megarian (?). Boeot. ypa/ifiaTiBSm, i|ra^i'SSw,

BoKtfidSBa, lapeidSSm, rpeveSSa, Stow (^coco), Aeu?, Thess. i^^ava-Kd{S)Sev (no. 33 ; the only example, so possibly BS only in Thessa-

liotis, but there is no evidence against its being general Thessalian).

El. 8iKd{S)Sm, xpai{S)Sa>, Cret. BiKaBSw, \jra<l>iBSa), ipydSSofiai, j>pov-

TiSSo), hmm, B(o6<;, Bvyov, Arjva (Zrjva), Lac. yv/jLvaBBoiiat etc. in Ar.

Lys., fiiKKixtBSofievoi, 6'n-i{S)B6[/j,evo'i], Aev? in inscriptions. Aevf

occurs also on a vase from Ehodes, and is perhaps genuine Eho-

dian. Cf. the occasional assimilation of <tS in external combination

in Ehodian, 97.4. Meg. SS is doubtful (Ar. Ach. fidSSa, xpyBBco, but

only f in inscriptions).

In Cretan and Elean the spelling tt is also found, as Cret. ^pov-

TiTTft), iaTrpefifiiTTm (eKTrpe/Jivi^a)), Trfjva, Tfjva (ZTJva), El. voa-riTTot)

(yoaTi^o)), aTTdfj,io<; (ofjy/Ltto?).

a. There is some interchange between presents in -o-tro) or -tto) and those

in -^0) or -88(0, owing to the identity of their future and aorist forms. Thus

Att. <T<f)dTT<i) = Ion. (T<f>d^<i>, Boeot. cr<l>dSSio, Thess. iji^vLtrau) = Att. i/jL^a-

vi^oi, and, vice versa, Cret. ttjooSSoj = Att. irpaTTO), crwetrcraSSa) = Att. -o-arTco.

ae

85. 1. (TT = a-6. The use of ar for a-6 (see 63) is mainly charac-

teristic of Northwest Greek. It is the regular spelling in Locrian,

as he\e<TTai, hapea-rai, and early Elean, as ;)^;/3eeo-Tat, Xva-daro, and

occurs with some frequency in Phocian, as Delph. irpoa-ra, hiKa^d-

cTTo, later r^iveaTm etc.. Stir. Oeerrcov, cnroTroXiTeva-aa-rai. It occurs

also in Boeotian, in late inscriptions of Orchomenus {cnroXoyiTTa-

a-TT] etc.), where it is perhaps due to Aetolian influence, and twice

in Thessalian {TreTreiaTeiv, eXeareiv, Larissa). But there are some

early examples in other dialects, as Cret. p.iaro'i (Vaxos), Lac. airo-

a-rpvOea-TM, ;)^/37ja-Tat, and in late times it is found in many parts

of Greece, even at Athens.

2. crcr = a-d. This is found in late Elean, as aTroSoaaai, (no. 60),

iroirjaaaai (no. 61).

Page 84: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

68 GEEEK DIALECTS [85

3. 66 = <t6. This is usual at Gortyna and some of the other

cities of central Crete, as Xv(ra66ai, hare66ai, Tpd<^e(6)6ai, etc.

(also, rarely, t6, e.g. SeKerdai). But a-6 is found m most of the very

earliest inscriptions, and in the latest (here koivtj influence).

Assimilation, Dissimilation, and Transposition of Consonants

86. Assimilation in consonant groups. Many of the changes

belonging imder this head have been given already, e.g. under 55,

69, 74-77, 79, 80, 84, 85. See also under external combination, 96-

100. No notice is taken of assimUatioji which is common to all

dialects and presumably proethnic, as S\ to XX, etc.

This class of phenomena is one in which the difference between

colloquial and careful speech is most noticeable, as may readily be

observed in English. While some assimilations are so uniformly

effected that the unassimilated form is completely displaced and

forgotten, others remain colloquial only, the unassimilated form

being still preferred in careful speech and writing. This accounts

for much of the lack of uniformity in the evidence as regards some

of the changes mentioned in this and the other sections. In some

cases the spelling varies greatly even ia the dialects where the

change is best attested. Sometimes the assimilation is imiform iu

certain dialects, but evidently existed colloquially in others also

and only sporadically made its appearance in the spelling.

1. KT to TT in Cretan, wtti'= vvkti, Avtto? = Avkto<;. For

Locr. e(T) ra?, see 100. Cf. also SiaXeXerrai, ia an inscription of

Cumae.

2. ITT to TT iu Cretan and Thessalian. Cret. ^yparrai = yeypa-

irrai, irevTO'i = Tr^/ttTTTOS, Thess. Aerrivaio^ (AeTrTiWto?), ol tto-

Xiapxoi, apxirToXiapxevTo<! (n-ToXi's, 67), also ar tS? etc. ia external

combination (99.2). Cf. also Thess. 'At66v€ito<; = 'K^dovqTO's.

3. 0-7 to 77 (7) in Cretan, irpelyv; probably from irpeiayv';

(Boeot. Trpia-yele^, 68.1), irpeiyevTo.^, irpdyav, nrpeiyiaro^, late Trprj-

yia-Tov {Trprjjia-Tevw also Coan). A parallel change of aic to kk is

seen in Laconian glosses, as KaSixKop = KaSiaKOi.

Page 85: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

88] PHONOLOGY 69

a. Note that the forms cited, as also Thess. irptur/Sim., are formed fromirpacr- (cf. also Cret. irpa'v beside irpiv), not irpeo-- as in Att.-Ion., Lesb.

wpia-^vi. Late Cret. Trpeyyevras is a hybrid form.

4. <7T to TT in Cretan, Laconian, and Boeotian. Cret. fierr e's

beside fiea-ra, Lac. /Serrov, dress, = *pear6v (Etym. Magn.), Boeot.

tTTO) = i<rT(o (At., Plato), eVre = eVre. But in the great majority of

cases (7T remains in the spelling of inscriptions.

5. pv to vv in Cretan. avvioiTo = apveoiro, ovvida= 6pvi0a, 'E\ev-

Oevvalof = '^\ev6epvaio<;.

6. /JLV to fifi in Cretan. icrTrpefifiiTTco = eKirpefivl^o).

7. 7^ to v. yiyvofiai appears as yivofiai in most dialects except

Attic (here also, but late), or as yiwfji,ai (Thess., Boeot.). yivco-

(TKco = yiyvduTKO) occurs in Lesbian and in Ionic prose writers (Att.

yeivma-KO) very late), and in some late. Doric inscriptions. This is

not really assimilation, but loss of 7 by dissimilation from the ini-

tial 7, supported, in the case of yivofiai, by the 761' of other tenses.

87. Transposition in consonant groups. As tlktco from *titkq),

so probably SuktuXo^ from *SaT«y\o9, to which points Boeot.

SaKKv\io<; (kk from tk as in Thess. ttoa; kl from ttot k(, whereas

KK from KT would be contrary to all analogy, cf. 86.1). But most

examples are of colloquial and transitory character, more or less

frequently repeated slips of the tongue, or sometimes, without

doubt, only graphic. Thus from Attic inscriptions crxvvap'XpvTeov =^ervv- (^vp-y, ev(Ty(^dfji,evo<; = ev^o'dfievo';, a^V')(rj = '^v')(rj, eypaa^ev

= eypa^jrev (often on vases), fiea-ojjLvq = necroSfiri (Sfj, first to Vfji.

by assimilation).

88. Assimilation, dissimilation, and transposition, between non-

contiguous consonants. Except for the regular dissimilation of

aspirates in proethnic Greek (65), these phenomena are of the same

occasional character as the preceding (87). They are most fre-

quently observable in the case of aspirates, or of liquids, for which

see 65, 70. A na^al may interchange with a mute of its own class,

by assimilation or dissimilation with another nasal, e.g. Cret. vvva-

fiat, = Bvvafiai, (cf. Mod.Grk MevreXTj beside UivreXr}, name of

Page 86: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

70 GEEEK DIALECTS [88

the monastery on Mt. Pentelicus), or, vice versa, Att. Tep^ivOoi

beside Tepfuv6o<;, Att. Kv^epvdco from *KVfiepvdco beside Cypr. kv-

fiepevai, and ^dpvafiai = fiapva/jbai, which occurs in certain inscrip-

tions in epic style from Athens, Corcyra, etc. (nos. 88, 90). See

also 69.3, end, and 86.7. Among examples of transposition may be

mentioned Ion. afM0peco = apidfiem, Delph., Epid. /36Xifio<! = fioXi-

ySo? (Att. usually fj,6\v^So<;), also, with assimilation, Ehod. /36Xi-

ySo9 (prepi^oXi^aerai).

a. A few dialectic examples of haplology, or syllabic loss by dissimila-

tion, may be added here. Epid. Ae/xtSt/ti/xvoi/ from ^|nt(/ie)8i;u,vov, as Att. ij/tic-

Sifivov from q(fiL)fi.i8ifa/ov. Cret. veoras, body of young men, gen. vtoras from

V€6Ta(To)i, ace. veoTa from vedraTa.

Doubling of Consonants

89. A single consonant is sometimes written double, this indi-

cating a syllabic division by which it was heard at the end of one

syllable and the beginning of the next.

1. cro-T, <raK etc. Such spellings as dpia-aro^, oa-aTi<;, ypdyjraa--

adai, 'Aa-crK'\ijTno<;, KoacriJiol, are frequent, and not coniined to

any particular dialect. For examples in external combination, see

101.2. Similarly o-f (= z-zd) and |^ (= ks-s), e.g. Arg. SiKaa^co,

Delph. SouXwrfa), Locr. yjrd^i^^K, Boeot. Ae^^Linra, Thess. i^^a-

vaKd(S)Sev.

2. Before consonantal t in ThessaUan, as Tro'Wto? etc. See 19.3.

3. Between vowels. This is confined to continuous sounds,

especially Kquids and nasals, mostly after a long vowel or diph-

thong. Thess. fivafJLfJi^Lov, AafjLfidTpeio<!, Lesb. irpoa'^prfp.iievco, Ehod.

eifi/ieiv, Dodon. dfifieivov, Boeot. ddWa-trav, Thess. o/SeXkov, Delph.

©e\7rovo-<rto5, El. avTaTroSiS&a-aa, Cret. (nrofBSdv (spirant S). Cf.

also 101.1. Delph., Cret. a/jLtjuWeya) is from afijiUT-Xer^to, thoughMeg. dfi^eWeyov shows that it was felt as afi<f)t-\\€y(o.

4. Epid. fieSififivov, hifiiStnnvov, laponfivdfiove^ (no. 83). Cret.

aXk6TTpio<s, Arg. 7reT|TjOii;oi' (cf. Osc. alttram etc., frattre etc. ia

Latin inscriptions).

Page 87: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

90] PHONOLOGY 71

5. In hypocoristic proper names, where it originates in the voca-

tive and is due to the emphatic utterance in calling. Examples,though found elsewhere, are by far most frequent in Boeotian, e.g.

AyaOOm, Bi'otto?, MeVi^et, etc.

CHANGES IN EXTEENAL COMBINATION

»

90. The phenomena of external combination, or sentence pho-

netics, such as elision, crasis, consonant assimilation, etc., are found

in all dialects. But in Greek, as in most other languages, there is

a tendency to limit more and more the scope of such changes, andto prefer, in formal speech and its written form, the uncombinedforms. The iascriptions, Attic as well as those of other dialects,

differ greatly in this respect according to their time and character.

The following general observations may be made.

1. The changes occur mainly between words standing in close

logical relation. Thus oftenest in prepositional phrases, or between

the article, adjective, or particle and the noun with which it agrees

;

frequently between particles like Kai, Se, /^eV, etc. and the pre-

ceding or following word ; less often between the subject or object

and the following verb, and very rarely in looser combinations.

2. While the less radical changes, such as the ehsion of a short

vowel or the simpler forms of consonant assimilation, are least

restricted in scope and survive the longest, the more violent forms

of crasis and of consonant assimilation are the most infrequent and

the soonest given up. Thus, in the matter of consonant assimila-

tion, the partial assimilation of a nasal to a following mute, espe-

cially a labial, as in rafi irokiv, is very common in all dialects downto a late period and sometimes observed even in loose combinations

(cf. 96.1), but examples like toX Xoiyov, roiiv v6fiov<;, etc. are compara-

tively infrequent and practically restricted to early inscriptions.

1 Some matters which strictly belong under this head have been discussed

elsewhere, as the rhotacism of final s, treatment of final ys, etc.

Page 88: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

72 GEEEK DIALECTS [90

3. Although the dialects differ in the extent to which they

exhibit these phenomena and ^ some details (e.g. Cretan shows

the most extensive and radical series of consonant assimilations),

the differences depend more upon the time and character of the

inscription, the degree to which the language has been formalized.

4. There is no consistency in the spelling, even as regards the

milder changes, combined and uncombined forms often standing

side by side in the same inscription.

Elision

91. Elision is common to all dialects, but, as in Attic, subject

to great inconsistency as regards the written form, which even in

metrical inscriptions is very often not in accord with the demands

of the meter. In general elision is most frequent in the conjunc-

tions and particles such as Se (^oSe, ovSe, etc.), re, ku, aXXd, etc., the

prepositions, and, among case-forms, in stereotyped phrases like

TTo'XX' ayaOd etc. The elision of a dipththong, e.g. Locr. Sei-

Xer' av^opelv, is comparatively rare. For elision in place of usual

crasis, see 94.

Aphaeresis

92. Examples of aphaeresis, which is only a form of crasis, are

rare. Ion. rj '?, firj 'Xda-aove^ (Chios, no. 4), Locr. I 'SeXcfiiov, e

''Xeird/iov, fie 'TToa-rafiev, El. fie 'vrroi, fie 'irtiroeovTOV, fie 'iridelav,

Lesb. cr[TaX\]a Vt.

Shortening of a Final Long Vowel

93. The shortening of a final long vowel before an initial vowel,

so well known in poetry, is occasionally seen in inscriptions, e.g.

Cret. jxe eKrfi (fir) exo), fie evSi/cov, etc., Meg. cTretSe "lKd<no<s. So

Cypr. e| (^ e|) with t from e (9.3).

Crasis

94. Crasis, mostly of icai or forms of the article with the fol-

lowing word, is found in the early inscriptions of all dialects,

Page 89: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

94] PHONOLOGY 73

though the uncomhined forms are more frequent. As between the« phonetic principle," where the result of crasis is in accordance

with the regular laws of contraction, and the " etymological prin-

ciple," with lengthening of the second vowel as in Att. avrjp =6 avrip, the former is almost, if not wholly, predominant outside

of Attic.

1. o, 5 (ow), (o, + a (cf. 44.1). Ion. covrip, Tcoya>vo<; (rod ay&vo's),

with the regular contraction to to, where Attic has dv^p, TdyS)vo<;.

Similarly I^sb. (ht.) mvrjp, Arc. Karoppevrepov (Kara to appevre-

joov), Delph. TcoTreXXaiov (rov 'AireXkaiov) , tcottoXKcovi (t&i 'AirdX-

XtBw), Boeot. roiroXKovi (rol 'AiroXKcovi), Coruith. T07re(\)\ovi

(tmi 'A-rreWcovi), rcoyaOov (to ayaOov), Meg. op'^eSafie (cS 'Apye-

Safie), and so regularly in literary Doric. Elision, rather than crasis

according to the " etymological principle," is probably to be assumed

in the few examples like Corinth. rapia-Tepov^ (to apiaTepov),

Arg. Tapyeloi (toI 'Apyeloi), TiayeXaiSa Tapyeio (6 'AyeXacSa tov

'Apyeiov), Cypr. Ta(iJi,)<f>iSe^i6i (ra 'A/iw^tSe^to)).

2. o, o (ov), + e (cf. 44.3). Att.-Ion. rovvofia (to ovofia), Lesb.

(oviavT0<; (6 eviavro's), Locr. OTrdyov (6 eirdymv).

3. a + o (cf. 41.2). Att., Dor. x'^ (''«' o)> Ioh-j Cret. k&J (koI 6),

Lesb. (Ut.) KWTTi, (koL ottl). El. KoiroTapoi (koI oirorapoi). Cf.

Aegin. y^oXetfta'i (kuI 6 iXe<f>a<;) with double crasis, hke x'^"^ {""^ o

e/c) in Theocritus.

4. a + o (cf. 41.4). Meg. aXvvin,d<; (a, 'OXvv'ind<;).

5. a + e (cf. 41.3). Locr. ha/mpoiKCa (a eiripoiKia).

6. a + e (cf. 41.1). Att.-Ion. Kdyw (koo iyco), k&ttl (koi eiri), rav

(t^ iv), etc.. West Greek ktjv, ktjk, KTpri (koi ev, koI ex, Kal iiri),

etc. So also in Thessalian (no. 33) Kip and re? (ra e?). Lesbian has

Kifie (koI i/jie) in an early ins^cription, though the texts of the Aeolic

poets have mostly kcL- (KafjLo<i etc.); and Arcadian has Ke-rri.

1 We continue, as a matter of convention, to transcribe in tlie form of crasis

where the combination belongs to those which commonly suffer crasis, even in

cases where we believe the phenomenon is elision. For it is impossible to draw

the line between crasis and elision with certainty. See also under 7, 8, 9.

Page 90: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

74 GREEK DIALECTS [94

7. With words beginning with a diphthong. Inscriptions some-

times show the regular crasis with ev-, as Delph. KTjiiKKeia (ical

Eu/eXeta), Ehod. ovSa/Mo (o Ev8d/Xov), but otherwise the diphthong

unchanged, that is, what is probably elision rather than crasis, e.g.

Thess. Kol ^ (Kal ol), Ion. TolKoireSov (to olKOTreSov), koIvottiStj'; (jeal

OtVoTTt'S?;?), Delph. Kovre (km ovre). Similarly kov, kovtc, etc. in

Attic and Ionic literature (also %ot = kuI ol, and xev- = xal ev-),

and in Theocritus. Forms like wurd? (6 avro'i) in Herodotus and

Theocritus, amoXo'i (o aliroKosi) in Theocritus, iccovSev (koX oiiSev)

in Epicharmus, are rarely attested in inscriptions (once Ion. coiav-

fivjjTr]<; = 6 alav/j.vqTrj';). But the proper transcription of forms in

the pre-Ionic alphabet is sometimes uncertain, e.g. Thess. Kevpep-

yerav {icaX evepyerav) or Kevfepyerav, Boeot. rivTpiTicfxivTO (ral

EvrprfTK^avTw) or TevrperitpavTo , Aegin. hoiKo<! (o oIko<;') or hoiKo<;.

8. With words beginning with i or v. Cret. Kvlee<: (kuI utVe?),

El. KvTraBvKioi (kuI vtto-), Delph. KlSimrai (ical ISiMTai).

In such cases there is of course no evidence as to whether the

V or t was lengthened, as usually in Attic-Ionic, but probably wehave here simply elision.

9. In Elean in the forms of the article the final vowel or diph-

thong disappears, sometimes even the vowel with final consonant.

Thus riapov {to iapov), napo (rS iapSi), Ttapol (rol lapoi), Teiridpoi

(tol eiriapoi), and even tuvto (to)? avTco), Top lapofxdop ToXvviriai

(Tft)/) lapoixdap Tcop 'OXwrriai). This is clearly not crasis proper,

but an extension of the principle of elision.^ Cf. Ovlwi (t&i viai)

in an Attic inscription. Once El. toI 'vtuvt iypafievoi with

aphaeresis.

Apocope

95. Apocope of prepositions is almost unknown in Attic-Ionic

inscriptions, but is usual in other dialects for at least some of the

prepositions. All of them have av (or 6v, iiv) and irdp (even Ionic

has av in literature and a few cases of wdp in inscriptions). waV

^ See footnote, p. 73,

Page 91: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

96] PHONOLOGY 75

and TTOT are found in nearly all the West Greek dialects (but not

ia Cretan, and rarely in Argolic), and in Boeotian and Thessalian.

But these are mostly confined to the position before dentals, espe-

cially forms of the article. Before other consonants they occur,

with assimilation, in Thessalian and sometimes lq Boeotian and

Laconian; /car also in Lesbian and Arcado-Cyprian (lq Arcadian

icd before all consonants in early inscriptions, later only before the

article, otherwise /carv formed after awv). irep occurs iq Delphian

(cf. also Tre/aoSo? = 7repioSo<;), Elean {•>rdp), and Thessalian ; also in

Lesbian (Alcaeus), and in a few proper names ia Locrian (Ile/jpo-

dapidv), Cretan, and Laconian. ostt, ctt, vtt are Thessalian only,

except for two examples of eV in Boeotian before ir. An apocopated

form of TreSa is seen in Arc. ire rot? i.e. -n-eiS) rot?.

Apocope is most extensive in Thessalian, which has av, Trap, kot,

-TTOT, irep, air, iir, vir. Tlie Thessalian genitive singular in -oi is also

best explained as arising from -oto by apocope, beginning with the

article, which was, of course, proclitic like the prepositions (cf. 45.4).

Apocopated forms are more common in early iascriptions than

later, when there is a tendency, partly due to Koivrj influence, to

employ the full forms.

a. Forms like /carov, wordv, instead of kcit tov, ttot tov, occur not only in

early inscriptions where double consonants are not mritten, but also in the

later inscriptions of some dialects. For the most part the matter is one of

spelling only, but in some cases such forms represent the actual pronuncia-

tion, due in part to actual simplification of the double consonants, in part

to syllabic dissimilation or haplology, as in later Attic KaraSe from Ka(Ta)

TctSe. So in Arcadian the spelling is almost uniformly Ka (early KaTovw,

KOKpive, etc., later KwraTrtp, Koxaixhiav). In doubtful cases it is better to

expand the forms to Ka(T) Toi/etc. in our texts, if only f<?r the convenience

of the student.

Consonant Assiinilation

96. Assimilation of final v.

1. To the class of a following labial or guttural. Cases like t^/x

iroXtv, roy KrjpvKa, vvp. fiev, are frequent in Attic inscriptions, and

likewise ia the other dialects. So also between object and verb as

Page 92: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

76 GREEK DIALECTS [96

Delph. TOKiofi {jtepero), Arc. iroa-o^on iroevTw, and in looser combina-

tions as Att. iaTl/i irepl, Arc. iv eiriKpLai^ Kardirep, Arg. Trotoiey

Kara.

2. To <r. Att. e? ^d/Mcoi, Ion. rm (Tv^niravrav, Delph. a? 2e\eu-

Kos (a? = dv), ecrTQ)(?) avXeovre^, Epid. to? aaKov. Cf. Ion. iraaav-

Sirji beside TravavSirji, and Lesb. TraeravSidaavro^.

Before cr + consonant. Att. e'.cr arijXrji but oftener e arriXtfi, also

Te a-reXep. So Ehod., Cret. e crraXat, El. ra crrdXav. These do not

arise by assimilation but by regular loss of v. See 77.2, 78.

3. To X. Att. eX XifivAK, rb\ Xoyov, Ion. eX Aapva-crm, Delph.

TwX Aa^vaSdv, Lac. e'X AuKeSuLfiovi, Epid. roX XCOov, t&X Xcdtov.

Cf. a-vXXeyco, aXXvco — dvaXvw, etc.

4. To /3. Att. ip 'PoScoi, Top 'PoSiov. Cf. crvppiirTco etc.

a. In Cyprian, where v before a consonant is always omitted in the inte-

rior of a word, it is also frequently omitted in sentence combination as

Ta(v) TTToXlV.

97. Assimilation of final ?.

1. To V. Delph. Toiiv v6p,ov<;. Cf. YieXoirowTja-oii (IleXoTro?

vrjcrov).'

2. To fi and f . Cypr. pewo^ii) fieya = feiro's p^eya, Ta(/r) fa-

vda(a)a'; = ra? pavdaam. In the same way arose «a = /ca? (icai)

iu Cypr. ko, fiev, Arc. ko, fotKtot?.

3. To X. Att. ToX Xido'i, Cret. toiX Xeiovai, tIX XSi (rt? Xijt),

Lac. eX AuKeBaifiova (eX = e?), toi(X) AaKehaifiovioK.

4. To S. So regularly in Cretan, e.g. rdZ hai(no<;, raS Se, eS Si-

Kaa-reptov, iraTpoB SoVtos. Earely elsewhere, but cf. Ehod. Zev{S)

Be (no. 93), fiaTp6{S) Be, Ta{B) Bevre'pat. Assimilation in the oppo-

site direction is seen in Arg. /ScoXa? a-evrepat (no. 81).

5. To e. Cretan only, as t^O Ovyarepa'i. Cf. Cret. 00 = admedially (85.3).

a. Before a word beginning with a vowel final s may be treated as intervo-

calic, e. g. Lac. AtoAi/ceVa AioXevOepiS = Aios IkItov Atos iXevOepiov (cf . 59.1),Cypr. KO a.(v)n, to. v)(£pov (59.4), Eretr. oirtop av (60.3).

Page 93: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

100] PHONOLOGY - 77

98. Assimilation of final p to S. So regularly in Cretan, e.g. aveS

Boi, vaTeS Soei and 7raTe(S) Soei, inre(S) Se. Of. Cnid. 7ra(S) Adfia-

Tpa (wap Aa/nar/aa).

99. Assimilation of a final mute.

1. Final t. The apocopated forms of Kara and ttotl, so far as

they occur otherwise than before r (cf. 95), are generally assimi-

lated (sometimes with further simplification; cf. 95 a), e.g. Thess.

KUTT TVaVTO'i, TTOK kL (tTOT Kl = TTjOO? Tt), BoeOt. TToS Ad(pVr], TTOK

KaTOTrTw;, Lesb. kuk Ke(f>dXa<; (Alcaeus), KUfi ixev (Sappho), etc. So

in compounds, e.g. El. Ka{h)Ba\eoLTO, Ka{6)9vTd^, Lesb. /ea/S/3aXXe

(Alcaeus), KaXX.vovro<;, Arc. Kaieei/j-evav, icaKpive, Lac. Ka/Sara (Ka-

ra^aTov), KajSatvcav (Alcman), etc. But tO is often unassimilated.

2. Final tt. Thess. cnr, em- = airo, iirl. are assimilated in dr ra?,

er Tol. Cf. 86.2.

3. Final k. See 100.

100. e|. In most dialects, as in Attic, e| becomes e/e before a

consonant, this appearing often as 1% before an aspirate, and 67

before sonant mutes and X, /x, v, p, until late times when m is

usual before all consonants. The general rule is, then, e^ before

vowels, and e/c (i'x^, iy) before consonants. But the antevocalic form

ef occasionally appears before consonants in various dialects (so

regularly in Oyprian, as e^ toi etc.).

In Locrian it is fully assimilated to all consonants, whence, with

the simphfication of double consonants in the spelling, it appears

simply as e, e.g. e Ta<;, i Sd/io, etc., i.e. e(T) ra?, e'(S) Sdfio, e'(p) poi-

vdvov, e(9) OdXaa-a-wi, e(X) Xt/ievo';, i(y) 'NavirdKTO.

In Thessalian, Boeotian, Arcadian, and Cretan the regular form

before consonants is e?, e.g. Thess. es rdv, ia-So/jLev, Boeot. e's tS>v,

iaXiaivco (cf. also ia-K-qSeKaTrj from ef). Arc. e? rol, eVSe'XXoi'Tes,

ifTTrepaa-ai, Cret. e? top, ia-tcXTja-ia, Thess., Boeot., Cret. ea-yovoi; =eKyovo<;. AH these dialects have ef before vowels except Boeotian,

where e%? appears in an early inscription, but usually eo-?, as eo-?

i^ei^mv, ecrtTeifiev. This is probably a transfer of the anteeonso-

nantal form in an intermediate stage of its development (e^, eVs, e's).

Page 94: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

78 GREEK DIALECTS [lOO

a. There are some traces of es in other dialects which generally have ck or

e'^, e.g. Cypr. es ttoO' IpTrti- iroOev i]Kfis (Hesych.), Arg. e(s) St/ceA-uas, and

according to some es irdAtos = «« iroXios (but see note to no. 75), Sicil. I<7k\ij-

Tos (Syracuse, Rhegium), Delph. tayovoi (? no. 51, C 45).

Consonant Doubling

101. 1. Before vowels. Cret. raw e/^iWi/, o-vw-lt, Boeot., Corintli.

avv-eOrjKe, Att. ^vvv-ovtl, also iji'i' e^wy, toi'!' av, in a Koti'^ inscrip-

tion. This is a compromise between phonetic and etymological

syllabification, and the examples, though rare, are mostly earUer

than those for the similar doubling in internal combination (89.3).

2. With oo-cttk; etc. (89.1), compare Att. etV? ti]V, Epid. eV? to,

etc., or Epid. to craKeXo'i, Coan tov a<rT€^dvov.

V movable

102. The V movable in the dative plural in -a-i(v) and in the

verb forms in -ai(v) and -e(i') is a marked characteristic of Attic-

Ionic, where it appears from the earhest inscriptions on with in-

creasing frequencyand before both vowels and consonants. (In Attic

its use becomes gradually more and more uniform before vowels,

and it is also somewhat more common before a pause in the sense

than elsewhere.) Only in the dative plural does it appear in other

dialects, and even here only in Thessalian (xpefiaa-iv, no. 33) and

Heraclean (evTaaaiv etc.). In verb forms it is wholly unknown in

the older inscriptions of other dialects, and where found is a sure

sign of K0CV1] influence.

Note. In the dat. pi. -cnv the v is due to the analogy of pronominal

datives like Att. ij/tiiv. Dor. d.fi,iv, Lesb. afifuv and aixfii, in which v is in-

herited (beside a form without v). After the dat. pi. -<7i(v) arose the 3 pi.

-o-i(v), e.g. 3 pi. <j>ipov(n(v) after dat. pi. part. <^€joou<ri(v), then also 3 sg. 8t-

8ft)cri(v), TiOrfTiiv), etc. Another source is 3 sg. ^ev (originally 3 pi. with

etymological v, 163.3) to 1 sg. ^a, after the analogy of which arose -£(v) to

aU forms with 1 sg. -a, as olSev, W-qKev, from which it extended later to

forms with 1 sg. in -ov, as eXcyEi/, iXajSei', etc. which are not found in the

earliest inscriptions.

Page 95: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

103] PHONOLOGY 79

ACCENT

103. Of the dialects outside of Attic-Ionic, Lesbian is the only

one of whose accentual peculiarities we have any adequate knowl-

edge. This was characterized by the recessive accent, e.g. TroVa/ios,

a6(f)o<!, ySacrt'Xeu?, XeO/cos.

The Doric accent is said by the grammarians to be processive in

certain classes of forms, e.g. iXd^ov, ardaai, alye'; = Att. eXa/Sov,

(TTrjaai, alye^. But the statements are too meager to admit of gen-

eralization as to the system as a whole, nor is it known whether

all Doric dialects had these peculiarities. Hence the practice nowfrequently adopted, and followed in this book, of giving Doric forms

with the ordinary Attic accent. In general our accentuation of

dialect forms can be little more than a matter of convenience.

o. A question of detail, touching -which there is considerable difference

of practice among editors of dialect texts, is whether, in the case of inflec-

tional forms which differ in their quantitative relations from the corre-

sponding Attic forms, to adopt the actual accent of the Attic forms or to

change the accent to accord with the Attic system, e. g. infin. xpivev lite

Kpiviiv, or Kptvev, ace. pi. <j>ipoix,ivfK like ^epofievmn, or <^EjQo/xevos, Cret. Kaip-

Tovavs, cTTaTyjpavi like KpuTTOvws, (TTaTTJpa^, or KapTovavi, (rraT-qpavs- The

question of the true accentuation is a complicated one, differing in each

class of forms, and impossible of any certain answer. But practical conven-

ience favors the use of the Attic accent in some cases, as in the accusative

plural to distinguish it from the nominative, and we adopt this alternative

in all the cases mentioned.

The pronominal adverbs in -a, -at, and -m we accent as perispomeua,

following here what the grammarians laid down as the Doric accent, since

this affords a convenient working rule, and, for -a), serves to distinguish

e. g. Tovrm from gen. tovto). But it is far from certain that the accent was

uniform, and that we should write e.g. dAAei, oAAat, TravrSi, as we do, and

not, with some, aXXa like Att. oixa, and oXAou, n-d.vra.i like Att. aXX-g,

TravTj;. And as between mrei and oiret, etc., about which the grammarians

were in doubt, we definitely prefer oTrei, oirai, oTrrt, oirrj, oirui (cf . Att. oirov

beside ttov, in spite of avrov etc.). We accent evSoi, e^ot, ^x°'' ^*°'' ^^^^

oiKoi, though evSot etc. (cf. ivravdoi) may also be defended.

Page 96: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

INFLECTION

NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES

Feminine a-Stems

104. 1. NoM. Sg. -d, Att.-Ion. -17.

2. Gen. Sg. -a?, Att.-Ion. -579.— Arc. -dv after the masculine, as

oiKiav, ^afiiav, but only at Tegea, and here -d<s beside -dv in early

inscriptions, and always ra?,

3. Dat. Sg. -di, Att.-Ion. -rji, whence also -d, -rj, -ei. See 38, 39.

— Boeot. -at {-ae, -r), 26), and this is to be assumed in the other

dialects which have -ot (106.2).

4. Aco. Sg. -dv, Att.-Ion. -ijv.

5. NOM. Pl. -di (Boeot. -ae, -t), 26).

6. Gen. Pl. -awv, -eav, -mv, -dv. See 41.4.

7. Dat. Pl. In early Attic, -dcn(v), -7]cn(v), sometimes -dicn(v),

-riia-i(v), after 420 B.C. -at?.— In Ionic, -r)iai(v) regularly, -ai? being

rare and probably Attic.— In Lesbian, -aicri (but always rat?),

and this occurs, rarely, elsewhere.— Most dialects have -at? from

the earliest times.

8. Ago. Pl. -av;, with the same development as has -ov? from

o-stems, namely (see also 78)

:

-av^, -ov;

-av<i, -ov;, Cret., Arg.-a?, -0?

Cret., Arc, (Cypr.?)

Thess.,Ther.,Coan

-a?, -ou? or -60?

Most dialects

80

-at?, -ot?

Lesbian

-a?, -ai<i, -aip

-o?, *-0t9, -oip

Elean

Page 97: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

106] INFLECTION 81

Masculine d-Stems

105. 1. NOM. Sg. -a? (with secondary ?, after the analogy of -09),

Att.-Ion. -»??.

a. Forms without s also occur, several in Boeotian (Trvdiovuca, KaXXla,

etc.), and a few from other parts of Northwest Greece. Cf. also El. tc-

Xeora, though this is possibly a form in -to. like Horn. hnroTa.

2. Gen. Sg. -do (with o, in place of s, after that of o-stems),

whence Are.-Cypr. -dv (22), elsewhere -a, Ion. -e<o, -ta. See 41.4.

Att. -ov is not from -do, but the o-stem form taken over as a whola

a. -dfo, in TXa<T«i/ro, Ila<naSapo, of two metrical inscriptions from

Corcyra (no. 87) and Gela, is a reminiscence of the epic -do (the spoken

form was already -d, which appears in other equally early inscriptions, as

'ApvuiSa no. 88, A/rcvux no. 85) with the introduction of a non-etymological

p, either representing a glide sound before the following o (cf. dfvrav,

no. 88. See 32), or due to a false extension from forms with etymological

p, as XapAs = Hom. Xdo^.

b. Forms in -ds, with the old ending unchanged and belonging with the

nominatives in -d (above. In), occur in scattered examples in Megarian

(no. 92) and from various parts of Northwest Greece.

c. Att.-Ion. proper names in -ip, from the fourth century on, frequently

form the genitive after the analogy of cr-stems, e. g. Att. KoAAtdSovs (after

Aij/MxrOeyov; etc.), Ion. AcaSeos, 'ApurrclBeiK- This type spreads to other

dialects, e.g. Rhod. MvcoviSevs.

0-Stems

106. 1. Gen. Sg. -010 (from *-oo-to, cf. Skt. -asya) as in Homer,

whence, with apocope, Thess. (Pelasgiotis) -01, as rot, XP°^°'-' ^*'°-

Elsewhere, with loss of t and contraction, -ov or -m (25).— In

Cyprian -ov beside -o (at Idalium fiurdov, apyvpov, ^iXoKvirpov,

etc., and so usually -ov in nouns, whether vowel or consonant fol-

lows ; but also apyvpo, dXpo, before a consonant, and always to).

a. -oto is often employed in metrical inscriptions, in imitation of the

epic, e.g. nos. 87, 88. But in Thessalian it also occurs in a few prose in-

scriptions, and the grammarians often refer to the Thessalian genitive in

-010. This, together with the fact that apocope is more extensive in Thes-

saJian than in any other dialect (see 95), makes the derivation of the usual

Page 98: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

82 GEEEK DIALECTS [lOG

Thess. -ot from -mo far more probable than other explanations which sepa-

rate it entirely from this and so from the forms of all the other dialects.

For the added v in Cyprian no explanation that has been offered is adequate.

2. Dat. Sg. -at in most dialects, whence also -co (38 ; Thess. ov,

23). ot in Arcadian, Elean, Boeotian (-oe, -v, -et, 30), and in later

inscriptions from various parts of Northern Greece (Delphi, AetoUa,

Acarnania, Epirus, Cierium in Thessaly, Euboea).

a. In Euboea -ot replaces, earlier -m and may be derived from it, like

-£t from -rji (see 39). But in general -ot is rather the original locative (cf.

oiKot) in use as the dative. In some dialects the history of the dative is

obscure, owing to the lack of early mateHal or the ambiguity of -01 in

the pre-Ionic alphabets.

, 3. NOM. Pl. -ot (Boeot. -oe, -v, 30).

4. Dat. Pl. -oia-i(v), as in Homer, in early Attic, Ionic, where

it lasts somewhat longer than in Attic (but some early examples

of -ot?, especially in West Ionic), and Lesbian (but here always

T019).— Elsewhere only -ot? (Boeot. -v?, -et?, Elean -oip).

5. Ace. Pl. -01'?, with the same development as -av<;. See 78,

104.8.

6. Gen. Dat. Dual, -ouv as in Homer, whence -oiv in most

dialects in which the form occurs at all.— Elean -oiok, -oioip,

after the analogy of the dative plural, as Swotot?, airoioip.

Consonant Steins in General

107. 1. Ace. Sg. -av in place of the usual -a, with 2; added after

the analogy of vowel stems, occurs in Cypr. Ijarepav, a(v)Spijd{v)-

rav, Thess. Kiovav, El. a'yaXp.aToj>5spav (but possibly -(fxopdv from

nom. -^topa?), and among late inscriptions of various dialects.

2. Nom. Pl. -ev for usual -e? occurs in late Cretan, having

originated in pronominal forms. See 119.2 a.

3. Dat. Pl. -eaai, as in Horn. TroSeercn, probably an extension of

the form of o--stems, is characteristic of the Aeolic dialects, Les-

bian, Thessalian (Pelasgiotis), and Boeotian, and is also found in

early Delphian, East Locrian, Elean (cjivydSea-a-i no. 60 ; elsewhere

-ot?), and in inscriptions of various Corinthian colonies (Corcyra,

Page 99: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

108] mrLECTION •

83

Epidamnus, Syracuse).— Heraclean has -aaai in pres. part. evTaa-

a-iv (perhaps originally *aa-(7i. = Skt. satsu, then evraa-a-i by fusion

with ei'T- of evTei etc.), irpaa-aovTaaai, etc. oi'i, as Travrot? etc.,

after the analogy of o-stems, is characteristic of Locrian, Elean,

and the Northwest Greek Koivrj, whence it finds its way iato

various dialects in later times.

4. Ace. Pl. -69 in place of -as, i.e. the nom. for the ace, per-

haps first used in the numeral rerope? owiug to the influence of

the indeclinable irevTe etc., is seen in Delph. heKareropei (no. 49,

early fifth century), reropes, SeX^iSe? (in an inscription of early

fourth century ; but otherwise in Delphian only TeTopa<! etc.), and

regularly ia Elean ([Tero/aje?, sixth century, irXeCovep, ^^dpiTep,

no. 61, etc.) and Achaean (iXda-a-ove'i, Safiocno<f>vX,aKe<;, etc.), also

in the very late inscriptions of various dialects, even Attic.

-av<:, after the analogy of a-stems, in Cretan, e.g. OvyaTepavs,

a-Taripav;, etc.

(T-Stems

108. 1. All dialects except Attic have the uncontracted forms.

Gen. sg. in most dialects -eo?, whence -to? in Boeotian, Cretan, etc.

(9), -€v? in later Ionic, Ehodian, etc. (42.5).— Ace. sg. masc. and

ace. pl. neut. -ea, whence -la (9), occasionally »? (42.1).

a. Proper names in -kXci^s, -kX^s. Cypr. -KXe/res, whence -icXei^ in Attic

(beside -kA^s), Boeotian (-xXres, -KA.t7s) till about 400 B.C., and regularly

in Euboean (gen. -Kkim, 2), but in the other dialects regularly -kX^s- Gen.

sg. Cypr. -nXipttK, Boeot. -kXcios (= Horn. -kX^os, cf. 16), Att. -kXeous, but

in most dialects -icAeos.

For names in -icXeas instead of -likeifi, see 166.1.

2. Proper names often have forms which are modeled after the

analogy of the masc. a-stems, and this not only in Attic-Ionic

(e.g. Att. 1,a>KpdTT]v, ^coKparov, Eretr. gen. EvKpaTco, TifioKXew),

where the agreement in the nom. -rj<; was especially favorable to

this, but also in the other dialects. Thus ace. sg. in -fjv {-rjv : -779 =-dv: -as), e.g. Boeot. AafioreXeiv etc.. Arc. ^iXokX^v, and even in

appellatives in Lesb. SajJLOTeXrjv etc., Cypr. itreXev.— Dat. sg. in

Page 100: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

84 • GKEEK DIALECTS [108

-jjt, Lesb. KaX\UXr]i.— Gen. sg. in -v (like -d) in Lesb. @eoyepv

etc. ; also, perhaps, -??? (like -a?, 105.2 I) in Thess. 'liriTOKpdTet'i

(or nom. for gen. by mistake ?), ^epeKpdre'; (no. 33 ; or ^epeKpa-

xe(o)? ?).— Voc. sg. in -rj (like -a) in Arc. 'AreXrj etc., Delph.

IIoXw/ejoaTT;.

The numerous Boeotian hypocoristic names in -ei as Mevvei,

^iWei, @dX\ei, Bevvei, are also best understood as vocatives of

this type used as nominatives. They correspond to names in -i;?,

-7]To<;, in other dialects, but in Boeotian follow the analogy of

(T-stems (gen. sg. -tos, ace. sg. -eiv).

i-Stems

109. 1. In all dialects except Attic-Ionic, and, for the most

part, in Ionic too, the regular type of declension is that with t

throughout, namely -ts, -to?, -I, -iv, -tes, -icov, -uri, -is (Gret. -tz/?) or

-ia<i (rare).

2. The type in -t?, -eoj? (from -r)o<i, as in Homer), -ei, pi. -et?, etc.

is almost exclusively Attic. In Ionic TroXem? occurs in early in-

scriptions of Chios (no. 4) and Thasos, and Swdp^i in Teos (no. 3).

But otherwise in Ionic, and always in other dialects, forms of this

type are late and to be attributed to Attic influence. In general,

the Attic datives, -et and -eai, are the first to be adopted, next the

nom.-acc. pi. -eis, and lastly the gen. sg. -ea><;. Thus in the later

inscriptions of many dialects it is common to find gen. sg. -io<;, but

dat. sg. -ei.

A gen. sg. TTo'Xeo? is found in the Koivrj, and in later inscriptions

of various dialects.

3. Lesbian has a nom. pi. -Z? (Trb'Xt?, no. 21), perhaps the ac-

cusative used as nominative.

4. Cyprian has such forms as gen. sg. Tifioxapipo^, dat. sg.

iTToXipt. The p is certainly not original here, and is perhaps due

to the analogy of v- and 9;u-stems (gen. -vfo^, -ipoi).

5. A transfer to the type -ts, -tSo?, as frequently in Attic, is

characteristic of Euboean proper names in -t?, as ArjfjLO')(dpiSo^.

Page 101: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

UlJ INFLECTION 85

\)-Stems

110. Nearly all the iuscriptional forms occurring are the usual

ones of the type -u?, -vo?. Boeot. [f]dano<; (i from e, 9) agrees

with the dareoi of non-Attic literature. For vti5? see 112.2.

Nouns in -£us

111. The stem is t]v, rjf throughout, nom. sg. -eu? (from -tjw, cf.

37.1), gen. sg.^-jj/ros, etc.

1. The original forms in -7?fo?, -Tjfi, etc. are preserved, with or

without the f, in Cyprian (;8a«riXef09, 'ESaXtl/rt, 'ESaXte/res), Les-

bian (^aa-i\rjo<; etc.), Boeotian (IlToiepL, ypafinaTetoi}, etc.), Thes-

salian (/Qao-tXeto? etc.), and Elean (ySao-tXae?), as also in Homer.

2. Attic only are /Sao-tXeo)?, ^aaiXed, with quantitative metathe-

sis. But from the beginning of koivi^ influence 0aai\.€a)<; is one of

the Attic forms most widely adopted by other dialects.

3. Most dialects, namely Ionic and the West Greek dialects ex-

cept Elean, have /3acrt\eo9, ^acriXel, etc., with shortening of the rj.

Generally these are the forms of even the earliest inscriptions

(Cret. foiK€o<; etc.), but we find Coan teprji, TloXifji, etc. (no. 101,

which has also 'AX/cTytSe? etc. ; later always iepel etc.), and once

Ehod. 'ISa/i€Vrjo<; (cf. TlovTooprjiSo';). Beside -eo? sometimes -eu? (cf.

42.5),as Meg. lapds, but, owing to the confusionwith the nominative,

this spelling is far less common than in the genitive of o--stems.

Ace. Sg. -ea in Ionic, Locrian, Cret^an. But in Delphian and

most of the Doric dialects -ij (see 42.1, 43) is the regular form, e.g.

Delph. te/ji}, /3acn\rj, Lac. ^acnXri, Mess, iepri, Meg. ieprj, Mycen.

Hepae (no. 76, fifth century), Arg. ^aaiXrj, Ehod. ^aa-tXrj, rypafi-

fiarfj, Coan jSaa-iXrj, etc. In these dialects -ea is of later occur-

rence, and due to koivt] influence.

Nom. Pl. -ee? in Cretan (e.g. Sjoo/aees) and elsewhere, but usu-

ally contracted to -eli. Also -jj? (in part at least directly from -^es)

in early Attic, Coan (reTajOTTj?), Laconian {Meyape<i etc., no. 64),

and Arcadian {Mavnvi)<;). At Cyrene occurs nom. and ace. pL

lape;.

Page 102: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

86 GREEK DIALECTS [ill

Ace. Pl. -ea<! in Ionic and Doric (Cret. Spofieav;, cf. 107.4),

when not replaced by -ei<s of the koiv-i].

4. Arcadian has nom. sg. in -?;?, as lep7]<;, rypa(f)i]<;, ^ove<; (Cyprian

also once ye/sl?, but usually -ev?), ace. sg. hiepe v (cf . 108.2), nom. pl.

'M.avnvrj';. Some proper names in-?j?= -ev? are also found elsewhere.

5. In Miletus and colonies occurs nom. sg. I'epeeos, gen. sg. lepeat,

likewise at Ephesus gen. sg. <E>\e«t) belonging to <I>\eu?.

Some Irregular Nouns

112. 1. Zew. Zew or Aev? (84). A((f)o'?, At(/r)t (also Atet, of

uncertain origin, in an inscription of Corcyra and one of Dodona

;

cf. Att. AieiTpe<j>rj<;, Cypr. Aipei6efiK), Ai(p)a, in most dialects. But

also in various dialects (attested for East Ion., Coan, Ther., Cret.,

El.), as in Homer, Ztjvo';, Zrjvi, Zrjpa (Cret. Afjva, Trjva, etc., 37.1).

Late forms with a are hyper-Doric.

2. vlo'i, viv<i. Aside from the o-stem forms, the inscriptional

occurrences are as follows, mostly from a stem viv-:

Nom. Sg. vw? Cret., Lac, Att. (Att. also vv<i, us).

Gen. Sg. uteos Cret., Att. ; Thess. Auto? (no. 33).

Dat. Sg. vlel ArgoL, Phoc, Att.

Ace. Sg. vivv Arc, Cret., Locr., etc.

Nom. Pl. utVes Cret. (as in Hom.) ; Att. vleh.

Dat. Pl. vicun Cret. (as in Horn.), after analogy of iraTpaxn etc.

Aco. Pl. vlvvf Arg., Cret. ; Att. vlel';.

3. fi'qv. Stem *p,7)vc7- (cf. Lat. mensis), whence (77.1) Lesb.

p,rivvo<s, Thess. fieivv6<;, Att. etc. iJLrjv6<;. The nom. */jli^v<; became*/aei's (vowel-shortening before- v + cons., but later than the assim-

ilation of medial va), whence regularly (78) Ion., Corcyr., Meg.fiek, Heracl. /^?j?. In Attic, /xet? was replaced by /jltjv formed after

the analogy of original v-stems m -rjv, -rjvo<;. Elean fi€v<s is perhaps

due to the analogy of Zeu?, Zt]v6<; (above, 1).

4. \a?, Hom. \da<;. Originally a neuter o--stem to \da<!, becom-ing 6 \ao9, o Xa9, after the analogy of o \i6o<; etc Hence in geni-

tive beside Xao? also Att. Xaov (Soph.), Cret. \a6.

Page 103: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

114] INFLECTION 87

5. Cret. frj/ia nom.-acc. sg. = e^yiia, but gen. sg. ra? prjiiofs from

a stem in -fia. So also Cret. *afi<^Lhr)fjia, ornament (cf. StdBrj/jia),

but gen. sg. a/jbiriBT^fian.

6. x°^'>> which in Attic is declined as a consonant stem (gen.

sg. xoo'f); is properly a contracted o-stem (from x°F°-) like TrXoO?,

and remains so in Ionic, e.g. ace. sg. X"^^} g^n. pi. x^^-7- Xe'P. XW- See 27 6, 79.

Comparison of Adjectives

113. 1. Beside /ieifft)!' and K/oetTTtoi', both with anomalous et, we

find the normal fie^mv (from *iMeyia)v) in Ionic and Arcadian, and

Kpeaaav (from *KpeTia>v) in Ionic. For Dor. Kappwv, Cret. «a/3-

T<ov (both from *Kdpria)v) see 49.2 with a, 80, 81.

2. Beside TrXe'tai', pi. TrXeove?, ir-stem forms, like Horn. TrXe'e?,

7r\e'a9, occur in Lesbian (-TrXewi no. 21) and Cretan (e.g. Gortyn.

TrXies, ifKiav^, ifKia, beside ttXlovo^, irXiova, ifKiov. ifklacriv, Dre-

ros, is in origin a I'-stem form, cf. 77.1 a). Cf. also Arc. ttXo? (from

*7r\eo?, cf. 42.5 d) adv. = irXeov.

Heracl. TroXtcrTo? = TrXeto-ros is formed directly from ttoXu?.

3. El., Lac. a(a-)(Ti(TTa (also in Aesch.) = a7jj;to-Ta, is formed

from the compar. aatrov (this regularly from *d<yxi.°'')-

NUMERALS

Cardinals and Ordinals

114. 1-10. 1. Nom. sg. masc. Att. etc. eh, Heracl. 979 (cf. Lac.

ov8i<s), Cret. eV? {evS S- = evs S-, Law-Code IX. 50 ; see 97.4), from

*evs. Cf. 78.— Fem. fiia, but, of different origin, Lesb., Thess. i'a,

as in Homer. Also mase. to? (cf. Hom. dat. sg. neut. la>) in Cretan,

but with pronominal force = e/eeti'o?. [Boeot. la now in Corinna.]

Att. etc. n-pSiTO';, West Greek and Boeot. irpdro';. The source of

irpdro^ is uncertain (not *-7rp6aTO';, cf. 44.1).

2. Svo (Boeot. Siovo, 24) in aU dialects. Lac. once Sve with the

ending of consonant stems.— Sveiv = Bvolv in late Att. and koivi^.

Page 104: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

88 GEEEK DIALECTS [ll4

— Plural forms in various dialects, e.g. Chian, Cret., Heracl. hv&v,

Cret. hvoK, Thess. 8m?, and hval{v) in late Attic and Koivrj.

3. Att. etc. T/aet?, Cret. r/see?, Ther. t/st}?, froiji *T/3«e?. See 25,

45.5.— Ace. T/ot9, Cret. t/>ui'? (for t/jiV? with t introduced anew

from rpiSiv etc.). Under the influence of the indeclinable numerals,

the nominative or the accusative is used for both cases in some

dialects, namely nom. r/jet? in ^Attic and elsewhere, and ace. r/at? in

Boeotian, Heraclean, Delphian, Troezenian, and perhaps in Lesbian.

TpiTo^, Lesb. repro^ (18).

4. Att. TeTTa/aes, Ion., Arc. reacrepe'i (also Teacrape; in Ionic and

Koivrj), Boeot. ireTrape'i, Lesb. jreaavpe'i (Horn. Triavpei), West

Greek TeTope<;. From *qTi'etuer- (cf. Lat. quattuor, Skt. catvdras),

the differences being due to inherited variations in the second

syllable {tuer, tuor, tur, tur), and to the divergent development of

gM (68) and tu (54 e, 81).

TeTapro<;, Hom. TeV/aaTo?, Boeot. Trerparo';. See 49.2 a.

5. irevTe, Lesb. Thess. irefiire (68.2).

irefjj'rrTO'i, Cret. irevTO'i (86.2).

6. e^, Cret., Delph., Heracl. fe'f. See 52 6. For Boeot. ecr-Kj;-

SeKOTrj, see 100.

7. cTTTa.— e/38o/tto9, but Delph. Ae'/3Seyu.os (cf. Delph., Heracl.

i^SefiijKovTa, Epid. e/SSe/^ato?).

8. oKTw, Boeot., Lesb. okto (like Swo), Heracl., Ther. hoKrm (58 c),

Elean ottto (with tt from eiTTd).

9. ei/i-ea, Delph. eVvj} (42.1). But *ei'fa in Att. ei'ttro?, ivaKoa-ioi,

Ion. eiVaro?, elvaKocrtoi, Cret. fivaTo<i, etc. See 54. Heracl. hevvea,

Delph., Ther. AeVaro?, see 58 c. Lesb. eVoro?, see 6, 116 a.

10. Se'wa, Arc. Se'/co (SutoSe/eo).— Se/caro';, Arc, Lesb. Sckoto?.

See 6, 116 a.

115. 11-19. evSexa, rarely Sewa el? (e.g. Heracl. SeKa hev).—Att. and Hom. SmSeKa, but in most dialects BvcoSeica, rarely SvoBexa

(e.g. Boeot. SvoSe'/caro?), Delph., Heracl. Bexa Svo (also late Attic).

T/3et9 /tat Se«a, also indecl. rpeia-KaiSeKa (Attic after 300 B.C.) andrpia-KaiheKa (Boeotian etc.; cf. 114.3); also heKa rpeh, especially

Page 105: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

117] INFLECTION 89

when the substantive precedes (so Attic even in fifth century).

Similaa- variations for 14-19.

ei/Se/caro?, StoSe/taTO?, SucoSeKiaTo?, hvoheKaTo<i (see above).

13th-19th, Att. TpLTO<; kuI Se'/earo?, etc., but Tpeta-KaiSeKaTO'; or

Tpia-KuiBeKhTo^, etc., in East Ionic, Boeotian, and Lesbian {-S€koto<:).

116. 20-90. ecKoai (from *i-fi'Koa-i) in Attic, Ionic, Lesbian,

Arcadian (no occurrence in Cyprian), but fUari, ikutl {I, cf. Ther.

hiKaSi, no. 107; for h see 58 c) in West Greek with Boeotian andThessalian, with t not et, and t retained (61). The ei of Heracl.

feiKan beside pUari is due to the influence of Att. eiKoai.—Att. etc. TpiaKovra, Ion. rpii^Kovra.— TerrapaKOVTa, reaaepaKovra,

Tea-a-apaKovra, TreTTapuKovra (see 114.4), Delph., Corcyr., Heracl.

reTpatKovra (so doubtless in all "West Greek dialects previous to

Attic influence).— TrevrriKovTa, e^ijKOvra {pe^rjKOVTo), etc., with tj

in all dialects (but Ion. o'ySaiKovTa, 44.2).—' Delph,, Heracl. he^Se-

fiiJKOVTa, Heracl. hoySon]Kovra, hevevijKovTa. See 114.7-9.— Gen.

Tea<T[ep']aK6vTO)v, "TrevT-qKovToav, etc. in Chios, where the use of such

inflected genitives (also SeKcov) is one of the Aeolic features of the

dialect (cf. Trefiireav, Sexav in Alcaeus, also rpirjKovrwv in Hesiod).

Att., Ion. etKocTTo? etc., Boeot. fixaa-To^ {-KacrT6<; doubtless in all

West Greek dialects also ; but Thess. Ikoo-to's), Lesb. et/cota-ro?, rpid-

Koia-TO<;, i^i]KOia-TO<;).

a. The earliest form of the ordinals is that in -kootos (from -kmt-to-,

cf. Skt. trihfat-tama- etc.). Under the influence of the cardinals in -Kovra

this became -koo-to'; in Attic etc.; in Lesbian, under the same influence,

*-KovoTos, -whence -koujtik (cf. 77.3, 78). To the same analogy is due

the o of a.K(Kn, and of the hundreds in -koctioi (e.g. rpiaKoa-ioi after' rptaKovra),

instead of the more original a in pUaTi (Skt. vihfati-, Lat. vigintl), -Kanoi,

-Kacrioi (cf. e/cardv, Skt. fatam, Lat. centum). It is possible that a still further

extension of this analogical o is to be assumed in explanation of Arc.

hcKOTOv, Arc, Lesb. Sckotos, Arc. 84ko, Lesb. tvoros.

117. 1. 100. Att. etc. eKarov, Arc. heKorov. See 6, 116 a.

2. 200-90Q. Att.-Ion., Lesb. -Koa-ioi, West Greek, Boeot. (and

doubtless Thess.) -kcitioi. Arc. -Kacnoi (with East Greek a, but

West Greek a). See 61.2, 116 a.

Page 106: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

90 GREEK DIALECTS ["7

The a of TpLCLKoaioi. {Ion. rpivcoaioi) is extended to Simcocnoi

(Ion. ScrjKoaioi.), and the a of TerpaKoaioi, e-n-TaKoaioi, evaicoaiot. to

irevTaKoatoi, iJ^aKoaioi, oKTUKoaioi (but Lesb. oktcokoo-ioi).

3. 1000. Att. x'>-">' from *x«J-Xtot, but Ion. xe''A.toi, Lac. x^Xtot,

Lesb., Thess. j(;eXXiot, from *xea^\i'Oi. See 76.

PRONOUNSPersonal Pronouns

'

118. Singular. 1. The stems, except in the nominative, begin

with : 1. e/A- or /u.-.— 2. original tu, whence East Greek a-, "West >

Greek t- {Teo<;, riv, re). But enclitic rot is from a form without u

(cf. Skt. fe), and occurs also in Ionic (Horn., Hdt., etc.). Horn, reolo

and reiV are from the possessive stem teuo- (120.2).— 3. original

su, whence p- in some dialects {feo<;, poi, flv), otherwise '.

2. NoM. 6706, e^div (Boeot. tw, Iwv, 62.3).— Att.-Ion., Lesb., Arc.

(7v, Dor. TV, Boeot. tov. See 61.6.

3. Gen. a. -eio (Horn, ifieio etc. like tolo), whence -eo, later

Ion. -ev, Att. -ou.— &. -eo? in West Greek, as lit. Dor. e/xe'o?, reo?,

Locr. feo9.— c. -0ei', as lit. Dor. ifieSev, Epid. e^ei'.

4. Dat. a. -ot, as ifxoi, jjlol, aoi, croi (lit. Dor. rot' rot, lit. Ion.

Tot), ol, ot (Arg., Cret., Delph., Cypr., Lesb. /rot).— 6. -tv in West

Greek (where also -01, but mostly in the enclitic forms, as fJLoi,

never ifioi, poi, ol, and rot, though also rot'), as Cret., Calymn.,

Ehod., Delph., and lit. Dor. efiiv, lit. Dor. tCv, Cret. piv.

5. Ace. 1. e'/ite, /^e.— 2. Att.-Ion., Lesb. o-e, lit. Dor. re (Cret.

Tfc, written rpe, in Hesych.); also lit. Dor. and Epid. tv (nom.

used as ace).— 3. e (fe); also lit. Dor. and Epid. vCv.

119. Plural. 1. The forms of the first and second persons con-

tain, apart from the endings, aa-fi- (cf. Skt. asmdn etc.) and uo-ju.- (cf.

Skt. yusmdn etc.), whence Lesb., Thess. a/i/^-, Lesb. v/ti/i-, elsewhere

1 As the personal pronouns, especially in the singular, are of comparatively

rare occurrence in inscriptions, some forms are added which are quotable only

from literary sources, — but only a few out of the great variety, for which see

Kiihner-Blass I, pp. 580 ft.

Page 107: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

121] INFLECTION 91

a/i- (Att.-Ion. rittr) or a/A-, vfx,-. See 76, and, for the spiritus asper

or lenis in the first person, 57, 58 6.

2. NoM. -€S in aU dialects except Attic-Ionic, where it wasreplaced by -et?. Lesb. a/i/xe?, u/i^e?, Dor. etc. o/ie?, i/xe?.

a. In late Cretan a/ies was frequently replaced by d/iiei/ under the influ-

ence of 1 pi. verbal forms in which Dor. -;u.£s was often replaced by the KotviJ

-/lev. That is, aft-iv for d/u.€'s after ^ipoiixv for ^ipofxjei. From d/xei', -ev wasextended to other pronouns and to participles, as ^jucv, tivcv, dKoixravrei;, etc.

3. Gex. -etwr (Horn. rjiieCwv), whence -etov, -uov (9), -Siv. Lesb.

afip,€(ov, Thess. afifieovv. El. afieav, Dor. afiecov, a/iicov (Cret.),

later dfiav.

4. Dat. -t(i'). Lesb. dufuv, dfifii, etc.. Dor. a/niV, ir/iti/, Att.-Ion.

^/ity, vfuv. So Dor. o-^ti', <r<^t, but Att.-Ion. a-^icri, Arc. a^ei<i, the

latter not satisfactorily explained.

5. Ace. -e in all dialects except Attic-Ionic, where it was re-

placed by-ea9,-a9. Lesb., d/ifie, vfifj-e, Thess. dfifie, Dor. etc. dfie, vfie.

Possessives

120. 1. iiju)<i.— PL Dor. etc. dfi6<; (Lesb. d/j,fio<;) and a/xeVe/ao?

(Lesb. afiixerepo';, Att.-Ion. 57/ierepo9).

2. a. tuo-, Att. etc. cro'i?. 6. teuo-, Dor., Lesb. reo'?, Boeot. rto? (all

in literature only). Both forms in Homer.— PI. v/xoV and vfj.eTepo<i.

3. a. SUO-, Att. etc. 09, Cret. /roV. 6. seuo-, Dor. (lit.), Thess. eoV.

Both forms in Homer.— PI. a^6^ and a-<f>eT€po^.

Reflexive Pronouns

121. Aside from the reflexive use of the forms of the personal

pronouns as given in 118, 119, especially that of the third person

which is itself a reflexive in origin, various forms of expression are

employed, as follows

:

1. Combinations of the personal pronouns with avT6<;, each keep-

ing its own inflection, as in Homer (a-ol avrai etc.). So Cret. piv

avrSi = eavra. Cf. also, with the possessive, Cret. ra pa auras =

TO, eavTT]';.

Page 108: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

92 GEEEK DIALECTS [l2l

1

2. Compounds of the same elements, with contraction, leaving

only the second part declined. Att. i^iavrov, aeavTov or aavTov,

eaVTOv or avrov (also late earov, drav, with a from dv;Coan tjvt&v

with 7] from ea ; Thess. euTot, evrov). Ion. (lit.) ifiecovTOv etc. The

forms found in Ionic inscriptions are like the Attic, and probably

are Attic.

3. avToi alone, as sometimes in Homer. Thus Delph. avrov =ifiavTov (SGDI. 2501.4), El. avrap = eavrrj'; (no. 61.17), Lac. avrS

= eavTov (no. 66).

4. avTo? aiiTO'i, either with each declined separately, or, oftener,

merged into compounds of somewhat varying form.

This combination is comparatively late, replacing the earlier

types mentioned under 1 and 3. It is most frequent in Delphian and

Boeotian, but is found in several of the other West Greek dialects,

and probably even in Attic (Kiihner-Blass I, p. 600, anm. 5).

a. avros a^Tss. Delph. avroi TrortaiTous, Boeot. xar'airii (= airoi) avroii'.

b. avTocravTos. Delph. avTocravTov etc., Boeot. {nrip avrocravtii), Heracl.

fitT airrocravTlov, Cret. aiTotravTois, etc.

c. averavTos. Delph. aixravrov etc., Boeot. ava'avrutv, Cret. avcratiTaSi

Argol. (Calauria) avo-auTas.

d. dcravTos. Boeot. derauTv (late).

e. avo'WTO's. Delph. aicrwras etc. See 33 a.

f. avrauTos. Heracl. a.vra.vTo.% (as in Sophron and Epicharmus), Aegin.

avravTOv.

g. Sicil. gen. sg. airoira (Segesta), gen. pi. avriivra (Thermae). Prob-

ably from avraTov, avTarSiv (cf. late earoij, above, 2), with transposition of

the last two syllables.

Demonstrative Pronouns

122, The article. Nom. pi. rot', tui, as in Homer, in the WestGreek dialects except Cretan, and in Boeotian. Att. etc. oi, ai, after

the analogy of o, fj. For o, a in some dialects which in general

have ', see 58 a.

Forms with added i, used like ohe, are found in Elean (ro-i, ra-i)

and Boeotian (rav-i, toi-i, tv-i).

For the relative use, see 126.

Page 109: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

126] INFLECTION 93

123. Thess. o-ve, Arc. o-vi, Arc.-Cypr. S-vv, = 6Be. Thess. rove,

reive, and, with both parts inflected (cf. Horn. Tota-Secn), gen. sg.

Toti/eos, gen. pi. Tovvveow.— Arc. roovC (gen. sg.), Toivi, etc. Cf. also

Boeot. TrpoTTjvi (136.1).— Cypr. ovv, Arc. raw, tovvv, also (late)'

rdvvvv, Toavvv. Cf. Horn., Boeot., Cypr. vv.

124. 0VT09. Nom. pi. roOrot, ravrai, like to(, rai, in West Greek

(examples from Cos, Delphi, Ehodes, Selinus). Att. etc. ovroi, avrai,

after ovtov etc. Boeotian, with t replaced by ' throughout, ovrov,

ovTcov, etc.— Interchange of av and ov. Att. gen. pi. fern, tovtwv

after masc, neut. ; vice versa El. neut. tuvtcov, due to influence of

Tavra. ov throughout is Boeotian (ovto, ovto) and Euboean {tovtu,

rovret, also ivTOvOa = ivravda). So also Delph. rovra, rovTa<; (but

also TavTai). For the spelling with instead of OV, see 34 a.

125. 1. iKelvo<;. Ion. Keivo's, Lesb., Cret., Ehod., Coan Kfjvo<;, both

from *Ke-evov. Cf. 25 with a.— Trjvo';, of different origin (*Te-ei'09),

in Delphian, Heraclean, Argolic (Aegina), Megarian, as well as in

Sicilian Doric writers (Theocr., Sophron, Epicharmus).

2. aiT6<;. Neut. avrov in Cretan, as sometimes in Attic inscrip-

tions.

Relative, Interrogative, and Indefinite Pronouns

126. The relative o? occurs in all dialects. But the relative use

of forms of the article, frequent in Homer and Herodotus, is usual

in Lesbian (so always in the earlier inscriptions and nearly always

in Alcaeus and Sappho; o? in later inscriptions is due to koivij

influence, as shown by the spiritus asper, kuO' oy, etc.), Thessalian

(rd, KaTTairep, but also o? in an early metrical inscription), and

Arcado-Cyprian (Arc. o-jrep, rai, rol'i, etc., Cypr. o, tov, etc., but also

Arc. dv, Cypr. oi, oi). So also in Boeotian in a fourth-century in-

scription (no. 41), but later only 09 (cf. Lesbian). It is also Hera-

clean (tov, rd, etc. ; so often in Epicharmus), but in most West

Greek dialects it occurs, if at all, only in later inscriptions (so in

late Delphian and Cretan, never in the earlier period).

For the demonstrative .use of o?, cf. Heracl. at fiev . . . Si Se

(L33).

Page 110: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

94 GREEK DIALECTS [i27

127. Cret. orepo-;, which of two, is the true relative correlative of

n-oTepo-! (cf. Skt. yataras- beside kataras), and so related to the

usual oTTOTe/oo? as otos to oirolo^, ore to mroTe.

128. Ti9, Ti?. Cypr. at';, Arc. ffi?, see 68.3, Thess. nk, Kt? (/cti'e?),

see 68.4. Cret. dat. sg. tIixl, m. oTifii = orivi, and fi-^Sifii = fj-ijTivi,

from *Ti-aiu with the same pronominal sm as in Skt. kasmin, •

kasmdi, Umbr. pusme, esmei, etc.— Meg. (Ar.) ad = Tiva from *Tta,

cf . Att.-Ion. cLTTa, aaaa from *aTta.

129. The indefinite relative oarK;, otk.

1. offTK, with both parts declined, in various dialects, e.g. Locr.

hoinve'i, Cret. ol'rti'es, Boeot. mariva';.

2. oTt?, with only the second part declined, in various dialects,

e.g. Delph. ortvo?, otivl, Cret. orifii (128). Lesb. otti, regularly from

*6B-TL, and by analogy oTTtre? etc. Cf. also Lesb. oinraxi, oirira, etc.

La all other dialects the double consonants are simplified, presum-

ably under the influence of the simple rt? etc.

a. On account of Locr. /roTi (no. 56) it is generally assumed that the first

part of OTIS is not from a form of the relative stem seen in os, oerris, which

was originally jp- (Stt. ya-') , but a generalizing particle o-fo8, related in form

and use to the so in Eng. whoso, whosoever (Old Eng. swa hwa swa). But so

long as the one occurrence of Locr. port is the only example of a form with

f (even the other early Locrian inscription, no. 55, has Adrt), there is decid-

edly a possibility that this is only an error.

3. Neuter forms in -ti, with only the first part declined, in Cre-

tan, e.g. an = driva, on i.e. Sn = ovnvo^.

130. Cret. 6Teio<; = ottoioi;, but used hke adjectival o(Tn<;, as

oreto? Se Ka K6a-fio<; firj jSepSrji, yvvd oreia Kpe/jbara fie exei, oreiai

Se (sc. yvvaiKi) irpodff eSoKe. For the form (also Hesych. Teiov

TToiov, KpTjre?), cf. Horn, reo, reo), etc.

131. Interrogative pronouns used as indefinite relatives. So regu-

larly in Thessalian, e.g. /ci's ke 'yivveiTei = oo-rts dv yiyvrjrai, Sie ki (in

form Sid Ti) = Sto'rt, ttok ki (in form irpo'i ti) = on, <f>vXd<} Trotas kc

ySeWetret = (^wXtj? ottoiIi? (^crrtvo?) dv fiovXrjTai. Elsewhere the

use of Tt'? = oo-Tt? is, with some rare exceptions in literature, found

only in late Greek. In Cypr. oiri ai<; Ke = oa-n<; av, the indefinite rela-

tive force is given by the oVt, an adverbial form of obscure formation.

Page 111: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

132] IKFLECTION 95

ADVERBS AND CONJUNCTIONSPronominal Adverbs and Conjunctions of Place, Time, and Manner

132. 1. -ov. Place where. Att.-Ion. ttov, oirov, avrov, o/xov, etc.

These are of genitive origin, and are specifically Attic-Ionic.

2. -ei. Place where. These are the West Greek equivalents of

the Attic-Ionic adverbs in -ov (above, 1), occurring in various Doricdialects, in Delphian, and in Boeotian, e.g. el, irel, irei (Cret. ai wei =eX TTOv), oirei, reiSe, Tovrel, rrjvel, avrel (Boeot. avri), aWei, dfiei,

li-qhajxel, ovOufiei. Here also, by analogy, Heracl. worexei = irpoae-

X&J?, and Delph. iirexei. The ending is of locative origin, and occurs

even in Attic-Ionic in ixel (cf. also eVei).

3. -Of. Place whither (also where), ol, irol, ottol, etc. in numer-ous dialects, as in Attic. With -?, Delph. 049. Cf. also Crop. tJxoi,

where, formed from ^%{ (5 a). This ending, like -ec, is of locative ori-

gin, and means simply ^Zace where (cf. oiicoi, 'la-ff/xol), but in these

pronominal adverbs the prevailing force is whither.

4. -VI. Place whither (also where). Cret. vt, oTrut, with -9, giving

-VK or -U9, Ehod. vh, Arg. u9 {for whatever purpose), lit. Dor. irvi,

Ehod. 07ru9. Cf. also Cret. ttXioi (to 7rXie9, 113.2), lit. Lesb. TvlSe,

TTTjXvi, aXkvi, Delph. evSv<;. This type originated in *Trvi, ottvi,

from the stem ttu- (I.E. qifi/^, cf. Skt. Icu-tas, whence, Osc. pu-f, where).

5. -at (Att.-Ion. -7)1). Place where, whither, and especially maru-

ner. Thus ai, irai, ottui how and where in various Doric dialects, in

Delphian whither, Lesb. ^inra where, aXka elsewhere (a from -di,

see 38), Cret., Corcyr. aXXat otherwise, Heracl. iravrac in all direc-

tions. The indefinite ttui (cf. Corcyr. oWm irai in any other way)

is used in Cyprian as a strengthening particle, anyhow, indeed (ko,';

Trai, and indeed, iSe irai, then indeed, no. 19.4,12). Cret. ol, oTrat

are used in the sense of as, in whatever way, but also as final con-

junctions, and at is also used as a temporal conjunction.

a. Beside these dative-locative forms in -at there existed a type with

original -a (Att.-Ion. -1;), probably of instrumental origin, to which belong

Lac. ravTo. ha.T = ravrrj gre, in such a way as (no. 66), Dor. a^i, where (Etym.

Page 112: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

96 GREEK DIALECTS [l32

Magn., Hesych.) = Horn, ^x'-^'^^^ particle -xt- But for the most part it is

impossible to distinguish this from the commoner type in original -at, to

which many forms in -d may equally well belong (as such we have reckoned

Lesb. oTTira etc.). In Attic-Ionic there is the same ambiguity (the tradi-

tional spelling varying between -y and 1;), with the added possibility that

a given form (e.g. owrj, where) may belong under 6, below.

6. -»;. Place where and time when. Cret. 17, where, but usually

when, oire, where and v}hen, Lac. AoVe, as, ire-'KOKa = irco-iTOTe, El.

ravTe, [rJeSe, in this place, Meg. rlSe, aXke, here, elsewhere. Of this

same formation are rj whether, Cypr. e = el (134.1), El. eire = eireC.

7. -to. Place whence (Att.-Ion. -^ei'). Lit. Dor. (S, ttw, etc., Cret.

o, OTTO, TwSe, Locr. ho, hoiro, Coan, Mess. tovtS). Similarly Delph.

foiK<o,from the house. These are of ablative origin (I.E. -6d, cf. early

Lat. -od, Skt. -dd).

a. These adverbs are not to be confounded with another class, mostly

from prepositions, meaning /)Zace where or whither and occurring in Attic-

Ionic also, as av<i>, Kario, l^a), etc. To this belong Delph. tvSoi, within, Coan

kKariput, on each side of (ci. iKacrripu)).

b. Although probably all the West Greek dialects formed the pronominal

adverbs of place whence in -u, forms like odiv being late, the -Oar appears in

adverbs derived from place names, as Arg. 'iopaiOoOev, Corinth. TiepaioOev.

Cf. also 133.1.

8. -6)9. Manner, co?, tto)?, oTraj?, etc. in all dialects.

a. Final conjunctions, ws and oirtos are the usual final conjunctions, and

of these oirojs is by far the more frequent, though &s is not uncommon,

especially in the earlier inscriptions. Early Cretan uses neither, but rather

OTrai or, once, ai (above, 5). ha is rare, except in very late times.

9. -re, -Ta, -ica. Time when, ore, rare, irore in Attic-Ionic and

Arcado-Cyprian (Arc. tots, Cypr. ore, fieiroTe), ora, ttStu in Les-

bian, oKa etc. in West Greek (and presumably Boeotian), e.g. Cret.

oica, Toica, iroKa, Lac. TreTroica, El. toku, Delph. oxa, -voku. (oKKa,

occurriug in Ehodian, Laconian, and literary Doric, is for oku «a.)

Even Attic has -ra and -ku in some words, as etra, eireiTU (Ion.

also eireiTe), •qvlKa.

a. Temporal conjunctions. Besides ore. etc. and liru (above, 2), note the

temporal use of Cret. ai, ^, oire (above, 5, 6). For so long as, until, we find

Page 113: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

183] INELECTION 97

1) lojs, as (41.4), 2) loTE, ei/TE (cf. 135.4), 3) Cret. /icerro (also prep, ixerrk),

Arc. ixvtt', Thess. /u.eWo8t, Horn. jaaT</)a, all related, but of obscure forma-

tion, 4) /J-ixph °-XP^>^th and without oE, 5) eis o, e's o, 6) Boeot. iv toi'

(cf. 136.1).

Prepositional and Other Adverbs

133. 1. -dev, -8e, -6a. In adverbs like irpoadev, Lesbian has

usually -6e (nearly always in inscriptions ; in the lyric also -dev

and -6a), while the West Greek dialects show -6a (which is also

Attic in evda etc.), but also -6e, -6ev. Lesb. irpoade, evep6e, Dor.

(gram.) irpoada etc., Heracl. ep,Trpoada, avmOa, Cret. irpodda (85.3),

Delph. TTpoa-Ta (85.1), but also Meg. irpoade, Argol. ep-nrpoade, Cret.

€vSo6ev. Cf. also Arc. irpocrdayevi^i;.

2. -Se {-^e), -So. Arc. -Ba is seen in dvpSa (Hesych.) = 6vpa^e,

and probably avoB' (no. 16.17) is avwSa. Cf. avadev, dvw6a.

3. For Delph., Locr. ej(66<! = c/ero'?, see 66. Hence, after the anal-

ogy of other adverbs in -o) (132.7 a) and -ot (132.8), Delph., Epid.

ex6a), Epid. ex6oi.

4. From ei'Sow are formed— besides Att.-Ion. evSo6ev (also

Cretan), evBodi, Ion. evSoVe (Ceos)— Cret., Delph., Meg., Syrac. eVSo's

(after ei/ro's), Delph. evSa, Lesb., Epid., Syrac. ewSot, Delph. evSw?.

5. Beside e^ta (132.7 a) are formed, after the analogy of other

adverbs, Lac. e^ei, Cret., Syrac. efot, Dor., Delph. e^o^ (after aero?

etc., cf. ivSo'i).

6. -49, -IV, -t. Forms with adverbial -? or -v sometimes inter-

change with each other and with forms without either -s or -v, as

the numeral adverbs in -kk, -klv, -kl. Thus in most dialects -Kts,

sometimes -ki, but -kiv in Lac. rerpaKtv, hrraKiv, oKraKiv, Cret.

6d6dKiv = 6adKi<i. Likewise -iv in other adverbs of time (cf. Att.

irdXiv), as Cret. ainiv, Eheg. avOiv (Hdn.) = avTi,<;, av6K, avOi,

Cret. avrap.epiv = av6r]p,epov. El. varapiv = vffrepov. Here also

Thess. div beside Lesb. at (also aliv Hdn.), Ion. au' (also aihaap.o's,

under perpetual lease) = usual ate?, ot'et, atVi/ (all from *at/ri, *at-

/riV, *a4fe9, etc., cf. Cypr., Phoc. alpeC), while a corresponding form

in -49 is to be seen in Cypr. iipak, forever, a combination hke Att.

Page 114: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

98 GEEEK DIALECTS [l33

ets aei, containing i) = etri and ak from *alfi<s (omission of f pecu-

liar, but cf. Trat?, 53).

Cf. also Epid. avevv, El. avevf = avev (Meg. and late lit. avi<s is

formed after xw/ot'?), Dor. efiirdv (Pindar) beside e>7ra? = efi-irTj<i,

Coan, Rhod., Ther. e^av = e^fj<;.

134. 1. The conditional conjunction, el in Attic-Ionic and Ar-

cadian ; al in Lesbian, Thessalian, Boeotian (^), and all the West

Greek dialects ; e (^) in Cyprian.

a. ^ in other dialects than Cyprian is ^mply whether, e. g. Heracl. Tab.

(no. 74) 1.125. In Cretan there is no true conditional ^ beside at, as was

once supposed, but rather a temporal ^, for which see 132.6.

2. av, Ke, Ku. dv is only Attic-Ionic and Arcadian. In all other

dialects the unrelated «e, /ca is used,— tee in Lesbian (also icev),

Thessalian,and Cyprian, ku in the West Greek dialects and Boeotian.

a. Arcadian once had kc, like Cyprian, and a relic of this is to be seen

in the k which appears, where there would otherwise be hiatus, between dand a following av, which had regularly replaced k£ as a significant element

(probably through prehistoric Ionic influence, cf. p. 7). Thus regularly ei

K &v, or better tix av, since eik has become a mere by-form of « (like ovk

beside oi), but « 8' av. Once, without av, cIk tTrt So/ua Trvp hroiai, where

some assume a significant k in place of usual Sv, but best classed with the

subjunctive clauses without av (174).

h. In Attic-Ionic, ti combines with av, — in Attic to eav or dv, in Ionic

to rjv-

c. The substitution of d for al belongs to the earliest stage of Attic

(Koarq) influence in the West Greek dialects, but that of av for xa only to

the latest, being rarely found except where the dialect is almost wholly

Koarfj. Hence the hybrid combination a ko. is the rule in the later inscrip-

tions of most West Greek dialects.

3. KaC. Arc-Cypr. wa? (also kol, for which see 97.2), the relation

of which (as of the rare Cypr. kot') to icai is obscure. In Arcadian

this occurs only in the early Mantinean inscription, no. 16, else-

where Kai. See 275.

4. he. Thessalian uses jxa, related to fiev, for 8e', e.g. to fik yfrd-

^UTfia, TUfi fiefi lav . . . Ta/i /icL aWav (no. 28.22; rdv Be aXXavL 45 is due to koiv^ influence).

Page 115: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

135] INFLECTION 99

5. vv, identical with -w in Arc.-Cypr. 6vv = oSe (123), and withHorn, vw, vv, occurs as an independent particle in Cyprian andBoeotian, e.g. Cypr. Svfdvoi vv, Bokoi vv, Boeot. aKovpv vv 'ev6a>.

6. tSe, in form = Horn, the, occurs in Cyprian introducing the

conclusion of a condition {IMirai then indeed, ISe then no. 19.12,25),

or a new sentence (tSe and no. 19.26).

PREPOSITIONS

Peculiarities in Form

135. 1. For apocope of the final vowel, see 95.

2. For assimilation of final consonants, see 96, 97, 99.— e? =e/e, 100.

3. For 6v = avd, see 6.— Iv = iv, 10.— cnrv = utto, 22.— Karv

= Kara., 22.— vTrd = vtto, formed after the analogy of Kara etc., in

Elean (viraSvycoK) and Lesbian (gram.).

4. iv, ek. The inherited use of iv with the accusative (cf. the

use of Lat. in) is retained in the -Northwest Greek dialects (El.,

Locr., Phoc. ; but once e? in an early Delphian inscription, no. 50)

together with Boeotian and ThessaHan, and in Arcado-Cyprian (Iv).

Elsewhere this was replaced by an extended form iv-i, whence ets,

e?. See 78.

Similarly evre = eare in Locrian, Delphian (hevTe, 58 c), and the

Northwest Greek koivi]. But Boeotian, in spite of iv, has erre

= etrre.

5. fJ.€Td, -TreSd. weSd, unrelated to fierd in origin, is used in its

place in Lesbian, Boeotian (probably in Thessalian too, though not

yet quotable). Arcadian (ttc, 95), Argolic, Cretan, and Theran.

(Most of these dialects show also /lerd, but at a time when koiv^

influence is probable.) So also in compounds, as Cret. ireBexeiv, Arg.

ireSdyayov, irehdpoiKoi = /leTOiKoi, ireSiov = neremv, and proper

names, as Boeot. YlehdKOiv, Argol. IXeSa'/cptTo?. The name of the

month HeSaryeiTWO';- or (by fusion of IleSa- and Mera-) Hera-

j€iTWO<i (or -to?) = Att. MeTayeirvuov occurs in Ehodes, Cos,

Page 116: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

100 GREEK DIALECTS [l35

Calymna, Megara, Sicily, and Magna Graecia, where ireSd alone is

not attested.

6. •jrp6<!. There are two independent series of forms, one with

and one without the p, each with variation between final -? and -n.

1) Horn. TTjOOTi (cf. Skt. prati), Cret. Tropri (70.1), Att.-Ion., Lesb.

TTjOo'?. Cf. also Pamph. irepT, I^esb. (gram.) Tr/ser. 2) itoti (cf. Avest.

paHi) in the West Greek dialects (except Cretan) with Thessalian

and Boeotian, Arc.-Cypr. 'jr6<i.

a. Although the relation of tt/oos, ttos to irporC, irori can hardly be the

same in origin as that of StStucrt to Si'SmTt (irpoa-C, iroari are unknown, and

moreover the assumption of apocope is unlikely for Att.-Ion. tt/jos), and

indeed is far from clear, yet, barring the appearance of irporri, ttoti beside

irpds in Homer, the distribution of the t and cr forms is the same. See 61.

But note that Trpds is universal in wpoa-Oa etc. (133.1).

b. Another form, Trot, is most frequent in Argolic, where it occurs regu-

larly before dentals, e.g. iroi tov Oeov, iroidip^v, iroiTa(Tuav (but irori^Xeipwi,

irtrr avTov). There are also several examples in Delphian, all before dentals

except TTOiKecjidXaun', and one each in Locrian, Corinthian, Cretan, and

Boeotian (IIoiSikos, very likely an alien).

Just how this Trot arose is uncertain. Of the various suggestions offered,

the most plausible is perhaps, since with but few exceptions iroi' occurs only

before dentals, that ttoti became wot through loss of t by dissimilation.

7. aw, ^vv. ^vv, as in Homer, in early Attic, elsewhere avv.

But Ion. ^vvo'i fromi *^w-to'?. Cypr. vyyep^o'; • avWa^'i] (Hesych.).

8. Cypr. v = eTrl, e.g. v Tv%a = evrt rvy^r), ix^pov = eTriy^eipov.

Probably cognate with Skt. ud, Engl, out (cf. va--Tepo<; = Skt. ut-

taras). There are traces of the same prefix in a few Ehodian and

Boeotian proper names.

Peculiarities in Meaning and Construction

136. 1. Dative instead of the usual genitive construction in

Arcado-Cyprian. 1) airv. Arc. airv rat (sc. a/iepai), Cypr. airii rai

^ai.— 2) e'|. Arc. e? rol epyoi, Cypr. e'^ tm ^ai.— 3) irepL Arc.

wepl Toir-vl, Cypr. irepl TratSC— 4) virep. Arc. vTrep rat ra<i Tro'Xto?

i\evdepiai.— 5) viro. Arc. irdvToov tS>v yeyovorcov evyvfo/Movav inrp

Page 117: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

136] INFLECTION 101

ral iroXi.— 6) irapd. Arc. irapa rai ISiai ir6\i,from their own city.— 7) TTeBd. ire rot? foiKidTai[<;].— 8) ivC iirl ie[pofivdfjLocri To]t?.

e| with dative occurs also in Pamphylian ; -n-po with dative in

Boeot. irpoTqvi, formerly, i.e. irpo rai-vi (sc. ajxepai. Cf. Thess.

xnrirpo ray, sc. afiepa<;, just previously, no. 28.43, and Boeot. iv rdv,

sc. a/iepav, until, no. 43.49).

a. This growth, at the expense of the genitive, of the dative (locative)

construction, which in the case of most of the above-mentioned prepositions

was also an inherited one (cf. irepi, wro, etc. with dative), and its extension

even to airv and ii, was probably furthered by the influence- of the mostfrequent locative construction, that with iv (tv).

2. Trapd at, with, with accusative instead of dative. This is found

in the Northwest Greek dialects, including Thessalian and Boeotian,

and in Megarian and Laconian, e.g. Thess. rot m-ap' afifie TroXirevfia-

Toi; (no. 28 ; corresponding to rov irap'vfilv iroXnevfiaTO'; of Philip's

letter in the KOLvrj), Boeot. d crovyypacfyo'; Trap Yi<j>idSav, Delph. ira-

pajxeivdrm he ^ikw irapa M.vaa-t^evov, El. -rreTroXiTevKoip Trap' ap-e.

a. Much later, and rarely seen in dialect inscriptions, is the more gen-

eral confusion between the dative with verbs of rest and the accusative with

verbs of motion, and the final supremacy of the accusative construction, as

ifuivav as tov mkov-

3. TTjOo'?, by, in the sight of, with accusative instead of genitive,

in Elean. ofioaavTei irbir) rov Oeov tov 'OXwinov,— on Sokcoi

Ka(X)\iTepo<; ey^ev 7ro(T) rov Oedv,^— peppev airov 7ro(T) rov Aia,

he shall he jvdged guilty in the eyes of Zeus. In a later Elean

inscription the same idea is expressed by (jtevyerco irbir) tm Aiop

rmXvp.irim atfiarop, where both the genitive construction and the

use of ^evyco instead of the genuine Elean peppco are concessions

to Attic usage. This Elean use is only a step removed from that of

7r/>o'?, in relation to, with accusative.

4. El. dvev^ = dvev, with ace. instead of gen., as dvev; ^oXdv.

5. Kard, according to, with genitive instead of accusative, in

Locrian. Kaff cSv = kuB' d,— Ka(T) rovSe = Kara rdSe,— Ka(T)

tSs ffwy/SoXas.

Page 118: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

102 GKEEK DIALECTS [l36

6. eVtwith the dative of the deceased person, in epitaphs. This

occurs in a few early epitaphs in Lesbian, Phocian, and Locrian, but

is especially common in Boeotian, e.g. eTrt YheKaSdfioe efii, iirl '0«t-

/Sae. In most dialects the name of the deceased appears in the

nominative.

7. afji,^i. In most dialects afi^i is obsolete. In the phrase ol

afi^i nva, which survives also in Attic prose, it occurs in Argive

and Ehodian ; in Argive also once in purely local force. In Cretan

it is used freely in the meaning aboul^, concerning (as in Homer),

with dative' or accusative, e.g. at Se k awl SdXoi fioXidvn, if they

contend about a slave,— avirl rhv halaiv, about the division.

8. avTi. Besides the usual meanings instead of, in return for,

which are found everywhere, the following uses are worthy of note.

1) The original local meaning, before, in front of, occurs in an

Attic and in a Delphian inscription. So frequently Cret. avn fiai-

Tvpov, in the presence of witnesses. 2) From the use of uvtI, in

return for, with verbs of buying, selling, etc., arose a freer distribu-

tive use, e.g. Arc. rpi? o^eko'i o<^\ev avrl peKaerTav, one shall pay a

fine of three obols for each (wagon). So Delph. avrl /rereos (no.

51 A 45) is probably /or each year, yearly (cf. Hesych. avrl fifjya-

Kara firjva), though generally taken as in course of the yeair, in the

same year (cf. Hesych. avTerow • rov aiiTov eVon?. AaKtoves) and

explained otherwise. Coan avrl vvKr6<; (no. 101.43), during the

night, though without distributive force is perhaps of the same

origin. Cf. Hesych. av6' •^/lepa^ Si o\r)<; ttJ? rffjJpa's.

9. e|. An extension of the regular use of ef (or aTro) with the

genitive to denote material and source, is seen in certain expres-

sions of amount or value, e.g. Att. a-recfxivcoi airb ;)j;t\itBi/ Bpax/J-oiv,

with a crown worth 1000 drachmas,— Ion. (7Te<\>avS)aai M.avcraw-

\ov fxev eK SapeiKMV irevTijKOVTa, 'Aprefiia-irjv Se iic TpirjKovra

SapeiKwv, crown Maussolus with a crown worth fifty darics, Arte-

misia with one worth thirty,— Att. KpiO&v . . . •n-padeiaayv iic

Tpi&v hpaxp-SiV Tov (lehifivov eicaaTov, barley purchased at three

drachmas a medimnus, and even more freely Ther. irupSiv iy

Page 119: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

138j INFLECTION 103

fiehijxvov kuI tcptO&v iy Svo jMehitivrnv, a medimnus of wheat andtwo of barley.

10. Noteworthy combinations are Thess. vir-irpo, just before, and

Arc. eTre? from iiri and e? = e^ (cf. uTre'/c, Ste/e, irapeK), meaning forand on occasion of, hence emphatic just for, in particular for.

VERBS

Augment and Reduplication

137. Most peculiarities are such as are due to divergence in the

form of contraction where a consonant has been lost (elj^oii or ri')(ov,

cf. 25), or in the treatment of consonant groups, as Att. elXT]j>a,

Phoc. elXd(j)ei, from *(7ea\d^a (76 h), but Ion., Epid. XeXd^rjKa

after XeXonra etc. with original initial X, Arg. fefpifjJva, but Att.-

lon. etpjjKa after forms like eiXr](}>a (55 a), Cret., El. eypa/Mfiai = <ye-

ypa/ji/jLai, like Ion. eKTijiiai = Att. KeKTqfiai, eyvcoKa in all dialects.

Note also Cret. i^rypaiMftai, with which compare rjOeXov, ^^ovXofirjv.

Active Personal Endings

138. 1. Second singular. The original primary ending -si (Skt.

-si) is preserved ia Hom., Syrac. icra-L, also in Epid. avvTiOrjai, and

so perhaps regularly in West Greek dialects (inscriptional examples

of the second singular are, naturally, very rare), the retention of

intervocahc o- being due to the analogy of iaai. But in the East

Greek dialects, where 3 sg. TiOrjn became TiOrja-i (61.1), Ti0rj<; etc.,

with secondary ending, were employed.

Thematic ^e/aet? etc. in nearly all dialects, but there is some

evidence of ^epe?, probably due to the secondary ec^epe?, in Cyprian

(glosses of Hesych.) and Doric (Theocr. and gram.).

Also -ada, starting from olada, rjaOa, with the original perfect

ending -6a, is widely used in literary Lesbian and Doric, as in

Homer (Ti9r}a-&a, ^dXoicrOa, etc.).

2. Third singular. The original primary ending -ti (Skt. -ti) is

preserved in "West Greek Tidrjn, BiBcori, etc., whence East Greek

TidTjcri, SiScoa-i. See 61.1. Thematic (jjepei etc. in all dialects.

Page 120: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

104 GEEEK DIALECTS [l38

3. First plural. West Greek -/^e? (of. Skt. -mas, Lat. -mus from

mos), originally the primary ending,— East Greek -jxev, originally

the secondary ending. See 223 a.

; 4. Third plural, primary. "West Greek -vtl (Skt. -^ti), East Greek

-(v)(ii. Thus, in thematic verbs, West Greek ^epovn, Boeot., Thess.

(pepovdi (139.2), Arc. tpepovai, Lesb. (and Chian) <f>epoiai,, Att.-Ion.

^epova-i. See 61.1, 77.3.

So also in jtw-verbs. West Greek ivn, (fiavri, riOevri, SiSovn,

whence Att.-Ion. elcri, <f)aa-i, Ion. (with the accent of contract forms,

see 160) jidelcri, SiSovcrt. But Att. ndedai, SiSoacri, etc. represent

a later formation, with -avri (^-dat) added to the final vowel of the

stem, as also iu Boeot. perf. SeSoavdi. Of. Boeot. e6eav etc., below, 5.

In the perfect the earliest type is that in -an (-nti, Skt. -ati in

redupl. pres. dadhati), whence also -dcri. Thus Phoc. lepTjTevican,

Delph. KaOea-Tciicari, Hom. 7re(j>VKacn, Arc. [po](f)\eaa-i. But in most

dialects this is replaced by -avri, as Cret. icrraXKaPTi, Att.-Ion. -dcri.

Late inscriptions of various dialects have also the secondary -av,

as Cret. earaXKav.

5. Third plural, secondary, -v (from -nt) in e^epov etc. So also

in the /ii-forms, as eOev, ehov, which are retained in most dialects,

as in Homer. Likewise pass. eKvffev, iXeyev (from -i]vt, with regu-

lar shortening), but also sometimes -tjv (with rj from the other per-

sons), as Hom. pLidvdtjv, Cret., Epir. SieX^yrjV, Corcyr. ia-re<f>avd>0rjv,

Delph. aireKvdrjv.

But Attic-Ionic has edeaav, eSoaav, iXvdrja-av, etc., with -a-av

taken over from the o--aorist, as also ^a-av, where most dialects have

^v (163.3,4). Similarly -v is replaced by -av (also mainly after aorist

forms like eXva-av or fjviKav) in Boeot. avedeav, avedeiav, avidiav

(9.2), irapeiav (irapricrav), Cypr. KUTeOtjav (from KUTeOeav, cf. 9.3)

;

and in Thessalian by -ev (an inherited ending seen in Hom. ^ev, or

perhaps from -av, cf. 7, 27), as eSowaefi {eBcoKav), ovedeUaev (beside

oV^deiKav), and, with diphthongal ai from ae, aveOeiKaiv, erd^aiv {ci.

iScoKaiv, probably due to Thessalian influence, in a Delphian inscrip-

tion), also once even in a thematic form, ivefavia-aoev = iveAdvi^ov,

Page 121: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

189] INFLECTION 105

a. In the koivt^ the ending -aav spread even to thematic forms and to theoptative, and such forms occur in late inscriptions of various dialects, e.g.

Boeot. iXA^ocrav, Delph. €)(oiaav.

6. Third dual, secondary. Att.-Ion. -rrjv, elsewhere -rdv, e.g.

Boeot. avederav, Epid. avedyjicdTav. Similarly 1 sg. mid. Att.-Ion.

-fi-qv, elsewhere -/^ai/.

Middle Personal Endings

139. 1. Third smgular. Primary -rat, Boeot. -jr) (26), Thess.

-ret (27). Arcadian has -rot (perhaps also Cyprian, but not quot-

able), due to the influence of the secondary -to (before its change

to -TV), e.g. jevrjToi, Se'aroi, ^oXeroi. Cf. also 2 sg. Ketoi = Keia-ai,

and 3 pi. -vtol is to be assumed, though not quotable.

Secondary -to, Cypr. -tv (22).

2. Third plural. Usually -vrai, -vto. But also -arai, -aro, mostly

in the perfect and pluperfect after a consonant (e.g. yeypd(j)aTai),

but also after a vowel in Boeotian (-adt], see below) ; and so regu-

larly in Ionic in the perfect (e.g. Horn. ^e^X'^arai, later elpearai,

contracted elpijTai), pluperfect, and optative, and even in untlie-

matic presents and imperfects, e. g. TcOearat and also Swearat, lapve-

arai, to SvvrjfjLi, KLpvrj/M (with suffix vd, weak va), after the analogy

of Tidearai to riOrfixL.

Boeotian and Thessalian have d in these endings, doubtless owing

to the influence of -fieOa, -ade, and from these the 6 was extended

to the third plural active endings. Thus :

Middle. Boeot. ahitciwvOr) {-vrai), ia-TpoTeva6ij, fiefuadwadr}

(-arai), i-n-oieiaavOo, a7reypd-s{ravdo, etc. Thess. iyevovOo, eiXovOo,

and i<f)dvypevdeiv = etpatpovprai, ^iWovvQeiv = ^ovKwvrai, with

et from at (27) and an added v (perhaps the active secondary end-

ing ; cf. the double pluralization in the imv. -vrmv).

Active. Indicative and subjunctive. Boeot. iwvQi, Sdcovdi, a-n-oSe-

Soavdi, etc. Thess. KaToiKeiovvOt (pres. subj., 159).— Imperative.

Boeot. evOco, avypa'^dvOm, etc. So also from the Phocian Stiris,

near the Boeotian frontier, $e'Ka)v6i, la-rdvOm, la-rdvOiov,

Page 122: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

106 GREEK DIALECTS [140

Imperative Active and Middle

140. In the third plural the dialects exhibit the following types.

Observe the divergence between the active, where 3 a and 4 a are

the usual types, and the middle, where the corresponding 3 & and

4 6 are rare, the usual type being 2 h.

1. The same form as the third singular. Rare, and only in the

middle. Corcyr. KpiveaQio, iTriSavei^ea-0(o, Calymn. eTna-afiaivea-da),

Coan aipeia-Oa, Thas. Oecrda.

2. a. -Tcov, formed from the third singular by the addition of

the secondary ending -v. earcov, as in Homer, in Ionic only. Acorresponding thematic (f>ep€Ta)y is unknown.

l. -<t6(ov. ^epea-dojv etc., the usual form in most dialects. Lesb.

i-TTifieXeadov (cf. -vrov, 5).

3. a. -VToo, formed after the analogy of 3 pi. indie, -vn. ^epovrco,

TiBeuTco, etc. in Arcadian, Boeotian (-vdm, 139.2), and the Doric

dialects except Cretan.

Note. Later Doric inscriptions often show the Att. -vt<ov beside -vt<o.

Conversely the later Delphian inscriptions often have the general Doric -vtw

beside -vtwv, which is the form of the earliest Delphian.

6. -(v)a9(o. Epid. (pepoaOo, Lac. aveKoaOo, and so probably here

(rather than under 1) Heracl. eTreKaaOw (cf. Coan iireXavra). For-oaOa from -ovadco, see 77.2. But Corcyr. iKXoyi^ova-dm comes from-ovffdco of later origin and with later treatment of va (77.3, 78), andit is possible to read (f>ep6a6o etc., likewise early Att. -oadrnv (4 6).

4. a. -VTav, with double pluralization, a combination of types 2

and 3. (fjepovrav, nOevreov, etc., as in Homer, in Attic-Ionic, Del-

phian, Elean, Cretan.

b. -(v)a0c0v. Early Att. eiritieKoadfov etc.. El. ti/mo^tov.

5. -VTOV, -(tOov, probably from -vrwv (4 a), -adiuv (2 &) with -ov

after the analogy of 3 pi. e^sepov etc. This is the regular type in

Lesbian, e.g. (fiepovrov, KoXevrov, iinp.e\e(76ov, and Pamphylian(e.g. ohv = ovTov), and also appears, probably through Pamphylianinfluence, in an inscription of Phaselis which is otherwise in theEhodian dialect, and in a Ehodian decree at Seleucia in Cilicia.

Page 123: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

142] INFLECTION 107

6. -Taa-av, -adwa-av, with -v replaced by -aav (ef. 138.5). Att.ea-Tioaav, ^epeToxrdv (more rarely <f>€p6vTeoaav), iTniMeXeaOaxrav,

etc., after about 300 b.c., hence in later iascriptions of various

dialects.

Future and Aorist

141. « Doric future " in -aea. Except for a few middle forms in

Attic-Ionic (Hom. ea-arelrai, Att. irXeva-ovfiai, etc.), this type is con-

fined to the West Greek dialects (examples in most of the Doric

dialects and in Delphian ; in Locrian and Elean no futures occur).

Thus, from the very numerous examples, Delph. rayevaeeo, KXeyjreco,

Cret. atr&xrim (i from e, 9), 7rpa^iofj,ev, ^oaOrjaiovri, TeiaTJrai, irpa-

^rJTai, Epid. ^XayjreiaSai, Coan, Cnid. Troirja-elrai, Ehod. uttoSo)-

aevvTi, Thpr. OrjaeovTi, -n-pa^ovvn (with Att. ov, as often in the

Doric KOLvq, see 278).

Heraclean has eaarfTai, ipja^rjrai, etc. (the active forms are

ambiguous, but probably to be accented iroiTjael etc.), but in the

third plural cnrd^ovTL, ea-a-ovrai, apparently of the ordinary type,

since from the -a-eco type we should expect -aiovn (cf. avavyeXiovn).

In all other Doric dialects, however, forms of the ordinary type are

late, and clearly due to kolvi] influence.

142. I in the future and aorist of verbs in -^<b. The extension of

I, which is regular in the case of guttural stems, to other verbs in

-fft), which regularly have era-, a- (SiKacrco, iSi/cacra), is seen in some

isolated examples even in Homer (TroXe/xi^Ofjkev, as, conversely,

'^piracre beside rjpira^e) and Hesiod (^7}fii^(oa-i). But as a general

phenomenon it is characteristic of the West Greek dialects, where

it is almost universal except in Argolic, together with Boeotian (in

part), Thessalian, and Arcadian. Thus, from the countless examples,

Cret. Si/caKo-ei, Ehod. Sioopi^avro, Coan ipyd^aa-Oai, Ther. Seiirvi-

|ev, Meg. erepfiovt^av, Corcyr. cnroXoyi'^aa-Oai, Heracl. irepfia^av

(f in forms of 12 verbs, but also icaTead)ia-afie<!, probably influ-

enced by eacoa-a from o-cow), El. -n-oTapfio^aiTO, (Locr. i|ra'<^t|^ts,

see below, a), Delph. ayMvi'^aro, Thess. facj)i^a<70€iv, Are, Trape-

Page 124: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

108 GEEEK DIALECTS [142

But in Argolic the f formation is avoided when a guttural pre-

ceded, e.g. Arg. iSUaaaav, ipydcra-avTO, Epid. ipydaaadai, ava^io'-

crai, beside aywvi^aer9ai,, 7rpoae(f>a.vi^€.

Boeotian has, from different localities, both f and tt (= Att. a;

82), e.g. iKO/ii^d/ieffa, eireaKeva^e, ifiept^e, iapetd^acra, and KOfurrd-

fievoi, Kara(TK€vdrr7], iy}ra(})iTTaro, aTroXoryiTTatTTrj.

a. A similar extension of guttural stems is sometimes seen in other

forms, e.g. Heracl. iroTt/cXotyo) = ir/joo-KXa'o), ArgoL, Mess. kXiu^ (as in

Theocr.), KXaiKToi, Lac. KcKe^ = KeA,i;s, lit. Dor. opvti, gen. opvix''' = opvK,

6pvi6o<s, Cret. \pa.<j)iyixa (also ypd.i^ip.iia) = tj/rj<f>icriMi, Lesb. ij/d<j>iyyi = i/fi/<^t8t,

and especially the frequent abstracts in -|ts = -o-ts, as Aetol. \pd.<t>iiK, Locr.

^a.<fiiiii<; (89.1), Corcyr. X'^ipiii^, Cret. ^ijjouiti^is.

143. (TO- in the future and aorist of verb-stems ending in a short

vowel. The Homeric extension of era from ereX^cr-aa to iKdXe-trcra

is an Aeolic characteristic. Lesb. [KaXejaa-drcoa-av, op.oaeravre'i,

Boeot. crovvKa\ecTcravTe<;. Other dialects may have era- from stems

ending in cr or a dental, as ireXeaaa or iSiKacrcra (Boeot. tt), iSatr-

a-dfjLTjV (Cret. tt), later with one a (82, 83), but always eKaXeaa,

wfiotra.

144. Aorist in -a. ehra and r]ve^Ka, TJveiKa, or IjviKa in various

dialects. Arc. part, airv^oat = aTroSow, Lesb. e^eva, elsewhere

e%ea (e.g. Ion. av<y')(eaL, no. 2). In late times this type is extended

to many other verbs, e.g. rfxOa, 'yevdfjLevo's.

a. ijvaKa or ^vLKa, not ^veyKa, is the form of most dialects except Attic,

e.g. Ion. ijveiKa (Horn., Hdt.), ivaKavTwv (Chios), also i^ivixO^i (Ceos);

Lesb., Delph., Argol., Calymn. •^vi/ca, Boeot. ivevixOaa (i probably original,

not = ei) and 3 pi. eiVi^av, the latter showing a fusion of ^vtKav with the

usual aorist forms in -crav.

145. Future passive with active endings. Ehod. e-Tnp.eX-qOr]-

aevvTi, airoa-TaXrjcrel, Ther. crvvw^^OrjaovvTC, Cret. avaypaefyr/crlel],

and ^avTjaelv, Seix^rjaovvTi in Archimedes. Although the inscrip-

tional examples are, as yet, confined to the Doric islands, it is not

improbable that thig wEis a general Doric or West Greek charac-

teristic,

Page 125: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

147] INFLECTION 109

Perfect

146. 1. K-perfect. This is usual for vowel stems in all dialects.

But there are some few forms without k, outside the indicative sin-

gular, like Horn, fie^daa-i beside ySe/3j;«a9, KeK/jLTjax: beside KeKfir)Ka^,

etc., e.g. Boeot. airohehoavdi, Kara^e^deov, SeSwcoar) = SeSwKvlai,

fefVKOvofieiovTtov = oikovquijkotcov, 7reTriT€v6vT€<Tai, TreTTOiovTeia-a-i,

Arc. [fo]<^\eao-i, [po](j)\eoi. (but part. fo^\e«o'o-t).

The gradual extension of the K-type to other than original vowel

stems is by no means confined to Attic (cf. e.g. Arc. itpOopKw^,

Att. e<f>6apKa but also e<f>6opa), and some verbs which usually have

the strong perfect show dialectic forms with a vowel stem and «.

So dvSdvco, Xafi^dveo, with usual edSa, eiXrj<f>a (eiXacjia), but Locr.

fSfaSeKora, Ion., Epid. XeXd^rjKa (also in Archim.), formed from

the vowel stem which is present in many verbs in -ava (cf. rerv-

XV"^! fj^fidOijKa, etc.). Usual e\ip\.vda, but rjXdrjKa in Boeot. Stecr-

aeiXOeiKe (part. aTretXdeiovre's without k, see above).

2. Aspirated perfect. Examples occur in various dialects. Even

in the case of the K-perfect, where it is unknown in Attic-Ionic,

the aspirate is seen in Arg. Se'So);^[e]. Cf. iKeKparepixv H-^'' in Sophron.

3. In Heraclean occur 3 pi. indie. <ye^pd-\jraTai, with a- probably

due ultimately to the influence of the 3 pi. aor. -crav (cf. 3 pi. perf.

la-acTi after the analogy of 3 pi. pluperf. laav from *tS-a-av, whence

also Dor. la-a/ii.), and 3 pi. subj. /jLefJ^iadmacovTai (to an indie. *iJLeiM-

aOdxrarai ? Or formed to the fut. perf. fieniaOoiaofiai ?).

4. Dialectic variations in the grade of the root (49) are not infre-

quent, e.g. Cret. dfiTreXri\ev6ev = Att. a/j.cjieXri'KvOevai (Hom. eiXij-

Xov0a), Heracl. eppriyela = Att. ippcoryvla. Dor. etc. «»«:«= Att. eka

from iTifii (cf. eppcoya from priyvvfjn), also, in the middle, Heracl.

avhemaOai, Arc. a^emcrdoi) (so aviwvTai Hdt., d<^ecovTai N.T.).

5. For the reduplication, see 137 ;for the third plural ending,

see 138.4.

147. Thematic forms in the perfect. Aside from the subjunctive,

optative, and imperative, which regularly have thematic inflection,

Ve find

:

Page 126: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

110 GREEK DIALECTS [l47

1. Indicative. Forms inflected like presents are often employed

by the Sicilian Doric writers, e.g. Theocr. SeSoLKco, -jreTrovdeK, Tre^v-

Kei, Epich. yeyddei, Archim. reTfiaKei, and occur in some iascriptions

of Cnidus and Carpathus, e.g. T£Ti/j,dK€i, yeyovei, ia-Taicei, and occa-

sionally elsewhere, as Phoc. elXd^ei.

2. Infinitive. Forms in -eiv {-ev, -rjv) instead of -evai {-efiev etc.)

are found in Lesbian and in some "West Greek dialects, e.g. Lesb.

TeBvaKTjV, Te6ea>prjK7)v, Delph. airoTeTeiKev, Cret. ainrekifkevOev,

Calymn., Nisyr. BeSwKev, Ehod. jeyoveiv, Epid. XeXa^'^iceiv. So Pin-

dar KexXdSeiv, Theocr. SeSvKeLv.

Cf. also Heracl. ire^vTevKruiev etc. from -e-e/iev instead of simply

-ejjLev.

3. Participle. The thematic inflection is regular in the Aeolic

dialects; e.g. Lesb. KaTeKrjXvdovTO^, KaTearaKovrcov, Thess. ire^ei-

pdK0VTe<;, iTreardKovra, Boeot. pepvicovofietovTcop, BeScocoa-r] (146.1).

Cf. Hom. Ke/cXijyovTe'i.

a. There are some feminine forms in -ova-a in later Delphian (e. g. Se8ci>-

Kou'cras), and elsewhere, but these represent a more restricted phenomenon,

quite independent of the preceding. Cf . also Hom. lo-raSo-a, Att. inrrSxra.

148. The participle in its regular (unthematic) form usually has

the feminine in -via. But forms in -eta are found in late Attic

and elsewhere, e.g. Heracl. ipprj'yela, Ther. ia-TaKeia.

Subjunctive

149. The subjunctive of thematic forms. The mood-sign is

everywhere V/^^ as in Attic. But the third singular sometimes ends

in -7), not -r]i. So uniformly, from the earliest times, in Arcado-

Cyprian, e.g. Arc. Xeye, ex>], Cypr. \vcre, i^opv^e (also 2 sg. feC-

o-e?). Lesbian has earlier -rji, but from the last quarter of the fourth

century on nearly always -??, e.g. i^eXOrji etc. in no. 21 (first half

fourth century), but ififievr] etc. in no. 22 (324 B.C.). Cf. also El. e/e-

Tre/xird (a = r], 15), Epid. TreTTj, Coan Xddrj.

a. It is the prevailing view that these forms are not equivalent to the

Attic, but represent the more original formation, in which the endings

were added directly to the rj (ixV'^' ^X'I'(j))> without the t, which is due to

Page 127: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

161] INFLECTION 111

the analogy of the indicative forms in -«?, -a. But this is far from certain,

as it is quite possible to view the --q as coming from ->ji. Even in the case

of the Aro.-Cypr. forms there is nothing decisive against this, and it is dis-

tinctly more probable that the later Lesbian -r] comes from the earlier -Tjt (in

spite of the fact that in no. 22 the i is still written in the datives). See 38.

150. The subjunctive of the o--aorist. As in the case of other

unthematic formations (of. Horn, i'o/xei' to tfj^v), this was originally

a short-vowel subjunctive in %, and only later came to follow the

more common long-vowel type in '^. Aside from Hom. ^rjaofiev

etc., short-vowel forms are found in East Ionic, Lesbian, Cretan, and

occasionally elsewhere. East Ion. ironfjaei, Kard^ei, eKKoyjrei (no. 3,

Teos), airoKpvip-ei, iirdpei, i^ofioaei (likewise, from the a-aorist,

KaTeCirei) beside fieOeXriL etc., further KaraKTeivoaiv (i.e. -ova-i, not

-too-t), Cliian irprj^ouTiv (with Lesb. otcr from ova, 77.3). Lesb. (with

extension to the thematic aorist) reKoiat. Cret. heUaei, ahucqaei

beside aireXdr]!, etc. (hence the forms of the Law-Code are to be

transcribed -ei not -ei), iKa-avvrjcreTai beside einhiriTai, o/ioaovTi

beside Xaxcovn, etc. Cf. also Coan viroKvfei, Astyp. So'^et.

151. The subjunctive of unthematic vowel stems. There are two

distinct types.

1. The endings are added directly to the long vowel of the stem.

With very few exceptions, this type is found only in those forms

of which the correspondiug indicative has the short vowel. So espe-

cially in the middle, e.g. Cret. Swafiai, vvvarai, vvvavn, beside

indie, hvvdnai. Arc. eirurvviaTaTai beside indie. t'o-raTow, Searot (cf.

Hom. Searo), but also, when the indicative also has d, Cret. ireird-

rai, Ther. -ireirparai. Further, in the active. Mess, rid-nvri beside

indie. TiOevTi (hence also, beside evrl, Mess, fiv-rai = <S<n, Delph.

^^„j ^ ^)_ rfpdcjirjvn beside indie. eypa<pev, etc., but also Calymn.

e[y]pvai to indie. Epid. i^eppvd.

After the relation of lo-Tarat to icrrdTai there arose also an

aor. subj. aa beside indie, ad, e.g. Cret. Trapevadrai, Arc. ^(oXev-

advrai, likewise in Elean, with loss of a {59.S),<f>vyaSevavTL (no. 60),

TTotTjarat (no. 61).

Page 128: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

112 GREEK DIALECTS [l5l

2. The usual type is that in which the long vowel of the stem

was followed by the short vowel subjunctive sign %, this being

generally replaced by the more usual % (cf. 150). Further change

is due to the shortening, in the majority of dialects, of the long

stem vowel before the following vowel (43). Hom. 0'^ofiev (deio-

fiev), dijrj'i, hmojiev, hanj, Boeot. /cadia-rdei, a-TroScoei, Delph. Bmi],

avnirpiariTai, Heracl. ^avn (from *<j}acovn), Thess. Svvaerai, but

with shortening Ion. 0ea>fji,ev, Att. dcofiev, Cret. evdicofiev (i from e),

etc. Similarly in the aorist passive, Hom. Bafi-qrf;, ixur^rirp, Boeot.

Kovpcodeiei, iirifj^Xeideiei, KaraaKevaadeiet, ivevix^eiei, Arc. KUKpi-

6ee, but with shortening Ion. XvOea/jiev, Att. \v6ebfiev, Cret. ireiOdi-

covTi (cf. ivdicofiev), Heracl. ijfrjXrjdicovTi, Ehod. ipjaa-Oecovn, etc.

Optative

152. 1. Thematic. Late Delph. 3 pi. 6e\oiv, Trapey^^oiv, etc., with

-ev replaced by -v after the analogy of e<j)€pov etc.

2. Unthematic. The extension of irj to the plural, as often in

Ionic and late Attic, is seen in late Delph. airohihoirjaav, doubtless

due to KOLvrj influence.

3. Unthematic type in contract verbs. See 157 h.

4. (T-aorist. The so-called Aeohc type in -eia<;, -ete, -eiav, commonin Attic-Ionic, is seen in El. KaTiapavcreie, later aSeaXrcohaie with

a from the iudicative (as in the usual -ai). But most dialects have

at throughout, as Cret. vcKdaai, Locr. avKdaai, Arc. (jtffepai, etc.

Infinitive

153. The infinitive of thematic forms. Att. (j>epei,v.

1. -eiv or -r]v, according as the dialect has et or r) from e -|- e (25).

So Att.-Ion., Thess. (Thessaliotis), Locr., Corinth., Ehod. -eiv, but

Lesb., EL, Lac. -r)v.

. 2. -ev. So in Arcadian (but --qv at Lycosura, near Elis), Cyprian

(or -ev ?), Delphian, and many of the Doric dialects (Heracl., ArgoL,

Cret., Ther., Coan, etc.).

Page 129: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

155] INFLECTION 113

3. Some of these dialects have -ei; even from verbs in -eco, e.g.

Cret. Ko<7iJ,ev, ivpocicev (but also KaXrjv, fjLoXfjv ; both types at Gor-tyna), Ther. Stot/ceV, Coan Seivve'v, Calymn. /xaprvpev, Arg. -rrcoXev.

154. The infinitive of vmthematic forms. Att. ehai.

1. -vai. So in Attic-Ionic and Arcado-Cyprian, e.g. Att.-Ion.

elvai, Bovvai, Cypr. Sofevai (probably -fevai, like -/j^evai), KVfiepevai,

Arc. ^vai.

2. -fievai. So in Lesbian, as in Homer, e.g. ep-nevai, deiievai,

Bofievai.

3. -fiev. Sofiev etc. in Thessalian, Boeotian, and nearly all the

West Greek dialects.

4. -firjv. Cret. TjMvetc. (but also ^fiev; both types at Gortyna).

5. -fieiv. So/Meiv etc. (probably formed from -/lev after the analogy

of -eiv) in Ehodes and vicinity (Carpathus, Telos) and the Ehodian

colonies (Phaselis in PamphyHa ; Gela and Agrigentum, in Sicily

;

also at Ehegium no. 100).

155. Interchange of thematic and unthematic types of infinitive.

1. -/lev is extended to thematic forms in Boeotian and Thessahan

(Pelasgiotis), as sometimes in Homer (cf. el-n-efiev, and elirefievai),

e.g. Boeot. ^epe/iev, Thess. vTrapxep'SV. Cf. also Cret. irpopeiirenev in

an early inscription of Lyttus.

2. The aorist passive infinitive, which is regularly unthematic

(Att. ypatfxfjvai, Dor. ypa<j>fj/jLev), foUows the thematic type in Les-

bian and Arcadian, e.g. Lesb. i'n-ifieX'^djjv, ovredrfv, etc.. Arc. Bvadev

or 6va6ev (i.e. -q-v with v added to the aor. pass, stem, or -ev with

complete assimilation to virdp'^fev etc.).

3. In Lesbian the present infinitive of vmthematic vowel stems,

as well as of the contract verbs, which otherwise follow the imthe-

matic type (157), ends in -v, not -p-evai, e.g. SiScov, Kepvav, op,vvv,

koXtjv, crTe<f)dvcov, KareCprnv (KaOiepovv). Once also aor. infin. tt/jo-

arav (but usually -fievai, as Oefievai, Sofievai).

4. For the thematic forms of the perfect infinitive in various

dialects see 147.2.

5. For Euboean ndelv etc., and even eh beside ehai, see 160.

Page 130: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

114 GEEEK DIALECTS [1S6

156. The infinitives in -aai and -adai. Thessalian (Larissa) has

ovypd-tp-eiv, SeSoadeiv, ea-aeadeiv, jreirelareiv, eXea-reiv, etc., with -ei

from -ai (27), and v added after the analogy of other infinitives.

Boeot. -ffdr), -arr) with tj from m (26). For ar = aO, see 85.1.

Unthematic Inflection of Contract Verbs

157. The /tw-inflection of contract verbs, sometimes known as

the Aeolic inflection, is characteristic of Lesbian, Thessalian, and

Arcado-Cyprian, e.g. Lesb. KoKrjfu (Sappho), icaXevTov, KardypevTov,

evepyevTea-cn, [oJ/tovoei'Te?, uTotpjjet? (78), Thess. e(j>dvypevdeiv =i^aipovmai,, evepyere; (78), crTpaTayevTO<; (but hvKopeovTO'i in no. 33,

and so perhaps always in Thessaliotis), Arc. iroievai, iroevrm, aSi-

K€VTa, Kveva-av, fuepodvre'; (78), ^a/Miovrco, KaTa(^povrivai, Cypr. kv-

fiepevai. TeKe(T<\)opevTe<s in an inscription of Cyrene is probajjly a

relic of the pre-Doric (Achaean) element in Thera. /xt-forms are

also quoted as Boeotian by the grammarians, but the inscriptions

show only the usual type (crTpaTayiovTo<; etc.).

a. The stem ends in a long vowel, which is regularly shortened before vt

(though also, with analogical tj, Lesb. KaToiKi^vTwv in contrast to usual eiiep-

ye\nta(TL etc., and vpovorjvTcu, Siaira^ijvrat, like Att. St^ijyrot, in contrast to

Thess. €<l>dvyp£v9av), but is otherwise retained throughout, e.g. Lesb. oinj-

Tot, koXtjcOcu,, eirt/teXijcrfla), tfufxiuxTOio, irotij/xevos, irpoa.ypyjfLfx.evto, Thess. aTre-

Xeu^epo«(7^etv, Sieaatftfi/xa'a, Arc. dSuc^/iei/o;, ^ajuuxrOot (no. 18.28, but reading

uncertain). This type, then, follows the analogy of that seen in I/SXtji/,

PX^To, j8\ij/tevos, hliripiai, etc. rather than that of TiOr/fu, nOtp-ev, rSipuarcK,

with vowel-gradation. But even the latter sometimes shows an extension

of the long vowel from the singular active, e.g. Lesb. [ir/3oaTt]6ij(r[flov],

SiSmrOaj., like Horn. TifliJ/xevoi, TtSij/icvos.

6. The more limited extension of the /ux-inflection to the optative of con-

tract verbs, as in Att. tjjiXoirp/, pMrdoCr/v, etc., is occasionally found elsewhere.

Ion. a.vu>6(.ovq beside irotoi, El. o-v\ate, hapjocnoux (= -oiij) beside 8oKeoi, iroieoi,

enrol. Cf. also the infinitives El. hapoaiSipiai, Cret. ^a/uB/ui/.

Middle Participle in -ei(i,€Vos

158. The middle participle in -eifievo<! (or -rjfj.evo';) from verbs in

-eco, as if from -e-e/tevos instead of -e-ofievo^, is characteristic of the

Page 131: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

161] INFLECTION 115

Northwest Greek dialects and Boeotian, e.g. Locr. ewaXei/ievo?,

Delph. KaXet'/ievos, Troiei/ievoi, etc., Boeot. Set>ei/os, El. Ka{S)Sa\e-

fievo<}. This is due to the analogy of forms which regularly had ei

(or ri) from e-e, as the infinitive KaXelaOaL. Cf. Phoc. iroieivTai. =TToiovvTai, formed after voielaOe.

a. Lesb. koXij^evos, Arc. dStKiJ/no/os, etc. do not belong here, but amongthe other /u-forms of these dialects. See 157 a.

Type <|>iXT\a>, o-T€(|>av(0(o

159. Forms in -ti<o, -tow, with the long-vowel stem of the other

tenses extended to the present, are found in various dialects, e.g.

Lesh. aStKjjet, Thess. tcaroiKeiovvOi, (3 pi. subj.), Delph. o-Te^ai/tueToj,

hov\a)T)i, Phoc. KXapweiv, Boeot. hafiuoefiev, haynmovTe; (only in late

inscriptions of Orchomenus, and probably due to Aetolian influ-

ence). Ther., Ehod., etc. crTe(f)ava)i, Calymn. a^im may be from -taet,

and so belong here, but contraction from -oei is also possible (cf.

25 a).

Transfer of |jli-Verbs to the Type of Contract Verbs

160. The transfer of certain forms of /it-verbs to the inflection

of contract verbs is found in various dialects, as Att. iriOei, iSiBov,

Delph. a.7roKadiardovTe<;, SiBeova-a, but is most wide-spread in Ionic.

With Tidel etc. in Homer and Herodotus, compare SiSot (MUetus)

and the Euboean infinitives ridelv, BiSovv, KaOicrrav, and even elv be-

side eivai.

Some Other Interchanges in the Present System

161. 1. Verbs in -evto form their present in -eiw in Elean, as

(jivyaSetTjv = (ftvyaSeveiv, beside aor. ^vyaSevavn, also (with a after

p, 12 a) Kariapauov = KaGiepevav, beside aor. KaTiapavaeie, and \a-

rpailofievovj, Xarpeiofjievov = XaTpevofievov. So also fiaa-reieL =

fiac7Tevei, in an inscription of Dodona. This represents the normal

phonetic development from -efuo, the usual -evco being due to the

influence of the other tenses.

2. Verbs in -aco show forms in -em in various dialects, but, with

few exceptions, only where the e is followed by an o-vowel, e.g..

Page 132: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

116 GREEK DIALECTS [i61

aside from Kterary examples (as Horn, fievoiveov, Alcm. ope'eov,

Theoer. opeOa-a), Delph. avXeoi, av\eovre<; (but (TvXrjTco), eTririfieov-

rey, dcoeovrmv (Ait. 6dav, Locr. ffoiea-To), Aetol. viKe6vT0i<;, Ehod.

TifiowTe'i and also rt/jielv (Agrig.), El. ive^eoi, Cret. (with t from e,

9.4) i^iov, iirapioiievov, /jioiKtov (fiotxao)). According to some this

rests upon an actual phonetic change of ao to eo, the ao (w) in

Attic and elsewhere being a restoration due to leveling with the ae

forms. But we may have to do simply with a transfer to the -eco

type, which was mainly favored where it offered uncontracted forms

(in most dialects eo was uncontracted until late, but ee contracted ; in

all forms like Ehod. TifiovPTe<; the ov is an Attic substitution for eo).

a. Conversely Delph. ^rjda/Mu for usual )(pr]iofjuu seen in Meg. ffp-qtUrOia,

El. ^pelcrdai, Boeot. T^eteio-flat, Att., Ion., Heracl. ffpija-dai (Att. )(p3xTdiu is

late), Cret. ^TJdOai, Lac, Locr. y^crrai, Ion. p^pEai/uei/os, Rhod. ^ev/icvoi,

Delph. ^tifjitvo's (158).

162. Among other, more individual, cases of variation in the

present stem, may be mentioned

:

1. -1^(0 = -00), especially in West Greek. Boeot., Phoc. BovXi^a

(Delph. BovXoco intrans. = Att. BovXevco), Delph.,' Thess. aTreXeu^e-

pi^co, Delph., Ehod., Mess., Cret. opKi^a (but also Ionic and Attic

sometimes). Dor. a-Te^avi^co (ia-recjidvi^a Ar. Eq. 1225).

2. -aco = -oco. Lesb. a^idw (a^udaei), Thess., Dor. icoivdm, Phoc.

(TKavev (also Att. a-Krjvav) = cricrjvovv, Heracl. apdco (apdcrovn) =ap6(o. Cf. Cret. dparpov — dporpov.

3. -oco. Delph., Arg., Meg., Cret., Ther., Sicil. a-Kevoco = aKevd^co,

Boeot. inOom = ireidco, Heracl. irptoa) (subj. irpiSa from *7rpLd>rji, 159)

= Trpiai.

4. jeXafii, = yeXdco, in Epid. SieyeXa, KaTayeXdfievo<!. eXafu =iXavvco, in Coan eXdvrco, Arg. TroreXdro, Heracl. iireXdadm (140.3 h).

Locr. aireXdovTM, though it could be from eXdai, probably belongs

here.

5. Boeot., Thess. yivvp,ai = <yivop.ai, with transfer to the vw-class.

6. Aetol., Lac, Cret. ayvem — dyw, but mostly in the perfect, as

Aetol. ajvrjKm^ etc. beside other tenses from ayco.

Page 133: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

163] INFLECTION II7

7. For Att. rw, ?^? from *^i^to etc., most dialects have ^dom(Boeot., Cret. Staw) as in Homer. These are from inherited by-formsof the root.

8. Cret. \aya(a>, release (cf. \7y7ftj, Xaya-pd';), aor. Xarydcai, likeHorn. Kepaico (also Delph.), aor. «e/3a'(a-)a-at (cf. 143), but also Xa-yd^to, aor. Xaydaaai (cf. airoXdya^Ks, like XP'ni^o-ri^i-'i, 142 a).

9. To Trevdo/iai, coveo/iai, iXevaofiai Cretan has the active formsTrev^w, inform, mvem (ovev, mvioi), sell, e-rreXevael, will bring (cf.

Hesych. iXevcrio) • oia-co), aor. eirekevaaL, iireXeva-av, etc.

10. Cret. Siofiai = Bicoko), as sometimes in Homer.11. Cypr. Svpdvco, Scok(o = fitSca/it.

12. Arc. Tetft) = ti'vco, formed to reiaco, eTeicra (cf. cret'co, a-etVo), etc.).

The Verb to be

163. 1. First singular present indicative. *eV/ii^ whence Lesb.

e/M/Mi, Thess. eVA"', elsewhere elfii or ^yiii'. See 76.

2. Third plural present indicative. *evTL (cf. Skt. santi, Osc-

Umbr. sew^), whence, with substitution of e after the analogy of the

other forms, West Greek evTi, Att.-Ion. elai. See 61.1, 77.3.

3. Third singular imperfect. ^9 (from *^a--T, cf. Ved. Skt. as) is

attested for various West Greek dialects (Acaru., Corcyr., Delph.,

Epid., lit. Doric), Boeotian (Tra/set?), Arcadian, and Cyprian, and is

probably the form in all dialects (for Locr. ev, see no. 55.9, note)

except Attic-Ionic, where it was replaced by ^v (Hom. ^ev), the old

third plural (from *^aev, cf. Skt. dsan).

4. Third plural imperfect. Most dialects had ^v (see above, 3),

examples of which are found in literary Doric, Delphian, and Lo-

crian. For Boeot. Trapelav, Att.-Ion. rjcrav, see 138.5.

5. Third singular imperative, earm in most dialects. But late

fjTO), with Tj of rjv etc. after the analogy of e.g. o-Tj?Tto to ecrrqv. El.

7](7T(o, also with analogical rj but with retention of a:

6. Third plural imperative. Arg. evTw, Boeot. evOco (139.2), Cret.

evTcov, formed from 3 pi. indie, ivri. Also thematic iovTw, iovrwv,

e.g. in Delphian. Ion. earcov, Attic ovtcov and late earaa-av.

Page 134: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

118 GREEK DIALECTS [163

7. Present infinitive. The difference in the form of the ending

(154) and also in the development of cr + nasal (76) explains the

great variety of forms, Attic-Ionic elvai (also Eub. elv, 160), Arc.

rival, Lesb. efifievai, Thess. e/xfiev, "West Greek and Boeotian el/iev

or ^/iev (25), Ehod. eifieiv, Cret. ^nr}v.

8. Present participle. eo>v in most dialects, Att. oov. But there

are also unthematic forms, as Heracl. eVre? (also quoted from Ale-

man ; from *6VTe? vsdth e as in evTi, above, 2), fem. Lesb., Epid. eo-cra

(also in some Doric writers ; cf. eaaia = ova(a Plato Crat. 401c),

Arc, Arg., Mess, eatrcra, Cret. Xarra, ladOa (all from *aTia = Skt.

satl, with the substitution or prefixing of e after the analogy of the

other forms).

a. This unthematic feminine formation in -arta (from -ni-ia) is seen also

in some forms quoted by Hesychius, namely iKoxraa (d£Kacr(ra), Cret. peKadda

(ycKaOd) = iKovcra, lacrcra ('EiruMTcra) = iovaa.

9. Middle forms, as imperf. ijfiriv etc., are late. Cf. 3 sg. subj.

jjrat at Delphi, 3 pi. subj. ^vrat at Andania.

10. In a Cretan inscription of Dreros (no. 113) we find reXo/iai

= ecrofiac, avvreXeaOai = avvea-eaOai.

Page 135: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

WORD-FORMATION

On the Form and Use of Certain Suffixes and Certain Peculiarities of

Composition

164. 1. -Tjto? 1 = Att. -eto9. Att. -eio': is in part derived from -r]io<!

(this again in part from -rjfio's, cf. Boeot. KapvKepio), which is re-

tained iQ various dialects, e.g. Ion. lep-qiov, Delph. lepijiov, Lesb.

IpiJLov, Ion., Cret. oIk^io';, Ion., Lesb., Cret. TrpvTavtjiov, Ion., Cret.

avSp7jio<;, Ion. ^aaiK'qio'i, tjtoiviKijta, Delph. -n-atSijia. On the ac-

centuation of these forms, see 37.2.

2. Adjectives of the type xaptew are from -fevr- (Skt. -vant-).

The feminine was originally -faria (Kke Skt. -vatl, from the weakstem -unt- ; cf. eaaaa 163.8), whence, with substitution of e for a

from the analogy of the forms in -pevr-, arose pena, this yielding

-[f)ea(Ta or -(/r)eTTa (81). Cf. Boeot. ;)(;a/3tfeTTai', Corcyr. arovo-

pe{<r)a-av, Pamph. Tiixdpe{(r)aa. The genuine Attic forms have tt,

as ixeXtTovTTa {Ax.), MvppivovTra (iuscr.), those with aa- being

poetical and in origiu Ionic. Most adjectives of this type are

poetical only, except in substantive use especially the numerous

names of places in -o«?, for which see also 44.4.

a. A relic of the weak stem -par- is seen in a few derivatives, as $Xta-

arioi (cf. $Aioi)s) or 'Avayvpdcnoi (cf. 'Avayupom), from -o(/:)dTioi (with

hyphaeresis of o), in contrast to the usual -ovriot, -ovvrioi, or -ovo-lol, from

-opevTioi.

3. -Tt9 -o-t?. See 61.3. For -^t? see 142 a. We find -aa-K instead

of usual -(TK in Arg. a\ida-aio<;, Epid. CTeyda-crioi;, Troez. epp-daa-io'i,

Boeot. ayopaa-aiv, in which the first er is due to the influence of

forms like crTejaa-TO';, areyaa-fia.

'' For convenience the form of the nominative is cited, rather than that of

the stem.

119

Page 136: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

120 GEEEK DIALECTS [164

4. -a-fio^, -ana. In most words a has replaced, by analogy, an

earlier dental, which is sometimes preserved, as in Horn, ohfiri =

Att. oafirj. So for Att. 0eo-/io's, eea-/j,io<;, we find Dor. redfio^, Te0fiio<i

(Pindar; Ted/J.d'i also Delph., tS/juov Boeot.), and Lac, Epid. 6e-

Bfio:;, Locr., El. deOfiiov (65). After the analogy of forms in -(Tfia,

especially y^ri^iaiia, vofucrfia, arose Arg. ypdcra-fia = r^pafifm. For

Cret. \jtd(f)iyij,a, yjrd^i/ifia, see 142 a.

5. -Ttjp = -tt;? (-Ttt?). As a productive suffix of nouns of agency

the older -Trjp has been very largely displaced by -tjj? (-rd<s), but

most fully in Attic prose. As forms with -rrjp = usual -tt;? (-ras)

are not infrequent in poetry, e.g. Horn. edeXovTrjp, Hes. avXrjrijp,

so they occur also sometimes in the dialects, e.g. Locr., Pamph.

SiKaaT'qp (but in most dialects SiKaa-Ta<;, like Att.-Ion. Si/eao-T^s),

Delph. /Sey8atti)T7?jt), Corcyr. SiopOarijp. Cf. also Cypr. Ijarijp like

Horn, larrip = usual larpoi}.

6. -to? = -eo9. In adjectives of material Lesbian and Thessalian

have -to9 (which is not from -eo? ; Boeot. -to? may be -to? or -eo?),

as Lesb. j^/ouo-to?, ^a\Kto?, apyvpio'i, Thess. \t^to? (cf. Horn. Xt^eo?,

but in most dialects \l6ivo';).

7. -r]v=-a)v. Hypocoristic proper names in-T/vinstead of the usual

-cov, as 'Apxv^jT^i'M^, are very frequent in the Corinthian colonies of

ApoUonia and Epidamnus, and are occasionally found elsewhere.

8. -mvScK, -ovScK. Patronymics in -covSa/;, as 'ETrayiteti'wi'Sa?, are

most common in Boeotian, but are not infrequent in Phocian and

Euboean (-oji'St;?), while elsewhere they are rare and probably im-

ported. The parallel, but less common, -oKSa? is attested for Boeo-

tian, Thessalian, Loorian, and Euboean.

9. Individual cases of dialectic variation in suffix are of course

frequent. So, for example, Thess. \i6io'; = Xidivo<i (cf. above, 6), Ion.

v6fiaio<;, Locr. vofiioi = vo'/it/io?, Thess. ovaXa (but also ovaXovixa)

= avaXcofia, Boeot., Epir. Trodohajxa (after avaXwiia) = TrpoaoSo';,

Thess. avvKXek (stem -kXtj-t-, cf. ivpo^Xri^ etc.) = avyKXijTO'; skkXt)-

aia, Cret. rjixlva = to rj/ji,i,a-v (also Sicil. rip.iva, used, like Epid. hifiC-

reia, in the sense of rifxCeKTov), Cret. 6lvo<i (from *di-iv6i; formed

Page 137: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

166] WOED-FOEMATION 121

from ei6<i after the analogy of hvdpcim-ivo'i), hdivo^ = delo'i, evBeo^,Att. aSeX<j>6<i but aSeXcfyeo^ in other dialects, Delph. jdiMeXa (cf!

ycifierr)^) = yafiijXia.

165. 1. -Tepo<i. Noteworthy examples of the use of this suffix todenote contrasted relations (not merely those of degree as in thecomparatives), as in Be^trepos, apia-Tepoi, are Arc. appevrepo'i, El.

epo-emirepo? (for at cf. yepairepoi, iraXacTepo^), e-qXvTepo'i.

2. -tSto? forming adjectives from adverbs or adverbial phrases,

as ai^io^, eiriffaXaa-a-iSio^. So El. 7rpoa0iSio<i (irpoa-TL^Cdv), Cret.

ivSoOiSiov (ivSodiSiav BoXav household slave), Epid. ivSoadiSioi

{ivSo(70iSia entrails; so ivToadiSia Arist., Hipp.), Cret. i^apxiBio'i

= e^ "'PXV'' 'ytyvofievoi;.

3. -rpov. From words like Xirpov means of release, hence ran-

som, the suffix came to be used freely in words denoting rewardor amount paid, as viKatrrpov reward of victory, Epid. larpa per-

quisites for healing. Ion., Coan reXearpa expenses of inauguration

(of the priest. Cf. Coan reXeto inaugurate), Cret. KOfiia-rpa gifts

(more specific?), and, even from a numeral, Cret. rpirpa the three-

fold amount.

4. -€(ov, -(ov in nouns denoting place, as avSpcov (Ion. avSpemv,

Pamph. a(v)Spuov), afiireXcov, vexpcov, opviOdiv. To this large class

belong Heracl. TO(f>uov (t= e, 9.6) = ra^etoi' lurial-place, yaiwv heap

of earth (cf. yaemv from Halaesa), ^o<i)v cow-shed. Ion. a-Te<f>a>v ridge.

This class is not to be confused with nouns of agency in Ion.

-ewv but Dor. etc. -amv, -av, as Ion. ^vvedv. Dor. Koivav. See 41.4.

166. 1. Proper names in -«\ea?, instead of -/cXe?;?, -kXjj?, as 'Itttto-

xXeas, are most common in Thessahan, but also occur in Boeotian,

Phocian, and Aetolian. -/e\eas is a modification of -KXer}^ under

the influence of hypocoristics in -eas.

2. Aio^OTO'i (i.e. Ai6a--SoTo<;, cf. Aiocr-Kovpoi) and ©eLoa-SoTa,

@€6^oTo<;, Slo^otoi (formed after Ato'o--SoTo?, cf. 6e6a-SoTo<; in He-

siod), instead of usual Ato'Soro?, @e6SoTo?, are frequent in Boeotian,

and Thessalian also has @e6^oTo<;, ©toforo?, and &e6pSoTO'! (60.4).

Elsewhere such forms are rare and doubtless imported.

Page 138: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

122 GREEK DIALECTS [l67

167. The interchange of diiFerent vowel stems in the first mem-

ber of a compound, or before a derivative suffix, is sometimes dia-

lectic. Thus TifioKXrj^, TifjuoKparrjii, etc. in most dialects, but Ion.

TifjLr]K\rj<;, T!ifirjKpdTri<;, Cnid. Ttfi,dK\ri<s, Ehod. TifJLdKpa,Tr)<;, Ttfia-

iroXi'!, Likewise Ehod. Tifiava^ {*Tifji,a-(f)ava^) instead of usual

Tifiava^ (*Tt/io'-(f)amf). Thess. vKa>p6<; {hv\6peovToi) from *v\o-

pwpo'i, and so related to i)\?;a)/5o? from *v\d-pa)p6'i as v\0T6p.o<; to

Arc, Locr., Thess. otKiara^ (or poiKiara'i) from oIkIu, for usual

olKerr}'; from oiKog (fotweu? is the form used in Cretan, as sometimes

ia Homer). Ion. iroXi-qTr]^, Cret., Epid. iroXiaTa'i (also Pindar), Cret.

TToXidTevaj, Arc. TroXtart?, for usual ttoXitt;? etc.; cf. Heracl. TroXta-

voixo'i, Ion. TToXi.rjo'xo'; (Epic), Lac. •TroXidy^o'; (but Att. iroXiov'^^o';

with -ovxo'i from KXrjpovxo'S etc.).

Late Att. iepdrevo}, Locr., Phoc. leprjrevco (also in some kocv^

inscriptions), Lesb. Iprjrevai, Cret., Cyren. lapiTevm, Mess, iepnevco,

Chalced. iepa)Tev(o, lepaneCa (cf. Att. iepaxrvvrj).

Carpath. Safierw;, like oliceTq<;, for usual haixora';, hrjp.oT'q'i, as

conversely oIkottj'; in an Attic inscription. So Cret. yStero? (cf.

Astyp. Bt'eTTo?) = Kioto's. Ehod. 'iTTTre'Sa/ios = 'l7r7ro'Sa/io?, but

Ehod. 'ApxoKpdT7]<! = 'Ap')(eKpdTr]<;, Cret. MevoKparrji; = MewK/aa-

tt;?, Meg. 'AyoXao!; = 'A7eXao9.

After the analogy of names containing inherited t-stems arose

also forms lilce 'Ap'x^iXo^o';, 'Ap-)(iSaiJ,o<;, etc. (cf. apxireKTcov) in

various dialects, Ehod. MeviSaiJt,o<;, El. Sai'/cXa/jo?, Coan, Msyr.,

Mel. AaLcrTpaTO<s, Nisyr. Aaccrdevrj^.

a. The well-known lengthening of the initial vowel of the second mem-ber of compounds, as in aviavu/ws, iraviljyvpi's, is seen in Ion. avnpideuTiK =Att. avcpLOeuTo^. To the analogy of forms like eirdfcoos, einyKOos, which are

of the same kind, is due the iira- of Cret. kwapoXa share (cf. Hesych. iinj-

^oX-q /xcpos) and Hom. e7ri?/8o\os. Cf . Karrj^oX-^ in Euripides.

168. Use of a patronymic adjective instead of the genitive sin-

gular of the father's name. Though occasionally found in literature,

as in Horn. TeXa/Movios Al'a?, this is the regular practice in prose

Page 139: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

168] WOED-FOEMATION 123

only in the three Aeolic dialects. Thus Lesb. MeXavxpo<; IliO(oveio<:,

^Apx^'TTra 'Adavdeia, Thess. Ivxovv 'Avriyoveio';, Nt/co'Xao? 'A7€t-

o-iato?, Boeot. ©toTrojUTro? 'OXuyLtTri^^to?, 'Ep/^ato? NiKt?jo9.

a. When the father's name is itself a patronymic form ia -8as or -tos,

the genitive is regularly employed in Boeotian ; so also in early Thessalian,

but later the adjective forms like 'EiriKpariSatos, Ti/xowiSaios are usual.

6. Under Koanq influence the use of the adjective was given up in favor

of the ordinary genitive construction. Thus in Boeotian the genitive is

usual after about 250 B.C. and occasionally found earlier. There is some

evidence that the Plataeans adopted the Attic usage at an early date. See

no. 42.

c. There are also examples in Thessalian and Boeotian of adjectives in

agreement -with appellatives, in place of a genitive of possession. Thess.

UoXviofaia cju/xi (sc. d <7T<iAAa), etc. See the following.

d. A genitive may be used in apposition to that implied by the adjec-

tive, as in Hom. TopytiTj Kefjiakij Setvoto ireX.utpav. Boeot. Ka(X)Xui«i e^i (sc.

a KvAif) TO Kcvrpovos, Topyivioi e/u,t o kotuXos koXos K[aX]6, Lesb. (r[TaAA]a

Vt 'SiOfveuu l/x/u TO NtKtai'oi (dat.) to TavKio (gen.) the son of Mcias, the son

of Gaucus, where VavKLo is also a patronymic adjective, but in apposition

with the genitive implied in NiKiatoi.

Page 140: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

SYNTAX

169. Although the syntax of the dialects deserves fuller investi-

gation than it has received, yet syntactical differences between the

dialects are much less striking than those of phonology and inflec-

tion. To a considerable extent they consist merely in the conserva-

tion in some dialects of early forms of expression which have become

rare or obsolete in literary Greek, and in a less strict formalization

of usage. Some peculiarities have already been mentioned in con-

nection with the forms, e.g. in the use of certain pronouns (121-

131), adverbs and conjunctions (132-134), and in the meaning and

construction of prepositions (136). It is necessary to add here only

a few comments on certain uses of the cases and the moods. Someother, more isolated, peculiarities are observed in the notes to the

inscriptions.

CASES

The Genitive

170. Genitive of Time. The genitive of the 'time within wliich'

is especially frequent in the early Cretan inscriptions, although iv

with the dative is already the more usual expression. In both cases

the article is used, while in late inscriptions we find only ev with

the dative and without the article. Of. Law-Code, 1.25 Tuiyda-ai, rdv

TreVr a/xepav release within Jive days, but 1.6 iv rat? Tpial afj,epai<:.

So in Locrian, but without the article, rpiov fievov beside iv rpcd-

povT afidpaK, as also in early Attic inscriptions.

Aside from the adverbial phrases vvkt6<; etc., the use of the geni-

tive of time is most persistent in dating, as /i?;vo9 e^S6/j,ov etc., the

usual expression in most dialects. More noteworthy is the phrase

Kal troXeiMov (-co) kuI elpr)vr)<; (-a<s) which is common in the prox-

eny decrees of various dialects, though eventually replaced in manyby iv TToXefiai kt\.

124

Page 141: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

174] SYNTAX 125

The genitive of time is used distributively in various dialects, asalso in Attic, e.g. ra? a.fxepa'i or ra? aixepa<; f€Kd(Tra^ daily, besideKar afiepav.

171. Genitive of the Matter involved, in legal phraseology. Al-though the genitive of the charge or penalty is common to all dia-

lects, the genitive is nowhere else used so freely as in Cretan to

denote the matter involved, e.g. KaTaSiKaKa-drd ro eKevdepo SeKaararepav^, ro SoXo ireine shall condemn Mm to a fine of ten staters

in the case of a freeman, five staters in the case of a slave, tS Se

Kpovo Kpivev decide as to the time, di peKacrro eypajTai as is pre-

scribed for each case.

The Dative

172. The adnOminal dative is more common than ia literary

Greek, and is especially frequent in the introduction to inscriptions

or their separate sections, e.g. El. d ppdrpa rok faXeioi^, Locr. rb

refffiiov rot's HvTroKPa/MSioK Aoppots, Phoc. 6fji.o\oyia rd iroXei

"Zreipicov ical rd Tro'Xet MeSemviav, Boeot. hiaiypa^d NiKape'rri, Att.

drrap'X^e rddevaiai, ypafifiureii^ rrji ^ov\r]t Kal ran hdixa>i.

For the dative instead of the genitive construction with various

prepositions in Arcado-Cyprian, see 136.1.

The Accusative

173. A noteworthy accusative absolute construction is seen in

Arc. el fj.e rraphera^afJLevo^ ro^ irevreicovra e to? rpiaKocrio<; unless

the Fifty or the Three Hundred approve. This is an extension from

instances where the participle agrees with the accusative of a pre-

ceding clause, as Arc. fie vep,ev fie re ^evov fiere pacrrov, el p-e eiri

doCvav hiKOvra. Of. also Arc. Kardrrep ro<; i-ma-vvicrrafievo'} . . . ye-

yparrroi as is prescribed in the case of those who conspire.

THE MOODS

.

The Subjunctive

174. The subjunctive without dv or ica in conditional, relative,

and' temporal clauses, where the particle is regularly employed in

Page 142: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

126 GEEEK DIALECTS [l74

Attic prose, though frequently omitted in Homer and sometimes

elsewhere (Kiihner-Gerth II, pp. 426, 449, 474), is attested for

several dialects, though always as the less common construction.

Locr. at SeiXer avxopelv, at rt? avxopeei (no. 55.7,26 ; ten exam-

ples with Ka in the same inscription). Arc. ei Se rts iinOudvi (Co-

tUum), and so, probably. Arc. sIk iirl Sofia nrvp e-iroiae (no. 17.21) in

contrast to usual eU av (see 134.2), Cypr. o i^opv^e, ol . . . loai

(no. 19.25,31), Cret. dvyaTpl I SiSoi, when one gives it to the daugh-

ter (Law-Code VI.l). Examples are not infrequent in later Locrian,

Phocian, and Delphian inscriptions.

The Optative

175. In Elean the optative with Ka is the usual "form of prescrip-

tions, e.g. crvvfiax^a k ea e/carov perea let there he alliance for a

hundred years, fe/ca fivak Ka airoTivoi peKaa-ro'; let each pay a fine

of ten minae. Similarly in Cyprian, but without Ke, e.g. ScaKoi vv

^aa-iXeiK; the king shall give.

The subjunctive without Ka is used in the same sense in a late

Elean inscription (no. 61.32,36).

176. 1. The optative in conditional clauses survives in several

dialects, although, except in Elean, it is much less frequent than

the subjunctive, and indeed is almost wholly eliminated in favor of

the subjunctive in Attic-Ionic inscriptions, and in Lesbian, Thessa-

lian, Boeotian, Cyprian, Heraclean, Theran, Coan, Ehodian,— in

fact in the majority of dialects. Where the optative survives, it is

sometimes used with a still recognizable differentiation from the

subjunctive, but oftener without such. In the Gortynian Law-Code,

which offers the fullest material, there are in conditional clauses

about 50 optatives to about 80 subjunctives. Some of these occur

where the contingency is obviously one more remotely anticipated

(e.g. VII.9, hut if there should not he any free persons, as contem-

plated in the preceding subjunctive clauses ; I.ll, hut if one should

deny), others as mere variants of the subjunctive for parallel or

even identical contingencies (e.g. opt. IX.18 = subj. VI.25). In

Page 143: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

176] SYNTAX 127

Locrian, no. 56A has the optative onlj- (cf. also the relative clause

pon crvXda-ai), whereas no. 56 B and no. 55 have the subjunctive

only. In Delphian, no. 51 has the subjunctive usually, but al S'e^t-

opKeoifii A 17, in an oath, where Attic also -would have the optative,

also ai 8' i^iopKeoi C6 (here indirect discourse), and ai Se n tov-

Tcov irapfidXKoiTo 025, C50, Dl7; and in the numerous Phocian

and Delphian manumission decrees the optative is of very frequent

occurrence. The optative, beside the subjunctive, occurs also lq

Corcyraean, Achaean, and in the Northwest Greek kolvti (e. g. no. 62).

In Argolic, the archaic nos. 76 and 78 have the optative only, and

this occurs in some of the later inscriptions (but in no. 84 the opta-

tives are in iudirect discourse). In Arcadian, nos. 16 and 17 have

the subjimctive only, but in no. 18 there are some examples of the

optative. Even in the same clause the alternation of subjunctive

and optative is not infrequent, e.g. Delph. ei he Ka fir] iroiTJ rj jii)

irapa/Mevoi or el 8e firj nroieoi rj fir) irapafievrf. See also no. 18.6, note.

2. In relative and temporal clauses of future time, the predomi-

nance of the subjunctive is even more marked. Noteworthy is the

Tean curse, no. 3, where oan<: with the optative is used in the curse

proper, 11. 1-34, while in the postscript warning against harming

the stele on which the curse is inscribed, U. 35-40, we find o? dv

with the subjunctive. There are a few examples of the optative iu

Cretan (Law-Code IV.14, and a few others), Locrian (see above),

Delphian, and elsewhere (see 177).

3. But in Elean the optative is uniformly employed in condi-

tional, relative, and temporal clauses. For examples in conditional

and relative clauses, see nos. 57-59. In the later no. 60 the sub-

junctive also occurs, but with future perfect force.

4. In final clauses the optative occurs, e.g. Heracl. Tab. 1.53 £f.

eo-rao-a/ie? . . . avx<opi^avTe<; . . . , Aw? fir) KaraXvfJ.aKcoOrj': dBrfXco-

deCrf, Lesb. no. 22.13 ff. eTrifJ.e'KecTdai . . . ,tcardypevTov . . . ,

<u9 ice

ififievoiev. But it is very rare, and most dialects have only the

subjunctive with or without dv (ku, we), or sometimes the future

indicative.

Page 144: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

128 GEEEK DIALECTS [ill

177. There are some examples of xa with the optative in con-

ditional clauses, etc., as sometimes ia Homer (Kiihner-Gerth II,

pp. 482, 453), e.g. Locr. al k aSitcof avXoi (no. 56.4), Cret. at Ka . .

.

/IT) vvvaTo<i e'iri, Epid. at ica vyirj viv Troi'^a-ac (no. 84.60), Delph. el

Se [Ti'i] Ka icjjdTTTOiTO, i-jret icd n irddoi, Corcyr. a^' pv k ap^d ye-

voiTO, Ach. ecrre Ka airohoiev.

The Imperative and the Infinitive

178. Both the imperative and the infinitive are freely used in

prescriptions, often side by side in the same inscription. In general

the infinitive is more frequent in early, the imperative in later, lq-

scriptions. For the Elean use of the optative with the same force,

see 175.

WORD OEDER

179. A peculiarity of word order which is worthy of mention is

the position of rt? before Ka in the phrase at rk Ka, al he rt? Ka.

This is the regular order in the West Greek dialects, as contrasted

not only with Att.-Ion. edv ra, rjv tk, but with Arc. el S' dv rt?, Cypr.

e Ke <TL<;, Lesb. at Ke tk, Thess. al [fi)d «e at?, Boeot. rj Se Ka rt?.

Boeotian has also, though less frequently, the West Greek order

7] Tt9 Ka.

Page 145: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

SUMMARIES OF THE CHARACTERISTICS OFTHE SEVERAL GROUPS AND DIALECTS

180. The following summaries, while not exhaustive, are intendedto call attention to the most important characteristics of each groupand dialect. These are indicated in the briefest manner, sometimesby a mere example, sufficient to identify, but not always to define,

the phenomenon in question, and these brief indications are alwaysto he interpreted in the light of the sections to which reference is

made in each case. Of peculiarities in vocabulary only some fewof the most striking are mentioned.^

To avoid needless repetition, many phenomena which are pecu-

liar from the standpoint of Attic or Attic-Ionic, but are commonto all or most of the other dialects, are usually omitted, e.g.

1. Original d unchanged. 8 11. icov = div. 163.9

2. d from do, dco. 41.4 12. al = el. 134.1

3. 7) from ae. 41.1 13. arepo<s = eTepo<:. 13 a

4. Absence of v-movable. 102 14. to-ria = ia-ria. 11

5. Apocope of prepositions. 95 15. <yivoixai = jiyvo/jLai. 86.7

6. itoXk, TTo'Xios, etc. 109.1 16. SeKOfiai = Se')^ofiai. 66

7. d/jie}, vfi€<;, ace. dfie, vfj.e= 17. ovvfia = ovona. 22 h

qfieK etc. 119.2,5 18. Sa/jLtop<y6<;=Sr]fii,ovpy6<;. 44.4

8. Infin. -/iev. 154.3 19. >jveiKa,7jviKa^7]veyKa. li^a

9. 3 pL edev, eSov, etc. 138.5 20. irap.a = KTrjfia. 49.5 a

10. ri<; = riv. 163.3 21. lkq) = ^kco. Glossary

EAST GREEKAttic-Ionic

181. Important characteristics of Attic-Ionic (1-7 specific Att.-

lon., 8-9 in common with Arc, 10 with Arc-Cypr.)

:

1 An exhaustive list of peculiarities would- also include proper names which

are peculiar to, or especially frequent in, a given dialect.

129

Page 146: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

130 GEEEK DIALECTS [181

1. T) from a. 8

2. Quantitative metathesis (Xem?

etc.). 41.4, 43

3. I'-movable. 102

4. 5j/i€ts, ace. -ea?, -a?. 119.2,5

5. TTOv, oirov, etc. 132.1

6. edeaav, eSoaav, etc. 138.5

7. ^1/ 3 sg. imperf. of elfii. 163.3

8. Conjunction el. 134.1

9. Particle ai'. 134.2

10. Infin. -vai. 154.1

11. Very early loss of f. 50

Ionic

182. The chief characteristics of Ionic, as compared with Attic,

are as follows. Some few of these are Ionic only (notably 1, also

8, 9, 14, 20, 22), but most are common to various other dialects, some

indeed to all except Attic, being repeated here from 180 to bring

out the contrast with Attic more fully. A few peculiarities which

are not general Ionic, but are common to all branches except West

Ionic, are included.

1. 7) from d even after e, t, p. 8

2. ea, eo, eco, eoi usually uncon-

tracted. 42.1,5,6

3. ev= eo, fromIV cent. on. 42.5

4. Crasis of o, o (ou), a},+a= co,

as TcoySivo^ = Att. Tayai-

vo<;. 94.1

5. ^elvo<;, Kovpr/, etc. 54 with a

6. O-O- = Att. TT. 81

7. pa- = Att. pp. 80

8. rjv = Att. idv, av. 134.1 h

9. a-stems, gen. sg. m. -eco, -m,

gen. pi. -eav, -av, dat. pi.

-r}i(n.{v). 41.4, 104.7

10. 7ro'\i?, TTo'Xios, etc. 109.1,2

11. ^aa-iXevi, -e'os, etc. 111.3

12. -k\7j<;, -K\eos. 108.1a

14. 3 pi. nOearai eto. 139.2

15. ia>v = Att. mv. 163.8

16. Suffix -5;to?= Att. -eto9. 164.1

17. ^oXofiat = ^ovXo/iai. 75 h

18. t/3o'? (t/Jo?) beside lepo^. 13.1

19. /ieftBi/ = Att. fiel^av. 113.1

20. SeKVv/ii =Att. SeiKWfu. 49.1

21. Keivo<; = Att. eaetvo?. 125.1

22. fuvo? = Att. Koivoi. 135.7

23. KapTep6<; = Att. KpaTep6<;, in

meaning = KvpLo<;. 49.2 a,

Glossary

24. S9?/ttto/37o'9=Att.-ouj0'yo'9.44.4

25. to-Tta (to-Tia)=Att. eo-Tt'o. 11

26. rjveiKa, jjviKa = Att. ijveyKa.

Hi a

27. t6l,;? = Att. ei6'i5?. Glossary

13. /it-verbs inflected Mke contracts, as nOel, ndelv. 160

Page 147: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

188] SUMMARIES OF CHARACTEKISTICS 131

183. East Ionic is further characterized by

:

1. Psilosis. 57. 2. ao, eo = av, ev from fourth century on. 33.

3. Short-vowel subj. of o--aorist. 150.

184. Chian. The dialect of Chios contains a few special charac-

teristics, which are of Aeolic origin

:

1. 3 pi. Xd^coiatv, irprj^oLo-iv, etc., with la from va: 77.3.

2. Inflected cardinals, Sskcov, TrevTrjKovrmv, etc. 116.

Note also jeymveco call aloud, as in Homer.

a. The Aeolio doubling of nasals (73 ff.) is seen in tlie names of the

mountain XltXiwaiov in Chios and the promontory "Apyevi/oi/ opposite Chios,

also in the personal name ^awodtfiK in an inscription of Erythrae. Like-

wise Aeolic is the Phocaean Ztovi;((7ios) , 19.1. All these features are relics

of a time when the line between the Aeolic and the Ionic colonies was far-

ther south than in the historical period.

185. Central Ionic differs from East Ionic in the absence of psi-

losis, etc. (183). Note also the restricted use of H, i.e. only = i? from

a, in the early inscriptions of some of the islands. 4.6.

186. West Ionic, or Euboean, differs from the other divisions of

Ionic as follows

:

1. TT as in Attic, not aa-. 81 5. tovtu, rovrei, ivrovOa = tuv-

2. pp as in Attic, not pa: 80 ra, TavTrjL, evravda. 124

3. |e'z/09 etc. as in Attic, not |et- 6. -kXc't??, gen. -Kkea. 108.1a

1^0?. 54 7. Proper names- ra-i?, gen. -tSo?,

4. -et, -04 from -Tyt, -cot (in Ere- as often in Attic (East and

tria about 400 B.C.). 39 a Central Ion. -to?). 109.5

8. elv beside eti^at. 160

187. Eretrian. In addition to the other Euboean peculiarities,

the dialect of Eretria, seen in inscriptions of Eretria and Oropus, is

specifically characterized by the rhotacism of intervocalic <y, as

exovpiv = exovaiv, 60.3. The use of av (Oropus), idv (Eretria) is

due to Attic influence.

188. Attic influence. Ionic was the first of all dialects to yield

to Attic mfluence, and after the fifth century there are few inscrip-

tions that are whoUy free from Attic forms. See 277.

Page 148: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

132 GREEK DIALECTS [l89

Aecado-Cypkian ^

189. Special characteristics of Arcado-Cyprian :

^

1. Iv = ev. 10 5. a-L<i, aL<; = rt? (but Arc. usu-

2. Gen. sg. -av. 22 ally t«). 68.3

3. ir6<; = tt/so'?. 135.6 6. ovv = oSe. 123

4. /ea's = «ai (but Arc. usually 7. Dat. with aTro, i^, etc. 136

/cat). 134.3 8. -Kperj}'! = -Kparrj';. 49.2

190. Characteristics common to Arcado-Cyprian and various

other dialects (1 Att.-Ion., 2 Ion., 3-6 AeoL, 7 KW.Grk.) :

^

1. Infin. in -vai. 154.1 9. e? = e| before cons, (but

2. ^oXofiM = ^ovXofiai. 75 & Cypr. also e|). 100

3. aTTu = aTTo. 22 10. Masc. o--stems, ace. sg. -j]v

4. 6v (vv) = avd. 6, 22 (Arc. also voc. sg, -»;). 108.2

5. op = ap.5 11. te/3^s = te/36W, etc. (but usual

6. /ii-inflect. of contractvbs. 157 only in Arc). 111.4

7. iv (iv) = ek. 135.4 12. Subj. -f??, -v- 149

8. r), (0 = spurious ei, ov. 25 13. Article as relative. 126

191. Noteworthy is the considerable number of words or mean-

ings which are otherwise known only, or with rare exceptions, as

poetical, mainly Homeric. Some of the most striking examples are

:

1) In Arcadian and Cyprian, ala-a share (also Lac), ot(f)os

alone, evxo\d prayer or imprecation.

2) In Arcadian. Seafiai, airvat summon, KeXevdo^ road, Zcofia

temple, afiap (but see no. 16.21, note).

3) In Cyprian, pdva^, avcbym, avrdp, e'A,os meadow, Ijarijp, KaaC-

yvTiTO'! (also Lesb.;possibly Thess. KaTiyv[eiTO<;'\), y(^pavofjiai border

on (Horn. XP'^vco graze), iSe, vv (also Boeot. 134.5).

1 Several of the characteristics cited below under the head of Arcadian or of

Cyprian, for which corresponding forms are lacking or ambiguous in the other

dialect, probably are also Arcado-Cyprian. See also 199.

" In this and similar captions "special" is not to be taken too rigorously.

Some few peculiarities of which occasional examples are found elsewhere are

included, e. g., in this section, Iv = iv, which is regularly found only in Arcado-

Cyprian, but of which there are a few examples elsewhere.

Page 149: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

19S] SUMMARIES OF CHARACTERISTICS 133

Arcadian

192. Arcado-Cyprian characteristics. See 189-191.

193. In common with various other dialects (1, 2 Att.-Ion., 3, 4

Lesb., 5 Aeol., 6, li, 15 West Greek)

:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

part.

Conjunction el. 134.1

Particle dv. 134.2

SeKOTO<i = Se/taTO?. 6

Pass, infin. -t]v. 155.2

TreSd (Tre) = //.era. 135.5

6. Traperd^covcn etc. 142

7. pp = pa: 80

8. "Trdwra etc. 77.3

9. Ace. pi. -0?, nom.

hiepoBvTe^. 78

10. Dat. sg. -01. 106.2

11. Subj. Se'drot etc. 151.1

194. Special Arcadian:

1. Gen. sg. fem.-aw(Tegea). 104.2

2. 3 pi. -vtri. 77.3

3. 3 sg. mid. -rot = -rac. 139.1

4. BeKO, heKOTOv= Se/ca, eKarov. 6

5. Numerals in -Kcunoi = -k6-

aioi. 117.2

6. ovi = oSe. 123

12. Infin. -€v. 153.2

13. 3 pi. imv. -vTto. 140.3 a

14. ^iJua-a-o<i = TJfiia-vi; (but also

the latter). 61.6

15. loSeXo? = 6^oX6<:. 49.3

16. /ieo-T Mwfo7. 132.9

17. Peculiarities in the use of

the spiritus asper. 58 a, d

18. /r in early inscr. initially and

after cons., but lost be-

tween vowels ; iuitially

tillabout300B.C. 52,53,54

7. Karv = Kard. 22, 95

8. ttXo's = TrXe'oK 113.2

9. eoK dv. 134.2 a

10. dirvh6a<; = dirohov^. 144

11. Se'XXto = /SaWo). 68.1

12. 'n.o(roihdv='n.o<r€ihS>v. 49.1,

61.5

195. External influence in the dialect. The fact that ko? and

£49, agreeing with Cyprian, are found only in one early iascription

(no. 16), while all others have kuC and rt?, is probably due to ex-

ternal influence, though not specifically Attic. See 275. The Tegean

building inscription (no. 18) of the third century shows some few

Attic KOLvrj forms, as irXeov instead of ifXo'i, once gen. sg. -ov, etc.

From the latter part of the third century on, when the chief Arca-

dian cities belonged to the Achaean, and for a time to the Aetolian,

League, the language employed in most of the inscriptions is neither

Page 150: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

134 GREEK DIALECTS [195

Arcadian nor Attic Koivq, but the Doric, or in part Northwest Greek,

Koivri. See 279. But the decree of Megalopolis (Ditt. Syll. 258) of

about 200 B.C., though showing a remarkable mixture of forms, is

mainly in the native dialect.

Cyprian

196. Arcado-Cyprian characteristics. See 189-191.

197. In common with various other dialects

:

1. t from e before vowels. 9.3 7. Dat.sg.-o,-abeside-ot,-at.38

2. Glide sound after t expressed, 8. Ace. sg. Ijarepav etc. 107.1

as Ijarepav. 56 9. ^aa-iXem, -epos. 111.1

3. al\o<; = aXKot. 74 b 10. 3 pi. /eare'^ijav. 138.5

4. Psilosis. 57 11. Ke = av. 134.2

5. Tret'o-et ^ = reiaei. 68.1,2 12. f in all positions. 52-55

6. Occasional omission of intervoc. and final a. 59.4

198. Special Cyprian

:

1. Gen. sg. -ov. 106.1 6. irai indeed. 132.5

2. TTToXifi etc. 109.4 7. e = el. 134.1

3. 3 sg. mid. -TW = -TO. 22 8. Bvpdva),Sc!}KO)=BiStofit. 162.11

4. fa = ya, etc. 62.4 9. fpera, fperda. 55

5. v = e'iri. 135.8

199. It is uncertain whether the infinitive should be transcribed with

-ev or -ev, the accusative plural with -os, -os, or -o(v)s. In the absence of

any evidence to the contrary, we assume -ev and -os in agreement with Ar-

cadian. But the dative singular is to be transcribed -ot, in spite of Arc. -ot,

on account of the frequent omission of the final i (38) ; and the third plu-

ral ending is transcribed with -trt, not -(y)(Ti, in spite of Arc. -vo-i, on account

of <t>pov€oi (59.4).

200. All dialectic inscriptions are in the Cyprian syllabary. The

inscriptions in the Greek alphabet, beginning with the Macedonian

period, are all in the Kocvq.

1 Given under this head because of the agreement with Thessalian and Boeo-

tian, although this agreement is accidental, Cyprian not sharing in the general

phenomenon to which the Thessalian and Boeotian forms belong.

Page 151: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

205] SUMMAEIES OF CHAEACTERISTICS 135

Aeolic

201. Aeolic characteristics, common to Lesbian, Thessalian,^ and

Boeotian (6 also Delph. etc., 7 also Arc.-Cypr., 8 also Arc.)

:

1. Labial instead of dental in 4. ta = fiia. 114.1

7re/*ire = TreVre, etc. 68.2 5. pe = pi. 18

2. Perf.act. part. -0)1',-oi'To?. 147.3 6. Dat. pi. Tro'Seo-o-i etc. 107.3

3. Patron, adj. instead of gen. sg. 7. po = pa, etc. 5

of father's name. 168 8. ®epa- = @apa--. 49.2

202. Aeolic characteristics, common to Lesbian and ThessaUan ^

(4-7 also Arc-Cypr.)

:

1. Double liquids and nasals in 4. /it-inflection of contract verbs.

ifi/ii, a-ToXXa, etc. 74-76, 157

77.1, 79 5. 6v = avd. 6

2. aype(o(dvypeoi))=aipea>.G\os- 6. airv — airo. 22

sary 7. ks = dv. 134.2

^3. t from I before vowels. 19

203. Aeolic characteristics, common to Lesbian and Boeotian (2

also Arc, Cret., etc.)

:

1. ixaXe-aaa etc. 143 2. veSd = /lerd. 135.5

204. Characteristics common to Thessahan ^ and Boeotian only

(of which, however, only 1, which is Homeric, belongs to the Aeolic

elements of these dialects)

:

1. Infin. 4>€petiev etc. 155.1 5. %e6^0T0';. 166.2

2. 3 pi. -vOt etc. 139.2 6. e\e|e = etTre in the official

3. et = t;. 16 .language of decrees.

4. yivv/xai = yiyvo/jiai. 162.5

Lesbian

205. Aeolic characteristics in common with one or both of the

other Aeolic dialects. See 201-203.

1 In some cases only East Thessalian (Pelasgiotis). See 214,

Page 152: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

136 GREEK DIALECTS [206

206. In common with various other dialects (8, 9 with Arcadian)

;

7. Article as relative. 126

8. Infin. -rjv. 153.1

9. Perl infin. -vv. 147.2

10. Pass, infin. -r)v. 155.2

11. SeKOTO<i = SeKUTOi;. 6

12. Early loss of f. 50

1. 1), ci) = spurious ei, ov. 25

2. Pinal -a, -r), -co = -di, -rji, -coi,

from end IV cent. on. 38

3. PsUosis. 57

4. Dat.pl.-ato-t,-otcrt. 104.7,106.4

5. /SatriXeu?, -Tios, etc. lli.l

6. Masc. o--stems, ace. sg. -tjv, gen. sg. -r), etc. 108.2

207. Special Lesbian (1 in part Elean)

:

1. 1(7 from v;, as ace. pi. Tai5, 6. Infin. efifjievai etc. 154.2

TOi<;, 3 pi. (f>epoiai. 77.3, 78

2. aifMtrv; = '^fjucrv;, etc. 17

3. avco'!, vavo<;, etc. 35

4. ora = ore. 132.9

5. oTTt, oinrci'i, etc. 129.2

7. Infin.StSfi)i',«e/ji'ai',etc. 155.3

8. 3 pi. imv. -VTOv, -adov. 140.5

9. Eecessive accent. 103

10. TT/ooVaw? (rarely Att.)=7r/3u-

ravK. Glossary

208. External influence in the dialect. Prom the Macedonian

period on— and very few of the inscriptions are earlier— there is

usually some admixture of Koivq forms, as avd beside 6v, nerd be-

side TreSa, ore beside ora, etc. But in the main the dialect is

employed in inscriptions till about the middle of the second cen-

tury B. c. Its use in inscriptions of Eoman imperial times (cf. no. 24)

represents an artificial revival. See 280.

Thessalian

209. Aeplic characteristics in common with one or both of the

other Aeolic dialects. See 201, 202.

210. West Greek and Northwest Greek characteristics (cf.

223.1,2,4,6, and 226.1,4,8)

:

2.

Eetention of t in BiSmrc etc.

(-Tt not quotable, but -vdt

from -vTi), iKari, ttot, Tio-

reiSovv. 61

'(/can = ^LKOQ-i, U6

3. yfra^i^aa-Oeiv etc. 142

4. iap6<! beside lep6<;. 13.1

5. €v = ek. 135.4

6. (TT = ad (rare). 85.1

7. irapd at, with with ace, 136.2

Page 153: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

213] SUMMAEIES OF CHARACTERISTICS

211. In common with various other dialects

:

137

1. t from e before vowels (but

oftener e). 9.7

2. Final -a, -ov (from -co), -ei

(from ri) = -di, -COL, -r)i. 38

3. es = e| before cons. 100

4. Trdvcra etc. 77.3

5. Ace. pi. -o?. 78

6. TT = ITT. 86.2

7. TTToXt? beside ttoXi?. 67

8. SS = §: 84

9. Psilosis in article. 58 a

10. f init. till about 400 B.C.

11. Gen. sg. -do, usually d. 41.4

12. Gen. pi. -aovv, usually -av.

41.4

13. /8a<rtXeu9, -etos, etc. 111.1

14. Plural inflection of Sveo, as

Sva<;. 114.2

15. Nt«oK\^as etc. 166.1

16. Article as relative. 126

212. In common with Boeotian only.

213. Special Thessalian:

See 204.

1. ov = CO. 23

2. Gen.sg.-ot(butsee214). 106.1

3. Ki? = rk (but see 214). 68.4

4. More extensive apocope than

in any other dialect,name-

ly in /COT, tto't, Trap, trep,

ov, air, err, xnr. 95

5. Consonant-doubling in tto'X,-

Xt09, ihhiav, Kvppov = kv-

piov, etc 19.3

6. Sie = Sid. 7

7. 3pl.eve^ai'icro-o€V, eSov/caea,

etc. 138.5

8. 3 sg. mid. iy}rd^icrr€i etc.

Larissa only. 27

9. 3 pL mid. icftdvypevQav etc.

Larissa only. 27, 139.2

10. Iiifin. SeSoo-Oeiv etc. Larissa

only. 27, 156

11. ove (rove, TotVeo?, etc.) = oSe.

123

12. Relative use of kk, ttoZo?.

131

13. fJi.d = 8e. 134.4

14. fiecTTToBi = eo)?. 132.9 a

15. "AttXow = 'ATTo'Wa)!'. 49.3

16. UerdaXo'; = ©ecrcraXo'?. 65,

68.2

17. fieXKofiai = ^ovKoiiai. 75

18. Xi^to? = \i6ivof. 164.6,9

19. Savxva = Sd^vrj. 68.4 a

20. ovdXa = avdXco/xa. 164.9

21. Xifi-qv = ayopdviarket-place

(ayopd being= iicicXrja-La)

22. /ciftJi' often used in place of

o-TciXXa (o-T'^Xtj)

23. Ta7o'? as title of a state or

municipal official

Page 154: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

138 GREEK DIALECTS [214

214. Differences within Thessalian. The form of Thessalian

which is best known is that of Pelasgiotis, represented mainly by

inscriptions of Larissa, which show some special local peculiarities

(213.8-10), Crannon, and Phalanna.^ The dialect of Thessaliotis,

represented mainly by inscriptions of Pharsalus and Cierium, dif-

fers from that of Thessaliotis in two important respects, 1) gen. sg.

of o-stems in -o, -ov, not -oi, 2) pres. infin. of thematic verbs in -ev,

-eiv, not -efiev. The early inscription, no. 33, from Thetonium in

the neighborhood of Cierium, shows, in addition to these two points

of difference, tli not Kt?, dat. pi. of consonant stems in -aiv (xp^-

fiacnv) not -ea-at (as at Pharsalus as well as in Pelasgiotis), hv\d-

peovTOi not -evroi, uncontracted gen. sg. in -ao, gen. sg. of father's

name instead of patronymic adjective (? see no. 33.11, note). Late

inscriptions of Cierium have dat. sg. -oi, -at, though at Pharsalus we

find -ov, -a, just as in Pelasgiotis, and in no. 33 eV Taya beside iv

arajiac points to -at, -oi. On SS = f in i^^avaKd(S)Sev, no. 33, see

84 ; on tt beside crcr, see 81 &.

From Histiaeotis and Perrhaebia the material is very scanty.

From Magnesia there are a few fragmentary archaic inscriptions,

but most are late and in the Attic koiv^. An early inscription of

Phthiotis (Me^iVra? Uidoweio-; "ArrXovvi IG. IX.ii.l99) shows con-

clusively, what was only natural to expect, that its dialect was also

Thessalian. But nearly all the inscriptions date from the period of

Aetolian domination and are in the Northwest Greek Koivq (279).

Many of the characteristics cited in the preceding sections are

as yet attested only in the inscriptions of Pelasgiotis, but, except

where there is evidence to the contrary as stated, it is to be as-

sumed provisionally that they are general Thessalian. For the

points of agreement are more pronounced than the differences.

215. External influence in the dialect. Occasional koiv^ forms

appear in the inscriptions of the third and second centuries B.C.,

especially avd, cnro, irepl, Kara, he, gen. sg. instead of patronymic

1 Really in Perrhaebia, so far as this was recognised ^ 9, distinct divisioil of

Thessaly, but in the part near Pelasgiotis,

Page 155: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

219] SUMMARIES OF CHARACTEEISTICS 139

adjective, t) (not et), yivofj.ai (not yivv/iai), etc. But the dialect as a

whole is employed in inscriptions until about the end of the secondcentury b.c. and occasionally later.

Boeotian

216. AeolLc characteristics in common with one or both of the

other AeoKc dialects. See 201, 203.

217. West Greek and Northwest Greek characteristics (cf.

223.1-10, and 226.1,2,8):

1. SiStoTt, piKUTi, etc. 61

2. fiKan = ei/coa-i. 116 with a

3. irevraKarioi etc. 116 a, 117

4. e'7reo"/cewa|e etc. (but oftener

tt). 142

5; Toi, rat = 01, at. 122

6. iap6<; = lep6<;. 13.1

7. "Apra/iK; ^''Apre/j.K. 13.2

8. Ka = Ke, av. 13.3

9. Trparo'i = Tr/aaJTO?. 114.1

10. avTl,ve.avTei = avTov. 132.2

11. iv = el<;. 135.4

12. Seifievo<; = Seoftevo^. 158

13. irapd at, with w. ace. 136.2

218. In common with various other dialects (20, 21 mainly

Boeotian)

:

1. { from e before vowels. 9.2

2. co = spurious ov. 25

3. TT in ddXaTTa etc. 81

4. TT in /xerTO?, i-^a<j)iTTaTo,

etc. 82

5. SS, initial S = ^. 84

6. e? = e^ before cons, (see also

220.1). 100

7. Trpiayeth = 7rpecr^ev<;. 68.1

8. p between vowels till about

450 B.C.; initial till about

200B.C. 50,53

9. Nom. sg. m. -a beside -a?.

105.1 a

10. Gen. sg. m. and gen. pi. in

-ao, -dcov (but rav). 41.4

11 (-V).

12

13

Dat. sg. -ai (-7)), -01

104.3, 106.2

^aiTL\€v<;, -etos, etc. 111.1

avTOcravTO^, ava-avrd';, etc.

121.4

14. rav-i etc. 122

15. 3 pi. avideav, aveOiav, etc.

138.5

3 pi. imv.-VTo) (-vdco): 140.3 a

Perf. aTToSeSoavOi etc., with-

out K. 146.1

evTco (evda>) = ovTtov. 163.6

19. AtoKXe'as etc. 166.1

20. Consonant-doublingin hypo-

coristics. 89.5

21. Patronymics in -aJi'Sd?. 164,8

16.

17.

18.

219. In common with Thessalian only. See 204.

Page 156: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

140 GEEEK DIALECTS [220

220. Special Boeotian. Most of the peculiarities of the vowel-

system (221) also belong here

:

1. eV? = ef before vowels. 100 4. eivi^av = rjveyteav. 144 a

2. eTTTrao-t? = e'/t7raa-t9. 69.4 6. ^eiXofj^ai = ^ovXofiac. 75

3. ovTO<;, ovra, etc. 124 6. Hypocoristics ia -ei. 108.2

221. The Boeotian vowel-system. ' The most striking and obvious

characteristic of Boeotian lies in its vowel-system. One peculiarity

consists merely in the retention of the original sound, namely that

of V as 11. But even this led to a change ia spelling to ov, while

on the other hand the v with its Attic value of m as a basis was

used to indicate approximately the sound, probably o, which the

diphthong oi had come to have. See 24, 30. The other peculiari-

ties consist in changes of diphthongs to monophthongs and of more

open to closer vowels, such as eventually prevailed everywhere and

led to the Modern Greek pronunciation.

The chief orthographical peculiarities, with the approximate date

of their introduction, are as follows :

I = e before vowels. 9.2. V cent. B.C. (in the epichoric alphabet

t, e, ei, h)

I = et.

Page 157: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

224] SUMMAEIES OF CHAEACTERISTICS 141

contract in the Nicareta inscription (no. 43.VI). But most of theinscriptions are substantially dialectic until the second half of thesecond century B.C.

WEST GEEEK223. General West Greek characteristics

:

1. SiBcori etc. Eetention of t in the verb-endings -ti, -vti, in /rt-

KUTi and the hundreds in -kcitcoc, in ttoti (Cret.Tro/art), IIoTet-Sdv, TV, and some other words which show the change to o- inthe East Greek dialects. 61

2. (/r)iKaTt= eiA:oo-i. 116 witha 12. otto) = dTro'^ei/, etc. 132.73. rpt.aKa.TiOL etc. = -Koenoi. 13. <^epo|i€S etc. 138.3

116 a, 117.2 14. 'Fnt.-aeoi. But restricted in4. iBiKa^a etc. But restricted Heraclean. 141

in Argolic. 142 15. Put. pass, with act. endings.5. Toi,Tai — oi,ai. But Cretan 145

ot, ot. 122 16. TeTope<; = TerTa/oe?. 114.4

6. iap6<; (lap6<i) = iep6<;. 13.1 17. TeTpdoKOVTa^reTTapaKOVTa.7. "A/ara/iii? ="A/0Te/it9. But 116

Cretan 'A/STe/it?. 13.2 18. ifj,iv = ifioi, etc. llSAb8. Ka, TOKa, TTOKa, oku, ya. 13.3 19. e/u.e'o? = i/xov; etc. 118.3 h

9. 7rpaT0<; = Tr/seoTO?. 114.1 20. rj/Mcra-o'} = rj/jLia-v;. 61.6

10. oTrei = oTTOv, etc. 132.2 21. 6Se\6^ = o/3o\o?. 49.3

11. OTTT} etc. 132.6 22. Word-order at rt? ku. 179

a. Although, only a part of these characteristics are actually quotable

from every one of the West Greek dialects, some indeed from only a few,

it is probable that, except for the divergence of Cretan in 5 and 7, they

were common to all, and that the absence of examples in any dialect is

accidental. Thus, forms like <^£/9o/xc$ are attested for Phocian and most of

the Doric dialects, but there is no occurrence of a first plural form in Lo-

crian and Elean, and in Rhodian only from the time when -/itv had been

introduced from the kolv^, just as it was at Delphi before the end of the

fourth century b. c. The early substitution of the kolvq forms of the numer-

als and the rare occurrence of the personal pronouns in inscriptions, account

for the incomplete representation of 2, 3, 16-19.

6. The first ten of these characteristics are also Boeotian (217), several

also Thessalian (210), and a few also Arcadian.

224. There are various other phenomena which are common to the

West Greek dialects, but are not confined to them even iu the widest

application of the term. Several of those mentioned in 180 are often

Page 158: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

142 GEEEK DIALECTS [224

casually referred to as " Doric," e.g. al = el, ^? = ^v, a/ie?, edev, ira/ia,

iKco, but none of them has any claim to be regarded as specifically

West Greek, with the possible exception of 77 from ae (41.1 with a).

a. Even of the peculiarities cited in 223 some consist merely in the reten-

tion of the original forms which must have! been universal at one time ; and

that TOL, Tat or pron. datives like i/uv still existed in East Greek in the his-

torical period is shown by their appearance in Homer. Some others also

may prove to be of wider scope, e.g. ottci, since ottov is, so far as we know,

only Attic-Ionic. But so far as the present evidence of inscriptions goes,

the peculiarities given in 223 are distinctly characteristic of West Greek.

225. The declension of nouns in -ev<; with gen. sg. -e'o? ace. sg. -97

is common to Delphian and the majority, but not all, of the Doric

dialects. See 113.3. The 3 pi. imv. -i'to) is common to all the Doric

dialects except Cretan, but the distribution of -z'tw and -vrmv does

not coincide at all with the East and West Greek divisions. See

140.3,4. There are various peculiarities which are West Greek in a

limited sense, but demonstrably not general West Greek, e.g. t^w?= e'/BCiTO? (125.1), avToa-avTo'i (121.4), irpocrda = irpoaOe (133.1),

'AireXKwv (49.3), \w = eeXat (Glossary), vt, ve'= Xt, Xd (72). Theuse of -tfcr) = -o'(B in certain verbs (162.1), of a-Kevom = (TKevd^co, andof yeXafii, e\afj,i (162.1,3,4) is West Greek, but how wide-spread is

not yet clear.

Northwest Greek

226. The chief characteristics of Northwest Greek as distin-

guished from Doric, including however some which are not com-mon to all the dialects of this group and some which are not

strictly confined to them, are

:

1. eV = ek. Also Thess., Boeot., 6. TraWois etc., dat. pi. But inand Arc-Cypr. (Iv). 135.4 Delph. only late and due to

2. /caXci/xez/o? etc. (El. -T]ij,evo<s). the N.W.Grk. Koivq. 107.3Also Boeot. 158 7. TeVopes etc., ace. pi. El.,Ach.,

3. <f>a.pa) etc. But rare in Delph. but not Locr., and rare in12 Delph. 107.4

4 o-T = a-e. 85.1 8. irapd at, with w. ace. Also5. 4We, Delph. AeWe = ¥<rTe. No Boeot., Thess., Meg., Lac.

example in El. 135.4 136.2

Page 159: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

231] SUMMAEIES OF CHAEACTEEISTICS 143

o. There are various other peculiarities the scope of which coincides even

less definitely with the Northwest Greek dialects proper, but the spread of

which in the northern part of Greece is noticeable, e. g. masc. ci-stems with

nom. sg. -d, gen. sg. -as (105.1a, 2i), patronymics in -wSas or -dvSas (164.8),

proper names in -K\eas (166.1). Note also the peculiarities common to Boeo-

tiali and Thessalian only (204), most of which are not Aeolic.

Phocian (Delphian)

227. West Greek characteriatics. See 223-225.

228. Northwest Greek characteristics. See 226.

229. Aeolic elements : Traz^Tcaori in all the earlier inscriptions.

107.3. Here also, perhaps, the words Tayoi; (also Thess., Cypr., and

poetical), KepaCm (also Horn.) = Kepdvvvfu, 8iBrjfj,i (also Boeot. and

Horn.) = Seo).

230. Other characteristics, mostly in common with various other

dialects

:

1. f initial till about 400 B.C.; 11. rffvoi (Trivei)=iKetvo<;. 125.1

intervocalic only in a VI 12. poUfo — o'lKodev. 132.7

cent, inscr. 52,53 13. ex^o'?, exdo. 133.3

2. Pecuharities in use of spir. 14. evSo's, evSa, eVSw?. 133.4

asper. 58 a, c 15. iroi (beside ttoV) = tt/jo'?.

3. Tft)\ Aa^vaBav, rovv w'/ious, 135.6 h

etc. 96,97 16. 3 pi. perf. in -an. 138.4

4. afi^iKXeyeo. 89.3 17. Infin. -ev. 153.2

5. SeiXofiai = ^ovXofiai. 75 18. crvXem = avXdco. 161.2

6. lapr\iov etc. 164.1 19. (nej,av(iia> = (7Te4>av6(o. 159

7. ivvri = evvea. 42.1 20. ttolcovti, ttolovtcov. 42.5 d, 6

8. he^Beixo^ = el3So(io<;. 114.7 21. iroieivTM. 158

9. avTocravTo'i, avaavT6<i. 121.4 22. fjTai (late). 163.9

10. Tovra = ravra. 124

231. External influence in the dialect. The temple accounts of

353-325 B.C. show plain evidences of Attic influence. With the

Aetolian domination (278-178 B.C.) a new element is added, that

of the Northwest Greek Koivrj (see 279), resulting in the striking

mixture (e.g. dat. pi. iravTeaai, iravToi's, Traat) seen in the numerous

Page 160: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

144 GREEK DIALECTS [231

proxeny and manumission decrees, some of them as late as the

first and second centuries a.d. There are even some few traces of

Boeotian influence, as in iaTuvdco, deXwvdi, KXapmal (t = el) from

Stiris, near the Boeotian boundary, and the spellings kti (= Kai),

aa-ovXov in a decree of the Phocians. The Amphictionic decrees

immediately following the Aetolian conquest are in the pure Attic

Koiv^, but the dialect was gradually resumed, in the mixed form

which it shows in the other classes' of inscriptions.

Locrian

232. "West Greek characteristics. See 223-225.

233. Northwest Greek characteristics. See 226.

234. In common with various other dialects

:

1. Ko6ap6<; (TIeppoOapidv). 6 5. Ka(T) tov, iroir) tov, etc. 95 a

2. '07r6iVTi, 'OTTOi'Tt'ou?. 44.4 6. ix^di = iKTo^. 133.3

3. f initial and sometimes inter- 7. Trot = Trpo'?, once. 135.6 6

vocalic. 52,53 8. Set Xo/xat = /So y\o/iat. 75

4. Peculiarities in use of spiritus asper. 58 a, d

235. Special Locrian

:

1. Assim. of eK in e(T) Ta<;, e'(\) 3. hapea-Tai = eXea-Oai. 12

\tyueVo9, etc. 100 4. Kara according tow. gen. 1S6.5

2. (ppiv = Trpiv. 66 5. pon beside Hon. 129.2 a

236. The only inscriptions in the pure dialect (nos. 55, 56) are

both from the early fifth century and from western Locris. All

other material is from a much later period, when the Northwest

Greek kolv^ was used, at least in western Locris. See 279. In the

few inscriptions from eastern Locris the appearance of datives like

y^prj/jidTecra-i (107.3) is noteworthy.

Elean

237. West Greek characteristics. See 223-225.

238. Northwest Greek characteristics. See 226.

239. In common with various other dialects

:

Page 161: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

241] SUMMAEIES OF CHARACTEEISTICS 145

1. >?,(» = spurious ei, ov. 25

2. Psilosis. 57

3. SS (also tt) = ^. 84

4. pp = jOff. 80

5. Ehotacism of final ?. 60.1

6. Loss of intervocalic a- (late).

59.3

7. f init. even before conso-

nants,rarely intervoc; late

^oiKiap= olKLa<i. 51-55

8. aiKorpia = aXKorpia. 74 &

9. Omission of t in ea = elr),

etc. 31

10. 'ypotf)ev<i = ypa(j)ev<!. 5

11. S'^Xo/iai ^ ^ovXa/iai. 75

12. Nom. sg. TeXeard. 105.1 a

13. Dat. sg. -ot. 106.2

240. Special Elean

:

1. a = Tj. 15

2. a = e, not only before p, but

after p, before final v, etc.

12 with a

3. iroXep = 7ro'\t9. 18 6

4. ?= S (only in earliest inscr.).

62.2

5. (TO- = a-6 (late). 85.2

6. fiev<; — iMrjV. 112.3

7. Dual hvoCoi's, avroioip. 106.6

8. Verbs in -etw (-aito) = -euoa.

16L1

9. riaTW = effTCO. 163.5

14. Ace. pi. -at?, -at/3, -oip. 78

15. Dat. pi. ^i;7aSe<ro-t (but usu-

ally -ok). 107.3

16. /3ao-t\ei5?, -fjos. 111.1

17. dcra-ia-Ta = dy^^ta-Ta, 113.3

18. TOt, rat = To'Se, raSe. 122

19. varapiv = varepov. 133.6

20. U7ra = iTTTo. 135.3

21. Infin. -r]v. 153

22. 3 sg.subj.-Tj (iKirefiTra). 149

23. Aor. subj. in a {(jmyaSevavri,

Troi'^arai). 151.1

24. 3 sg. opt. -aeie (-haie). 152.4

25. /it-forms a-vKaie, 8ap,oaioia,

8afj,0(7ia>fj,ev. 157 &

26. eypa(fi)fievo<! = yeypafi/Me-

vo<i. 137

10. Trd(TK(o = irdajfoa. 66

11. rlapo, TeTTidpoL, etc. 94.9

12. avevi = avev, and used w.

ace. 133.6,136.4

13. Opt. w. Ka in commands;

also subj. (late). 175

14. Opt. regularly in fut. condi-

tions etc. 176

15. ForpecuUarwordsandmean-

iugs, see, in Glossary, 7/3a-

^09, SiKaia, 8ic}>vio<;,p€ppo),

KaTiapaico, IfiderKto, drfKv-

Tepo<;, eperevaiTepoi;.

241. Koivrj influence. In the ammesty decree (no. 60), from the

second half of the fourth century KC.,ap from ep is, with one excep-

tion (va-rapiv), given up, as in drjXvrepav, ipa-evairepav (note also

Page 162: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

146 GEEEK DIALECTS [241

ipcrev- = earlier pappev-), and TrepC (earlier Trap, with apocope),

though pa from pe is seen in Kanapalmv ; Trcio-^m has its usual form

(earlier jrdaKw) ; the characteristic Elean words feppm= (fievyco in its

technical sense, Sl(J>viov (^i<f)viov), and 'ypd^o<; have given place to

the usual (fjevyto, hiirXdcnov, and ypdfifia. The Damocrates decree

(no. 61), from the first half of the third century B.C., has ep, never

ap, viro not inrd, and shows considerable koiv^ influence in the

vocabulary, e.g. Kadap {ica6d)<s), ejiCTr)cn<}.

On the other hand most of the characteristics of the dialect per-

sist, and, in contrast to earlier inscriptions, the rhotacism of final 9

is uniformly observed. Some of the differences between these two

inscriptions and the earlier ones are due to chronological and local

variation within the dialect, e.g. in both aa, not o-t, = ad, loss of

intervocalic a ; in no. 60 tt, not SS,= f, dat. pi. (^vyd^ecrcn (not -ot?)

;

in no. 61 subj. in prescriptions. Even in the earlier inscriptions

there are some indications of local differences, but it is impossible

with the present material to define their scope.

The definite substitution of the Attic koivij in public inscriptions

of Elis belongs to the end of the third century B.C.

Doric

Laconian

242. West Greek characteristics. See 223-225.

243. Other characteristics, mostly in common with various other

dialects

:

1. 77, 6) = spurious ei, ov. 25 9. o^to? reflex. 121.3

2. t from e before vowels. 9.5 10. rerpaKiv etc. 133.6

3. h from intervoc. cr. 59.1 11. Adv. Tavrd, hdr, ireiroKa.

4. Ehotacismof final? (late). 60.2 132.5a,6

5. a = 6 (late in inscr.). 164 12. da-a-ia-Ta = dyxiara. 113.3

6. IIoAoiSai' = nocretSoJi'. 49.1, 13. Infin. -r)v. 153

61.5 14. 3 pi. imv. -vtco. 140.3 a7. 'ATreXXcov = 'AttoXKcov. 49.3

8. F initial tiU about 400 B.C.; intervocalic in early inscriptions;later sometimes /S. 50-53

Page 163: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

248] SUMMARIES OF CHAEACTERISTICS 147

244. Koivq influence. Inscriptions from the second century B.C.

(from the fourth ajid third there is very little material) and later

are not even in the Doric koiv^ (278), but substantially in the Attic

Koivq, with but slight dialectic coloring. On the revival of the use

of the dialect in some inscriptions of the second century a.d., prob-

ably representing crudely M'hat still survived as a patois, see notes to

nos. 70-73.

Heraclean

245. West Greek characteristics. See 223-225.

246. In common ^ith various other dialects

:

8. Si]\oiiai = ^ovkofiai. 75

9. Tpi<; nom. pi. 114.3

10. T>]VO'! = eKecvo^. 125.1

11. ava)6a, efiirpoa-ffa. 133.1

12. Infin. -ev. 153.2

13. 3 pi. imv. -vT(o. 140.3 a

14. evre; = ovre;. 163.8

15. avhewaOai. 146.4

16. Article as relative. 126

1. 7j, 0) = spurious «, ov. 25

2. t from e before vowels. 9.6

3. ave7riypo<f>o<;. 5

4. Ko6ap6<i, TO^idiv. 6

5. Tafiva) = TCfivto. 49.4

6. F initial, but with many irreg-

ularities. 50 b

7. Peculiarities in use of spiritus

asper. 58 c,d

247. Special Heraclean

:

1? li/TaffO-i, TrotoVrao-o-i. 107.3 5. ippijyeia = ippayvia. 146.4,

2. yeypd.-\jraTai, fiefnaddxrcovrai. 148

146.3 6. KXaiyco = KXeico. 142 a

3. efi€TpioifJ.e<;,fi€rpiafJ.evaiA2.5b 7. TroXtcrTo? = TrXeto-ro?. 113.2

4. m-e<f>VT€VKr]fiev. 147.2

248. Koiv^ influenca koivtj forms appeal- now and then ia the

Heraclean Tables, especially in the nimierals. Thus TpeK beside

rpi<! Teaa-ape;, reaaapaKovra beside rerope;, TerprnKovra —-Koaioi beside -kutioi — x^^''°'- ^^^ XV^'-°'- — F^^Kari, with ei

from etKoa-i, beside fiKuri — el beside al — hoi beside tol.

Page 164: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

148 GEEEK DIALECTS [249

Argolic

249. West Greek characteristics. See 223-225. But Siicda-a-ai,

not SiKa^M, 142.

250. Other characteristics, mostly in common with various other

dialects

:

1. Intervoc. o-toA,andlost.'59.2 11. tu ace. sg. 118.5

2. Trdvaa, iv;, tov;, etc. 77.3, 78 12. viv ace. sg. 3 pers. pron. 118.5

3. Iap6<s with lenis. 58 h 13. ttjvo^ = eKelvo<;. 125.1

4. iroC = 7r/3o?, before dentals. 14. ex^oi, cpSol. 133.3,4

135.6 & 15. dvevv = dvev. 133.6

5. dXCa(y(yL<i etc. 164.3 16. avvridrjai. 138.1

6. 17, to = spurious ei, ov, some- 17. Infin. -ev. 153.2

times. 25 a 18. 3 pi. imv. -vrco. 140.3 a

7. t from e before vowels, some- 19. ecrcra, eacra-a = overa. 163.8

times. 9.7 20. ypdacrna = ypdfifia. 164.4

8. ypocfyevi; etc. 5 21. d(f)pr]T€vco preside. 55

9. TreSa = p^rd. 135.5 22. TjOeiiB = (j)evyo} he Vanished.

10. f in all positions in earliest No. 78.5, note

inscriptions ; initial till 23. dprvvai, official title. No.

about 400 B.C. 52-55 ' 78.2, note

251. There are some differences between the dialect of Argos

and that which appears in most of the inscriptions of Epidaurus

and other cities of the Acte. But these are mainly, if not wholly,

due to the fact that Attic influence was earlier and stronger in

the east. Thus the loss of intervocalic o- and the retention of va

are characteristics which persist in Argive inscriptions till within

the second century B.C., but of which there are only a few exam-

ples from Epidaurus. In general, Attic forms fere frequent in Epi-

daurian inscriptions of the fourth century B.C., and later.

Early inscriptions of Mycenae have e? and rd'; (less probably ro';)

in contrast to Arg. iv<;, t6v<;. Of. Cret. toi beside t6v<;, 78. EromHermione are also found genitive singular and accusative plural

in -ca, -ft)?.

Page 165: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

259] SUMMARIES OF CHAEACTERISTICS 149

Corinthian

252. West Greek characteristics. See 223-225.

253. In common with various other dialects:

1. ivOeiv = eXOelv. 72 7. ivS6<;,evSoi,e^oi. Syrac. 133.4^

2. Xm = deXto. Glossary 8. 3 pi. imv. -vrm. 140.3 a

3. 'ATreWcoi' = 'ATro'X.XeBi'. 49.3 9. f in early inscr. in all posi-

4. iiei<; = fii]v. 112.3 tions; init. tUl about 400

5. Hypocoristics in -7)v. 165.7 B.C.; sometimes /3. 51-55

6. TTo'Seao-i etc., in various colonies. 107.3

254. Special Coriuthian. Very early monophthongization of et

and ov. 28, 34

255. After the early but brief inscriptions in the epichoric alpha-

bet, there is but scanty material until the third and second cen-

turies B.C., when the admixture of koivt] forms is considerable.

Megarian

256. West Greek characteristics. See 223-225.

257. In common with various other dialects

:

1. aiJ.^i\\eyto. 89.3 4. Gen. sg. m. ^dyd<; etc. 105.2 h

2. eu = eo, late. 42.5 5. fiek = fiijv. 112.3

3. f initial in V cent., but lost 6. Xw = 0eX(o. Glossary

between vowels. 7. 'Kd^oftai,=\an^dvco. Glossary

258. Special Megarian

:

1. 06So)po9, ©OKXetSa?, etc. 42.5 d 2. ad = Tiva. 128

3. alcn/jLvdrat;, aia-i/jivda) = altrv/jiv>]T7]<;, alcrvfivdw. 20. Apart from

the difference of vowel, the words are peculiar to Megarian

and Ionic.

259. Except for the early inscriptions of Selinus and a few others,

the material is from the end -of the fourth century or later, and

shows KOLvq influence.

Page 166: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

150 GEEEK DIALECTS [260

Rhodian

260. West Greek characteristics. See 223-225.

261. In common with various other dialects

:

1. ev = eo. 42.5 6. e^av = e^ij?. 133.6

2. 7j,co = spurious ei, ov, in some 7. 3 pi. imv. -vtoo. 140.3 a

words. 25 a 8. Tt/^iea) = rifidco. 161.2

3. 16(00? with lenis. 58 6 9. Tt/idv/jar?;? etc. 167

4. OTTW, vk. 132.4 10. XPV''^^ = ^e\o). Glossary

5. oKKa = oA;a kos. 132.9

262. Special Eh odian: Infinitive in -yueti'. 154.5. ktoiW, denoting

a territorial division like the Attic deme, is found only in Ehodes

and Carpathus. fiaarpoi as the highest officers of the state are

peculiar to Ehodes.

263. Koiv^ influence shows itself to a slight extent in the fourth

century B.C. Most of the material is from the third century or

later, and is in the Doric koiv^ (278), though with frequent reten-

tion of the characteristic infinitive in -fieiv. In this mixed form

the dialect is one of the longest to survive, many peculiarities still

appearing in inscriptions of the first and second centuries a.d.

Coan

264. West Greek characteristics. See 223-225.

265. In common with various other dialects

:

1. ev = eo. 42.5 7. e^dv = i^rj'i. 133.6

2. q,co = spurious ei, ov, in some 8. Aor. subj. mroKv^ei. 150

words. 25 a 9. Infin. -ev ; also in contract

3. Ta/JLVO} = Te/jLva). 49.4 verbs. 153.2,3

4. Si]\ofiat = j3ov\oij.ai. 15 10. 3 pi. imv. -i'toj. 140.3 a

5. Ace. pi. -0? beside -ov?. 78 11. xP'n''^<^= GeXm. Glossary

6. ^aaiXevi, -ios, -r\, but early -fji, -t]S. 113.3

266. There are no very early inscriptions, and only a few even

from the fourth century B.C. The most important of these, the

Page 167: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

271] SUMMAEIES OF CHAEACTERISTICS 151

sacrificial calendar (nos. 101-103), already shows some Koivq forms,

as iepevv beside iapev'i, elKd<s beside t«as, ace. pL rpek, ea-ria beside

t(7Tta, etc., but preserves some forms which are never found later

as leprji, Teraprrj^ (later always -ei, -ew, etc.). There are also somespecific Ionic forms in use in Cos, as reXeo)?, cnroBe^avTO). Most of

the material is of the third and second centuries, and in the Doric

KoiviQ as described in 278.

Theran

267. "West Greek characteristics. See 223-225.

268. In common with various other dialects

:

1. ev = eo. 42.5 7. Acc. pi. -09. 78

2. q,m = spurious «, ov, in some 8. irehd — fierd. 135.5

words. 25 a 9. i^av = eftj?. 133.6

3. ovpo'i from opfo<;. 54 10. Subj. weirpaTai etc. 151.1

4. f lost in the earliest times. 50 11. Infin. -ev; also in contract

5. pp = pa. 80 verbs. 153.2,3

6. B'TjK.op.ai, = ^ovKojiai. 75

269. Except for the numerous, but brief, archaic inscriptions,

the material is all from the period of Koivrj influence. The longest

inscription, the WiU of Epicteta (SGDI. 4706), exhibits most of the

characteristics of the dialect, but also many Koivq forms.

The inscriptions of Gyrene, though late, have regularly rj, (o =spurious et, ov, and show some special peculiarities, as iape^ nom.

and acc. pi. of iapev<} (111.3), Te\eo-(^OjoeVTe9 (157).

Cretan

270. West Greek characteristics. See 223-225. But ol, al, not

Tol, Tai, and "Aprefui not "A/jra/tw?.

271. In common with various other dialects

:

1. 7), co = spurious et, ov. 25 6. Psilosis. 57

2. fjjvo? from ^evpo-s, etc. 54 7. f iait- till HI cent. B.c.

;

3. I from e before vowel. 9.4 sometimes /8 ;pia-Fo<; ; in-

4. TpoLTrm, Tpa.(f)a). 49.2 tervoc. only in cpds. 50-54

5. A7re'X\Q)i'='A7ro'\X<Bi'. 49.3 8. Trctvaa etc. 77.3

Page 168: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

152 GEEEK DIALECTS [271

9. ToV? beside roi;, etc. 78

10. TT in -TT-pdrTto etc. 81

11. rr in ottotto^ etc. 82

12. 5S, S (sometimes tt, t) = f.

84

13. TT = TTT. 86.2

14. TT = 0-T (rare). 86.4

15. e? = e^ before cons. 100

16. avTov neut. = avro. 125.2

17. oTTVi = oiroij etc. 132.4

18. TrpoeOa. = irpoade. 133.1

19. evho';, e^oi. 133.4,5

20. avTiv, avTUfiepiv. 133.6

2 1. Trefia = /^cTa. 135.5

272. Special Cretan

:

1. v=X before cons., sometimes.

71

2. 60 (rarely t6') = aO. 85.3

3. ^^ = era, late. 81 a

4. TT = KT. 86.1

5. vv = pv. 86.5

6. /i/i = yttl". 86.6

7. Trpecyv^, Trpeiymv, Trpeiyi-

uTO'}, etc. = 7r/3e'a-/3u? etc.

86.3

8. /jiaiTvp- = fidpTvp-. 71 a

9. Assimilation in sentence

combination more exten-

sive than elsewhere. 97.4,5,

98 •

10. Aec. pi. of cons, stems in

-av<;. 107.4

11. Ace. pi. T/otiz/?. 114.3

22. avTi in presence of, afj,(j)l

concerning. 136.7,8

23. Aor. subj. Xa^ao-ci etc. 150

24. Subj. TreirdTai etc. 151.1

25. Infin. -ev; also in contract

verbs. 153.2,3

26. Verb-forms in -ew (-i«) =-ato. 161.2

27. iuTTa = ovaa. 163.8

28. Xa> (\eia>)= deXco. Glossary

29. TTo'Xts = Sfi/jio<!. Glossary

30. /capTepof = KpaTepof, in

meaning = Kvpiov. 49.2 a,

Glossary

12. plv avToi, TO, pa avTa<; =eavT&i, TO, eavT7J<!. 121.1

13. OTK, gen. sg. oti, ace. pi. neut.

an, dat. sg. oTifjii. 129.3,

128

14. OTeio'; = 07r0409. 130

15. oTepo'; = oTTOTepo';. 127

16. otrai as final conj. 132.5,8 a

17. TTopTi = 7rp6<;. 70.1, 135.6

18. alXeo) = alpem. 12

19. Infin. -pi,r)v beside -ixev. 154.4

20. dlvo<; = 6elo<;. 164.9

21. TeXofiai = ecrofiai. 163.10

22. coz/eift), Trew^Q), iXevereco. 162.9

23. XayaiQ) release. 162.8

24. K6afio<;, official title. Glos-

sary

Page 169: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

273] SUMMARIES OF CHARACTERISTICS 153

273. Cretan, as commonly understood and as described above, is

the dialect of the inscriptions of Gortyna (which is by far the mostfiilly represented) Cnossos, Lyttos, Yaxos, and the other cities of the

great central portion of Crete. This is also known more specifically

as Central Cretan. Eastward, at Olus, Dreros, Latos, etc., the dia-

lect is much less uniform ; and m the inscriptions of cities of the

eastern extremity of the island, as Hierapytna, Praesos, and Itanos,

and again in those from the cities of the western extremity, as

Aptera, Cydonia, etc., many of the most striking Cretan character-

istics are wholly lacking. Hence the terms East Cretan, usually

reckoned from Hierapytna eastward, and ^^'est Cretan, from Lappa

westward, are sometimes employed. But there is no sufficient

ground for the behef that the East, West, and Central Cretan are

fundamental divisions of the dialect, or that they reflect to any

degree the various constituent elements in the population. The

East and "West Cretan inscriptions, the latter very meager, are com-

paratively late, and show a large degree of obvious koivij influence,

partly Attic, pai'tly the Doric Koiv-q of the other islands. The

absence of many of the Cretan characteristics may well be, and

probably is, due to external influence, which was felt earlier and

more strongly than in Central Crete, where, especially at Gortyna,

most of the peculiarities persisted until Roman times. However, an

actual divei'gence of development, for which external causes are at

least not apparent, is to be recognized in the treatment of eo, which,

instead of becoming lo, appears as o in close, (o in open, syllables

(42.5 c, d), e.g. KOfffiovTe;, i-jraivrnfiev, at Hierapytna, Allaria, Cydo-

nia (Koer/jL6vre<} also at Aptera, Oleros). There are also a few other

local vaiiations. But, if we had ample material from the early

period, it is highly probable that we should find that in the main

the characteristics of Central Cretan were also general Ci'etan.

Page 170: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

SUEVIVAL OF THE DIALECTS. GEOWTH OF VAEIOUS

FOEMS OF KOINH

274. Not only in earlier times, but also, in most parts of Greece,

long after Attic had become the norm of literary prose, each state

employed its own dialect, both in private and public monuments

of internal concern, and in those of a more external or interstate

character, such as decrees in honor of foreigners, decisions of inter-

state arbitration, treaties, and, in general, communications between

different states. Thus, for example, an honorary decree of a Boeo-

tian city is in the Boeotian dialect, no matter whether the recipient

is a citizen of Athens, Delphi, Alexandria, or Tarentum. If the

Eleans honor Damocrates of Tenedos, the decree is in the Elean of

the time (no. 61). If Mytilene honors Erythrae, the decree is in

Lesbian and a copy in this form is set up at Erythrae. Such is the

usual practice, examples of which could be cited by the hundred,

and any departure from which is the exception.

A decision of the Argives in a dispute between Melos and Cimo-

lus is in the Argive dialect (no. 81). And so in general such deci-

sions were regularly rendered in the dialect of the arbitrators, and

inscribed in this form by the states involved in the dispute, usually

at home, but sometimes also in one of the great religious centers,

as Delos or Olympia. The extant texts of treaties are, as a rule, in

the dialect of that party in whose territory the text was found, and

it is to be assumed that the version inscribed by the other party in its

home was likewise in its dialect. Thus, for example, the monetary

agreement between Mytilene and Phocaea in the Lesbian version

found at 'Mytilene (no. 21), the treaty of alliance between Elis and

Heraea (in Arcadia) in the Elean version found at Olympia (no. 58).

In communications between states using different dialects each

party employs its own. For example, when Philip V of Macedon164

Page 171: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

275] YAEIOUS F0E:MS of KOINH 155

sends certain recommendations to tlie city of Larissa, he writes in

the Attic KOLvi^, which had long been the language of the Macedo-nian court, but the decrees which the city passes in response are in

the Thessalian dialect (no. 28). An inscription of Mytilene contains

the text of a decree of the Aetolian league in favor of Mytilene, in

its original Aetolian (Xorthwest Greek Koivq) form, a copy of which

had been brought back by the Mytilenaean envoys, followed by a

decree of ilytilene in Lesbian, quoting from the former decree and

ordering the inscription of both. The regulations of the religious

sanctuaries of Greece are drawn up in the dialect of the state which

has direct charge of them, no less in the great Hellenic centers

than in those of local fame. So, for example, an Amphictionic

decree wliich is known to us only in the copy set up at Athens is

in the Delphian dialect.

275. In the period before the rise of Attic as the language of

literary prose, no one dialect was in a position even to influence

other dialects except \\"ithin narrow geographical limits. Yet it is

probable that even then external influence was not wholly absent.

There was no lack of intercourse to awaken consciousness of the

peculiarities of one's own dialect as compared with those of others.

Some of these pecuharities, especially such as were at variance

with the practice of all or nearly all other dialects, might come to

be regarded with disfavor as pro^^ncialisms, and be avoided in

writing, and even in speech, or at least less consistently observed.

For example, the Laconians and the Argives, who were well

aware that under certain conditions they omitted, or pronounced

as a mere breathing, what was a o- in the speech of most other Greeks,

may have felt that this, unhke some of their other pecuharities,

was a sort of weakness, wliich did not deserve to be exploited in

writing. This would explain the inconsistency in the treatment of

intervocalic <r (A or a) which is to be observed even in the early

inscriptions of Laconia and Argohs, before any specific Attic influ-

ence is possible. See 59.1,2. The fact that Arcadian £*? and /ca?,

agreeing with Cyprian o-t? and /ca?, are found only in one early

Page 172: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

156 GEEEK DIALECTS [278

inscription (no. 16), while all others have tU and Kal, may also be

ascribed to the combined influence of the other dialects, just as in

a later period, when specific Attic influence is more probable, ttXo?

was replaced by the usual irXeov, in spite of the fact that other

equally marked peculiarities like Iv = iv were unaffected. The

Eleans gave up even in the sixth century their use of f for the 8

of other dialects, and if, as is likely, this was a concession in

spelling only, it is none the less in point.

276. Traces of Ionic influence are seen in the Doric islands,

though the earliest evidence of this belongs rather to the history

of the alphabet, namely the spread of the Ionic H = >? (4.6). . It is

not accidental that ev for eo, though occasionally found in conti-

nental Greece, is mainly found, outside of Ionic, in Ehodes, Cos,

Thera, etc. In Cos occur such specific Ionic forms as TeXea^ and

aTToSe^avTco. Even in. the fifth century the coins of the Ehodian

lalysus show 'leXva-iov beside 'laXvaiov. Through the medium of

the Doric koivt] of the other islands (278), some Ionic peculiarities

have even spread to Crete, e.g. at Itanos ev=eo, eo=ev, and y^peco/ieda.

277. The Attic tcoiv^. The foundation of the ultimate suprem-

acy of Attic is to be sought in the political conditions of the fifth

century B.C. In this we refer to something more than the fact,

important as it is, that in this period Athens became the intellec-

tual center of Greece and Attic the recognized language of literary

prose. It is within the sphere of influence represented by the con-

federacy of Delos and the Athenian empire that Attic made its first

advance as an ordinary medium of communication. Of all dialects

it is Ionic which shows the first signs of Attic influence and is the

first to lose its identity as a distinct dialect. Some traces of this

influence &ve seen even in the Ionic inscriptions of the fifth century,

especially in the islands, and in the fourth century the majority of

inscriptions show at least a mixture of Attic forms, and some, even

from the early part of the century, are substantially Attic. After

this, Ionic practically ceased to exist as a distinct dialect, though

some Ionic peculiarities are occasionally found in much later times,

Page 173: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

278] VAEIOUS FORMS OF KOINH 157

mostly in proper names and certain conventional words or phrases.

It is this Attic, already well-nigh established in Ionic territory, and

in some respects modified by Ionic, that the Macedonians took up

and spread, and whicb is henceforth termed the Koivrj, or, more

specifically, the Attic koivij.

The Macedonian period, indeed, forms the principal landmark in

the evolution of a standard language in Greece. For in it the Attic

Kocvq was spread over a vast territory and permanently established

in places which were to become leading centers of Greek life. Yet

this is only a stage, marking neither the beginning, as we have seen,

nor, still less, the end. Excepting Ionic, and Cyprian, of which we

have no later record, the other dialects, though showing more or

less Koivi^ influence, remained in common use in inscriptions from

one to upwards of three centuries later. But eventually the koivij

attained complete supremacy both as the written and the spoken

language, and from it is descended Modern Greek. The only .im-

portant exception is the present Tsakonian" dialect, spoken in a

small portion of Laconia, which is in part the offspring of the

ancient Laconian.

278. The Doric KOLvq. In most of the Doric dialects Attic influ-

ence shows itself, to some extent, even in the fourth century B.C.,

and there was gradually evolved a type of modified Doric which

prevails in the inscriptions of the last three centuries B.C., and is

conveniently known as the Doric koiv^. This is substantially Doric,

retaining a majority of the general West Greek characteristics, but

with a tendency to eliminate local peculiarities, and with a strong

admixture of forms from the Attic koivi]. In spite of some variety

in the degree of mixture, and the retention of some local peculiari-

ties, e.g. the infinitive in -fj-eiv at Rhodes, there is yet a very con-

siderable unity, amply sufficient to justify us in speaking of a

distinct type of kolvti.

That the mixture is not a haphazard one is shown, for example, in

the fact that the substitution of el for al, side by side with the re-

tention of Ka, resulting in the hybrid e? «a, is very general, while the

Page 174: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

158 GREEK DIALECTS [278

opposite, al av, is unknown. Iap6<s is replaced by iepo';. The numer-

als show the forms of the Attic Koivrj, e.g. aoc. pi. rpeh for t/jw,

reacrepe'; (or Tea-aape<;, TeTTape<;) not TeTopei, elicoai for l/can, recr-

aepaKovra (recraapdicovTa, TerrapaKOVTa) for rerpcaKOVTa, ScaKotrioi

etc. for -KaTLoi. In t-stems we usually find 7ro'\to9, 7ro'\te? retained,

but TToXei, TToXea-i, ace. pi. iroXeif. Nouns in -eu? follow the Attic

type except in the accusative singular, e.g. ^aaiXeco';, nom.-acc. pi.

^aa-iXeh, but ace. sg. ^acriXr). So Att. ^acnXe<o<; is usual, but Att.

TToXeffl? rare. The substitution of 04, ai for rot, tuC is frequent, but

there is great variation in this respect, roi and ol occurring not

infrequently even in the same inscription. Attic ov from eo is fre-

quent, especially in verbs in -em. In some places, as far apart as

Ehodes and Corcyra, we find inscriptions which have the verb-forms

uniformly in ov, but the genitive singular of c-stems in -eos or

-ev9, e.g. Ehod. iyKoXovvrai; etc. but 'IcroKparev; etc. (SGDI. 3758),

Core. iroioiivTe's etc. but 'A-pi(TTOfji,eveo<; etc. (SGDI. 3206). Attic a

from eft) is also more common in verbs than in nouns. In dialects

which have ^iji'o? or fetvos etc. (54), such forms are often replaced

by the Attic, especially in the case of •jrpo^evo'i. The first plural

ending -yue? is generally replaced by -fiev, though it persists in some

places.

There are various other Attic forms which are not infrequent,

but much less common than the dialect forms, e.g. (Sv beside emv,

imperative ending -vtcov beside -vrca, tt/jcoto? beside Trpdroi, Trpo?

beside ttotl. Many of the dialectic peculiarities persist with scarcely

any intrusion of the corresponding Attic forms, e.g. d = Att.-Ion. tj,

Ka, verb forms like SlScoti, (pepovTi, Doric future, future and aorist

in f (142), dfie<; etc. Att. r], dv, and verb-forms like SiScoai, <f)e-

povai are almost unknown except in the very last stages when the

Attic KOivr) as a whole is practically established, a is sometimes

found as late as the tMrd century a.d., but only as a bit of local

color, perhaps artificial, in what is otherwise the Attic Koivrj.

279. The Northwest Greek Koivri. This is very similar to the

Doric Koivrj, showing about the same mixture of Attic with West

Page 175: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

279] VAEIOUS FORMS OF KOINH 159

Greek forms. But it differs from it ia that it retains two of the

most characteristic features of the Northwest Greek dialects as

compared with Doric, namely eV = ek, and the dative plural of con-

sonant stems in -ot?. The use of this type is closely connected with

the political power of the Aetolian league. We find it employed,

in the third century B.c. and later, in Aetolia and in all decrees

of the Aetolian league, in Western Locris (Naupactus was incor-

porated in the league in 338 B.C., the rest of Western Locris some-

what later), Phocis (Delplii was in the hands of the Aetolians by

at least 290 B.C.), the land of the Aenianes, Malis and Phthiotis,

all of which became Aetohan in the course of the third century B.C.

Without doubt it was also used in Doris, from which we have no

material, and in Eastern Locris. In Boeotia, which was in the

Aetolian league but a short time (245-234 B.C.), it was never

employed, though there are some few traces of its influence (222).

The only extant decrees of Cephallenia and Ithaca, of about

200 B.C., are in this same Northwest Greek koiv^, reminding us

that Cephallenia, of which Ithaca was a dependency, was allied

with the Aetolians (Polyb. 4.6). Parts of the Peloponnesus were

also for a time under Aetohan domination, and the characteristic

dative plural in -ots is found in Arcadia, Messenia (also iv = ek),

and Laconia. There is one example even as far away as Crete

(\t/ieVots SGDL4942 6; 159-138 B.C.), but clearly an importation.

Aetolians had taken part in the internal wars of Crete, and Cretans

had served in the armies of both the Aetolian and the Achaean

leagues (Polyb. 4.53).

The inscriptions of this period from Acarnania, Epirus, and

Achaea, including decrees of the Acarnanian, Epirotan, and

Achaean leagues, are not in the Northwest Greek Kotvrj as de-

fined above (they do not have iv = el<:, or the dative plural of

consonant stems in -ot?), but in the Doric koivij. At this time

at least the speech of Acarnania and Epirus was not essentially

different from that of Corcyra, nor that of Achaea from that of

Corinth and Sicyon.

Page 176: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

160 GREEK DIALECTS [280

In the Arcadian inscriptions of this period the native Arcadian

forms are wholly or in part replaced by West Greek forms, and

this is probably due in large part to the influence of the Doric

K0IV1J of the Achaean league. But the Aetolians also held parts

of Arcadia for a time, and, as noted above, there are some exam-

ples of the dative plural in -oi<; borrowed from the Northwest

Greek Koivrj.

280. Some more detailed observations upon the time and extent

of Koivrj influence in the various dialects have been made in connec-

tion with the Summaries of Characteristics (180-273), and in the

notes to some of the late inscriptions.

What has just been noted in the case of the Doric Koivri is true

in all dialects, namely, that of the dialectic peculiarities some are

given up much earlier than others. Furthermore it is nothing xm-

usual to find hybrid forms, part dialectic, part Koivrj, e.g. Doric

future with Attic ov, as troirja-ovvn etc. frequently,— Boeot. aws, a

contamination of a? and eco?,— Heracl. feiicaTi, a contamination of

fUan and e'Uoa-i,— Boeot. ^uxovffi with dialectic present stem and

personal ending, but Attic ^ (pure Boeot. SauovOi),— Boeot. eKjovoK

with dialectic case-ending, but Attic ex- (pure Boeot. i(ry6v(o<;),—Thess. ace. pi. yivofievof; with dialectic case-ending, but Attic stem

(pure Thess. 'yivv/ievo';),— Epid. eiopr) with Doric ending -rj from -ae,

but Attic stem e<op- from *^o'/3-.

Besides such hybrids, hyper-Doric or hyper-Aeolic forms are

occasionally met with in late inscriptions, though less often than in

our literary texts. Thus the Attic term e(f>ri^o<; (with original t),

cf. Dor. rj^a), when adopted in other dialects, was sometimes given

the pseudo-dialectic form e<j)a^o<;, e.g. in some late Doric and Les-

bian inscriptions, in imitation of the frequent equivalence of dia-

lectic a to Attic T). Conversely the Attic form was sometimes

retained in opposition to what would be its true dialectic equiva-

lent, as in Boeotian usually e<j>ri^o<;, rarely e<^et/3os. Similarly the

Doric 'KpaicXrji! and its derivatives keep t) in Boeotian. Cf. also

on Cret. IIvtio<;, 63.

Page 177: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

280] VARIOUS FORMS OP KOINH 161

In Eoman imperial times the antiquarian interest in local dia-

lects is reflected in the revival of their use in parts of Greece where

for some two centuries previously the Attic Koivrj had been in gen-

eral use, at least in inscriptions. So, for example, in the case of

Lesbian (cf. no. 24), Laconian (cf. nos. 70-73), and to some extent

in Elean, where examples of rhotacism reappear in the first and

second centuries A.D. It is impossible to determine in every case

whether this was a wholly artificial revival of a dialect which had

long ceased to be spoken, or was an artificial elevation to written

use of a dialect which had survived throughoiit the interval as a

patois. The latter is true of Laconian (see 277, end, and note to

nos. 70-73). But for most dialects we have no adequate evidence

as to the length of their survival in spoken form.

Page 178: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects
Page 179: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

PART II: SELECTED INSCRIPTIONS

The brief introductory statement to each inscription gives its provenance

and approximate date, with references to several of the most important col-

lections. The extensive bibliographies in these collections make it unneces-

sary to cite the numerous special discussions in periodicals etc., except

in the case of a few recently discovered inscriptions. For the abbreviations

employed, see pp. 281 ff. References to the collections are by the numbers

of the inscriptions, unless otherwise stated, while those to periodicals are

by pages.

It has seemed unnecessary to state in the case of every inscription whether

the alphabet is the epichoric or the ordinary Ionic, since this is generally

obvious from the date given, as well as from the transcription. It may be

taken for granted, unless otherwise stated, that inscriptions of the fifth cen-

tury B.C. or earlier are in the epichoric alphabet, those of the fourth cen-

tury B.C. or later in the Ionic. Hence comments on the form of the alphabet

employed are added only in special cases.

The transcription of texts in the older alphabet is such as to give the

student some assistance, without confusing what is in the original and what

is a matter of editing. The signs E and 0, when representing long vowels,

no matter whether the later spelling is rj, to or «, ov, are transcribed simply

e, o. The spiritus asper, when expressed in the original, is transcribed A,

leaving the use of ' as a matter of editing. See p. 49, footnote. The use of

the following signs is to be noted.

[ ] for restorations of letters no longer legible.

< > for letters inscribed by mistake, and to be ignored by the reader.

( ) for 1) expansion of abbreviations, 2) letters omitted by mistake,

3) corrected letters. Obvious corrections are given thus, without

adding the original reading. Less certain corrections are sometimes

commented on in the notes, with citation of the original reading, as

are also obscure readings due to the mutilation of the letters. But

often this is not done, it being thought unnecessary in a work of this

kind to repeat the full critical apparatus of other collections.

- - - - for a lacuna, where no restoration is attempted.

163

Page 180: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

164 GfiEEK DIALECTS [No. 1

. . . . for a similar lacuna where it is desired to show, at least approxi-

mately, the number of missing letters, each dot standing for a let-

ter. In general, these are employed only for short lacunae.

I

for the beginning of each new line in the original.

I

for the beginning of every fifth line in the original.

I

for the division between the obverse and reverse sides, or between col-

imans. Used only where the text is printed continuously.

Ionic

East Ionic

1. Sigeum. Early VI cent. b.c. SGDI.5531. Hicks 8. Hoffmann III.

130. Michel 1313. Koberts 42 and pp.334fE. The second version (B) is

in Attic.

. ^avoSiKOI

efjkl Topfji,oK\pdTeo<i to|

TlpoKovvrj^alo • Kpr)Trjp\a he KaX

10 vTTOKiprjTTJpiov kIuI Tjdfiov £? lApvTavrjLovII

eBcoKev ^[lyelevo'ijv.

B <^avoSiKO eifil to H^epfiOKpaTot to 'n.poKo(y)\ve(rio- Kayo xpa-

5 TepaI

KairiaTaTov KaX he&^jMV e? irpVTaveiov elSoKa fivefia 2f-

10 7e(t)|e£)crt, ehv Se n 7rao-j^|o, fieXeSaivev fie, o|

St^etes. xai fi e7ro||(ie)-

aev HatVoTTO? xal haSe\<j)oi.

1. Monument of Phanodicus of Proc-

onnesus, recording his gift of a mix-

ing bowl, a stand for it, and a wine-

strainer, to the Sigean prytaneum. Thepillar was prepared and furnished with

its Ionic inscription at Proconnesus,

which was a colony of Miletus. TheAttic version was added at Sigeum,

which was already at this time occu-

pied by Athenians.

The divergence between A and the

corresponding portion of B is partly

due to the normal differences of dia-

lect, e. g. Ion. KpriTrjpa with i; after p,

irpvrav^utv = Att. irpvTaveTov^ and Top-

liOKpireos with psilosis and consequent

crasis and unoontracted -eos in contrast

to Att. TO Hfp/WKpirSs. So iwoKpifT'^piov,

in contrast to Att. iTrla-Tarov, is an Ionic

form found elsewhere. Other differ-

ences are due merely to the absence of

signs for ri and w in the Attic alphabet,

or are accidental, as efi,l in A, etfU in B,

where the spelling ei at such an early

date is as exceptional in Attic as it

would be in Ionic, or dat. pi. -eSa-iv in

A, -euo-i in B, where the use of v mova-

ble is "variable in both dialects.

8. Decree of the council of Halicar-

nassians and Salmacitians and Lygda-

mis regarding disputes over real estate.

Lygdamis is the tyrant who drove He-

rodotus into exile and whom a revolu-

tion eventually expelled from the city.

It is probable that this inscription dates

from a period when the citizens had

arisen and restored the exiles, but hadcome to terms temporarily with Lyg-

damis. The disputes would then be

concerning the property of the former

Page 181: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 2] IONIC INSCRIPTIONS 165

2. Halicarnassus. Before 454 B.C. SGDI.5720. Ditt.Syll.lO. GreekInscr.Brit.Mus.iyi.886. Hicks 27. Hoffmann III.171. Inscr.Jurid.I,pp.

Iff. MicheUSl. Roberts 145 and pp. 339 ff. Solmsen45. For the char-

acter T, see 4.4. Letters which, though now lacking, are found in LordCharlemont's copy, are printed without the marks of restoration.

Ta'Se o <7i5\Xo[7]o? i/SoXevaaro|

o 'A\iKapvaT[eca']v kuI ^aXfjia-

Ki\Tea>v Kol AvySafiK iv riji te/3'>j[t]|

ayopi)i, fir}vo<; '^piJ.aiaivo<;

7re'/x||7rTijt larafievo, e-rrl Ae'oi'TO? 7rpv\Tav[evov]TO<; to 'OaraTto? 5

/ca|[i] 2a[jOiiT]wX\o to ©e/cutXco i'e|[(B7r]ot[a). tJo<; fivi^fiovai firj

'7rapa\SiS6\yail nrjTe yfjv fiijTe ot/«;[i]|a] toI<; fivijfioa-iv iirl 'AttoX- 10

\a)\viSea) to AvySdiJ.io<; iJ,V7)fiove\vovTO<; koI Tlavafivio to Katr/SmlX-

Xt09 Kal 'EaXfiaKiTemv ixvr}\iJ.oveu6vTO)v MeYa/Sarea) to 'AM)vdaio<; 15

Koi ^opfiLavo<; to Il[a'\\vvcvrio^. r^v Se tk deXrjt EiKci^elcrdai irepl

yrj<i rj oiKiav, e7rt«aX[e]|T(B iv oKTcoKaiSexa fiTjcrlv cnr OT[eo] I o

aSo<; iyeveTO • voficoi Se «OTa7r[e]||jO vvv o/)K6o<t>o-(a)t to<; SiKaa-Td<! • 20

otIi]I

av ol fivijfiove<! elBeeocnv, tovto I KapTepov evai. rjv Se rt?

vaTepovI

eTTiKaXfji tovto to 'X^povo tmv I oKTcoKaiBeKa firjvwv, opxov

evai "7J]a)i vefJLOfievmi Trjy yfjv rj to, ot/i;|[i]a, opKov he to<s SiKaa-Tat 25

exiles (cf. no. 22), although this is be only tentative and subject to fur-

nowhere stated. Salmacis was a town ther litigation. The phrase used in

partially merged with Halicarnassus, 1. 30 'whenA. andP. werecommission-

and reptesented with it by a common ers' has reference to future suits, and

council, though still retaining its own is not inconsistent with the view that

ofBcials. Halicarnassus was originally these men constituted the incoming

Doric, but had already become Ionic in hoard at the time of the decree. —speech. Many of the proper names are 16 fi. 'Any one wishing to bring suit

of Carian origin. must prefer his claim within eighteen

8 ff. 'The mnemones or commission- months of the time of the decree. The

ers are not to transfer lands or houses dicasts shall administer the oath (to

to the incoming board consisting of the one bringing suit) in accordance

ApoUonides and his colleagues. ' That with the present law. Whatever the

is, apparently, property which had commissioners have knowledge of (e.g.

been in the hands of the commission- through their records) shall be valid.'

ers for settlement, or perhaps in seques- — 22 ff. 'If one prefers a claim after

tration, was now to be turned over to the prescribed period, the one In pos-

the presumptive owners instead of to session of the property shall take the

the new board, in order to secure an oath (that is, he shall have the prefer-

immediate disposal of these matters, ence in taking the oath ; cf . the use of

even though this might in many CEi§es dpKnirepos in th§ Gortynian Law-Code),

Page 182: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

166 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 2

^fiL\[e]KT0V 6e^a//.eVo9 rbv Se opicov el\v\ai Trapeovro'; to evearr)-

30 KOTO'S • K\apTepo<; 8' elvai jfj^ Kal oIkIcov oItivc^||

tot el^ov OTe

'A.iToXKiovC8r)<i Kal Ilava\iivrji eiJivr}p,6vevov, el firj va-Tepo\v aireire-

paa-av. tov vojxov tovtov|

rjV Til deXrji avyx^ai, rj 7r;OO0^Ta|[i]

33 \{rfj(f>ov Sa-Te fir) elvai tov v6p,o^ tovtov, to, iovTU avTO ireirpr]-

ada>I

Kal tcottoXXcovo'; elvai lepa Kal a\vTOV <f}evyev aleC- rjv he fir]

fji avT\S)i a^ia SeKa o-TaTijpcov, avTov [ir^eTrprjadai eV i^aymjrii

40 Kal iJ,7i[B]\\a/JLa KtidoSov elvai e? 'A\iKapv\ria-<T6v. 'AXiKapvaaaecav

Se TO}(T crlvfnrdvTcov TOVTcoi eXevdepov i^ai, 09 av TavTa fnfj irapa-

45 ^aivTji, KaT^^ep to, opKia eTa/iov Kal a>s yeypain'^ai ev tSu 'AttoX-

X(B[i/t']cot iiriKaXev

3. Teos. About 475 B.C. SGDI.5632. Hicks 23. Hoffmann 111.105.

Michel 1318. Roberts 142 and pp.336 f£. Solmsen42.

A "OffTt? <l)dpfiaKa hrfXriTr^ia iroiol eirl lUrjiouTi^ to ^vvov ^

5 eir iSicoTTji, Klevov airoXXvaOai Kal al^^vrbv Kal lyeVo? to Kevo.|

6(TTi<i

e? yrjv TTjV TrjiTjV K\a)Xvoi criTOV eadyecrOai|

rj TS'^yrji rj firj'x^av'^i 17

10 KaT\a ddXaaaav rj KaT fjireipo^ rj ecraxdevTa aveodeoirj, kSi^ov

airoXXvadai Kal avi'^v Kal yeve's to Kevo.

B [1, 2 fragmentary] octti? Trjicov e^udlvvooi|

•^ ala-v[^fi]vi]Tr)i [aTret-

6 deo^(ir]) rjII

eiraviCTTalTO {rj aiavfAvrjTrji), airoXXva-dai Kal|

avTOV

The dicasts shall administer the oath, allowed to return.'— 41 ff. 'Of all the

receiving a twelfth of a stater as fee, Halicarnassians any one who does not

and the oath shall he taken In the transgress these things such as they

presence of the plaintiff. Those who have sworn to and as is recorded in

held the property when ApoUonides the temple of Apollo, shall be at liberty

and Panamyes were commissioners to prefer claims.'

two- o-unirdvTuv

:

shall be the legal possessors, unless they tQv (runrdiiTay. 96.2.

have disposed of it later.'— air£ir4pa- 3. Imprecations against evil-doers,

o-ttv: d7ro7r«rpi£o-Kai,notfound elsewhere. A 1 ff. Against those who manufaCT

— 32ffl. ' If any one wishes to annul this turepoisons.

t6|dv6v: adv.acc.,osa

law or proposes a vote to this effect, his community.— 6 ff. Against those whoproperty shall be sold and dedicated interfere with the importation of grain,

to Apollo, and he himself shall be an — avuScolt]: contrasted with 7roiorl.2.

exile forever. If his property is not See 42.6, 1676.

worth ten staters, he himself shall be B3fl. Againstthosewhoresisttheau-

sold for transportation and never be thority of the magistrates. The eOSuKos

Page 183: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 4] IONIC INSCRIPTIONS 167

Koi 76110? TO Keiv\o. outj? to Xoitto alcrv/Avcov iv Tewt ^ jfji ttii

Trj\\^r)i [aSiK](<o)9 ap(Sp)[a]<i a[7ro«]T|ei'et[e] . . . apov va [etS]|(B9 lo

7rpo8o[t7; . . .] TTjly] 7ro'|\[ti' KaX 7jjv] ttjv 'Y7){\a>v rj To\y<s] dvSpa<:

[iv v]\\i]a-o}i rj 0a[Xao-(77ji] to|

fiere eV|

ap6[p]r]i irepl 15

7r6[Kiv . . .]I

\oivo TrpoSo[irj rj Ki^a]\X\evoi rj «(|a\X,a? VTrollSe- 20

j^otTO 17 Xrji^oiTO r) X]77tcrTo? inrohe')(piTO et|Sa>? ew 7^? rffi Trjirj'i

17 [^]|a\aT7/9 KJiepovTw; rj [ti K]\aK6v ySouXeuoi irepl T[r}i]\\(ov to 25

^vpo elSa><; rj 7r[po<;]|

"EXXiyva? 97 ttjOo? ^ap^dpo\v'i, airoXXvcrOai

KUL av^Tov Koi ryevo'i to Kevo.|oiTive<: Tifioj(^eovTe<s 11 Tr/v eiraprfv jjut] 30

7rot770-ea|i' eTrl Svvdp.ei Kadr/fievlo TcoyS)vo<i 'AvdecrTTjpiokaiv Kal 'Hpa-

KXeoicrtv|Kat A.ioia-iv, iv T^Trapfl\\i e^x^ecrdai. 09 av Ta(?) crT^Xla?, 35

ei' ^laiv rjirapr) yeyp\a7rTai, ^ KUTU^ei rj <^oiv\t,Krjia iKKO^yfrei rj d<f>a-

ve^a<} TTOtijo-et, kSvov a7ro'X||Xv<70(Zi Kai avTov KaX 7|ei'09 \to Kevo]. 40

4. Chios. V cent. B.C. SGDI.5653. Hoffmann 111.80. Michel 1383.

Roberts 149 and pp.843 ff. Solmsen 41.

-09 • airo TOVTO p-ixP'' \jV'^'\ \

TpidSo, rj '9 '^ffficovocraav [^Jle/aet, AT/3e9 • diro T7J9 TpioSo d[')(\^i 'Epfi(ov6crarj<; 69 Trjv TpioSAov e^9 • 5

cnrb TovTo /^^/ot to|

AtjXi'o T/3e9 • avvTravTe^ oplot i^So/iiJKOVTa

irevTe.|0(717 ''''^'' opa)i' tovtoiv eWco, irdcra A.o(J>Iti<!. rjv ti^ TJItva 10

TMV opcov TOVTCov I rj i^eXrji rj ixe6eXr)l rj d\<^avea iroirjcrei eV dhi-

Kl\r}t, 7179 7ro'Xe(i)9, iKUTOV a\TaTripa<i o^eiXeroi) «oTt|Uo9 e<TT<o, irprj- 15

^dvTcov 8' o^o(f)vXaK€<; • rjv Se /i^ 7rj097|fottrti', avTot o^etXoVTtuli',

must have been a superior official to assembly at the Anthesteria, etc'—the ordinary cWukoi or auditors. The 35 ff. Against those who damage the

alaviiviTTji is often an extraordinary stele.— Kard^ci etc.: aor. subj. 150,

official like the Roman dictator, but 176.2.

possibly a regular magistrate at Teos. 4. Decree fixing the boundaries of

•— 8ff. Against unfaithful and treason- a district called Lophitis, followed byable magistrates. The restoration of provisions for its sale and a list of the

11. 8-18 is uncertain.— 29 ff. Against purchasers.

magistrates who fail to pronounce the FortheLesbianelementsintheChian

imprecations.— The ti;«oOxoi are prob- dialect, see 184 with references. For

ably the regular annual magistrates, irpijloio-ii', short-vowel subj. like Troiiio-ei,

like the archons elsewhere. — iroi'/)o-e- see also 150. For 7r6Xeus, see 109.2.

ov: iroiijo-eioj'. 31.— Svvdftci: see 109.2. /Sao-tXeis (C 8) is the earliest example of

— Ka6T]|i4vo Tu^uvo; ktX. ;' during the eo = eu (33).

Page 184: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

168 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 4

20 TrpTj^dvTfov 8' ol 'KevTe\KaiBeKa to? opo<^v\aKa's||

rjv Se jMrj Trprj^oi-

(TLv, iv eVIajO^t earwv.

? [ol 7r[|e]i'Te«a[t Se«:]|a e? ^o\rj[v iv]\eiKdvTa>v ' [iv]|

Trevr rjfjLe-

5 j07;[t]||o-ti' • T0<; Se Krj^vKa<; hia'ire\fi-^avTe<; e? rja? X(opa<; Kr)[p'^viT-

10 (TOVTcav KaU Sia rrj'i 7ro'\|e(B9 aSrjvea^|

'ye7(BJ'eoi'Te|?, a7roSe«wi'|Te?

15 T^v ^/U.edl?;!', 17J/ ai/ Xa/Sojltcriz', Kcti to •7r\pfj')(^fUl TrpoffK^rjpvcrcrovToov,|

20 on a/M fieWrjlli irprj^eaOai •I Kar/SiKaadv^rcov rpiTiK0(7^i(ov f/,r) '\da-

25 o-olz/e? avrjpi6SjT0i eoVre?.

C [^v Se Tik To^ -Trpiafievo'i a-TroKXi^iWiji] rj ScKd[^riTai, to? a7roK\|77]t-

Ofievoi 7) 7r[o']\t? he^afi[e\v\r] BiKa^eadco Kav o(J)\t]1, [v]\Trepa7roS6Tco

5 Tail Se 7r/Jta[/U.]||eV(»t jrprj'X^fia ecTTCO fiTjSev. [o]]? av to,'! irprjiri'; aicpa-

Tea[?]I

TTOlrjl,, eirapdcrdoi KaT auT[o] I o ySacrtXeo'?, eirrjv Ta<i vo-

/u.[a]|ia? eTrapaf TroirjTai. 11

10 Ta? 7ea? koI to,^ ot/ci<e>a[?]|

iirpiavTo • twv 'Avviko) 7ra[t]-|

Sav 'I/ce'crto? •H7e7ro'Xfo? '7r\evTaKicT')(eiXieov Tpi,T]K[o']\aicov Te(ra-[ep']a'

15 KOVTCOV, 'A6['r]'\^va'y[6']p[ri'\'; 'H[/3o8o']to j^eiXt'[a)]|i' iirraKoo'imv

®apye\eo[<;'\|

4>t\oKX'»j? ZrjvoSoTO tclv [^'^vdhrjicriv BLa'x^eiXimv

20 i[7r]\TaKOCTi(ov, @eo'7r/307ro? /i;o[t]||z'07ri'S7;? ray K.ap,ifj,iJT]i x^[e\k\uov

KoX oKTUKOcricov [iirj^rd ' K^^to? to, ip, M.'e\aLVr][i\|'Akttji Tpia-

25 '^eXioiv eTrTaK\oa-ia)V evevrjKOVTCov Bia[?]||'Ao-kS.

5 . . toi'I

['X^eiXicov eva\Koaia)V • Aev«:|(7r7ro? UvBo) tII^I' oIkCt)V

10 t[^]|j' 'Ai'SjOeo? 7r[e]]i'TaK0trta)i' Trlez/TT^/co'i'TtBi' I Si'aii' • "Acr/xto? 11 @eo'-

15 TTO/iTTO? 'A|7i'ato rai' Oi.'|(Bt )(eLkicov T\pir]KO<riaiv Slexcov Svaip 'I|ke-

aio TO $^\|(Bi/o? 2T/3aT[i|o]? AfCTftj TOi«|[o']7re8oi' 8t7;K|[o]o-t(Bi/ ew'?.

B 'Inthecaseof alawsuit(5r/)^X*«'), from litigation. Whoevermakesthe sales

the Fifteen are to bring it before the invalid, him shall the jSao-iXeiis curse,

council within five days and make pub- when he makes the customary imprecor-

lie announcement of it in the villages tions.— lOS. Therepurchased lands andand in the city.' houses: from the sons of Annices, Hi-

C 1-8. If any one excludes the pwr- eesius, son of Hegepolis, for BS40 {sta-

chasers from possession or brings suit ters), Athenagoras, son of Herodotus,

against them, the city, taking up the for 1700; from Thargeleus, Fhilocles,

cause of those that are excluded, shall son of Zenodotus, the property in Eua-sustain the suit, and, if it loses, reim- dae for S700; etc.— 19, 20. Kolvoir(-

Ifv^rse them. The purchaser shall he free 811s : koI OlvoirlSm.

Page 185: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 7] IONIC INSCEIPTIONS 169

5. Errthrae. About 357 B.C. SGDI.5687. Ditt.Syll.107. Hicks 134.Hoffmann III. 96. Michel 501.

["ESo^ev] rrji. ^ov\[rji kuI rmi\S-tjficoi M]ava-(rQ)'K.Xo[v 'E]«;aT[o'-

fJ-vo)I

MoXacrjea, iirel av^p aya66<i [iye\veTO 7r]epl ttjv iroXiv rr)V

'E/>u||[^pai]a)j/, elvai eoepyeTrjv tjj?|

[TroXJem? kuI irpo^evov koI 5

7roXi'|[Tjji'] • Koi eairXovv koI eKirXovv|

[/cat] TroXe/to koX elprjvr)^

a(TvKe\i|

/cat] aa-rrovBei, koI areXeiav «a[i||TrploeSpiijv raora Se 10

elvai a6\[Ta)i\ Kal iKyovoK. a-rrjaai Se a[6\T0 K]at eUdva y^aXKrjv

iv riji a\[yopr)]i Kal 'ApTefiia-iT)<: elKOva|

[kiOiJvrjV iv tmi 'KB-q-

vaimi, Kai||

[aretfi^avaiaai MavcraaXXov fiev I [e'/c Sap^etKcov irevTrj- 15

Kovra, 'ApTe\[fJ.t(7irjv'] Se eK rpiijKOVTa Sape[i\Ka)v. ypd-^^ai raora

e(9) <TrriKri\y|

Kal o-tjjo-oJi e? ro 'AdTjvaiov,||

[eVt/ieX7;^](77)i'ai [Se 20

Tou? eferacTTa?].

Central Ionic

6. Naxos. Found at Delos. VII or early VI cent. B.C. SGDI.5423.HofemannIII.30. Michel 1150. Roberts 25. Solmsen46.

^iKcivSpr)fj.'

aveOiKev heKTjfioXoi io')(eaipr}i,

lop-q Aeivo^SiKTjO ro NaAcrio, €hao')(0<; a(\)Xriuv,

Aeivofieveoi Se Kacnyverrj, I ^hpdhao S" aXo)(^6<; v[yv].

7. ISTaxos. Found at Delos. YII or early VI cent. b.c. SGDI.5421.Hoffmann III.33. Roberts 27.

[rjo apvTO XiOo e/u avSpia<; Kal ro a<^eXa<;.

5. Decreeinhonorof Maussolus, the as a sign for f and transcribe Nafo-io

satrap of Caria, to whose memory the etc.

famous Mausoleum was erected by his 7. On the base of a colossal statue

widow Artemisia.— 15 fl. See 136.9. of Apollo at Delos, dedicated by Nax-

6. Inscribed on an archaic statue of ians. I am of the same stone, statue and

Artemis found at Delos. B is used as pedestal. For Afvro see 32.

A and he, and for rj from a, but not for 8. Burial law directed against ex-

original 17. See 4.6, 8 a. In Acivodlicrio travagance in the funeral rites, like

and a{X)\-^oi/ the endings, as the meter those enacted at Athens under Solon,

shows, have the value of one syllable, and at Sparta under Lycurgus.

like eu in Homer. See 41.4. The char- 'With two exceptions (ffdi'i;!, Stapai/-

acter which appears before 0- in NaAffio d^i) H is used only for the 1; from

etc. is D, probably only a difierenti- a (or from ea, as hr-fiv, e&r]). See 4.6,

ated form of B, though some take it 8 ci.

Page 186: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

170 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 8

8. lulls in Ceos. Last quarter V cent. B.C. IGr.XII.v.i.593. SGDI.

5398. Dltt.'SyU.877. HoffmannIII.42. Inser.Juri(i.I,pp.lOfe. Micliel398.

Solmsen47. Ziehen,LegesSaorae 93.

OtSe v6[/j,]oi irepl rwy KaTa(})0iix[e]va)[v. Kara|

T]dSe 0d[7rT]ev

TOP Oavovra ev efii,aTio[c? T/3|t]cri \evKol<;, crrprnfiaTi aal iv8vfiaTi

5 [KalI

e]7rt/3\e/iaTt, i^epai Be Kal iv i\da-[a]oa[i, /i||e] TrXeovo'i a^i-

OK TOi<; rpLal eKarov Sp[a\x]lJ'e(ov. ex<f>epev Be iy K\.ivr)i a-^rjvo-

7ro[S]t [K]\al /te Kokvirrev, to, S' 6\[o]a-xep[e]a Tot[? e/taT]|iot?.

<l)€pev Se olvov eirl to (rrjfjba [/a]e [TrXe'oi']|

TpiS)V x^v Kal eXaiov

10 P'S 'ir\eo\y\ ev6\<;, to, Se||ajyyela airojiepeaOai. rov 6av6\y'\Ta

\^epevI

KJaraKeKaXvfifjLevov a-KOTrrji P-eypi [iirl to|

(r~\rjfia. irpo-

a<f>a'YLa}i [y^^pecrOai KaTo, to, 'n\aTpi\a. T^qy kXivtjv airo To\y] ai^-

[jit]aTo[?] KOI T[a] crlTpSJ/jbaTU ecr(j)epev evBoae. Trji Se va:Tepai\r]i

15 ahr]opaLvev Tr)V olKirjv iXevffepov 6aXd[(TcrTj\i] TrpwTov, eireiTa S[e]

vadnrcov o[lK]eT7][v i/jL^]\dvTa • eTrrjV Se Biapavdrib, Kadaprjv evat ttjv

oIkitjv KOI OvT] 6vev e(^t'[a-Tt|a.] ra? yvvaiKai to,'; [r|oucr[a]9 [c'JttI

20 TO Ki)S[o';']I

ainevai TrpoTepa<; twv {av)avBpa>v airb [tov]||arjfiaTo<;.

eiri T&i Oavovn Tj0t7jKo'o"T[ta fie I Tr]oiev. fie inroTidevai kiiXiku vtto

TTfy [^KXiMrfV fjiiSe to vScop eK'X^ev fieSe to. KaXXv[c7fj,d]^Ta <j>epev

CTTt TO afjfia. OTTOV av Odvrji, eirrfly e]|^ew;;^^et, fie levai yvvaiKa<;

25 7r[/oo]? T[r)V orVjcirjV aXXa9 e ra? fiiaivofieva'; • fiia\lve(T6'^aL Se fiTf-

Tepa Kal yvvaiKa Kal aSe[X(^eA? K\a]l dvjaTepa'i • tt/oo? Se ra^rat?

fie 7r[\e'oi' 7r|e']i'Te yvvaiKwv, iralBat: Se t\S)v 6'\vy\aTpS)v K\a\ve:<^l,S)V,

3. o-TpdjioTi kt\.-. 'a clotli under- liome,.instead of being left at the tomb,

neath the corpse, one wrapped about — 15 f. ' The house is to be purified

it, and one over it.'— 7. (le KaXiirrev first with sea-water by a free man, then

ktK. -. they are not to use a special cov- with hyssop by a slave. ' But the resto-

ering for the bier, but cover all, the ration d[i/c]^r)[<' ^;itj3]tlKra is uncertain,

bier and the corpse, with the cloths — 20. At Athens ceremonies in honor

before mentioned.— 9. x^v: see 112.6. of the dead were performed on the

— 12. irpo(r(t>a7t(i)i kt\.. 'they are to third, ninth, and thirtieth days. Theperform the sacrifice according to the last are expressly forbidden here.—ancestral custom.' By the law of Solon 21. Directed against certain supersti^

the sacrifice of an ox was forbidden. tiouspraotices,thesignificanceofwhich

— 13 f. The bier and the coverings, is not clear. — 27. rairais : dat. in -ais

like the vessels (1. 10), are to be brought due to Attic influence.

Page 187: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 12] IONIC INSCEIPTIONS 171

aXXov Se fi[€]8eva. tov'; /ita[{i'o/ie'||i'ov?] \ova-afievov[<;] - 30

I

[{JSarJo? [xjvo-i Ka[6ap]ov'i evai eco -.

West Ionic (Euhoean)

9. VII cent. B.C. SGDI.5292. Rev.Arch. 1902 1,41 ff.

'n.v{p)po<; IX iwoieaev 'AyaaiXif5.

10. Cumae in Italy. Yl cent. b.c. IG.XIV.865. SGDI.5267. Hoff-mann III.6. Roberts 173.

Taraies e/il X|epv0o? • Ao? 8' dv /jLe /cXe<^cr|et, 0v(j)Xov ea-rai.

11. Cumae in Italy. VI cent. b.c. IG.XIV.871. SGDI.5269. HoffmannIII.4. Roberts 177 a. Solmsen48.

hviri) rei xXivei Tovrei Aevo? hvirv.

12. Amphipolis. 357 B.C. SGDI.5282. Ditt.Syll.113. Hicksl25. Hoff-

mann III.14. Michel 324. Solmsen49.

ESofei' Tftjt hrjiimi • $i'|A,Q)i'a Koi Sr/oaTOKXe'la (fyeoyeip 'A/i^iVo-

Xi\v Kal Trjy •yfjv Tr)v 'Afi(jJlf,TroXiT€cov a€i<f)vyi\Tjv Kal avro<; koX to? I 5

TratSa?, koL rifj, tto aXi\cyKa)VTai, irdcryeiv aulro? a)9 TroXeyitios kuX 11

vriTTOLveX reOvdvai,|rd he y^prjixaT avrcbv ^Tifioaia etvai, to S' eVItSe- 10

Karov ipov to 'AlTro'XXftji/os Koi to '^TfJkifj-ovo';. to'; Se 7rpocrT\dTa<; 15

dvaypdi^ai aurlo? e(?) <rTi]Xrjv Xidivrjv.|

-^i/ Se Tt? to \{ri](f>iafj,a I ai/a-

\lrri<f)i^ei 17 «:aTa8||ej^j;Tat tovto? TeYi"!??! ?; fji-qyavfn OTetoiov, Ta XPV' 20

yiittT' auTO S7;/i|o'o-ta eo-TO) Kal aiiTO^ (fyeoyeTco 'AfJ,<j}iTroXiv|

dei(j)vyir]V.

9. On a lecythus, now in the Boston ment of his opponents. Cf. Dlod.16.8.

Musemn of Fine Arts, the provenance Among this number were the two menof which is not stated. Probablymanu- against whom this decree was enacted,

factured in Boeotia by a Chalcidian one of them, Stratocles, being Itnown

potter, or at least inscribed in the as one of the two envoys who were sent

Chalcidian dialect. Note the retention to Athens for aid. Cf . Dem. Olynth.

of intervocalic f in the proper name 1.8. Amphipolis was a colony of Ath-

'AyaaOdfo (which later became !47a(ri- ens, but the population was mixed. Cf

.

Xeifl), though not in ivoleiTev. Thuc.4.102ff. At this time evidently

11. In this niche of the tomb rests Le- the Chalcidian element predominated.

nos.— Toixii: see 124.— kviev: vircffri. 3. <|>cd7eiv : cf. 0eo7^<<>, 1.24. These

12. When Philip captured Amphip- are the only West Ion. examples of eo=

olis in 347 B.C., he caused the banish- cu(33).— 19. dvai|(T](|>C|» : « for rii, 39 a.

Page 188: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

1'72 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 13

13. Eretria. (A) End of V cent. B.C., (B) middle of IV cent. B.C.

SGDI.5308. Ditt.Syll.47,48. Hoffmann III.19. Michel 341.

A @eoi.I

"ESo^ev Tel ^ovXrji '-UyeXoxov|

tov Tapavrivov irpo^evov

6 el\vai Kal evepyerrjv Kal avrov||«[a]l TraiSas Kal a-LTrjptv e2va\i koI

avTWL Kal traiplv, OTav e|[7r]t87;/xe(B|0ti', /cal areKeriv Kal|

7rpoe8pir]P

10 e? Tovi; aywva'i ft5s a\vveXevdepcopavn ttj/j, iroXiv||

air 'Adr]vdeov.

B . "ESo^ev Tel ^ovKel Kal toI ^jmoi.\

'UpuKXeiTov tov TapavTlvov|

5 irpo^evov elvai ''EpeTpi&v av\rov Kal iKjovov;, elvai Se aiiTol||

Trpo-

eBpLTjV Kal criTrjpiv Kal aii\Tol Kal iraiplv, oaov av y^povov|

iTriStjfiea)-

piv, Kal TOL aXXa, Ka6\d'rrep toI^ dWoi<; Trpo^evoK.

14. Oropus. 411-402, or 386-377 B.C. IG.Vn.235. SGDI.5339. Ditt.

Syll.589. Hoffmann 111.25. Michel 698. SolmsenSO. Ziehen,LegesSa<;rae65.

@eoi.I

Tov lepea tov 'Afi(j)i,apdov (poiTav ek to iep^v, eweihdv

yei/Miiv irapeXOei, /"£%/» apoTOV (Bjo|7j? firj ttXeov SiaXeiTrovra r] Tpel<;

5 rifiepa<; Kal 11 /ieveiv ev toI iepol fir) eXaTTOV rj BeKa ^fiepa\<; tov

firivo<; eK\d'\(rTO. Kal iiravaiyKdi^etv tov v\ea>K6pov tov re lepov etri-

fieXelarOai KaTo, toIv vofiov Kal twv a<j)iKve(o)iJ,eva)v eh to lepov.[

10 av he Tt? dStKel ev toI Iepol t) ^evo<; rj St^/xo'tJI?;?, ^r)fuovT(o 6 lepeiK

13. This and no. 14 are in the Ere- the Boeotian and the subsequentAthe-

trian variety of Euboean, for which nian domination. But from the end of

see 1 87 (60.3). the fourth century the inscriptions are

A. Ships of Tarentum formed part of in Attic.

the Peloponnesian fleet which defeated 1 fi. Tlie priest evidently passed the

the Athenians off Eretria in 411 B.C. and winters in the town, leaving the tem-

so led to the Athenian loss of Eretria. pie entirely in the charge of the custo-

Cf. Thuc.8.91,95. It is in gratitude dian. Butwiththeendof winter, whenfor this that Hegelochus of Tarentum visitors became more frequent, he was

and his sons are honored in this decree. expected to go to the temple regularly,

B. This decree is later than A, but never missing more than three days at

was inscribed on the same stone, be- a time and remaining there at least

cause both recipients of honor are from ten days each month. He was to see to

Tarentum, and possibly relatives. it that the custodian took proper care

14. Regulations of the temple of of the temple and its visitors.— 9ff. 'If

Amphiaraus at Oropus. Oropus seems any one commits sacrilege in the tem-

to have been an Eretrian possession pie, the priest shall have the right to

before it passed into the hands of the impose a fine up to the sum of five

Thebans in the sixth century, and pre- drachmas and take pledges of the one

served the Eretrian dialect throughout penalised. If §UQh a one offers the

Page 189: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 14] IONIC INSCEIPTIONS 173

liexpi TreVre Spax/iecov\

«upt«? kuI ivexvpa Xafi^aveTco tov i^rjfjuco-

fj.\evov av 6' eKrivei to apyupiov, irapeovToi to|lepeo<; e>/Sa(X)\eT<B

ek TOV 0T}(Tavp6v. SiKd^ei\v Se tov lepea, av rt? ISiei aSiKrjOei rj tuv^e\\v(ov 97 Twi/ BrjuoTecov ev toI lepol, /xexpi Tpi&v

|hpaxp-emv, to, Be 15

ixe^ova, j;;j^of eKao-Toi? ai hU\at ev toI<; vo/mok elpfjTai, ivToda ycve-

trdcov.I

KpodKoKeladai 8e Koi avOrj/jLepov irepl t&v e\v toI lepol aSi-

Kicov av Se o avTiSt/co? fj.rj a-vvxleopei, ek t^v vaTeptjv f) hUr) 20

TeXeio-06). eirap\x'>]v he hiBovv to/jl /ieXkovTu Oepaireveadai ihro

TOV 6eov fir] eXaTTOv evveo^oXov SoKifiov apy\vpiov kuI ifi^dWeivet? TOV Briaavpbv TrojOejo'i'TO? tov vecoKopov - - - - 11

KaTevxeadat Se tmv iep5>v kuI e7r|i tov ^(Ofiov e-jnTiOelv, 25

OTav Trapel, tov lepea,|oTav Se p,rj irapel, tov dvovTa, Kal Tel Ova-iei

a\vTov eavTol KuTevxeadai exaaTOV, tS>v Se SjjLuopts)!' tov lepea, twvSe 6vofievo)v iv rot ie||pot iravTOiv to Sepfia [Xa/ji^dvetv]. Oveiv Se 30

i^eiv airav oti av ^oXtjTai eKaaTO'; t&v Se KpeS)\v fir) elvai iK<po-

prjv e^Q) TOV Te/ieVeo9. toI Be|

lepei BiBovv tos dvovTa<; wiro tov

money, he must deposit it in the treas-

ury in the presence of the priest. If

any one suffers a private wrong in the

temple, the priest shall decide matters

of no more than three drachmas, but

the more important cases shall be tried

before the proper courts. The sum-

mons for wrongs done in the temple

shall be made on the same day, but if

the opponent does not agree, the case

may go over till the next day.'

16. IkcLittois : for the several offenses.

— 17. clp{]Tai: see 43. — 4vT66a: see

34 a, 134.— 10. dSiicCuv: dSUiov = idl-

KTi/jM.— 21 fi. 'The one who is to be

treated by the god shall pay a fee of

not less than nine obols of current

money (no bad coin was to be palmed

off) and put it in the treasury in the

presence of the custodian.'

ivveop6-

\ov is crowded into a space where a

shorter woi-d had been erased, presum-

ably Spaxi^vs- Since the law was first

inscribed, the amount of the fee hadbeen raised, ^nd at the same time an-

other provision, which followed after

veuK6pov in 1. 24, had been abrogated

and erased.— 25 ff. 'The priest shall

make the prayers and place the victims

ou the altar, if he is present, but, if he

is not present, tlie one who gives the

offering. At the festival each shall

make his own prayer, but tlie priest

shall make the prayers for the sacr'i-

fices in behalf of tlie state, and he shall

receive the skin of all the victims.'

30 ff. 8utiv Sc IJeiv ktX. ; there was no

i-estriction as to the kind of victims to

be offered, such as is often made in

temple regulations, but in any case the

flesh was not to be carried off.— 31. P6-

\T)Tai : so, not |8o\TjTat (^oiiXijrai), for an

Eretrian inscription of laterdate,which

never has o = ou, reads pSXrirai, /3oX4-

fi€vov.— 32 ff. TOI 8€ Up€i kt\. :' the

priest is to have the shoulder of each

Page 190: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

174 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 14

36 iepriov ewla'ffTO tov w/jlov, ifKrfv orav fj eoprr) el- rare Se a7r|[o tu)V

SjjfjLopicov 'Ka/M^aveTco wfjiov a(^' eKciaTov I tov leprjov. eyKaOevSeiv

Se TOV Seco/ievolv\

vav - -

7reid6iJ,\evov toI<} vofioif. to ovofia tov

40 iyKadevSoiJlh-oi;, oTav efi^aXXei to apyvpiov, ypa^ecrdai, t\ov vecoKO-

pov Koi avTOv Kal Trj<; Tro'Xeo? kol iK\Ti0e2v iv toI iepol <ypd<j)OVTa ev

•TreTevpoi a-lKOTrelv tov ^o\op,evoi. ev Se toI KoifiriTr]pio\i xaOevSeiv

45 %&>/3k fiev Tos avSpwi, %&)/3t9||Se ra? jvvatKa<;, Toiii fiev dvSpai iv

Tot "jrpo rjio'i TOV ^w/iov, ra? Se yvvaiKa^ ev toI Trpb neaTre\y)r)<; . .

.

TO KOifjLJriTripiov tov<s iv\[KadevSovTa<i

. . . X]6yovI

Arcadian

15. VI or early V cent. B.C. SGDI.373. Ditt.Syll.625. Roberts 23Ia.

A.M.XXI,240fE.; XXX,65.

Ka/Ao vve6v(7e rat Koppai.

16. Mantinea. Vcent.n.c. rougeres,B.C.H.XVI,568ff. Homolle,ibid.

580 fE. Baimack, Ber.Sachs.Ges. 1893,93 ff. Keil,Gott.Naclir.l895,349fl.

Danielsson,Eraiios 11,8 ff. Foug6res,Mantin^e,523 ff . For na, which is tran-

scribed ff, see 4.4.

[Fo]^\eacTi ocSe Iv 'AXeav [11. 2^12 proper names]. ^\efia\v-

15 8/309I

[fo]^\eot av y^pecTTepLov KUKpive.||

e'[t a]v oaiai Kaicpidee

the women to the west. '— 46. t|os : see

41.46.— hE(rir4[pi)s : Ae designated byH, as in no. 6.

15. Dedication inscribedon a bronze

cymbal, which, according to the more

probable of two varying reports, wasfound near the modern Dimitzana in

Arcadia. Formerly read Kifuivv ^6vae

kt\. and ascribed to Thessalian, later

as Ka/ib vv iSvae. But the use of ivi-

Bvae = aviSi^Ke is confirmed by a later

dedication reading iavKias iviBvae rot

Havl, in which the earlier iv (6, 22) is

replaced by i,vi..

16. Judgment against certain per-

sons guilty of sacrilege toward AthenaAlea, whose temple had been made the

victim, except when there is a festival,

and then only from the victims offered

for the state. '— 38. Up'fjov: Upijvov. 37,

38. — 36. 8»6|i,€vov : Se6/j,evov. 9.1.

39 ft. ' The custotiian is to inscribe the

name of each one who consults the ora-

cle, when he has paid his money, and

place it on a tablet in the shrine so

that any one who wishes may see it.'

— lYKaBciSovTos : as elsewhere, those

wishing to consult the oracle went to

sleep in a room of the temple assigned

for this purpose (see following), andreceived the oracle in a dream.—43 ff. Iv S« Tot KOiii'qTTipCoi ktX. :

' the

men and women are to lie in separate

places, the men to the east of the altar,

Page 191: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 16] AECADIAN INSCEIPTIONS 175

Tov x^pefj.a.TOV,|ire rot? fotKtaTat(s) ra<s Bed ivai,

|ko, poiKia^ Sd-

aaa-adai Ta<; avoS' id(cr)a-a';.|

[e7r]et rot? fo^Xiicocn iirl rolS' iSiKci-

aaiiev,|

a re ^eo5 «a? ol BiKaaaTal, a'7rv[S]eSo/iiv[o<;'\||rov y^pefidrov 20

TO Xa'x^o^, cnre)^ofj,{vo<;|

Karoppevrepov <yevo^ ivai|afiara irdvTa cnrv

Tol lepol, tXaov ivai. I el 3' aX[Xo] cti? [ejarot Karovvv, lv/iev<f>e';

evai.I

Eu;^o\a [S'] aSe e[-\|r]eTot toi a[XtTe^tot] •11 el at? iV To(t) 25

lepol TOV T6r\e cnrvdavovrov|(j)ove<! ecrrL, eia aiiro'; e'icre [tov eayo-

vov'\I

aK Karoppevrepov, elae t[ov avSpdv'\|etcre rd<; (j)apOevo, ivfiev-

^[e? evai «a]|TO j^peareptov el Se fie, tKaov evai.||et ^e/iavSpoi; 30

<f>ove<; e(Ta-r[i ettre]|toi' avSpov eiae ra? 0a/3^eV[o] I toi/ Tore aTTV-

Oavovrov Iv [rot tepot] I «a? /te Trpocrcr0ayeve<s ro pe^pyov toOJIto

scene of a bloody fray. Most of the

difficulties in the reading and interpre-

tation have been cleared up, but some

points are still uncertain.

1 . The following are adjudged guilty

towards Alea.—[F'o]<j>Xea(ri : uxfiMiKaai.

146.1. Cf. , with the more usual aorist,

iipXkv Iv SSLfiov, no. 17.4, and for the whole

episode, Att. otSe cJ^Xo;' Ari\lav Airepdas

, rb TlfiTjfia t6 i-Tri'yeypafifjiJvQv Kal

deKpvyia, Sn ix tov iepov tov *AirdWajvos

TOV AriXiov ^yov Toii AfiiptKTtiovas Kal

iTvwTov. IG.II.814,p.281.— 131 *^-

lutpSfms, as the form of the nameshows (cf. 1. 30), was a foreigner from

Attic or Ionic territory. As such, and

because his guilt was in question, his

case is treated separately, and his pen-

alty depends upon the decision of the

oracle.— av: adv. 58a.— Kaxpive: Ka-

Taicphr) aor. subj. 95, 149. — 15 ff. If

he is condemned hy divine judgment to

forfeit his property, this together with

the slaves shall belong to the goddess, and

one shall divide (between the goddess

and the state ?) the houses which he pos-

sesses (on the heights, referring to coun-

try houses in the mountains?).— l[i

o]v: uncertain, but more likely than

Hv. We should expect elx iv (134.2 a).

— KaKpiSei: aor. subj. pass. 151.2.

18 fE. Inasmuch as we, the goddess and

the judges, have passed judgment upon

the guilty parties as follows, namely

that, having given up their inheritance,

they shall forever be excluded from the

temple, in the male line, it shall be well

(propitious). But if any one permits

anything else, contrary to these things,

it shall be impious.— dirv[8]e8o|iCv[os],

dTrExofiCvos : see 10. — 22. Karoppevre-

pov : Kara rb &pp4vT€pov. 94.1.— 22.

afiara irovro : a formulaic expression,

Horn, ^/xara Trdvra, retained here in the

imprecation, although i/ifpa is the ordi-

nary prose word for day in Arcadian

as elsewhere (cf. no. 17). Similarly

v6/u)s lep&s Iv fi/xaro irdrra in a Tegean

inscription. — 24. Thefollowing impre-

cation shall pursue the sinner. Or, in-

stead of ^[^]eTot from iwoimi, read

?[cr]cToi shall be ?—30 ff. If Phemander

is a murderer of either the men or the

maiden who perished at that time in the

temple, and the deed of that time was not

,of prior .dale, in that case he shall be

punished as an impiousperson. Appar-

ently Phemander had set up an alibi

Page 192: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

176 GEEEK DIALECTS

35 To're e(?), ovto<! ivfiov(j)ov 0€[nt^ecr6at,].\\

fepy[ov TOVTo],|

«a? fie (jiove';, iXaov ivai.

[No. 16

el Se trpoaaOa'^eve'; to

17. Tegea. Early IV cent. b.c. HofEinannI.29. Miohel695. Solmsenl.

Ziehen,LegesSaci'ae62. Alphabet transitional; E = £, 0=o, B = A; Ion.

Toy hiepev irevre Kal eiicocn oh vefiev koX ^ev'^o\^ kuI alya el

S'av KaTaWdaae, lv(^op^iafJi,ov evai T\bv hiepd/ivdfiova lv^op/3iev •

el B' av XevTov fie IvSop^ie, he/corov Sap'x^fia'i 6(j}\ev Iv Scifiov Kal

5 Karaplilpov evat.— Tov hiepoOvrav vefiev Iv 'AXeai on av a|o-Ke^e?

to the effect that the deed of violence

took place before he entered the tem-

ple. — 34. Tirs l(s) : the reading is

TOTEE, which some transcribe t6t' ^e.

But ^e = Hom. ^ev is impossible. The

form to be expected is ^s, though unfor-

tunately we can get this only by assum-

ing that 0- has been omitted by mistake.

17. Eegulations of the temple of

Athena Alea. The first five para-

graphs, 11. 1-20, deal with the rights

of pasturage in Alea, the district in

which the temple was situated and

which was included in the temple

property. The temple officials men-tioned are the hieromnemon, the chief

administrator of the affairs of the tem-

ple (also, in the plural, the board of

administrators), the priest, and the hie-

rothytes, a minor official charged with

the technical details of the sacrifice,

though in some places this title cameto be one of high rank. The Fifty and

the Three Hundred were, doubtless,

civic bodies.

The critical and difficult wordsare Ivipoppiev, ivij>opPurij,l>ii, plainly con-

nected with tjiippa feed, ipopP'/i fod-

der, (pop^ela halter. Starting from the

derived meaning seen in tpop^ela, one

may translate tie up, seize, but in

11. 14-15 the seizure of small animals,

contrasted with a tax of a drachma for

large animals, seems extreme, espe-

cially in connection with 11. 18-19. Theinterpretation impose a pasture tax is

on the whole more satisfactory, though

by this too the expression in 11. 14-15

is strange, by apparent lack of con-

trast. One must assume that the pas-

ture tax was a fixed and merelynominal

sum, and that the tax of one drachmafor the larger animals was in excess of

this. Hesychiushas^/i06p/3ioi'- reXJivriiui,

which is parallel to ivoUiov house-rent,

iWipAvMv harbor-dues, etc. From this

would be derived h<f>oppiev impose a

pasture tax, and from this again, as if

from -(fu, IvipopPiap^Ss the imposition ofapasture tax. Cf. Solmsen,K.Z.XXXIV,437 ff.

2. elS'avKaTaWdo-a-e: if he acts other-

wise {KaraWdcrato intrans.), that is goes

beyond the number allowed. — 3. Xm-Tov : probably an adv. \cStov, or a part.

Xeirop, mea,mugwittingly, intentionally,

but there is no certain etymon.— 5 fE.

TOV hicpoOirav kt\. : the hierothytes maypasture inAlea animals without blemish

(and so suitable for the sacrifice), but

Page 193: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 17] ARCADIAN INSCRIPTIONS 177

e TO, S" avaa-Kedea lv<j)op§iev fji.eS' ia-Trepaa-a\i Trap av Xeiye hiepo-

dvre;- el 8' av ia-irepda-e, Sv68eK\o Sapx/J-aii 6<f>\ev Iv Sa/Jiov.— Ta?rpnravay6pa-io<; T|as va-repa^ rpli afie'pa<; vijxev on hav 06\eroi o?

||

fie Iv Tol irepixopoi- el 6' av Iv roi Trepixopoi, lv^o]p^iev.— '\v lo

'AXe'at fie ve/iev fiere ^evov /iire farrrbv|

el p,e iirl ffoivav hiKovra

Tol Be feVot Karayo/xei^oi e^evai afiepav ical vwra ve/iev ewi^vyiov

el S"I

av Trap raw vefie, to fiev fie^ov Trpo^arov Sapxfiav 6\\<f>Xev, 15

TO Se /xelov Ivtpop^iev.— To, hiepa Trpo^aTa fie|vefiev Iv 'AXe'at

ttXo? afiepav koI vvkt6<:, eU av Si^Xavvofieva TV^e el S' av vefie,

Sapxfi^v 6<f>Xev to 7r/3o]ySaTOi' pmacrTov to fie^ov, rov Se fieiovov

Trpo^dr^v .oBeXov fexaa-Tov, Tav a-vov Sapxfiav peadiTTav, e\i]||fie 20

TrapheTa^afievo<; to? TrevTCKOVTa e to? TpiaKa\cr(o<;.— Et'/e eVt Sofia

TTvp STToCae, SvoSeKo Sapxfia<;|ocfiXev, to fiev efiiav Tai 6eoi, to

S' efU(TV Tot? hiepo\fivdfiovai.— Et«r av irapafia^evS Ovadev Ta<;

Ke\.e[v6'\\o ra? Kaxeifievav kclt 'AXeav, Tph 6Se\b<; 6^Xe[v av^h-l 25

fexda-Tav, to fiev hefiiav Tal deal, to S" efiia-[v Tot]|? hiepofivdfiova-i.

— Tat Travay6p<7i to? Atejo[o;iti'a/i]|oi'a? apTvev to, Iv Tat? tVTroXai?

TrdvTU [ t]|o? Safiiopy6[<;.—] Tov Koirpov tov aTrvS6afi\iov

I.] Tat he^Sofiai to Aea-xavaaio fiev6<; [et Se fie, SapyA\fi,^'\v 30

6<f)Xe'v.— Tov Uavaydperiov fieva [31—35 only a few words left.l

for those not unblemished (and so suit- uncertain, but probably If one drives

able only for personal use) one shall in a wagon to the sacrifice off the high

impose a pasture tax. He shall not go road leading through Alea, one shall

beyond what he declares in his function pay afine of three obolsfor each (wagon),

ofhierothytes. That is, his oflScial state- etc.—Suo-Oiv : aor. infin. pass, withmid-

ment as to the condition of the ani- die force, to q^ersaeri^ce.— KaKafi^vav:

mals is final.— 7. xdp ov : irck/j a (a) «». Karaicei/i^j'Tjs. 95.— 26 ff. The officials

58a.— hicpoSiiT^s: UpoBuriav. 78, 157. are to make all arrangements for the

9. hdv: 41'. 58 d.— os |i«: used like market, which was held at ancient

S<rov li-f).— 20. Unless the Fifty or the festivals as at our modern fairs. Cf

.

Three Hundred approve. Ace. abs. con- Ditt.Syll.653.99ff.— 28. diripS6o-|i,[iov]:

struction. 173.— 21. Sifia: temple. probably to be restored thus, and taken

— Iirobri: aor. subj. to fut. ofo-u, cf. as an adjective agreeing with Kbvpov,

Hom. ola-iiiievai, Hdt. dKofo-oi. For ab- but the meaning is uncertain (sale-

sence of &v see 174.— 23 ff. Meaning able?).

Page 194: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

178 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 18

18. Tegea. Ill cent. B.C. .SGDI.1222. HofEmamiI.30. Michel585. Solm-

sen 2.

7re ^i . Xo .\

elic dv n yivr/roi roh epymvaK

Tot? Iv Tol avTolI

epyoL, oa-a irepl to epyov airveaOo) Se o doiKTj-

5 fievo<; 1 Tov ahucevra Iv ajMepai'; rpicrl cnrii Tat av to dBL\\KT)p.a yevrj-

TOi, vcrrepov he p-r) Koi on ay Kpivwvai]ol ia-Sorr}pe<;, Kvpiov earco.

— Et 8e 7r6\ep,o<; StalKwXvcrei n raiv epycov rmv iaSodevTcov r) roiv|

r)pya<Tpev(ov ti ^Oepai, ol rpiaKaaioi Siayvovrco|

rt Set ylveadai •

10 ol he aTparayol iroaohop, TroevTco,||elK av hearoi <T</>ets 7ro\e/i09

^vai 6 KOiKiicov rj i\cf>6opKQ)'; to, epya, Xa^vpoircaXiov eovTO<; Karii

Ta?I

TTo'X-to?. el he Ti(?) epyav-qcra'; p,r} lyicexvPV'""' ''""''I

epyoi<;, 6

he iroXepo'; hiaKcoXvoi, aTruSo'a? \t~\o dpyvpiov,]

to av XeXa/3T]K0t)<;

15 TvyxaVT), d^ecocrOo} tm epyco, 11 etK av KeXevoovaL ol iahoTrjpe^.—

:

Et h' d[v'j Tt? eTrilcrvvia'TaTOi rat? ecrhoa-ecTi Tmv epycov rj Xvfj,aivr]yoi

KCLT el he Tiva TpoTrov ^Orjpcov, ^ap,i6vTa)|

ol e(ThoTrjpe<!, otrai av

heaTol cr(pei<; ^afiiai, Kal I dyKapva[<T6v^T(o Iv eTriKpto'iv Kal iva-

20 yovTCOII

Iv hiKaa-Tijpiov to yiv6p,evov toI irXriOei tos \ ^ap.iav.—M^ i^ea-Tco he p,T]he KOivdva<; yevecrOai

|

7r\eoi' rj Bvo iirl p.rj-

hevl Tuv epycov • el he firj, ocjjXeTcojeKacrT0<; irevTriKOvra Sapj(^fid(;,

18. Regulations governing building- whatever money he may have received

contracts. and withdrawfrom the work, ifthose giv-

1 ft.— , if any trovble arises between ing out the conlraxts so order.— 15 ff. If

the contractors on the same work, as re- any one makes opposition to the allot-

gards the work. — 4. diru xai : from the merits of the works or does an injury in

time when, relative use of the arti- any way, etc.

kAt A hi riva: el Si

cle, as in 1. 14 etc. See 126.— 6fE. If tk, detached from verbal phrases, has

war shall interrupt any ofthe works corb- come to be used independently in the

tracted for, orshoulddestroy any ofthose sense of a simple indefinite, as is some-

completed. Note the change of mood. times ef tis in Attic (e.g. Thuc. 7.21.5).

For 0S^pai see 80.—9. ir6(ro8a|ji irocvru

:

Ci. kclt el 84 ti \. S2.— 18. o<rai kt\.:

introduce the matter, Att. irp6aoSov iroi- with whateverpenalty seems best to them.

eiaBai.— 11. \ai|>upoirci>X(ov : Att. form — 20. to the court which is constituted

of gen. Instead of sale of plunder the to suit the amount of the penalty.—word must mean here simply plunder- irX^Sei : this, not irXiJfli, has recently

ing, ' the city being subjected to plun- been shovrn to be the correct reading,

der.'— 12 ff. But if any one who has — 21 ff. 'No more than two partners

made a contract has not begun on the for any one piece of work, and noworks and war interrupts, he shall return contractor to have more than two

Page 195: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 18] AECADIAN INSCEIPTIONS 179

eireXaaaaOmv|8e ot aXiaerraL • l/j^aivev Se rofj, ^oXofievov iirl rot (I

fjfiiaaoi, tS? ^afiCav. Kara aira Se kol ei k av [rji?|irXeov ^ Svo 25

epya exv t&v lepav tj rSiv ^a/i[o]o-i'c»i'|

kut el 8e riva rpoirov,

OTivi Afj, fjLT] 01 aXiacTTall]|Traperd^covcn oixoOvfiahov iravre;, ^afu-

<b[o-]0q)I

Ka6' maa-rov tosv -rrXeovcov epymv Karii firjva 11 irevTrjKOVTa 30

Sapx/J-al'i, p.€(7T av a<^rj\TOt\|ra epya ra irXeova.— Et [8'] av n[<;

. . .]t«ijTOt Tail'I

!7repl ra epya erv - - - - - Kar el Se ri, firj|

- . V el Be nrj, firj ol earw IvSikov|

p,r)heiro6L aX\' 7}

Iv Tepfiai • el B" av IvSiKti^rjTot,||aTrvretcraTO) to %/3eo? BnrXdcnov 35

TO av SiKci^TjTOi •

I

e<7TO) Be Kal twvI to) eiri.^ap.ifo 6 avTo<; i'yyvo<;

oirepI

Kal tw epyca ^y Iv eaTeicriv.— Ei B' av ti? epyavijaa'; I epyov

Ti iroo'KaTV^Xa-yjrrj tl aXXv tS)V vTrapxpvTcov I epyav etre iepbv etre

Safioaiov etre iStof||

7ra/3 rav a-vyypa(f>ov ra? iaBoKav, airvKaOi- 40

CTaTO)I

TO KaTV^Xa<f>dev toi? tSiot? avaXmfiacriv fi-q fjcrcTov I ^

vTrdpxe Iv toI xpovoi to,': epycoviav • el B' a/j. fj,f) I KaTva-Tciai], to,

eTn^dfita airvTeierm, KaTajrep\

evrt TOi? aXXot? epyoK toi^ virepa-

fiepoii TeraiCTOi.||

— Et S' ai/ ti? tuiv ipyavav rj tcov ipya^op-e- 45

v(ovI

eirrfpeid^ev BeaTOi Iv to, epya rj cnreidrjvai tok I eiriixeXofievoK

pieces of work -without the unanimous tvSiKos, like Cret. ej-Sims, is used imper-

consent of the heliasts. '— 24. t)L4>aCvcv sonally with the dative of the person

ktX. ; any one who wishes may be in- who is liable to suit. For IvSiKdi^Tiroi,

former, receiving half the fine as a re- cf.Aemaji.TohivSmaj^oiiivoisthelUigants

ward.— 25. Kara oird : Kara ri aird. SGDI.1432a, andDelph. ^vSi/cafi/ieKoii/

So Kariwep (11. 43, 50) for kcitA. rdirep, subjected to suitSGT)I.n95.— 37 &. 'If

Att. KaBdirep. — 28. £a|uu[(r]6<ii : the a contractor injures any of the exist-

fourth letter from the end is uncertain, ing works contrary to the terms of the

but probably u not o. See 157.— 33 ff. contract, he must at his own expense

Owing to the preceding lacuna, the oc- put it in as good condition as it was at

casion and intent of this prescription the time of the contract. Otherwise he

is not clear. Otherwise he (the con- must pay the same penalties that are

tractor) shall not be liable to suit any- fixed for other pieces of work over-

where else than in Tegea. But if he is due.'— 45 ff. ' If a contractor or work-

subjected to suit, he shail pay double the man seems to be abusing the works, or

amount for which the suit is brought. disobedient to those in charge, or dis-

And the same person who was (the regardful of the established fines, the

surety) for the Work, shall be surety for workman may be expelled from the

this fine, for its payment, h Eo-TCKrii- work, and the contractor brought to

refers back to hri^aiila, not to ipyw. trial and fined in the same way as is

Page 196: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

180 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 18

^ Karv(j)povr]vai rmv eTri^afiicov|rav rerwyfievtov, Kvpioi eovrco ot

50 icrSorripe<! I rofi fiev ipydrav eaSe\Xovre<! e? toI epyoi,||

rbv Se epyw-

vav ^afMovre'i Iv eTriKpicri'^/ Kardvep|

to<; eTricrvvLcrTafievoi rat?

iaSoKah ryeypaTrlrjoi. I

—"On S' av icrSodf} epyov etVe iepov ecre

Saii6a-i[ov], I vTrdp^ev ray Koivav avyypacjjov Tai'[i']t icvpi[av]\

tto?

rat eVe? rot 6/370^ yeypafifievlai av^yypd^loi].

prescribed for those who make oppo- The giving out of the contracts and ac-

sition to the allotments. '— 50. Iafi,i6v- ceptance of proposals is the same thing.

T£s Iv lirCKpio-iY : condensed expression — 53 ff. 'This general contract shall be

for iaiu&vres Kal ayKapiffffovres ktK. Cf. in force in addition to the special con-

11.17-19.— 51. Tos eirio-Ton^vos: acc. tract for the particular piece of work.

'

abs. 173. — lo-SoKais: iaSbtrtai. in 1. 16.

Cyprian

The Cyprian Syllabary

Nearly all the Cyprian inscriptions are written in a special syllabary.

This consists of signs for each of the five vowels— these being used where

no consonant immediately precedes, that is initially and for the second

element of diphthongs— and signs for each combination of consonant and

following vowel, as ma, rne, etc. But there is no distinction between long

and short vowels, nor, in the case of mutes, between surd, sonant, and

aspirate. Hence the sign te (the transcription with t is a matter of conven-

tion) may stand for te, rrj, Se, 87;, 6e., or 6ri. Nasals before consonants are

not written, e.g. ati= a.(y)rL^

For a final consonant the sign containing the vowel e is used, e.g. kase

= Ko.^. For groups of consonants the first is indicated by the sign contain-

ing the vowel of the syllable to which this consonant belongs. That is, its

vowel is determined by the following in the case of initial groups and con-

sonant -I- liquid ; by the preceding in the case of liquid -t- consonant, and

also o- -I- consonant (cf. 89.1). 1\ms potoline = tttoXlv, patiri= iraTpl,,

euvere la sa tu = tvpptT&craTv, a ra leu ro = apyvpo, e se ta se = t<rTa<T€. Exam-ples of other groups are rare.^

1 In the Greek transcription the mutes are distinguished and the nasal beforeconsonants is supplied in parentheses. But e and o, not 7;, a, are used, in accord-ance with the practice adopted for other inscriptions where the signs 77 and a arenot in use. For some uncertainties in regard to the proper transcription, see 199.

2 We find me maname no i = luiivaiiAvot, ka si ke ne toise = Ka'a^iyverois but i ki

mamenose = Ixixaixivoi, terekinija = Tipxvija, tipetera- = SupBepa-, -vanakotose = -fdvaKTos.

Page 197: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No- 19] CYPRIAN IXSCEIPTIOXS 181

Words are separated by a special sign, but this is commonly, though notuniformly, omitted after the article, and sometimes in other groups of

words. In such groups a final consonant is often treated as medial, hencetapotoline = Ta(v) irToki.v, et<^.

19. Idalium. Probably V cent. b.c. SGDI.60. Hoffmannl.135. Sobn-sen 3. The first five lines only are given in the more exact syllabic tran-scription. In this

I

denotes the word separator, not the line division,

which is indicated by numerals.

1 oteI

tapo toll nee tali one|ka te vo ro ko ne ma to i

|kaseke

ti e ve se|i to i

|

pi lo ku po ro ne ve te 1 to o na sa ko 2 ra u|

pa si le

useIsa ta si ku po ro se

|ka se a po to li se

]etalievese

|anokone

onasilone|tononasikupo 3 ronetonijaterane

|kase

|tose

|

kasikenetose|ijasatai

|tose

|a to ro pose

|tose

|itai

|ma

kaiI

iki 4 mame nose|aneu

|mi si tone

|kasapai

|euvereta

sa tuI

pa si le u se|ka se

{a po to li se

|o na si 5 lo i I ka se I to i

seI

ka si ke ne to i se|a ti to mi si to ne

|ka a ti

|ta u ke ro ne

|to

ve na i|e xe to i

|etc.

'Ore ra(y) tttoXiv 'ESaXiov Karcfopyov MaSot Ka<; Kerte/re?

i(v) Tot ^iKoKVTrpov perei to 'Ovaa-ay(^av, /3aa-i\ev<; l^raaiKvrrpo'; 2

Kos a trroKi'i 'ESaXte^e? avoyov 'OvdiriXov tov ^OvaaiKVir^ov

Tov Ijarepav /ca? to? Kaaiyvero^ XjaaOai to? a(v)6po7ro<i to? l(v) rdc

fid^ai lK\ixanevo<i dvev fuadov. kck iraL eipperduraTV ^aaCKevi i

Ka^ a TTToXi^ 'Ovatri\\\di /ta? Tol<; Kaa-iyveroK a(v)Ti to fuaOov Ka

a(v)Tl TO, lyyepov Sofdvai i^ toi I poiKoi toi ySacrtXe/ro? «a? ef tm 6

•nroKjLfi apyvpo Td(\avTOv) a Td(kavTOv) • e Bvpdvoc w o(j')tI to|

apyvpov ToSe, to Ta\d(v)Tdv, /Sao-t\eu? «a? a tttoXk 'Ovaa-iXoi /ca?

tok KacriyvcTOK ottv tm ^ai tm ^aaiXefo<; to, l(v) to Ipovi toi 8

'

'A.'Ka(ji)irpijdTaL To{y) y^opov I tov l{v) toi eXet to(i') jf^pavojievov

'0(7)Ka(i')T0? aXpo Ka<; to, Tep'xyija to, iiri6(v)Ta|{7rd(v)Ta e^ev 10

19. Agreement of the king and city between the withdrawal of the Athe-

of Idalium with the physician Onasilus nian expedition of 449 b.c. and the

and his brothers for the care of the union of Idalium and Citiumimder the

wounded during the siege of the city Phoenician king Melekyathon, about

by the Persians and the inhabitants of 391 b.c.

the Phoenician city of Citium. 9. fiXfo : cf . Hesycli. iXouo • ic^iroi.

This siege is to be placed somewhere But i\fov here is not identical with

Page 198: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

182 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 19

iravoviov ifah ^av cneKev. e ice ai<! 'OvdcriXov e t6<;|

/caa-i'yveTOi

12 I T09 TratSas To(y) TraiSov rov 'OvaaiKVirpov i^ roi X°P°'''^^'^^

\

^6

opv^e, Ihe irai o i^ 6f)v^e ireCaei 'OvaaiXoi kcl<; toI<; KaaiyveTOi\^ e

T0t9 -jraicrl top apyvpov T6(v)Se, apyvpo rdiXavrov) a Td(XavTOv).\

14 Ka<i 'OvaaiXoi olpoi dvev To(y) Kaacyverov tov aiXov efpSraa-arv

/Sao-iXeiJI? Ka<i a ittoXi'! Sopevai a{v)Tl to, v')(epov to fuaOov apyvpo

16 7re(Xe«efa9) S' 7re(Xe«;e/ra9)|

/S" h{p.vala) 'E{SdXia)- e Soicoi, vv

^aa-iXev<; Ka<s a tttoXj? 'Oyao-t|||Xot a(v)Tl to apyvpo ToSe onrv tui

18 fat TCLi ^aaiXepo'i to, i(v) MaA.ai'i/a|t rat ireSijaL to(v) X°P^^ to(v)

Xpav^o/xevov 'Afievija dXfo ««? tA Tep^^vija to, e'iri6(v)Ta 7ra(p)Ta,

20 To(i') troexpiJ^vov tto? To{y) p6po(v) to(v) ApvfMov /fo? 7ro||? rav lepe-

pijav ra? 'AOdva'i, «a? to(v) kcLttov rov l(v) 1iifi.iBo<; apovpa\i, t6(v)

AipeWefii'! 6 'Apfiavei"; e^e dXfo(v), tov iroexop^evov ttos Ilaa-ayo-

22 pa\v TOV 'Ovacrayopav /ca? tA Tep^vija to, e'in6(y)Ta Trd(y)Ta e^ev

iravovio'i u|/rat9 ^av areXija l6(y)Ta. e ice ai'i 'OvdcriXov e to<s Tral-

24: Sas TO'; '0\va<7iXov i^ toli ^di TaiSe i ef toi tcdiroi TOiSe ef opv^e,

tliSe o ef opv^e ireia-ei 'OvaaiXoi e toI<: waial tov dpyvpov T6(v)Se,

26 apyvpolv T-eiXeKefai) 8' 7re(Xeicefa';) /8' Si^fivaia) '^(SdXia). iSe

Td(v) SdXTOv Td(y)Se, to, peirija rdSe ivaXaXia/xeva, 1 /Sao-tXeu? «a?

28 d tttoXk KaTedijav l{y) Td(v) Oiov tAv 'AOdvav tclv irep' '^\SdXiov

aiiv opKoif fie Xvcrai ra? ppera'i TaaSe vpai<; ^av.|

otti ai<; Ke to?

30 ppeTa<s TdaSe Xvae, dvoa-ija poi yevoiTV. Td<; ye 11 fa? Tdcrhe kuI

TO'} icdiro'; ToaSe oi 'Ovaancuirpov TratSe? /ca? to(i') iraiSov ol Trajt-

Se? e^oai aipei, o{l) i{v) to Ipovi toi 'E8a\teft loai.

kcLtos (of. 11. 20, 21) and is probably fa-, but this is very uncertain. —plantation or orchard.— 10. iravoviov

:

29. Whoever violates these agreements,

with all salable products (wpos), adj. may impiety rest upon him, that is heagreeing with t6(i') x^P"", tlie interven- shall be held guilty of an impious act.

ing Td. ripx'i-ja being disregarded, as For the force of tin, the formation of

not ooSrdinate. So in 1. 22 iraxowos is which is wholly obscure, see 131. Butace. pi. agreeing with Th(v) x^pov and it may also be taken as a conjunction

Tb(v) Kd-Tov (11. 18, 20). — *fols Sav : els («<^i?).

itldid,ptov(?). i/rats forever, 1Z3.6. fai/ ao. Monument to Stheneias, son of

is possibly connected with fi}tu and fiiu, Nicias and grandson of GaucUs. Seelive, on the basis of a third by-form 168 d and 38.

Page 199: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 21] LESBIAN INSCEIPTIONS 183

Lesbian

20. Cebrene. V cent. B.C. SGDI.307. HoffmaimIH32. Roberts p.324.Solmsen 4.

S[Ta'\\]a Vt lOeveiai e/t/it tS Nt«tat'oi ro FavKio.

21. Mytilene. First half of IV cent. IG.XII.ii.l. SGDI.213. Hicks 94.Hoffmann 11.32. Michel 8. Solmsen 5.

~ - - e . ^oTTiI

Se Ke al] •n-o'Xt?

[a]/i<l>dr[€pai|

- .] ypdcjiwiai ek rav [aTciX-

Xav rj eKK\oXdir\T(oi,ai, kv[p]lov eara>. t\ov he KepvaiJka to] )(pv- 5

(Tiov virohiKov elfi/ievai aii(l>o\Tep]aiai rat? iroXiea-a-i, BiK[d(TTai^

SeI

ei*]/ievai t&i p-ev e> MvTiX'^vai [Kepvav\ri] rah dpxaK jraiaai';

rah i/j, MlvnX\')j]vai irXea^ rav ai/jLiaeav, ip. <^a>Kai Se [TJllat? 10

apxaK Trato-'ai? rah ep, ^cokm 7rX[e']|a9 r&v alpia-€(o[v]- rav Se

SiKav ep,p^vai,|

eVet' xe (oviavTO<i i^eXOrji, iv ef p'qvv^{(7)ai. al Se

Ke Karaylp^eOrji to y^pvaiov Kep\vav vSapecrTe[p]o[v] OeXoov, ffavd-

TO)i ^api\\a)tr6(o al Se «e airv(f)[v'\'yrii /i[^] OeXav ap^p\p^T'qv, 15

TipaTco t[o] SiKaa-TTJpiov otti xPV a\vT(o)v irddrjV rj Kade^p^evai, a

81. Monetary agreement between The Mytilenians are to issue the coins

Mytilene and Phocaea. Coins of elec- first (the cities alternating each year),

trum, a compound of gold and silver, The agreement goes into effect underwere issued by Mytilene and Phocaea, the prytauis succeeding Colonus at My-down to about 350 b.c, and it is to tilene and Aristarchus at Phocaea.

'

these that the inscription refers, though 4-5. t[6v S« K^pvavra]: Kipvayn, if

the term used of them is xp^aiav. correctly supplied here and in 11. 7-8,

'Any one debasing the coinage is re- has the same meaning which is moresponsible to both cities. If at Mytilene, forcibly expressed by Kipvav iBapiartpov

the magistrates of Mytilene are to con- in 11. 13-14. Another restoration is

stitute the majority of the judges. Simi- T[hii itpedpKovra] here and [k6wtoi>ti] in

larlyat Phocaea. The trial falls within 11. 7-8. The arrangements for trial im-

sixmonthsof the expiration of the year. mediately following show that the

If one is convicted of intentional adul- meaning required here is debase, not

teration, he is to be punished with death. make the alloy, i.e. simply coin, as often

But if he is acquitted of intentional taken. Moreover the electrum coinage

wrong-doing, the court shall decide the of this time and place was based upon

penalty or fine. The city is not liable. a natural, not an artificial, alloy.

Page 200: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

184 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 21

Se rroXi's avai\no<; kuI a^dfjLio'i [eo-Jrw. eXaxov MvTi\i]\vaoi irpo-

20 ade KOTTTT^v. apxei Tr/soVaw? 6||

ireSa KoXtovov, i[fi ^]d>Ka(. Se 6

•jreSk 'Ap la^rWap^ov.

22. Mytilene. Soonafter324B.c. IG.XII.ii.6. SGDI.214. Ditt.Orient.2.

Hicks 164. Plofemann 11.83. Inscr.Jurid.II,pp.344ff. Michel 356. Solm-

sen6.

[/cal ol /3]ao-t'[\7;e9 TrpoaTi]dr)a-[6ov rait KareXTjXv-

0ov\n (U9 re^vav Te;)^i'a]/u,eV[(B] rm e\v rdi] iroKi irpoade [eovroi. ai,

Se Ke Tt9I

Tcav KaTe\r]\v06v'\T(ov /Mr) efifievq iv rat? Sta\i'<Tt[ecr](rt

TavT[ai,ai,\

fit] je^eado) Trap ras Tro'Xto? KTi]iMaTo<; fnjSe-

6 vo'i iir][Se crTl|et;)^eT(o eVt fifj'\Sev toop. irapeymprja'av avrcot ot ev rdi

TToXi irpolaOe|

eovrei, dWa ajreixovrov eVl ravra rd KT'^p.ara ol

7rapx<i>pi]a'av['Ae<; avrcot, e« t&ji'] iv rdi iroXi irpoaOe eovrcov, Kau ol

crrpoTayoi eh I [avdt<; diro<^epov\rov eiri rov iv rdi ttoXi trpoade

eovra rd KTi^p^ara|

[m? p,r] (rvvdXXaj]fjieva tm KaTe\7j\v6ovTO<i •

10 Kal ol ^aaiX-qe; TrpoarlMBrfa'dov rSa iv rjat ttoXi irpoade eovn

CO'; rexvav Texvap,ev(o tq) Ka\[Te\'r]'S.v6ovTOi! ] /U.7?S' at we rt? SiKav

jpdcjiTjTai Trepl T^o'^vrmv, p,r] ela-d\[jovrov ol Trepc'\Spop,oi Kal ol

SiKaaKO-jTOi firjSe d\\X]a dpxO' P'rjBeia.|

[iTripeXecrddi Se] rot?

a-Tpordjoi'; Kal roh /3[ao-iX]7;a? Kal toU ire\[pi8p6p,oi<! Kal rjoi?

88. Measures taken for the settle- any of the property which those whoment of disputes arising between the remained in the city have surrendered

exiles who returned under Alexander's to lilm, but rather those who surren-

edict of 324 B.C. and the reinaining citi- dered it shall enter into possession of it,

zens of Mytilene. and the generals shall return the prop-

Most of the restorations adopted are erty to the one who remained in resi-

those preferred by Dittenberger I.e. dence, on the ground that the returned

But in many cases others are equally exile has not conformed to the agree-

possible. ment. And the /3a<r(\»;cs shall favor the

1 ff. ' The |8a(r(XTjes shall favor the one who remained In residence on the

returned exile on the ground that the groundthat the returned exile has been

one who remained in residence has guilty of fraud. Nor, if any one brings

been guilty of fraud. But if any one suit, shall the clerks of the court andof the returned exiles does not abide inspectors of justice, or any other

by these terms of settlement, he shall magistrate, introduce it.'— 13 fi. 'Thenot receive any property from the city, officials are to intervene if all things

nor shall he enter into possession of prescribed in the decree are not carried

Page 201: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 22] LESBIAN INSCEIPTIONS 185

SiKua-KOTTOK Kul Tflt? [(xXXaJt? apxaK ai Ke||

[nr) jivrjrai a.Trav]Ta 15

(B? iv T&i \(r[a<f)i(Tfian yeypa7rT]ai, KardypevTov|

[8e top aderevrd

Ti Tav iv TMi \jra<f)ia-fj.aTi yeypa]fjij/j,€vcov, co? Ke fifjB\[ev Sid^opovell) ToZ? KaTeXijXvdovTecra-i ir]p6'; roh iv rai iroXt

|

[wpoa-de eov-

Ta?, aXXa Sidyoiev ol 6taXe]Xu/ievot jrdvre'i tt/jo? a\|[A,aXot? avv-

woTrTQ)? Kal ave-7ri^ovXev]T(i)<i Kal ifipAvoiev iv rat d\\[TrvKpi<TL rat, 20

TW ^aaiXr)0'i Kal iv rajt SiaXvai rdi iv tovtcoi to)i \{ra\[^ia-fj,aTi.

SiaXXaKTUfi S' eXeo-^]at rbv SdfJi,ov dvSpa'i eiKoai, SeKa I [p,€v iK

TO)V KareXBoVTcov, Scko] 8e iK tS)v iv tm tto'Xi irpoerde iovrmv. I

[ouTOi Se -irpSiTov fiev (f>vXd<Ta'\ovTov Kal iwifieXecrdov gj? firjSev

ea\[a-€Tai Sid<f>opov rot? KaT]eXd6vT€a-cn Kal rot? iv rat iroXi irpo-

o-||[0e iovrea-a-i. Trpd^oitri Se] Kal irepl tS)v d/jL(f>ia0aT7]fjieva)v Krrjfid- 25

T(ovI

[qj? 04 re KaTeX6ovTe<; K']al tt/oo? toi? eV rat iroXi €0VTa<s Kal

TTjOO?I

[aXXa'Xot? naXuna pi^ev hiaXvOrja-ovrai, ai Se fit], ecra-ovrai

6)S St«:|[ato'TaTot, Kal iv rajt? BiaXvcriecrcn, rat? o /Sao-t'Xeu? eTre-

Kpivve,I

[real ey rat o-uiiaXXaYjat ip,p^veoicn iravre; Kal oiKija-oia-i

rap, 7ro]|[Xn' /eat raY j(^a>pav ojpovoevre^ vp6<; aXXaXot? • «at Trept 30

y(pr]p,dT(OVI

[vreSa to 7ra/3a8e'8e;!^]0at rah SiaXvaK (b9 TrXeto-ra /cat

TrejOt opKWI

[to'i/ /ce cnrop,6aaa)iai ot] I TrdXirai, -jrepl tovtcov irdv-

Tcov ocra-a Ke o/io|[Xo7e(Bto-t tt/jo? aXXaXoJt?, ot aypedevre^ dvSpe<:

^epovTOV eVi t|[oi' Sdp,ov, 6 Se Sa/tio? a/co]ua-at? at «e ayrjrai crvp-

^eprjv ySoXXeuero).||

[at Se' A;e o hdpo<s dyrjTai to] opoXoyrjpeva Trpb<; 35

dXXdXoi'i irvp,(j)6pov\[Ta, ^a(f>ia-aa-6ai Kal rots Ka^TeXOovrecrcn iirl

^p,i0{va irpoTavLO'; I [ocrcra Ke rot? Xoltrouri ^jracfj^iaOTj. ai Se we rt

out, and condemn any one who dis- ciled, or, if not, that they shall be as

regards them, so that there may be just as possible, and abide by the terms

no disagreement between the two par- of settlement which the king decided

ties and they may live amicably and upon and the agreement, and dwell

abide by the decision of the king and in harmony.'— 80-31 ff. 'Regarding

the settlement reached in this decree.' questions of money, after the terms of

— 21 ff. 'Twenty men are to be chosen settlement have been accepted as far

as mediatore, ten from each party. as possible, and regarding the oath and

They are to see to it tliat no disagree- other matters, the men selected shall

ment arises, and in the case of dis- report to the people, who shall take

puted property they are to bring it such measures as seem advantageous,

about that the parties shall be recon- If the people approve the mattersagreed

Page 202: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

186 GKEEK DIALECTS [No. 22

ivSevT] TW yjracjiia/jiaTov,\

[irepl tovt(o a Kpicn<; eara i-7r]l rai ^oX-

Xai. KvpoidevTO^ Se ro) >^a(/)io-|[/LiaTO? inro tm Sdfico, avfj.TravTa] tov

40 Sdfiov iv TM elKoicrrai tw nfjvvo<;||

[TreSa rav Ovaiav ev^acrdai] toI^

Oioiai i-n-l aa)T7]piai Koi ev^ai^fiovCai Toijx iroXiTav iravTcov] ye've-

adai rav SiaXvaiv rol^ KaTe7\\[66vTe(Ta-i koI toI<; irpoaOe] ev tui ttoXc

eovrea-cn- TOt[? B]e i!prja<; T|[ok SafioaioK aTravrw; kuI] raU IpeiaK

oeiyrjv T[ot]? vavoi'i Kal\

\tov Scifjiov tt/jo? evxa-v a-vveX]6r)v. ra 8e

45 ipa TO, 6 Sa/i09 [e]v^aro, ore e|:||[e7re/Lti/re roh ayyeXoK; tt/jo?] tov

^aa-CXrja, airvSofievai Toh /3aai\[Xr)0<! jevedXioicri kut eviav]rov

Trapenfievai Se rat dvaiai Kal [T|ok eUocn iivSpa^ Kal roh a]'yje-

XoK Tok TTjOO? TOV ^aaiXr/a •ire[p.(p\6evTa^ toU airv twv irpocrBe] ev

Tai ttoXl iovTcov Kal Toh a[Trv tmv|KaTeXdovTwv. to Se ^fra(f)laf^a

tJoCto avaypd-ijravTa'i Toh T^a/xtaK

23. Nesos. Between 319 and 317 b.c. IG.Xn.ii.645. SGDI.304.

Ditt.Orient.4. Hicksi 138. HofimannII.129. Michel363. SolmsenT. Only

the text of side A is given here, the more fragmentary B being omitted.

Ka]l 'AXe^avSpo[<;| xl'^'P"''^

rac iroXi, Kal|

[ oTa 8e] 'AXe^avSpo<; SidX[Xa\^e rop,

5 Trap avdpa)\ir(ov ^iov, <I>tXt7r7ro? Se [o||<E>tXt7r7ra) KaX] 'AXe^avSpo<;

6 'AXe^dvSpco T[a|/x ^acnXeilav irapeXa^ov, Sepcmr-Trov ecav|

[rot?

^a(T\iXriearai (piXo'; Kal rot? crTpoT^dfyoiai] Kal Toh dXXoiai Ma/ce-

10 SovecTcri, p,\e\'ydX~\Q}V aydOayv atrto? yeyove rat Tro'Xt. 'A[/^|Tt7r]aT/3a)

yap eTTiTd^avTOV j^^Tj/iOTa et? I rop, 7r6Xep,ov elcT(f>epr]v Travrtov TOiv

dXXcovI

eicT^epovTCOv &epannro^ vapyevop.evo'i|

tt/so? rot? ^aaCX'qa<s

Kal 'AvTiTraTpov e'«[ov]|^to-o-e Tap. ttoXiv, eTrpa^e Be Kal tt/so? KXe[t-||

15 t]ov irepl ra? et? ^virpov cTTpaTeia'; Kal i\[j'\ p,eydXa^ Sairdva'; eh

upon, they may decree the same prlvi- be made annijally on the anniversary

leges for the exiles returning in the of the king's birthday in the presence of

prytaiiy of Smlthlnas as for the others.

'

the twenty men and the messengers.

'

•— 38-39 ff. ' When the decree has been 83. Decree in honor of Thersippus

confirmed, the people are to pray that for using his influence with the Mace-

the settlement may be for the general donians in behalf of the city. For the

welfare. The priests and priestesses are historical references see Hicks and Dit-

to throw open the temples. The sacrl- tenberger. I.e. There are some koiv/i

fices which were promised when the forms, as tieri for ireSi, iviypa^ai. be-

messengers were sent to the king are to side iyKapvavirw.

Page 203: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 23] LESBIAIT INSCEIPTIONS 187

lUKpov avvdyaye.|

[iyeveT]o Se kuI irepl rav criToSeiav av-i][p|

070-

po?] Kal Trap t&v a-aSpdirav elcraycoyalv I criT(o KajrecrKevaaae, .

eSa)Ke Se Kal rat ttoKi||

[;;^p^/naTja ek (Ta>Tr]piav Kal tokok iXdcr- 20

[o-o|va? atTJjjcre ray Karea-raKOVTCov, evador)|

[Se p(;/3j;]/iaTeo-(7t /cai

TOi? TToXiTaicTt, ek [(7i\Tavia]v. Kal TloXvTrep'x^ovTO<; ek rav 'Aa-i[av I

CTTaXeJi'TO? SuoiKijae ^i\ov avrov tm '7ro|[Xt v7rd'\p'x^r)v, Traps- 25

iTKevaa-cre 8e Kai 'Appd^ai\[ov Kal'] toU dWoa rot? iiri nvoav re-

To|[7/iei;o]t? ^tto t&v ^aaiXijcov ^i\oi<; tm 7r[o]\t Ka]l raWairpda-aei fier evvoia'; tt/so?

|

[tov S^d/jiov iravra- BeSocrOai avraa

areXeilav||Trdvrtojv rop, Trdvra ^(^povov Kal avTco Kal [e'/ckoVjoto-t, 30

aTaaai Se avroa Kal eiKova p^a\[«:^|aI'], SeSoadai Be Kal airrjcnv ip,

7r/30Tai'ij[t|to, K^al ora /ce a ttoXk Ipo-irorjTai, pepi<; B[i\B(o](TOa) @ep-

fftTrTTft) Kal Twv eKyovcov di tw y[d\paLJTdT03, KdXrfaOai Be Kal ek 35

irpoeBpCav •

|

[a-reJc^ai/WTa) Be avTOV 6 )(opoaTdTa^ di 6 iv[e\oov ijv

t5> dycovi Kal oyKapvaaeTca dvBpay\a\6 C]a'i eveKa Kal evvolat Ta<i

irpix; TOV Bd^pov\, Xva yipdicrKCOiai irdvre^ on 6 Bdpo<; 6||

[Najo-ito- 40

rav Tok dyddoK dvBpa<! \_K~\al eue[/3|7e']Tat9 Tt'[//.at] Kal acoBevro'i

avra icrTe(f)a\lva]^6prja-€V dpepai^ rpk Kal evayyeXia|

Kal atorrfpia

e\d]vae Kal 'irav\dyvp'\tv crvvd\yaye BapoTe\X\r)V Kal vvv Tipai

BiKda)<;. d\\vdypa-\jrai Be rot? TapiaK rok per 'Hpa^KXeiro) to ^jra- 45

<j)ia-pa ek o'TdWav \iOlvav I t<u eK ®eppa<i Xi6(o Kai ardtrai oinra

Ke ©e[/3]|o-tTr7r(B crwa[p]e'(7K7j pe'x^pi Hopvoirca'; • efe'[o-]|T£B Be ®ep-

o-i[7r]7r£0 Kal dWa oirira Ke 6e\r) t<o[v||

fjptoz/ a-Td(7a[i] to yjrd- 50

(jiia-pM, Kot Ke Ti de'Xi] 7r[p]\oa-ypd(j)7jV, eppevai avTco, Tuy Kev

eiiepyeWr) Tap iroXiv.

47. Ik 0^p(jias XtOu: o/marfite/rom Labeo. This is a characteristic exam-

Therma, a place in Lesbos near Myti- pie of the artificial revival of the dia-

lene.— |i^pi IIopvoTrtos : site of the lectinRoman imperial times (cf. 280).

temple of Apollo Parnopius, the epi- ^Yith the genuine dialect forms are

thet being derived from rrdpm\j/, Lesb. interspersed koiit) forms as Trapij7-7)o-aTo,

Boeot. Tdprnf (5).— 48 ff. : ' Thersip- irpiravis, iva-, nerd, lepras, Kadi, iip' otaiv,

pus may also have the decree set up etc. ; hyper-Aeolic forms as i^iipav,

elsev7hei« in any sanctuary that he TrXdfeos (vyords with original 1;, not a);

chooses and add to it a statement of and examples of late spelling as Tci^ais,

any of his other benefactions.' Karetpuiv vfith et = t (21), iiruTKeda-avra

84. Decree in honor of L. Vaccius (36), Kopaylav, ivdpKoiaav with k = x

Page 204: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

188 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 24

24. Cyme. Between 2 B.C. and 19 a.d. SGDI.311. Hoffmann II. 173.

[Safi]ocriai[<;\ - rah v'7rapK0t]a-ai<; avrco /cT7j|[(7ta? ep ros

Zfiapayijco] 7} tovtokti tS> Sa[//.a)]|

ovia Traaavoia-

5 (7avT0<; ical||

[fj,eyaKo']TrpeTrea-(T(i)TaL<; Teip.ai'i Soyfiari^ovTo? Kai

vav\(o ev roi <yvfi[v)acTCa) /careipcov Trpoayprj/ifievo), iv co rah Tet-|

fiai<; avTco KanSpvaei, KrCcTTav re kuI evepyerav TrpocrovvlfidcrSea-Oai,

eiKOvdi; re y^pvcriai'; 6vTedr)v, icada T0t9 ra fie\'yicrTa rov Sa/j,ov eiep-

10 'yeTrjcrdvTecTcn vofMfiov iari, fidlrd re rav i^ dvdpdiyirmv avrai fjLera-

(TTacTLV Kol TCLV iv\rd(j}av Kal 6eenv tw crd)fiaTO<; iv rm yvfivacriai

•yevijOrjv, I aTroSe^a/iez/o? vTrepd'Ufi,co<i rav Kpiaiv ra^ •TToXto'; Aa^^ewv,

crroi'xel'; toI's irpovirapyiievoicn avrco Kal •7rpo(Tfie\rpel's rav iavrco

15 rvy^av rot? icftiKroiaiv avdpdnra), rav||

p,ev vTrep/Sdpea Kal 0eoiai

Kal Tot? I(7<7o6eoiac apfj,6^oi\aav rat re rS> vavco Kareipao'io's ra?

re ra) Kricrra|

Trpoaovvfiaaiaf reCfxav irapr^rrjaaro, apKerjv vofii-^

^cov rhv Kpiaiv rSi Tr\ddeot Kal rccv evvoav e'irLre6e\a)prjK7)V, rah Be

20 T049 ayddoicri ra)v dvSpmv TrpeTroillraK aa/jievi^oiaa p^a/oa avverre-

vevae reip.at'i • icj)' ol\cnv TrpeircoSeararov iari rwv ivvoficov eovrtuv I

y^^povcov rav rravreXea rSiv eh ap,oi^av avrjKovrcov I eiraivcov re

Kal rei/jiiav rrepl ra<; Ka\oKayadia<; avrco|

jxaprvpiav cnrvBeBocrdai

25 Si d Kal rvy(a dydda SeSo)(^6ai 11 ra /3o'Wa Kal rai Sdfico • iiraiVTjv Aa-

^ecova Trattra? eovra Tet|/u.a? d^iov Kal 8ia rav Xoirrav ixev rrepl rov

^lov crefjkvorara|Kal hid rav ^iXoSo^iav Se Kal rhv fieyaXoSdrravov

(66a). ipKiifv (infin.), avvreKii} beside with ' and Lesbian accent). But it is

the normal ;i«-forms K6.\riv, a-Tetpdvav, impossible to determine whether in

etc. (155.3) are probably artificial. such cases the koixi) form was adopted

miiji (1. 5), if correct, is a contamina- as a whole or only in part (cf. 280),

tion of vavov with Att. veii. 4ireypd<priv and moreover by this time little, if

(1. 36-37) is an aor. infin. pass., like anything, was left of the sound of the

6vT40riv, with e carried over from the spiritus asper even in the koiv/i. So the

indicative (perhaps only by the en- transcription chosen is of small con-

graver). With regard to psilosis, we sequence.

find Karelpuv, KariSpiaa, but 4(plKTouriii. 15 ff. He deprecated the excessive

The forms of the relative, being bor- honor, suitdble only to gods and demi-rowed from the Kotvij (126), are tran- gods, of dedicating a temple and nam-scribed with ' throughout (cf. also inghim founder, thinking it to be enough

i<t>' ot(Tiv etc.); and one might also pre- to have observed the judgment and goodfer iep4us and iavrdv (instead of ^ovtok will of thepeople, but the honors suitable

Page 205: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 24] LESBIAN INSCRIPTIONS 189

et?^I

T^v TToXiv Sideea-iv, Kal exnv iv rd KaXkiaTa 8iaXdfj.yjrei, reKal

I

airvSoxa, Kal KoXyv ek irpoehpiav, Kal a-T€<j)dvcov iv 7rdv-\\

reaa-i^ toi? aydivea-a-iv, oi? Kev a ttoXj? avvreXer), ev rd rdv\Karev- 30

Xav afiepa iirl rdv airovBav kcit rdSe 6 Bd/xo's aT€\<j)dvoi AevKiovOvuKKiov AevKia vlov Al/j,i\c'a Aa^eava, 4>i\\oKVfiaiov evepyerav,(TTe^dva xpv<rim apera? eveKa

\

Kal (t)i\ayaeia<; ra? eh eavrov ov-

red-qv he avTw Kal €i\\Kpva';, ypdirrav re iv SirXco irfxpva-w Kal 35

XaXKiav, KUT rd ai\Ta Se Kal fiapfiapiav Kal xpva-iav iv t£ yvp-va-

o-i'o), it})' av iir^ypd^Tjv o Sdfio^ irei/iacTev AevKiov OwkkiovAevKim

I

vlov AlfuXia Aa/Se'wm, ^iXoKVfiaiov evepyerav, yvp.va-

(n\apxvo-avTa KdX(o<s Kal fieyaXoSo^o)^, ovOevra Se||Kal to fiaXd- 40

I'j^oi' TOt? ve'oia-i Kal 7rpo<; rdv et? avro KopayC\av rah virapKoCa-ai'i

avToa KTrjaia'i iv Zixapayrjco, Kal i\nrL(7Keda-avTa to yvp.vdai.ov,

Kai eKuaTa iiriTeXea-avTa\Xdp,Trpa)<; Kal p.eyaXo-ylrvxto'i, dpeTa<:

eveKa Kal evvoai\Tdi ek eavTov. Kal eVet Ke Se TeXevToa-rj, KaTe-

vexOeJ^\Ta avrov xnro twv i(j)d^(ov Kal raiv veoov ek Tav dyopav I 45

aTe<f)avd>drjV Sid tcS ra? TTo'Xto? KdpVKO<; xaT TdSe 6 Sa|/io? a-Te<f>d-

voi AevKLOv OvdKKiov AevKia vlov AlfuXia Aa\^e(ova, (j)iXoKvp.aiov

evepyerav, aTe<f>dva) xP^o'^co dpe\Ta<; eveKa Kal euv6a<; Td<i ek eav-

Tov • eicrevexdrjv Se|[avTOV ek to yv/j.vd<Tiov vtto re tmv iipdjSmv 50

Kai, T(bvI

vemv, Kal ivTdtfyijv iv tJ k dv evdeTov ep.p,evai ^aCvrjTai

toIttjo. to Se ylrd<f>ia-p.a To'Se dvdypa-^ai ek CTTdXav Xi6<o Xeu|Ka) Kal

ovaeptevai ek to yv/xvaaiov irdp Tak SeSo\yp.aTi(Tp,evaK avTto teC-

p-aK. pfjvov ^paTpico SeKUTa||dtriovTO'; iirl lepeeo^ ra? 'Vcopa^ Kal 55

AvTOKpdTopo<iI

Ka to-a/309, Oea via>, d&a 2e/3ao-T(o, dpxiepeo<; p.eyC-

iTToa Kal 7ra|T/309 ra? irdTptSo'i IloX€pcovo<; t&j ZtJi'wi'o? AaoStVeo?,

irpVTdvLO'i Se AevKico OiiaKKieo AevKim via AipiXila Aa^ecovo^, ^i-

XoKvp.ai(o evepyera, aTe<j)ava<f)6pco Se 11 I.TpdTcavo'i tS) 'UpaKXeiSa. eo

to good men he accepted with gratifica- tions.—56 f. 'whenPolemonwaspriest

tion.— 47. AtfiiXIa : name of the tribe of Kome and Augustus.'

in tlie nom. sg., as in Latin inscrip-

Page 206: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

190 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 25

Thessalian

25. Larissa. V cent. B.C. IG. IX. ii. 662-663. SGDI. 343-344. Hoff-

mami II. 42. Roberts 240.

a. lioXv^evaia ififit. h- YeKeSafio:;.

26. Site of unknown identity, southeast of Larissa. V cent. B.C. IG.IX.

ii.l027.

a. "KifKovi Aeo-j^a[t]o[t].

h. 'KptaTCov oveOiKs koI (TvvSav'xi'a(l}6poi.

G. IIjOoVo? ipyd^aro.

27. Phalanna. V cent. B.C. IG.IX.ii.l226. Hoffmann 6.

5 No'/i09.I

At Ke TovI

pacrarov|

Ki? paXC^aKerali]|

Koiva x[p]\^'

10 fiara e[x]\ov kuI /i[e]|

Si;j/a§T[a]||t a7r7re[t(r|at] to

28. Larissa. About 214 b.c. IG.IX.ii.517. SGDI.345. Ditt.Syll.238-

239 (only the letters of PHlip). Hoffmann 11.16. Michel 41. SolmsenQ.

\Tay~\ev6vTovv 'AvayKiTTTroi lierdaXeioi,, 'KpuTTovooi 'EiVvofieCoi,

2 'E7rt7e'i'eo9 'lacroveioi, ELiSt«:o[t|

'ASajfj-avreioi, 'AXe^ia KXeapp^etot,

'^vfjLvacyiap'x^evro^ 'AXeva AafMoadeveioi ^bXiiriroi rol jSaaiXeloi;

iiricrToXhv c^ir^ucTTeXXavTo^ ttot toi^ raybi Koi rav iroXiv rav

VTTO'ye'Ypafifi.evav•

4 "Bao-tXeii? ^ iXiinro'; Aapi,aai\cov rot? Tayoi<; koi ttji TroXet

^(aipeiv. IIeTj0ato9 KaX 'Avdyicm-iro'; Kal 'A/oto-ToVow? tos otto tij?

irpeiT^eia'i iyevovro, II ive<f>dvi^6v fioi on koi r/ vfierepa ir6Xi<s 8ih

as. IloXu^evaCa : sc. a-rdWa. See Aco-xixip'os, an epithet of Apollo, oc-

168 c.— FEK^Sap.os : see 46, 52 6. curs in Plutarch, and Aeo-xttpipios is the

26. Aristion and his fellow Sacpvri^S- name of a month in Thessalian and

poi set up to Apollo of the A^a-xv- A Cretan.

late inscription of Phalanna (IG.IX.ii. as. Decrees of Larissa made in ao-

1234) reads "AttXouw Kep5[o](ou ^ova-lira- cordance with recommendations of the

T/)o!I

Uo\eiJ,apxlSaios 6 Biras|

iviBeixe ie- Macedonian king Philip V, whose let-

poii.va.ij.!>vel\(ra^ Kal ApxiSavxm<f>opela-as. — ters, dated 219 and 214 B.C. and writ-

Ato-xa[l]o[i] : or Ae<rxa[/J6 (cf. 38)? ten in the Kotci}, are included. The

Page 207: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 28] THESSALIAN INSCEIPTIONS 191

Toil? TToXe'/iou? TT/ooo-Setrat TrXeoWi' oIktjt&v eo)? av ovv koI ere'-l

povt iinvo'qa-cofiev a^iov<; tov Trap' vfilv iroXiTevfjLaTo^, eVt tov ira- 6

poVro? Kpivto ^r)cf)L<Ta<76ai \jixa<i ottqj? rot? KaTOL\Kov<7iv irap vfilv

@€(Tcj-aXa)V rj rSiV aXKav 'EXXtji/cdi' hoOrji TroXtreta. tovtov yapavvTeXecrdevTo<; koI avvp^eivdv^av 'irdvrcDV Sia to, (^iXdvOpaira 8

TreTreia-fiai erepd re 7ro[X]Xa tmv '^^pijaifiav eaeaOat koI ifiol koI

Trji TToXei Koi TTjV|

%C()/3ai' /laXKov e^epyaa^drjaeadai. eTOV<; /S'

"Tirep^epeTaiov ku."

>^a^i^ap,eva^ Ta<; ttoXlo's \jrd^ia-/J,a||to viroyeypafifievov • "Ha- 10

vafifiot TO, e/cra eir t/eaSt o"ui'«;XetTO? <yevoiJ,eva<;, ayopavo/xevrovv

TOvv Tayovv 'irdv\TOVv • ^ikiTnroi toI ySao-tXeto? ypd/jb/xara Trefiyjrav-

T09 TTOT To^ Tayb<; Kal rav woXiv Bi(e) kL IleTpaio<; Koi 'AvdyKiir-

7ro9 KalI

'A/Jto-ToVoo?, ou? ar ra? TTjoeto-ySei'a? iyevovdo, ive(paviaao€v 12

avTOv, TTOK Ki Kal a afifieovv Tro'Xt? Ste to? TroXe'/cto? TrolTeSeieTO

TrXeto'i'oi'i' ToOf KaroiKeicrovTOvv fieairohC ks ovv Kal eTepo? eTTt-

voeiffovfiev afib? to4 Tra/a a/i/Lie|

TroXiTevp.aTO';, er toI irapeovro'; 14

Kpevvefiev yjracfyi^aaOeiv a/Xfie 0(5)9 «e Toi<} KaroiKevTecrai irap a/M/jLe

IieT6[a'\VXovv Kal rovv dXXovv 'EWdvovv Sodel a 'jroXireia rolveo<;

yap avvTeXecrdevroi Kal (7Vvp,evvdvT0vv TrdvWovv hie to (jiiXdvOpovira 16

ireireicrTeiv dXXa re ttoXXo, tovv y^peicri/iovv ecraeaOeiv Kal euToO Kal

TO, TTo'Xt KalI

rav ^ovpav fiaXXov i^epyacrOeicrecrBeLV iyjrdipia-Tei ra

TToXiTet'a wpaaaefiev irep rovvveovv kclt to, 6 ^a\cnXeiK eypayfre, Kal 18

TOK KaToiKevreo'a'i Trap dfine YleTdaXovv Kal tovv aXXovv EXXa-

vovv SeBoaOeiv rav 7roXt|Tetai' koI avTol<; Kal iayovoK Kal rh Xoiira

Tip-ia {nrap'xeixev avToh irdvra oaa-airep A.acraioi';, <^uXa? eXo/ie-||

voLif eKdtTTov TTota? Ke jSeXXejTet • to p,a \jrdif)icr/ia Tove Kvppov 20

enfiev KCLTT TravTOt 'x^povoi Kal toi Tafiiwi i(78(^p,ev ovypdy^eiv avTO

Thessalians at this time were nominally o-a£ois: Aapta-alon. Cf. Hesych. Ad<ra>'-

independent, btit actually subject to t^v Kipiaav. But in other inscriptions

Macedonia. Cf. Polyb. 4.76.2. onlyAdpuraor (later) Ad/jiiro-a.—19f. <|)u-

10. oTivKXeiTos : avvKKils (167.9) is Xo.^kt'K.: choosing eachthe tribe to ivhich

used, like Att. o-i^kXijtos iKK\ii<rLa, of a he wishes to belong, tto/os gen. sg. with

specially summoned assembly.—16. ti- tiiiicv understood, ^uXas gen. sg. by at-

ToS : iavTov. So also evToT, eilr^s in two traction to irolas. Cf. Att. eXicrBai dk

otherinscriptionsof Larissa.— 19. Ao- airois (pvKi/v Kal drjfwv Kal ipparplav, ijs

Page 208: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

192 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 28

eV aTdXKa<; \i6ia<; Sua? koI to, ovvfiara tovv TroXiToypa^eidevrovv

22 Kal KarOefiev] rdfi fiev lav iv to iepov toI "A'7r\ovvo<! rot KepSoioL,

rdfi lid aXXav iv rdv aKpoiroXiv, Kal rav ovdXav, /ct? «e 'fi\vveiTei

iv rave, S6/xev" Kal varepov ^iXiinroi rol ^aacXeio^ iiTLCTToXav

24 aXXav dTrv(TTeXXavTO<; ttot|Tb<; ra'yo'; Kal rdv ttoXiv, rayevovrovv

'ApicTTovooi ^vvop,eioi, EuStKot 'ASufiavreLoi, 'AXe^iTnroi 'IttttoXo-

X^^oi,II

'E7rt7eVeo? 'laeroveioi, '^vp.eivioi DAvaataioi, yvfivaa-tapxe'v-

T0<; TifiavviSa TifiovviSaioi, rdv vTroye'YpafifJLevav •

|

26 " Bao-fXeu? $t\t7r7ro? AapKraicov rot? rayoh Kal rfji jroXei xai-

peiv. TTVvOdvofiai toii? TroXLToypa(f)rj0evTav Kara \ ttjv Trap' e/iov

i-TTiaToXfjV Kal to '^^cfyierijia to v/xeTepov Kal dvaypacf)evTa<; et? tA?

28 aTTjXa^ iKKeKoXa<f>0aC • eXhrep ovv iyeyovei tovto, 7J(TT0X'n''^eia'av ot

(rvv^ovX£V(TavTe<; vfuv Kal tov a-Vfi<^epovTO'; tyji traTpiSi|Kal t^?

ifjirji Kpi(7ea)<;. ' on yap irdvTcov KdXXiaTOV ianv o5? irXeCaToav p,eTe-

30 xpvToav TOV TroXiTevft,aTo<;||ttjv re iroXiv ia^yeiv Kal ttjv j^wpai/ firj

Sairep vvv atV;)^/)&)? ^^paeveadai, vofii^co p-ev ovS' vfi&v oideva dv

dv^TeiTretv, e^ea-Ti Se Kal tov<; XoiiroiK tow Tali op.oiai'i ttoXito-

32 ypacj)iat<; xpcfievov; Oewpelv, Sv Kal oi 'P<B/iat|oi elaiv, o't Kal toik

oiKeTa<s, OTav iXevdeptocraxj-iv, Trpocrhexpiievoi eh to iroXiTevp,a Kal

TOiV dp^eCcov //.e|[TaSt]So'i'Te? Kal Sid tov tolovtov Tpoirov oi pAvov

34 Tr}v ISiav iraTpiha eTrijv^iJKaaiv, dXXd Kal d-jroiKia'; (a-)'x,eS6vj

[.ei?

e^]Sop,'^KOVTa TOTTOv; eKireirop.^acnv. 7rX[^]j' eVi Se Kal vvv irapa-

KaX& vfjLd<i d(f>iXoTip,a)<; irpoaeXdelv||

[tt/oo? to\ trpdyp,a Kal toxk

fiev KeKpi/jLevovi viro t&v ttoXitcov aTroKaTacrTTJa-ai etV? ttjv ttoXi-

36 Teiav, el Se\

[Tive<; ajvi^KeaTov ti ireirpdxaaiv etc-? Trjv ^aaiXeCav

r) TfjV TToXiv rj Si oXXtjv nvd aiTiav p,7) d^ioi ela-ivj

[p.eTeyAeiV

TJj9 <7T7j\779 TavTt]'!, TTepl TOVTfov Tr]V {nrepOe(Tiv Troirja-aa-Oai, eito?

38 dv iyw eVto-T/aei/ra? aTrb tt}?|

[o-T/saJreta? SiaKovao) toi<; p,evT0v

KaTijyopeiV tovtcov p,eXXov(Tiv irpoeitraTe OTrto? p-r) <f>ava>a-iv Sid

^[i\Xo']Tipiav TOVTO TTOiovvTe's. eTOv; f TopiriaCov iy."

6.V poi\u»TM efrai.— 28. T|(rTox''iKCL<rav

:

now attested from some half dozen koiv^

3 pi. plpf.of do-Tox^u, miss the mark, sources. It is probably due to the anal-

fail. Both word and ending are post- ogyofadverbslike7rpfiToi',Xoi7rij',ete.—

claBsical.— 38. |i.Ivtov: /i^ptoi. This Is 40. irepUpovv: apparently equivalent,

Page 209: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 29] THESSALIAK INSCRIPTIONS 193

\p-a(f)i^aneva<; ra? iroXio'; yfrdtpicr fji,a to Li7ro7€||[7]/3ajU./;6e'i'oi' • " @e- 40

fiuTTioL TO, vaTepojxeivvia ayopavofj.evTO': 'AXe^iTnroi irep lepovv,

AXe^-iTTirot Xe^a[i']|T09 iyjra^iaTei to, TroXtreta, ocrcrovv p,ev i(f)dv-

ypevdeiv Kivei tovv 'ireiro\i,TO'^pa(^eifji€vovv, to? Tayb<; e77/3a[i|rai']-|

TWi iv XevKOV/jia eadep-ev auTo? ei' rov Xifieva, rov^v fija Xoittovv 42

TOVV •jreTToXi.Toypa^ei.fj.evovv kclt tclv i'7naT[o']\\av toI ^acrt\eio<; to,

ovv/MUTa Kal ras eTrtcrroXa? toi /SocrtXeZo? Kal to, <{ra(f>caiJi,aTa to

Te vmrpo [tJos yevofievov|

Kal to Tdp.ov oyypdyjravTa'i ev crraXXa? 44

Xidiat Bva<; KaTde^iev Tav fj,ev Xav ev tov vaov rot "KirXovvo'; toI

Ke/)Soiot,|| TCLV he SXXav ev tclv aKpoiroXiv ev tov vaov Ta<; 'A6dva<;,

Kal Tav ovdXav tov ev Tdve yivvfievav to?|

<to9> Tafiia<; Sofiev aT 46

Tav Koivdv TToOohovv • TO fid xjrd^iafJLa Tove Kvppov kfifiev Kair

travTO'; ypovoi •

" ot ireTroXiTolypacfieLiJLevoi udT Te Td<s eTrtuToXas TOt

j8a(7tXeto9 Kal KaT to, 'ip'a<f)ia'fiaTa tS? tto'Xjo?|

1,a/i69paKe<; • "A/j^itttto? JLaXXiipovvTeto^. 48

Ivpavvovvioi • 'A.yeta-ivoo<s AvKiveto^, ^dXa\Kpo<; 1,ifiiaio^, [ktX.

49-78].

TvpTovvcoi 'EvOotvo'i AeTTivaLo<i, ^iX6Safio<s AeTTtWto?, Boi'- 79

(TKO'i AafiiJidTpeio<;, [ktX. 79—92].

29. Larissa. II cent. B.C. IG.IX.ii.553. Hoffmann 11. 18.

"S-Tpiifiovv MoXoTOi [o] <^dp.evo<; dweiXevO{e)povcrdeLV diro|

Mo- 20

XoVot Tol ^oiviKO'i t6<; yLVOfJ,evo<; Ta iroXi KaT tov vofiov dpyv-

pioiI

o-TttTet/ja? SeKdirefMire. 'AXi6Sovpo<; XloXufe'vetos o (f)dfj,evo<;

d\n-eiXevdepov(yOeiv diro UoXv^evoi 'Apfio^eveioi to'; ytvop.e'vo';\

Ta 24

TToXi KUT TOV vofMov dpyvploi (TTaTeipa<; Se/ca7re/x7re.

in the language of adulation, to irip 136.1. Similarly ™ iwTpb rds yevo/i^-

PaaLXtKwv. 41. oo-o-ouv kt\. : whom- mi rip drSiv ^/zaifilvimTos in another in-

ever of those that have been enrolled any soription of Larissa (IG.IX.ii.512.30).

persons accuse. i<l,6.vyi>^vB.iv in mean- 89. Thewhole inscription of 44 lines

ing not ^^aipoCrrai, but KaTTryopavvTai contains a list of manumissions, all m(of. 1. 38).— 43. Kal Ttt \|/a<|)£o-(iaTa kt\. : the same phraseology.

and the decrees, both the one just previ- 20. (|)i|i.«vos a.va\(v6tpov<r9av: perf.

ously passed and the present one. iirwpb infin. = dirT/Xcueepuffeoi, with (pdpems,

Tas, so. iiiipas. Cf. Boeot. Tporrivl, declared free.

Page 210: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

194 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 30

30. Larissa. Late II or early I cent. B.C. IG.IX.ii.536.

[Nt«;o]«;Xea[s A-]vTO/8o[u]Xeto[?].|

Xeiropevovro^ "K<yei\aia Se-

5 vovveioi 011

Tov ravpov '7re<f)eipd\]fcovTe<; •\

Nt/co/cXe'a? AvTO^ov\ei.o<;,|

'Apiariovv YlapfieviaKeiO';,|

Upa^ia's Elpaic\eiSaio<;,|

Aap.ea<! ®pa-

o-tTTTreio?,II

[ktK. 10—19].

31. Crannon. II cent. B.C. IG.IX.ii.461. SGDI.361B. Hoffmann 11.54.

Michel 302.

[ST/oaTa]7eWo? tow ne[T^aXow|

Aioz^to?] JlavaaviaCoi Ma-

T/307roX[tTa,I

Ta'yevo]vrovv "Likdvoi 'Aa-ro[/Ma'x^eioi,|

^tXjowo?

5 'AvTiyeveLOi, Tev[vdoL 'A(T||crToi']oeioi, Tevvdoi, Attr%i'X[eiot, -|

- - 'K-'\aXKc(T9eveioi, rap,ie\y6vTovv -\

'A]vTiyoveioi, ^eiSovvo^

Ei[So^et'ot], I- 7 09 'AvTtyeveLOi Xe^ai'To[? • i7rei\Sel Ai]ow Hav-

10 cTav(aio['i] MaT/)07r[dXiTa9||

Stere'JXet evepyerh to kolvov [rasf

TTo'XtJo? ev re rot? 'irp6repo\y 'x^povoi'i|Kai e]x/ ra o-py^a ra eavrot

Kai K\oiva to,|

tto'Xj K\aX Ka0' ISSiap alv tov ^petap [ey^o^vri, eSo]^£

15 TOV kolvov Ta? TToXio'i [eVatllvecrat] AiovTa eV ra jrpoavype[a-i

TavI

ej^et «ai ttIot tov ttoXiv koI iro^ff sKaaTOV|

tovv] TroXiTaovv

KoX heh6ar\6ai ical ai\Tov] Ka(l) Toi'; ia-jovoii; aT[e\ei,av irdvTOVv|

20 KaX\ acrvXiav Kot la-OTi/xiav Kal [wdyTa||to, XotJTra avTOv iiirapxe-

pLev Ttpiia [Sacra|

wat] rots XoiTrot? 'rrpo^evoi'i, koI [(ppovTicrai|Tbv'\

Ta/ji[i'\av ,^eiSovva EuSo'fet[oj' ous /ce|ar ra?] tovz' Tayovv yvov-

25 /^a? [rove to|

yjrdcjjiapja ovypacpel ev Kiova Xidiv[av||wat T]e[0et]

uKpovp ev T0Z9 iapoVToh, \to|

/w.A oJi'aXou/.ia to yevopevov [ev

TdveI

eyypa<f)e'\pev ev rot? Xo70t? Ta[? TroXto?].

32. Phalanna. Ill cent. IG.IX.ii.l233. SGDI.1330. HofEmannII.il.Michel 1126.

[^A^Odva TloXidSc ol TToXiapj^^oi ove\6eiKav a.p')(iTTo\iap')(ivTO<;\

5 'AcrKXaTTioBovpoi Alaj^^iviaiof \ IIoXu71'outo? 2t/x.fitato9,H

'Aff/cXa-

•TnoSovpo^ 'SevoXdoi,|Ei/Sioro? 'ETrtYoVot, ETriVtKoi? Xlauo-az/iato?.

. 30. Refers to the Thessalian bull- si. Decree in honor of Leon of Ma-fight, the Toupo/cofld^ia, or Tau/)o9i;p(o as tropolis.— 24. SlkpovvktX.. in the con-

it is called in another inscription of secrated places of the heights (?). ButLarissa, Ditt.Syll.671. in aKpow one suspects some error of

the engraver.

Page 211: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 33] THESSALIAN INSCEIPTIONS 195

TTiessaliotis

33. Thetonium, not far from Cierium. V cent. b.c. IG.XII.ii.257.Solmsen 10.

-e? hvkopeovTO<; <i>iXoviKd Auto?.|

@eTovioi eSoKav lidraipoi Tot K.\opiv9ioi KaiiToi kol ^evei Kal

p\oLKiarai<i Kal y^pe ixaaiv aavXC^v KwreXeiav Kevfepyerav il-jroie- 5

(rav K€v Tayd Kiv aTay\iai,. ai tk irap^aivoi, to\v rayov tov eVe-

a-TaKovra i\^^avaKd(S)Sev. ra xp^t^ia Kal to||apyvpia re? BeX^aio 10

uTToT^ofieva ecrocre 'Opea-rao ^epeKpdr-

33. Decree of the Tlietonians in

honor of Sotaems the Corinthian, whohad recovered the gold and silver ob-

jects that had been lost from the tem-

ple of Apollo. Por the special dialectic

peculiarities, see 214.

5. KevFcpverav : or Kcifepy^av ? See

94.7.— 6. Kivra'ya Kevdra'yCai: inwar

and peace. The phrase is plainly the

equivalent of the usual koX iroKd/Mv xal

dp-qiri)! (or iv TToXi/ujii ktX.), and is ex-

plained by the fact that in early times,

as also later in the time of Jason of

Pherae, the raySs vfas the militaryhead

of the united Thessalians, appointed

only in time of war. Jason of Pherae,

in boasting of the military strength of

the Thessalians on a war footing, ex-

press this last by Srav rayevTjTai Ger-

Ta\Ut, Srav rayds ivSdSe KaratTT^, Srav

TayeiTfrairi, xard, QerToXlav (Xen.Hell.

6.1.8,9,12). So To7d(one would expect

Tayla) and arayla (cf . amaida time wJien^

no K6<rfu}s was in office) were times of

war and peace respectively. But the

use of the phrase does not necessarily

show that the institution under which

it originated was in vogue at the time of

this inscription ; and, in any case, the

To74sof 1. 8 is the municipal official, like

the Tayol of no. 28.

1, 10. It is obvious that the text as

it stands is incomplete' both at the

beginning and the end, although the

bronze tablet on which it is inscribed

is intact. A horizontal line was cut in

the bronze to indicate that 1. 1 did not

belong with the following. Either this

is one of a connected series of tablets,

in which case 1. 1 forms the conclusion

of a decree given on a preceding tablet,

while the present decree was concluded

on the following tablet; or, as seems

on the whole more likely, 1. 1 is the

conclusion of the present decree, and

was added at the top \Ylien it was

found that no space was left at the

bottom. In this case we read "Op^o-Tao

icpe/cpdres (cf. 108.2) or, with correc-

tion, $epe(cpdTe(o)! huKopiovros ^CKovIko

hvios, when Orestes, son of Pherecrates

son of Philonicus, was u\ap6s. The use

of the gen . instead of thepatronymic ad-

jective would be only another instance

(see 214) of divergence from the usual

Thessalian. The addition of the grand-

father's name is unusual, but not un-

precedented (cf. e.g. no. 20), likewise

the use of vl6s instead of the gen. alone

(cf . e.g. SGDI. 1 183, Arc. ; Ditt. Syll.478,

Stratus ; irais often so used in Lesbian

and Cyprian). i\ap6s occurs in Arist.

Page 212: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

196 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 34

34. Pharsalus. Ill cent. B.C. IG.IX.ii.234. SGDI.326. HofimaiinII.65.

'A[7a^a rvxci-] a ttoXl'; <^apcra\iovv rot? Kal ou? e^ apxa^

avu'TroXiTevofievoi^ ical a-u/i7ro|\[6/ieto-ai'Te]o-o-t irdvaa irpoOviiM

eSov/ce rav iroXiTeiav KaTTairep ^ap<TaKi,OL<; Toh\e[f ap%as tto-

Xyrevofievoi'!, iSovKaep, p,a ep, Maicovviai'; ra? ixop-eva'i tov Aov-

epxovI

(7)a[5 p^opav '7r\e]dpa e^eiKOvra eicdaTOV ei^aTU e^etv

Trarpoveav Top, irdvTa xpovov.||

T[a7et;o'z'Tpii]i' 'EvpeiXiSa Ni/cao-t-

aiov, AvKov ApoviraKeiov, 'OioXvkov Mvaannreiov, Avkov|

<E>e/3e-

Kpareiov, 'Avrioxov Awareiov. (Four columns of names follow.)

Boeotian

35. Temple of Apollo Ptous, near Acraephia. VI cent. B.C. Br^al,

M.S.L.VII,448. Holleaux, ibid.VIII, 180. Buck, Class. Phil. IV, 76fi.,437.

K.aXfov dyaXp^a pdvuKTi f\eKa^6Xoi 'ATr6(X)Xovi

?Aa/*]ocrtSas -KoCpecre p' 'E%eo-T/30T09. avrap eirep,^crav

Pol. 6. 8. 6 as the title of an official simi-

lar to the iypovifios, but nowhere else

thanin thisinscription as aneponymous

officer.

34. Pharsalus grants citizenship to

those who have assisted it, and gives

land to each youth.

1 H. Tots Kal ovs kt\. :' to those who

have already from the beginning been

politically associated (non-technical

use of (rvfivoKcrevoiiimis, not tJiose whohave already enjoyed citizenship), and

to those who have zealously assisted in

war, just as to those who have been

citizens of Pharsalus from the begin-

ning.'— Kol oi's : even as it is, already.

Cf. SGDI.2160 dovXeiav KaSiis Kal ws

servingjust as at present, SGDI. 1832. 11

jUeTct Ticv Kal tSs trvvTipTjfi^vojv with those

already chosen.—3. k\i. MaKOwCais :' in

the district known as the Poppy (^ijkwi/)

Pields.'

35. An epigram of four hexameter

verses inscribed pova-rpoipTiSSv on asmall

tile, broken at the bottom.

Vs. 1. avaXfia : not statue, but used

in its earlier and more general sense

of ornament, pleasing gift, about =ivie-oim. Cf . CIG. I,p. 7, SGDI. 5507.—F[EKaPi\oi]: or /r[Ae)co;34Xoi], cf. fhena-

Siixoe, no. 38 (626).

Vs. 2. It Is possible that the second

letter is not <r but p, in which case weshould read some such name as Neo-rjo-

plSas (Wilamowitz). In either case va-

rious restorations of the first syllable

are of course equally possible. Theform is in agreement with 'Ex^crporoi,

and is either an epic patronymic or a

designation of the gens or phratry to

which 'Ex^iTTpoTos (a Boeotian; note

-arpoTot, 5) belonged.

Page 213: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 41] BOEOTIAIf INSCRIPTIONS 197

L" " - - - - - ]ov Uroiifi.

rh TO, fdvaxt, ^e<t>vXax<ro, St'Sot S' ap{e)Tciv [re Kal SX^ov.]

36. Vase probably from Tanagra, VI cent. b.c. 'E</>.'Apx.l900,107.

Aefi.o0e{p)pe^ hiapov'

A-tto (X)Xdvo<; KapvKefio.

37. Vase from Thebes. VI cent. b.c. 'E(^.'Ap;^.1000,107.

Hiapbv TO Ilvdio Ftcr/ro'StKO? avSeKe.

38-39. Tanagra. VI cent. b.c. IG.VII.593, 606. SGDI.876,885.

38. 'EttI I'heKaSdp.oe i/j,i. 39. 'EttI 'OKijSae.

40. Vase of uncertain origin. Probably V cent. b.c. IG.VII. 3467SGDI.1133.

Moyea SlSoti ral yvvaiKi Sopov Fii^dpi revrpeTi^avTO kotvXov,

0?X,

o-oav Trie.

41. Thebes. Middle IV cent. b.c. IG.VII.241S. SGDI.705. Ditt.

Syll.120. Hicks 135. Michel 617.

[Toti ;)^/3et']/AaTa 'avve^\aXov6o ev tov -n-oXefiov|

tov] e7ro[\e'-

fuov] BottoTOi 7re[pl Tcb iapSi tS) ep, BeX^ot?I ttJot tq)? atre^iovTa^

TO iap6[v Ta> 'AttoWcbi/o? toj(njou^t'o).

||

Vs. 3. Here stood the subject of elsewhere, and, if the E is correctly

eTre/ujurar, the names of the donors. read, the dedicatorwas an Athenian or

The form of which the final oc is pre- Euboean.

served may be an adjective in agree- 38-39. Examples of the early spell-

ment with, or a noun in apposition ing oe and oc, 26, 30. For /rAera- see

with, 47a\/ia undei-stood. 526. For ^i with dat. see 136.6.

Vs. 4. (t>c<|>v\ax<ro : Horn. ire^tfAofo, 40. MoY^a: masc. in -a. 105.1a.

cf. 65.— 8£Soi : a rare imperative form — TijiTpiTi4>a,vTo (or reO- ? See 94.7):

which occurs in Pindar, and in another rat Ei)-, daughter of EuTprrri^dn-os. TheBoeotian and a Corinthian inscription, first part of the name is identical with

and is formed, like iyei, 7r(«, by the that of the Boeotian town which ap-

addition of a particle (cf . oiroal etc.). pears in Homer as Eurpijo-is. Cf. Eirpei-

For the whole verse ending, compare riSeies in a later Boeotian inscription,

h.Hom. 16 and 20, and Callim. 1. 96. See 6 1 . 3.— 6s : ws. 58 a.

36. Cf. Paus.9.20.3 Io-tiv . . . iv Ta- 41. List of contributions for the

vdypf, Kai tpos KtipiKtov, tv8a "EpiuTjv re- sacred war (365-346 B.C.). Byzantium

xS^TOi \iyov(ri. But here the epithet was at this time allied with the Boeo-

Kapixeiot is applied to Apollo. Ae/to- tians (cf. Dem.9.34). Note the reten-

$i{p)pet is the same as Aaiju>64p(rris found tion of the older spelling e beside ei,

Page 214: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

198 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 41

5 'Apiaricovo^ dpxovTO<s "AXv^tjol "Iirpia'yee^ Xdpo^{r

AaSoji/o?, 'Apia-TO "I'Am«To/3tle9 rpidicovTa p-vai

7r/3t[o-7ees] -|

^6pp,w, "Apico'; Te/>eo?.|

Bvi^dvrioi xpov(TLCO

10 AafiyjraKava) crT[aTetjOa?]||oySoeicovTa TreTTapw;, dpjvpico 'AT[Tt-

Kcb Bpa]\xP'a'; SeKae^- crvveSpoi Bv^avTicov [e'ivi^av]\

to xP^^'^o^

KepKivot; Elporiixco, 'Ay\AtjXo-tttlx'^, Ata)vvcrto<; Et-

15 pai(ovo<;.I

'A6av6Ba)po<i Aiavva-ico T!eve[8io<;],||jrpo^evo'i Boicot&v,

Xec[\]ia<; B[paxfi'd';].\

NtKoXao) dpxovTo<; • 'A\i'?'[jyot - - - -]I

dWm rpidKOvra

ixvd<; eX\yL^av]\Trpia-yelev 'AXv^aiwv @eo -

|

['AjXefctz'-

Spov, Ac(ov noXu\[abii].||

20 ['A]'yeLa-iVLiceo dpxovTO^ • 'Bv^avriot [a-vve^d\X\ov0o d\\co<; irev-

TaKario)<; <rraTeipa[<; ;)(;pu|(7] liws Aa/tii^a/cai/a)? eV rbv rroXep.ov tov

v\Trep Toj]I

iap5) rco ep, BeX(j)ol<s iiroXep^tov Boia)T[oi]|

crvveSpot

25 eivi^av Swcrt? }i.apa\i\ix<o,||

[IIJa/a/iej'icrKO? Tlvpdp.ov.

42. Temple of Apollo Ptous, near Acraephia. Beitween 312 and 304 b.c.

IG.V1I.2723. SGDI.570. Michel 1105. Solmsen 13.

BottBTOt 'ATTo'XXoJI't TlTWi'Ol dveOiUV dpXOVTO'S BoKBTOt? <l>tXo-

Kcop.(o 'A[i'T]t7[ej'e]ii(B @eto-7rie[to9],|

a<f)eSpiaTev6vTcov 'E/X7re8o-

[«]XeZo9 'AOavoKpLTiai Tavaypijco, Uov6tovo<i A[ii]TO/LtetSe[it]a)

'Epxop'epio),I

'iTTTTOTttoi'o? ¥a(TTvp€iSovTLa) K.opcoveto'!, 'Ei7npa\X-

rlto? MaxtuvLo) ©ei^'^to, Nt/ctwz'o? r[/3]iiX[i](Bi'o? nXaraeto?, I

'AjOtcTTOKXeio? 'Ayaairjco 'AvOaSovcco, 'S.dmvo'; ©to[T]t/Ai(B @et<77rt-

etos, fj,avTevofJi,eva> 'Ovvp,daT(o ^iKoXaico ®eia7nelo<i.

as 7rpio-7ee! beside irpuryeles, Attic ai in iAe dedication. From iSpidw used like

'AXufaiwj' beside 'AXi/f^oi, and Attic Att. ISpiu. Cf. Att. i^lSpvfia used of a

gen. sg. in -ov beside -a. slirinemade after the model of another,

22. TOV virep ktX. : relative use of the as that of Asclepius modeled after the

article, unknown in the later Boeotian one at Epidaurus (cf . Roberts II.66.13).

inscriptions. See 126. Observe that in the catse of the repre-

4,8. Dedication of a tripod to Apollo sentative of Plataea the gen. sg. of the

Ptous by the Boeotian league. This is father's name is used, not the patron,

one of a series of four belonging to the adj. as in the case of the others. Thesame period (IG.VII.2723-27246). same holds true in the otlier three dedi-

d,4><Spi.aTev6vT(DV : those who serve as cations, and it is probable that this is

*i.fedptS,Tai. or official representatives at npt accidental, but that the PlataeanSj

Page 215: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 43] BOEOTIAN INSCEIPTIONS 199

43. Orchomenos. Between 222 and 200 is.c. IG.VII. 3172. SGDI.488. Inscr.Jurid. I, pp.276 ff., 509 f. SolmsenlS. The sections of the textare given in the order in -nhich they were inscribed (cf. 11. 30 ff.), but thenumbering of the original publication is added in parentheses.

Tot iroXefiapxoi toI eTri UoXv/cpdrio^|

apy^ovTO<; ^iXofieiXo'i.^

^i\(ovo<i,I

Ko^tcrdStOjOos AicovvaLO), 'Adav68a)\po<; "Ittttcovo^ ave-

ypaylrav Kadw<; 11 i-TroeiaavOo rav cnroBocnv tmv Sa\veia)V tS>v l^iKa- ^

peras /car to \jra\<j)ia-fj.a tco Sd/jLa>.

(Met)i'(o)? 'AXaX.ico/j,evLai\piKaaTrj kt) eKTrj, iTreyjrd^iSSeI <l>iXo'-,^,

/ietXo? ^iXcovoi, K.a<pia68a>po^ \\Auovovaia) eXe^e- irpo^e^coXevfie- l"

vovI

eifiev avrv "ttotI 8ap,ov, iinSel e7rei|ra|<^tTTaT0 6 Bafio'i a-rrohonev

^iKapeTr){i)|

©tiai/o? tov rafiiav tov irpodpyovTa I rav rpCrav

Trerpa/jieivov airo [rjai* vTrep^p.epidoov rav laxrdcov kut ra? TTo'Xio?,' 1^

so long associated politically with the

Athenians, adopted the Attic usage at

an early date.

43. The Nicareta inscription. Nica-

reta, daughter of Theon, of Thespiae,

had lent various sums of money to the

city of Orchomenus, for which she held

against it certain notes, generally re-

ferred to as oiirepa/uplai (once, 1. 55 f.,

as rds iiarpd^is). These are recorded in

rV. When Nicareta appeared at Or-

chomenus to collect these (11.44H.), the

city was unable to meet them, and an

agreement was entered into according

to which the city was to pay her the

sum of 18,833 drachmas within a cer-

tain time and the polemarchs were to

give her a personal contract for the

payment. The text of the agreement

(o/mkoyi) is given in VII, and of the con-

tract ((roiJ77po0o!), written in the koiv-^,

in VI. The sum of 18,833 drachmas is

more than the total of the notes re-

corded in IV (17,585 dr., 2 obols), but

probably less than they amounted to

with the normal penalties for delayed

payment, For the phrase 5 M0w7a,y

(1. 135, cf. 1. 16), which they persuaded

her to accept, implies some concession

on her part. Finally the city passed a

vote (III) to pay the amount and take

up the notes and the contract. Whenthis had been accomplished it passed a

further vote (II) ordering all the docu-

ments to be inscribed in a specified

order. This was done as stated in I,

which serves as a heading to the whole

inscription.

10 ff . irpoPcP(DXEu|i,Evov kt\. I that he

had a probouleuma to present to the peo-

ple, Whereasthepeople had voted that the

treasurer in charge for the third period

offour months should pay tj Nicareta,

in settlement of the notes which she h£ld

against the city, the sum which the city

persuaded her {to accept), 1S,833 drach-

mas, and that the polemarchs should

take up the contract they gave for the

money against themselves, they and the

treasurer and the ten whom Nicareta

selected, and cancel the notes against

the city (maturing) in the archonship

of Xenocritus, and since the polemarchs

had orranged these matters and the

Page 216: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

200 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 43

o ^-n-lOaxre avrav a n-oXti, apyovpim Spaxf^a<;\

/^ovpia<i oicTaKicrxi-

Xta? oKraKaTia'i Tpid\KOVTa rph, kt) toj? 7ro\ep,dpxo><; avekea\dr) rdv

2^ re a-wypacfiov, dv eSaicav omrep||

\o']vTa)v t5)V xpetfJ'dTcov Kar a[v]TV

avTOilv]I

KTj 6 Tafiia<; /crj cov irodeiXeTO NiKape'ra 'SeK[a],\

kt} ra?

v7repafJkepia<; Siaypdyfraa-Orj rai [Kar]\t«s iroXio'i Ta<; eirl Sevo-

25 KpiTco dpxovTO<;I

iv ©eia-infj^, kt] ovra pepvKovofieiovTmv||

ra>v

jroXeixapxiov Kt) tco rafiiao. a7roS6v\To<; to, ;;^jOei/ttaTa kut to o/ioXo-

yov TO Trap\®i6(l>ecTT0V @iqSd>pa) ©eicnnela TeOev,

|SeSox^V '''^

Sd/iv TO)? TToXe/xdpxax;,\

eirl Ka to y^d^iap.a Kovpiov ryeveiTj],

^ ayypdVr\lrrj iv cTTdXav \idlvav to re yjrd^iafia ovto (II)|

ktj to

ovirep To,^ aTToSoVto? (Ill), Ka{T) TaiiTO, Se ktj|

ras vTrepdfiepia'i

Ta{<;) KUT Td<i TTo'Xto? ra? Ni|KajoeTa? (IV) kt) to 6[v]iovfia tS) ypap.-

^5 fiaTelo<; too S[i]\a'ypdyjravTO<; avTo,'; (V) tcrj tclv crvyypa^ov Tav||re-

Oeia-av irdp Fi^tdSav (VI) kt) to dvTiypaj>ov {kt)|

to dvTi'ypa<f)OV)

TM ofioXoytJO TO) TedevTO<; -Trap @i6\(f>ea-TOV (VII) ktj Tav Siaypa<f)dv

tSiv xP^i'H'dTaiv (Sv I eypa'\]rav aiiTrj Sid T/)e7reSSa? (VIII), kt) to

^ dXmfiaI

cnroXoyiTTaa-Trj ttotI KaTo'7r[T]a[?, ttJojooj' S' el/iev||aTTO

tS)V TToXlTlKCOV.

Ill Aa/iaTpio) viovfi^ivii]|

ireTpaTr), iTre'\jrd<f}iSSe K.[a]<j>i<r6Sa)poi At-

w\vova-ta), 'AdavoScopoi; "Ittttwi'o? eXe^e • 'n-po^^[lS](oXevfievov el-

fiev avTV ttotI Sdp,ov, inriBel,|

irapyevo(leva's 'HiKapera's @ia)vo^

*5 @ejo-7rt«a?||

[/c]^ TrpaTTwcra'i to Sdveiov Tav iroXiv kclt ra? ov-

'7re[/3]|a/u.e/3ta[9] ra? Idtaa'i avTrj, [dva]yKda'[d€'\v tv 7roXefiap\xv kt)

6 Tafj,(a<; aovyxo>pe.(o'avTO<; tS) Bdfia Sofiev|

[/cjar au[Ti'] av-

lT]a)v a-ovvypa<j}OV ttot Trj ovirapx'i'O"'] ovirelp^fifiepiTj, e\y T'\dv aa

treasurer had paid the money according upon provided. This is the only satis-

to the agreement deposited with Theo- factory interpretation of the most

pJiestus, be it voted by the people, etc. troublesome passage in the inscription,

40-41. viou|i.EivCi] irerpdrii : TerdpTj; though one difficulty remains, the use

lo-Ttt^^cov.- On nou- from WO", see 43.5a. of the singular oiirepa/ieptri where we— 46 ff. The polemarchs and thetreas- shouldexpeettheplural.—49. i[vT]Av;

urer were obliged, with the assent of the until, originating in iv Tav 6.iiipav. Cf.

people, to give a contract against them- 136.1 and note on 28.43.— kvovTo: for

selves in addition to the existing oirepa- this purpose. Cf . ir6pov iv ovto 11. 59, 60.

p.epla, until the levy for this purpose — ivevixBelei, not ivevix^ei, is declared

should be made and the amount agreed certain by Baunaok, Philol.XLVin,

Page 217: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 43] BOEOTIAN INSCRIPTIONS 201

ivevLxOeUi a av^opa iv ovro, «:[^] ||KO/jiiTT[eiTri] to, avvxtopeidevTa ^0

Xpeifiara,|

SeSd^dr) tv Sd/iv rov TafiCav rov [Tr]podpxovTa|

[rav]

rpiTaly] ireTpap^ivov a-n-oSo/jLev TreSa timi/|TroXefidp'x^cov Ntaa/aeTT;

apy[v]pia) 8paxiJ-a<; fivpia<;\

[6K]TaKLaxei\La'; o/<:Ta«aTta[?] rpid-

K[o]vTa rpl'i noXull/CjOaTto? dpxovro^ eV tv AafMarpiv /xeLvl ktj Ta?^|

e[/it]|7rpa^t? Ta<s lmaa<! 'NiKa[peT7) kut] Ta<; TroXto? Bev[o]\KpiTco

dp'xpvro'i iv ^eia-iriri'i irdaa^ SiaXidvacrlBr]]|

to)? 7ro\e/xa/);;^ci)?, k^

Tiii' aovvfpa^dv, dv ep^t /car T[cii']|iroXefidp'^cov Krj tco ra/jLiao,

aveXetrdr], iropov [S' et]||/iei' eV outo a-Ko t&v ra? Tro'Xto? tto^oScb-,™

fidroov 7rai'T[(Bi']. I

BevoKpiTfu, ^AXakKO/ievio).— NtKa/oeVa ©ewvo? ra? 7r[o']|\tos ,^,

'"Epy^ofievicov kt] tw iyyvm &icovo<; Swvo'/uoj • tA 7r|7ra/xaTa ixovpnq

oySoeiKovra ireme htov^o] 6/3o\(o} ' Ikt] t<S reBfiim piaTcop 'ApiaTO-

viKO<; Iljoa^tteXto? •

||

Aiovkictko), ©iovlco, to aovvdWayixa.— Ni-,™

Kapera &i(o\vo<! to? Tro'Xto? '^pj^o/ievicov ktj tw iyyovco ©itoi/o? I

1,ovpv6fJi,a) • rd irirdfjLara Sttr^etXti; 7rez/TaKaTt[j;] •|/c^ tm reOfiico

fia-Tcop 6 avTO'i • Aiovkio-kw, 'OfioXoo'io),]

[t^o a-ovvdWajfia.—NtKajoera ©^'a)^'o? ra? Tro'\i[o?

||'EJjOj^o/iei'tiBJ' «^ rco iyyova) ©tiu- J^,

1/09 '^ovvvonco • TO, irlTrdfiaTa "KeTpaKLCxelXiT] • kt) tm TeOulm

fiarcop I o avTO'i • y^povo'; 6 avTO^.— Nt/ca/jera ©wai/o? ra? Tro'Xto?|

pEJ/sj^o/xez/iift)!' «^ TO) iyyovo) ©ioovo'i 1,ovvv6p,(o • to, inrd^fiaTa j^ei-

XiTj- KTj TO) Ted/iiO) fia-Ttop 6 avTo'y Afow«tcr«:[&),||@e]i\ovdio), ro^^^^

(TovvdWayfia.

Aiajpd-\jrr] ra? ovTrep[a\fJ.]ep{a'i ra? Nt/cdjoeTa? ev ©etcrTrtTj? ra? ^^

year ra? I [7r]o'\tos • t&v Tedp.ocjiov'KdKCOv ypafifiarew 2a . . . .|

'ESaVetcrei' NtKapeVa ©eeoi/os|

@eo-7rtK^, TrapovTO'; avTrji kv^Iov ^tov dvSpo<; Ae^iTT-jTOV E[v]\vofiiSov, Ka<f)icroBd)pQ3L Ai[o]\vvaLov,<^^^

413, and agrees with uncontracted date given at the end of each is the time

forms found elsewhere, as KoupaBeiu of the loan (rAo-ouvdWavMa). Cf.Thal-

(151.2).— 50. K0(iCTT[6iTt|], not KO/nfr- heim.Berl.Phil.Wooh. 1893,267. The

t[7j], also after Baunacli I.e. expression throughout is condensed.

61 ff. The first date, archonship of SevoKpha (ipxovTos), (/xeii-Js) 'AXaXm/te-

Xenocritus, month of Alalcomenius, via, Nirap^o e^ucos (kotoi) tS.s irSKios.

applies to all the following notes (cf. 78 ff. The text of the contract is in

11. 23, 56, 136, 151) and is probably the the mii-i), though dialect forms are re-

time at which they fell due, while the- tained in some of the proper names,

Page 218: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

202 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 43

^iXofiriXcoi ^(Xeovov,\

'AOavoSapcoi "Ittttww?, Ilo[Xv]\KpiTcoi ©o-

fg^poTTO? Kal iyyvoK

||ek eKreicTLV rov Baveiov

\

Mvda-cov Meicyao,

TeXeo-ia?|

MeKyao, AatriTnTmi 3evoTt\fiov, Evdpei, Evj^wpou, Ile-

^^3° pi\Xd(oi 'Ava^icovo-;, Aiovva-c\\Bd)pQ}i Ka^icroSmpov, Keofii\vai Te\e-

o-iTTTTOK, 'OvacTifj-miI

@eoyetT0V0<;, Ka()>ia-oS{opa)i,|

Aa^ar/Jt^ow,

95 NtKO/cXeZ 'A^alz/oSMOow 'Opxop-evioK; apy\J^iov S/ja%/ia9 //,v/3ia?

(18) -

6KTa\Kia-xei\M'i oKTaKOtrim Tpi\dKOVTa rpeh utokov e'% Becr\7nS)V

100 et? TO UaiM^oKOTia t^ e|7r' "Ovaaifiov dpxovTO<; Bot(BTOt[s].||

aTTO-

SoTcoa-av Se to Sdveiov|

oi Savetadfievoi rj oi er/yv\oi, 'Nucaperai ev

Toi<; nav/SoflcoTt'ofs tt/so ttj? Ovaia<; ev fifie\pai'i Tpiaiv. iav Se fir)

j^, dTroSa)a-[i,]\\irpaxdv^'ovTai icaTa rov v6\ixov [r)] he ^pa^K e<TT(o ea

reI

avr&v r&v lavetaapAvmv\

Kal Ik rSiv eyyvmv, Kal i^ evb[<;]\

"0 Kal eK nfKeiovmv Kal eK TrdvWrwv Kal sk rSiV virapxovrav\

avrol<;,

irparrova-qL 6v av rp(hrov ^ovXr/rai. f) Se avyypai^r]\

Kvpla ecrro),

115 Kav dX\o<; e7ri|^e/>7?t virep NiKapera<i. Ma/3||TU/3e? 'Apiaroyelrmv

'ApiMo\^epov, 'ldiovSiKO<; 'Adaviao,\

'FicjitdSa'} Tt/iio/cXeio?, <^ap\(Td-

1^0 xtos EvBUov, Ka\\ea<; Av\(Ti(f>dvrov, ©eocjiearoi ®eoSdifpov, Ei-

^eviSa<; ^tXtovSou|©ecririeK. d (TOvyypa(^o<; \

Trap Yi4>idBav

Tt/UrO/cXeto?.I

y^J 'Ovaa-L/jico dpxovro<; Bo«btoZ[?,]|

fieivcx; Havd/xa, ofioXoy^\\

1^5 NtKa/jeVr/ @ia)vo<; @eto-7«K?j,|Trapi6vT0<; 'NiKaperrj Ae|i7r|7r(» Eu-

vofiiSao Tftj dvSpb'; @e[i]\a'Tnelo<;, kt) rrj ttoXi 'Kpxop'ev[t]\aiv

]m) ""PS'*" ovirep ra? 7ro'X[t]||o? -KoXefiapxoi Ka<^to-o'Sa)|/309 Aitovou-

crCai, ^iXofieLXa|

^tXcovo?, 'AdavoSwpo'i "IttttibIi'o? cnroSofiev rcLv

l|5TTo'Xti' 'Ep\xoiJ'€vi(ov 'NiKapenj ©iwi'o?,

||5 iiriOoKTav oinrep rdv

ovTrelpa/jbepidcov rdv i-jrl BievoKpi\TCi) dpxovro^ ev ©eicnnfj';, dp^yov-

1*0 pico BpaxP'd'i fiovpla<i 0Kr\a^Ki<TxeiXia^ 0KraKarCa<; rp\id'^ovra

rpl'i, ecrxarov 'Oz'ao-[t]|//.ft) dpxovrm ev rv 'AXaX[Ko]|/iei'toi p.eivi•

(70vyypa^ov Se|

ypdyJracxBr] rat dpyovpico to)?|

(tw?) iroXep^apxt^'i

J*5''Eipxofievlcov

II

KTj iyyovco^, to? Ka So«:tj[Aa88[et]|

Nt/eajoeVa, «?;

BeaOr) fieaeyy\y'^ov rrdp Yi^idSav Tt/Lio/cXeto?|OetcrTrteta. eirl Be

J^g^/ca «;o/titTTe[t]|Tr; NtKa/aeVa to dpyovpiov

||Tra;!) Ta? tto'Xio?, etrXta-

The names of the first two sureties are but with the third the error is recti-

given by mistake ia th? nominative, . fled.— U3-114- lirii|>^pTji ; jirei^nts ^<

Page 219: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 43] BOEOTIAN INSCEIPTIONS 203

vdrco NtKapeVa ra? ov7rep\afxepLa<;, a? ext kut ra? tto'Xio?, to? eVt

aevoKpiTtoI

dp^ovTO^ iv ©etcTTrti)? irdtra'i, kt] rav a-ovy'ypa<j)ov utto-]

SoTco Ft^taSa? TOt? TroXefJ.dpxv': ktj toI Tafivr] kt] To[t?] I iyyovoi<;.

q he Ka fiel a-iroBcoei d Tro'Xt? ISiiKaperrj to apihovptov iv tv yeypafi- l;'-''

fiem xpovv, ra? fiovpia<; ktj o«;T[a]|«:tcr;)^«\ta? oKTatcaTim rpid-

Kovra rpK, diroSoTa)|

rdv crov'y'Ypa(f>ov kt] ra? ovirepafiepia'; ra?

KOT Ta?I

TToXio'!, d-jrav to apyovpiov to iv tv 6fio\6[y'\v yeypa/j\iJ,e-

vov(ji hi Ka) iv tv xRovv tv yeypafifievv fiel edeXei K[oft]t8S[e]-||

<rdj] Nt/eape[T]a to dpyovpiov, airohoTOi Fi^idSa^ tclv I <TOvyypa(l>ov '^'^^

TOt? TToXep.apxoi'; K-q toI Tafilr} ktj toI<; I iyyovoi^, ktj TroTairoTn-

aaTto NiKapera Trj ttoXi '^pxo\fievLcov Krj toZ? iroXefJ.dpxoi'i kt] toI

Tafiit) KT) TOK ir^yovoL<; apyovpico Spaxiid<; jrevTaKia-fi.ovpia':, Krj

TrjII

oinrepa/Mepir] aKOvpv vv evOco. pi(TTope<; 'Apig-Toyi\ra>v 'Ap/j,o- J^^evw, 'IdovSiKO<; 'AOaviao, Fi,<f)idSa<; Tt/Lio[KXet|o]?, OapcrciXto? 'Eii-

hiK(o, KaXXea? Aiova-i<pdvTO), @to'(^eto-|T09 ©loScopoo, Eu^ei'tSa?

^iTiMivSao @eto-7rtete<t>?. to 6/j,(}(Koyov irdp &i6cj)eta-Tov @ioBd)pa)

®eitrTrieia.

Aiaypa^d||

l>iiKapenj Sid TpaTreSSa's Ta? Ilta-TOKXeto? iv @et- r™

o-7ri|i79 'ETTtTe'Xto? dpxovTO<; iv ®eia-'7nrj<;, fj,eiv6<i 'AXaXKOfidvim

SeVTepo) dfiepr] ivaKrjSeKdTij, iirl to.'; IltcrTO/cXeto?|TpaTreSBwi Nf-

Kaperrj irapeypd^et, irdp UoXiovKpiTa) ®dpohro<i '^pxofievico Tafiiao

oinrep to? Tro'Xto? to a-ovvxa)pei\\6ev tclv ovirepafJLepidcov Tav iiri ,gg,

SevoKpiTco dpxovTO's,I

•irapi6vT0<; •jroXefj.dpxco 'AffavoBmpco "Ittttq)-

vo<; 'Epxofievi[a>^, |apyovpico Spaxf^^ fiovpirj OKTaKicrxeiXii] OKTa-

KdTlT) Tpid\KOVTa Tpi<;.

154 ff. If tlie city fails to pay Nica- 169-170. Sia^pacttd Nikop^ttj ktX. -.

reta in the time specified, it will have memorandum of payment to Nicareta

to pay the amount stated in the con- (adnom. dat. 172) through the bank of

tract and the sum of the notes besides, Pistocles. duiypaipd cancellation (of.

that is substantially double the amount Si.a.yp6.<t>aaeri 1. 22) , and so payment. So

loaned. But if Nicareta refuses to ac- 11. 172 ff., at the bank of Pistocles there

cept the amount named in the con- was paid over to Xicareta by Polycritus

tract, as she might do in order to the treasurer in behalf of the city the

secure the exorbitant penalty for de- sum agreed upon ofthe notes (^a,Tt. gen.;

lay, she forfeits both contract and notes cf , &irb ray {nrepa/ieptduv 11. 14-15).

and pays a heavy penalty.

Page 220: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

204 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 44

44. Lebadea. Ill cent. B.C. IG.VII.3083. SGDI.425. Inscr.Jurid.II,

p. 238. Michell392.

@t09 TOV')(a (v^a^d. I 'SacTTiao dpy^ovTOi|

Boudti)?, iv Se Ae/3a-||

5 SeiTj AopKcavo'i, A(bi\o9|'\pavrjco avrWeiri top

|

fiSiov BepdirovTa

10 'Av^pLKOv TV Al TV BacrtXea|

Krj tv Tpe<j)coviv lapov et^ev, irap-

fieivavTa Trap|

Tciv /iiaTepa 'KOavohtiifav pena Seica, Ka6w<; 6|

TTUTelp iroTeTa^e- r) he Ka|

en Scoei 'Adavo8(opa, [jjiai [airjj] 11

15 'AvSpiK6<; <f>6pov tov iv ttj I deiKr) rYeypa/iiAevov rj Se ti I ica irddei

'AffavoScapa, •7rap/M\evl 'AvSpcoviKO'i tov -jrepnTov|

y^povov Trap Aioi-

20 \ov [e^TTiTa talLjo? eo-TO) p-e^c] Trod[L'\Kcov fiei\0evl fieiffev (lel

etrcret/ueli' Se KUTaSovXiTTacrdT] I 'AvBpiKOV fieidevi' 'Ai^piKov Se

25 XeiTeopylp.ev 11 iv Trjl ffoairj'i tmv diwv I {(ov) ovtcov.

45. Lebadea. II cent. b.c. IG.VIL3080. SGDI.430.

^awv - avTidetn to fiSiov I Trr)JSdpiov 'Addvcova tv At

Tel Bao"t\ej kt/ ret 'Tpe<f>Qiviei iapov el/Mev tov Trdv^ra I ^polvoj' utto

TaaSe tw dfji,epa<;, fiel TrpodiKOVTa p.eiTe avTet ^daivi fieiTe dWei I

[fjLJeidevl KaTct, fieiOeva TpoTrov. rj Se «a rt? dvTnroieiTr] 'AOdv(ovo<i

5 el dWo TI, aSiKi||

[«]a0' ovTiva av TpoTrov, ovirepSiKiovdco ktj Trpoi-

aTdvdco TV T€ lapete'i kt] Te\l|lap^dpj^r) tv ^l avTiTiovv^dvovTei

KT) t5)V dXXtov 6 ^etK6fjbevo<;. ficrTope[?] |. . . . Xei? 'S,dcovo<i, Eii/3a)-

\os ^a)KpdTio<s, NtKa/3709 kt] K.pdTcov Eui'OCT-TtS[ao].

46. Chaeronea. II cent. b.c. IG.VIL3303. SGDI.385. Michel 1394.

K.aWiKOJvo'i dp^(b p,eivo<; Aa/xaTpio) TrevTeK-qSeadTT) I IIowjOtTrTro?

Tlpo^ivo) dvTideiTi iapav tclv piSiav 6epdTrrj^va'\v 'At^poSiTiav tv

44-48. Manumission decrees, of vhnov no. 47 (of. kIi.t rhv vbiwv no. 46),

which there are over one hundred ex- vapapuelvaaav nos. 46, 47 (cf. irap/ul-

amples from Chaeronea alone, all of vavra no. 44), in wpoeiKovra no. 45 (cf.

about the same period. Even from the voeiKav no. 44), in Troioii/ici/ei no. 47 (cf.

same year some are in dialect, some in voXiiixvoi no. 46 = TrouA/iei-os), iieiiicv no.

the Koii/iJ, and some in a mixture of 48 {iaaunev no. 44).

both. In those given here Koivi influ- Note ei for usual v from oi in nos.

ence shows itself in dvafl.i).' no. 46, in 45, 47 (see 30). For eoir/ijs no. 44, see

the i of fi6ui'9(, iavBi nos. 46, 47 (cf. 24. For crT^ae and Sa/xtcioiTes, in no.

Siiei no. 44, 5oj[tn4oiAres no. 48), xarh, rbv 48, see 88.2.

Page 221: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 49] PHOCIAN INSCRIPTIONS 205

^apd-KL, n-apafj.eivaaav acravrv Ki, r^ yov\[vr)]Kl avrS, ar^aO^v 5?Ka ^moavBi, rhv avdOeaiv 7roio>e||[i;o9] hh tw (Tovvehplco kcLt tov 5

v6ixov^ Ki)KaT^^a\e rv ra/xir,|

[i]-n-l rmv lapSiv rh yiviovtievov

^pax/^"''^ ftKart rrap"axpe[i]//.a.

47. Chaeronea. II cent. b.c. IG.VII.3352. SGDI.395.

'Apxeiva apxSi p.eivo'i ®ovi(o\irevTeic-qheKdrT] AiovKXeii kt) Kco-\

TtXa avTidevTi tuv fiBiav epe\irTdv, rj oviovfia Zeovovpiva, lap[av]\\

ret ^epdirei, Trapafieivaaav avT^U a? ku ^mvdi avevKXecrax;, r^v\

5

avdOeaiv Troiovfievei, Sia toj a[o]\vveBpiQ) Kara rov v6/iov.

48. Orchomenus. II cent. b.c. IG.Vn.3200. SGDI.497. Inscr.Jurid.II.p.237. Michell393.

'' 'ATToWcoviSao dp)^ov\TO<;, lapeidSSovro^ 'Avrt\yevio^ l.a>Kpdno<s,

lapapxtdvfrmv 'Ayei<nvtK(o lovKpdTio^,||

l.coai^ia} UovOiX\io<;,|5

avridein %Cmv Ao/iaT/3i;n;[[<B] tov fiSiov fVKerav 'AKpiaiov I iapov

el/i€v TW lapdirio"; ktj Td[<;]\"Icno^, kt) fiel i^ei/jLev ixei\\6evl e(f)d- lo

irrearr] fieiSe Ka\TaSov\iTTatrT7) t) Se Kd t49 i(f>d\TrT£iTT], Kovpio';

ecTTco o iapev<! ktj tv|

lapdpj^rj kt) tv crovveSpv a-ovXwvTei ktj Sa-

flld)OVT€'i.

Phocian

Delphian

49. Delphi. Early V cent. B.C. SGDI.1683 (with n,p.722). Roberts

229.

Toi 7r€VTeKaiSeK[a]|

tov Aaj3va8dv, toi [vrep]|©[pjaav/ia^ov

Kat, I . .11 . . a, iirl Tpi')(d dp)(^[ov'\\\TO<;, cnreSei^av [/ivaJI? SexaTe- 5

To/se? [icai] I hifu/jLvalop [/cajlt Spay(nd<; 7rei'[Te]|A:ej'Ta kuI fe|.

As in similar deci-ees from other ate effect, but is subject to various con-

parts of Greece, the act of manumis- ditions, such as remaining in service'

sion takes the form of a dedication or during the lifetime of the master (nos.

sale {air^SoTo at Delphi, e.g. no. 53) to 46, 47) or for a term of years (no. 44),

the divinity of the local shrine, thus payment of an annuity, etc. Cf . no. 53.

securing religious sanction and pro- 49. Statement of the disbursement

tection of tlie rights of the slave who of funds by the officials of the phratry of

has purchased his freedom. Often tlie the Labyadae, whose proceedings form

manumission does not go into immedi- the subject of no. 51.

Page 222: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

206 GREEK DIALECTS - [No. 50

50. Delphi. V cent. B.C. B.C.H.XXIII.611. Ziehen, Leges Sacrae 73.

Tov polvov lie ^dpev e? ro [E]uS/)|o'yu!ou • al Se /ca <f)dpei, hiXa^d-

(XToI

Tov debv hoi ku Kepaiirai Kal|

fieTaBva-aTO Kairoreia-aTO

5 ireiMrre Spaxfj^ct'! ' tovtov Se toi KaTa\'yopeaavTi to he/xia-crov.

51. Delphi. About 400 B.C. SGDL2561. Ditt.Syll.438 (with II,pp.

819f.). Inscr.Jurid.II,pp.l80ff. Michel995. Solmsen36. Ziehen,Leges

Sacrae 74 (o and d). Ionic alphabet, but with F, and B = A (in contrast to

H = rj); lengthened o usually OY, but sometimes 0.

[o Se Ao'/JKO?]I

eo-Tco • "Taye[v]aea) St[«:at'(»? «:]|aTa roi/v vofioiK

Tw; [7r]o'[Xt]|o? Koi tov<; t5)v Aa^vaS\av\|

nep raiv inreXkamv Kal

5 rdllv Sapardv • Kal rk y^^ptj/Mara I av/j,Trpa^ea) KcnroBei^eo) [S|t]«;at(B?

TOW Aa^vdSat^ [Kjovre KXe'^eco ovre [/S]\a[-i|r]«B|ovre Te-)(vac

10 ovre /na;i^ai'[a||t] TOiV rSiX Aa^vaSav y^^pr] fji[d'j\T(ov Kal tos rajovly

iirja^ela tov hopKov tov<; [iv v]ea)\T]\a Kar ra yeypafi^ieva. h6pK\o'i-

15 hviria'yoiiaL irol tov At||o9 tov iraTpmiov • evopKeolvTi fiefx fiot dyada

eHrj, al S'|e(f)iopKeoini, \hd\jravTa Ka\Kd uvtI toiv dyaOSiv."

|

50. The inscription is on a wall con- into the phratries and offerings for the

nected with the stadium, and Eudro- occasion were made by the parents.—mus, though otherwise unknown, was 5. Saparolv: cakes. Ath.3. 110d,114b

probably a sort of guardian hero of cites a S6.po.Tov meaning urdeavened

athletes. Hence the interdiction of bread and says the word was used by

wine. Note 0iipey (12), ^s t6 where we the Thessalians. The Sapdrai at the

expect ^p t6 (13S.4), and Kepalw {Kepale- Delphian festival were of two kinds

Toi) = Kepdvmiu, as in Homer.— |i.ETa6v- (of. 1. 25), the yificXa or cakes offered

o-dro : begin the sacrifice again. in behalf of the newly married wives

51. Regulations of the phratry of that were introduced into the phratry

the Labyadae. The Labyadae have al- by their husbands, and the TraiSflia of-

ready appeared in no. 49. fered for the children that were intro-

A 3. Toiv vdpious : Toii vifiovs. So duced into the phratry by their parents.' TOV vd/iovs B16, but usually s unassim- — 6. a-vfiirpa^ia KdiroSeil^u : I will eol-

ilated. 97.1. — 4. dircWaCuv: victims led and disburse. dTroSekwAu, like Att.

for the 'kwiWai. a. 11. 44-46 where iTroipalvu, render account for, disburse,

iyev is used with dTreWaia, in con- Cf . iw^Set^av no. 49.— 10. t»\ Aa^iia-

trast to ipipev with Sapdrat. 'Air^Wai Sdv: TUKAajS-, elsewhere unassimilated,

is the name of the Delphian festival as 1. 3. 96.3.— 11. I will impose the

corresponding to the Attic 'AirciToipLa, oath upon the rayol for the next year.

at which children were introduced Cf. B.27.

Page 223: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 51] PHOCIAN INSCRIPTIONS 207

"ESo^e Aa^vdBat<! BovKa-T\\iov /^tji/o? SeKarai eVi K[d]\fi7rov iv 20

Tat aXi'ai trv/j, i/ra^lot? heKUTOv 6ySoi]KOVTa|

Svolv toii? Ta70ii9

M^ BeKlea-dai fi^re SapuTai^ yd/i^\Ka fi'^re -rraiSfjia fiT^r' aTreX\\aia, 25

at fir) ras varpia^ i'rr\aiveov<ra'; Kal 7r\r)evoa-a\; d? ku rji. ai SeTi Ka TT^p vo]fiov KeXevatovTi, rrnv KeX^\vcrdvTa}v 6 klvSvvo^ earw. I 30

TO, Be aireXXaia ayev 'A7reX|\ai? Kal p.^ SXXai ap,epai\

/ijjVe ayevToh dyovTai p.\^Te roi^ rayoi)? SeKeadajt al Se ku [S]e^covTaL 35

dXXaiI

afiepai rj 'ATreXXaiy, a7roTe|to-aTa) Fmaaro'; SeKa Spa\xfid':

6 Se xPn^^v Karajoplelv tS>v Be^ap.ev(ov eVt r&lv hvarepwv raya)v 40

KaTayo\peiT(o iv rdi dXi'ai tcLi p-^rb. BovKdria, ai k dp^iXXe\ya)VTi.

Tol rayol toI S€^d\p.evoi. dyev Se TcnreXXala||dvrl /reVeo? Kal ra? 45

Sapd\Ta<; (fiepev. /iocttk Be Ka p.r)|

dyrji TcnreXXala tj tclv Bap\dTav

f-V 4'^P'ni-, dp.p6viov K\aT6eT(o a-TaTfjpa e-Trl feKa\\Te'pa)i, tm Se hva-re- 50

pcoi /re'lret dyerco TaireXXala Kal|

rdv Sapdrav (j)epeTO) • al Be I Kaprj dy-qi, p.r]KeTi BeKea6\a)v dppovia, dXX' rj dyerca dir^XXala rj 55

dwoTeia-dTco fiK^an Bpa^P'd^ ?; hviToypa<f>(^pevo<; roKiop ^epera •

KaiI

T^i' Bapdrav tS>i hvcrrepak ferei (jtepeTo) rj dTroTeicr\\[dTa> — .60

B[1—4 fragmentarj'. T]||ot Aal3vdBa[t EuKXeibt]]? Trepl rdv Ba[pa- 5

TOLV eTri^KpivovTOiv Kal ['A7re\\a]|i? Trepl rSiv dTreX\Xa(wv, I 7r]a-

peovre; p-ij /ieto[? Af||i»]o? Kal heKarov • Ta[i' Se]|^d(fiov (l>ep6vTa)v 10

ai'S[e|-]|a/iei'ot irol ro 'A7ro'X\a)[i']|o9 kuI tov TloTeiBdvo'; 1 tov <^pa-

rpiov Kal TOV A||t09 iraTptoiov BiKacco<; I oiaelv Kar tov vopovi I tS)v 15

AeX<f>o!>v • KriTrev)(ecr6\ai SiKaico'i Tav \jrd(j)0V ^elpovTl iroXX' dyaffd

23 ff. nierayolareto receive neither, beside As B55, Mo-ns A46, B30, C19.

tji the case of the cakes (lit. of the See 5 8 a.— 38 ff. ' Any one wlio wislies

cakes), the ya.n£\a or the Traidijui, nor the to accuse the rayol of having received

direXXata, unless the gens to which one the offering at other than the stated

belongs approves in full session. The times shall bring the charge when their

approval of the gens (iroTpui, as in Elis

;

sucoessoi'S ai-e in office.'— 45. oIvtI p^

rirpa in most Doric dialects) was a tcos : during the year, in the same year.

prerequisite to the introduction into See 136.8.2).— 50. Or let him sign a

the phi-atry, which was the larger body note (for the twenty drachmas) andpay

including several gentes.—30. 6: with- interest.

out h, as also A 38, C19, but Ao (cle- B ll-l'i. d.vSe^d|iicvoi : undertaking,

monst.) B53, Ao5e C19. Cf. as 'A28 promising. They swear by the gods of

Page 224: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

208 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 51

20 TOii[?II

^Jeoir? SiSofjLev, al he a[S]|i«;Q)?, to, Kaicd. rovra Se r\oi rayol

25 eTriTeXeovToilv Kal tSu Seo/xevat crvv^ayovTcov tov<; Aa/Suaoojl? • at

Se Ka fjLT] TTOiSiVTi kc^t] to, yeypa/ifieva rj //.r) to|[u]? rayov; top

30 hopKov iWrarydyrnvn, a7roTeK7(ZT|[Q)] peicaaTO'i i'lrl /reKaTe'||[jo]Q)t SeKa

Bpa')(fJLd<;. /io'crT|[t]9 Se Ka fir) ofiotrtji, fir) Ta\[y^eveTco al Se k ava-

35 /iOTo|9 TwyevrjL, irevTriKOVTa|Spa^fia'; aTroTeLo-drco.

\\ai Se ica Se^tov-

rai Tol [rllayoi rj ydfieXa rj TratS'ijtja irap ra ypdfJLfiara, cnroT^etcrdTa)

40 irevTrjKOvra Sp\a')(^iici'; peKacTTo<s t&v Sdl^a/Mevcov • al Se Ka firj airoA

reiarju, dnp.o'i ecTToo eyj

Aa^vaSav Kal eVl tovt^coi Kal iirl Tal<i

45 dXXaKI

^afiiaK, hevre k airoTi^iarfi. Kal ho Ka Se^a>VTa\t rj Sapd^

rav 7) aireWaia|

irhp tA ypdfifiara, fir) ec7T\(o Aaj3vd8a<; firjSe

50 KOivalveLTco rmv koivcop '^prjpM.TQyv firjSe tmv Oefidrav. \ ai Se rkKa tS)v rayStv K\aTa<yoprji, iroirja-aC n "jrld-p tA ypdfifjLara, ho Se

55 ai'|Tt[0]at, rol rayol ev rat||

C

[6fj,\vvTa) Trot Tov 'Atto'Wwi'os xlal UoreiSavo'; tow ([)p']ar[pUov

Kal Aio'?, Kal St«]a^o[i'|Tf fiev SiKaia)<; e7r]ev)(^ea-[6\a> iroW ayadd,

5 tJow deov<; [8||iSo'yuei', at S' e]^iopKeoi, «:a|[«a • al Se Ka fi]rj Si/co-

^r/i hai\[pe6eL';, dTr]oTeia-drQ} 7rei'T|[e SpaxP'd<i], dWov S' oi'^eXo'|[/i6-

10 I'ot TJdv SiKav TeA,eo'i/TH[a)i'. h6(T'\Ti'i Se Ka irdp vofiov|

[ri] iroieovra

rdi SiKai he\^r)i, to hrjfua-a-ov e^eTco. to|i Se rayol t&i Karayope-

15 oi'|ti rdv SiKav e-rrLTeXeoi^^asv al Se fi-q, to SiirKov fe/cjao-TO? diro-

Teia-dTm. /io'crTi|[?] Se Ka ^a/ilav 6(f>ei\rjt, aT|[i]/io? etrTo), hevTe

20 K d7roTei\(Tr]i.— Ho'S' o Tedfib'i Trep Toy\\v evTO^rjimv. fir/ irXeov

•7rev\^e Kal TpidKOVTa Spaxix[djv evOe/iev iirjTe 7r/)ta/tei'o|[i'] firire

the city, phratry, and gens.— 50. fteiid- pay five drachmas, and (the rayol) shall

Twv:probably established rites, institu- bring the case to issue by appointing

tions, though this meaning of ei/m is another in his place. Whoever convicts

not quotable. Cf.Ted/ids = Scir/ttAs, law, one guilty of an unlawful action shall

ordinance, C 19. receive half the fine (cf. no. 18.24^25,50).

Clff. Oath of the person appointed — 19ff. Law concerning funeral rites,

to act as judge. The missing conclusion Like the law of lulis in Ceos (no. 8),of B must have been the provision for this is directed against extravagance,such an appointment.— 6 ff. If the one — 20 ff. One shall not expend more thanchosen fails to serve as judge, he shall thiHy-five drachmas, either by purchase

Page 225: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 51] PHOCIAN INSCRIPTIONS 209

FoiKW T^v Se n-axellla'jv x^^aivav ^amrhv elfj^ev.|(al 8e ti tovt(ov 25

7rap/3aXXo|iTO, airoTeia-drco Trevr'^Ko\vTa Bpaxfid';, ai Ka fj,ri i^o/x,\6-

a-rjt eVt ra)i (rdfian firj 'rr\\eov ivde/xev. arpa/Ma Be h^v hvTro^aXe- so

Tw Kal jroiKe<j^d\aiov hev TroTdera)- tov B\e veKpov KeKaXv/^/jLevov

<})\eperQ} aiydi, K7)V rat? <TTp\o^al<; /jlt) Kamdevrcov p,rj^S\aixel, 35

/iTjS' oTOTV^ovTmv e|[;j^]0o? ra? foiKia's, irpiy k e|7rt to aafia hC-

KcovTi, Trjvet|

B' evajo^ earm, hevre Ka ha|diydva iroTdedfji. t&v

Be TTJIpo'o-Ta TedvaKOTW iv roi?|

aaixdreaai /jltj Opjjvelv p,r]\B' ototv- 40

^ev, dXX' dirifiev fo\iKaBe eKaarov ex0a> hofi,e\irTia)v Kal TrarpaBeX-

<fie&vII

Kal irevOepmv K'^yyovcov [K]\al ya/i^paiv. fir]Be rdi hva^r^e- 45

paia{i) fj,r]B' iv rat? Se«aT[a]|t? /jltjB' iv rot? eVtauTOt[?|

/ji,]jjt' ol/ua^ev

firiT 0T0Tv[5iE||i'] • al Be ti tovtcdv irap^dXXoiTO rmv yeypadfte- so

voav -

D. axct ... S ...

I

doivai Be TatS|[e vo'/tt/tjot • 'A7re\-

XaL Kal B|[ou«:a]Tta, Hijpata, AatSa<^|[o'/3ta], TLoLTpoirta, Buo-tou

[/iT/i/Jo? rav he^Befiav KalJ[tJAv hevdrav, KrjVKXeL^a «]|a/JTa/Lima

or {in articles taken) from the home.— on, is variously read and interpreted.

23-24. The shroud shall be thick and of — 39 ff. ' There shall be no mourning

a ligM gray color. For (paairds = *<paia- for the former dead, but every one shall

t6s, see 31, and, as used of mourning go home, except the near relatives.'—apparel, of. ^aid J/idno Polyb. 30.4.5, 45. RTJ-yYivoiv : or (£7;ir76i'ti)i' ? The read-

and ^aick ^o-fliis Ditt.Syll.879.5. — 25ff. ing is uncertain. See 100. — 46fi.

If one trangresses (jrap/SdXXw = irapa- There shall be no wailing or lamentation

Palvw) any of these things, he shall pay on the following day, nor on the tenth

fifty drachmas, unless he denies under day, noronthe anniversary.—JviavTots:

oath at the tomb that he has spent more. See Glossary, and of. ri, iviaiirw. in the

— 29 ff. (TTpupia Se ktX. : cf. no. 8.3^. same sense at Ceos.

— 31 ff. TOV 8« veKpov (ctX.: cf.no. 8.10- D 1 ff. Enumeration of the regular

11. — 33 ff. KTiv Tois <rTpo<|>ttts ktX. ; feasts. These are given in the order of

they shall not set the corpse down any- their occurrence, as appears from the

where at the turns in the road (but carry correspondence between many of them

it straight on to the tombwithout inter- and the names of the months {'Awc\-

ruption), nor shall they make lamenta- Xoibs, BoukcEtios, 'Hpoibs, etc.). For the

tions outside the house until they arrive identification of these festivals, see Ditt.

at the tomb, hut there there shall be a I.e., notes.— 5-7. 'Those which occur

ceremonyfor the dead (?ci.ii>ayli-w)un- on the seventh and the ninth of the

til the lid (?) is closed (cf.irpo(rrieriiiuTA.s month Biio-ios.'— 7-8. KT|uKX£ia Kop-

ft)pos,etc.). But the last part, from Tijrei TapiCria: /coi EukXcio (coi 'ApraidTta.—

Page 226: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

210 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 51

10 ical Ad<j>pi[a K]\al @eo^evia kuI Tpax^M koX AtoaKovpfjia, Mepi\a-

Xdpria KoL Hr?/3a«:Xe([a],|km k avTO<; eirji hLapri[iJov km ka

15 XeKxol irapriL \k]\m Ka feVot /rot irapitovTW, hiap^ia ffvovre'; km

K\a wevrafiapiTevwv TvxnY • al Se n tovtwv irap^aX^ono rSiv <ye-

20 ypafifievcov, IOtoeovrcov tol re Safiiop\\yol Kol toX aWoi iraVTe^

Aa^vdSM, 'rrpaara-ovTcov\

Se toI 'n-evTeKaiSexa. a[l]\

Be ku dfi^iX-

25 XeyrjL tS? 0a)\i.dcTio';, e^ofioam rov vS^^l,L|x\ov hopKOV XeXva-do). a\[l

S' djXiav TTOiovTav dpxco\\y a\iTeir}, diroTeicrdToo 6Se|XoV, Kal crvy-

30 xe'of, d-7roTei\a-dT(o oBeXdv. roidSe ktjv||

<^avaTel 'yer^paiTTM iv

[t]\m irerpM evhw "[rJaSe <^d[v\\oTO<; iweBonKe TardvyaTlpl Bov-

35 ^vr/M, rd heiJi,tpp[-^]\vLa K-qK ra? Su(»Se«atSo||9 x^t^"'''P"'^ ""''' '^VP'''-

p\r]\v\Mdv BdpfJi,a,Ta Kal rd tS)i|

AvKeicoi Bapixara koI Td\v d'^aiav

40 fioayov." TrdvTcov I koI fiSimv Kal Sa/Ji.ocria)\\v TOfj, TrpoOvovTa Kal

Kpo\fji,avrev6iievov Trape^ev I rd yeypafi/xeva Aa^vdSa\i<; rdi Be

45 ffva-iai Aa^vaS\dv rcoiTeXXaCov /j.rjvb'i Tft)||t Aiovva-mi, BovKaTioi<;|

rait Al Trarpcoimi Kal T(BV|o'\XtBW rdv UKpodiva Ka\l avfiTrnricrKev

12 ff. Feasts are also held if one sacri-

fices a victim for himself, if one assists

(in the sacrificesfor the purification of) a

woman recently delivered of child, if

there are strangers with him sacrificing

victims, and if one is serving a^ irevra-

fjiapiras. TrevTa^piras is the name of

some oflScial appointed to serve five

days (d/iiipa, see 12), but nothing more

is knovfn about this oifioe. — 22. toI

ir£vTeKa£8{Ka : of. no. 49. — 26-27. If,

when they hold an assembly, any official

is absent. &pxav nom. sg. part, one

holding office. — 29 ff . These things are

written at Phanoteus on the inner side

of the rock. The ancient city of Phano-

teus (Panopeus)wasperhapsthe original

seat of the phratry of the Labyadae. —30. ^ttvaTct: cf.$(iTOT0! 11. 30-31. Both

^avareis and^axoreiis occur in other in-

scriptions. See 46. — 31 ff. raSe *dvo-

Tos . . . |i6(rxov : quotation from the

ancient rock inscription, stating what

theeponymousherogave to hisdaughter

Buzyga. This mythical heroine is men-

tioned elsewhere (Schol.Ap.Rhod.l.

185) as a daughter of Lyons, whose

name is to be recognized in AuKe(wi

1. 37 (shrine of Lycus ?).— 38. tAv d-yot-

av |i6<rxov: apparently the admirable

or wonderful calf (a sort of wonder-

calf ?), but the allusion is of course ob-

scure.— 38 S. irdvTCDv kt\. ;' in the

case of aiU undertakings, both private

and public, for which one ofiers sacri-

fice or consults the oracle in advance,

the one doing so shall furnish to the

Labyadae the victims mentioned (i.e.

in the rock inscription just quoted).'

TdvTdip depends upon wpoBiovra and vrpo-

iMVTfvbpxvov, sacrificing etc. in advance

of.— 47. rdv dKp66iva (or ra haxpd-

ffiva, the reading being uncertain): so.

Tayods vapix^v, the rayol shall furnish

thefirst-fruits.—48 f. cr«|«mr(<rK6v kt\.:

invite the Labyadae to drink together.—

Page 227: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 63] PHOCIAN INSCRIPTIONS 211

hafMel Tolii? Aa/SuaSas • rd? B' aWwi||doivw; kA[t] riii' hwpav 50

a7r|a7eo-0(it.

52. Delphi. Between 240 and 200 b.c. SGDI.2653. Michel 274.

^A.'^aOat TV'yaL. Ae\,(f>ol eSwKav NiKavS/atot|

'Ava^ayopov KoXo-

<f)a)vio)i, eireav irorjTai, av\rS)i Kal iyyovoi'i irpo^eviav, irpofiavreiav, I

aavXiav, irpohiKiav, areXeiav irdvTcov, TrpodlSpiav ev TrdvTe(a-)cn rot? 5

ayc!)voi<; oh d Tro'Xt? Ti\6T)n Kal raXXa ocra Kal toi<; dWoK irpo^e-

voK KalI

evepyeraK rd^ tto'Xio? tcov AeX^Stv • dp'yovro'i I Nt«oSa-

jxov, ^ovXevovToav 'A/owttoji'o?, Nt/coSa/iOV, Il\€C\crT(ovo<;^ SeVwi'o?,

53. Delphi. 186 b.c. SGDI.2034.

"A/3;;^oi'TO? [NJtKO/SouXou firjvo^ ^ovKariov, iirl rolaBe direBoro

NeoTTOT/aa 'Opdalov 1 AeX^t? roa'KttoWwvl tul Tlv6ia)i, a-cofiara

yvvaiKeia Bvo ah ovo/xaTa Z(»7rv|j0a, licocri'x^a, rt/ias dpyvpiov fivdv

e^, Kadoyi; eTricrrevaav ZcoTrvpa, '^coai'xa rait|

6ea)i rdv covdv,

€</)' (Sire i\ev6epa<; etfiev Kal dvei^diTTOvi dirb wavToav rofi||iravra 5

^iov. ^e^auoTTjp Kard tov vo/xov Aafievrj<; 'Opeara AeXtf>6<;. ira-

paiJ.e[i\vdv\ra)v Be Tiwirvpa, l.axrl'xa irapd NeoTrdrpav d')^pi Ka ^oojji

'NeoTrdrpa iroeovaai I to TroTiTaaa-diJ.evov irdv to BvvaTOV dveyKX-q-

TO)? • el Be Ti Ka fir) iroieatvTL I Zwirvpa rj 1,oi>ai')(a tmv "TroTiTaacro-

fievav vTTO l<ieoirdTpa^ Ka6d><;\

yeypaiTTai BvvaTal oixrai, e^eaTW

NeoTrar/oat KoXd^eiv Kadw||Ka avTU BeCXrfTai Kal dXX(oi virep 10

49 ff. tAs 8' axXas ktX. . the other feasts 53. A typical Delphian manumission

one shall carry out in accordance with decree, of which there are more than

the season. 1*300. See note to nos. 44-48. They

53. Proxeny decree in honor of the show all varieties of mixture of Del-

poet Nlcander of Colophon, whose phian, Northwest Greek Kony/i, and At-

writings included a prose work on tic elements, e.g. in this inscription,

Aetolia. At this time the Aetolians 3 pi. imv. idvru, i6inui>, ^aruv. Nearly

were dominant in Delphi, and this always at this time, the older a.1, lap6s

shows itself in the language of the in- are replaced by ri, lepis, and toI by oi,

scriptions. See 279. Note in 1. 5 the though roJis frequently retained in the

combination of Delph. 7rdvTe((r)<rt with formal toI Upds beginning the list of

Aetol. ayiims. witnesses.

Page 228: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

212 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 53

NeoTrdrpav a^afJi,ioi<; ovroi<; ical avv\7roSiicot<; irdaa'i hCica^ Koi

^afiia'i. el Se ti Ka Trddrjc ^eo-rraTpa, eXevdepat\

earcov Zcoirvpa

Koi 'LwcrixO' Kvpieovaai avToaavrav Kal iroiovcrai 6 Ka 6e\a>v\n,

KaOiof liriaT&KTav rm OecoL rctv covdv. el Be ti? Ka dTrrrjTai Zto-

TTvpa'iI

rj 1wa-ixa<; eireC Ka Te\evTd<7r]i 'Neoirdrpa, 0e^atov irape-

15 yjreTco 6 /Se^aicoTrjp tmi||

Oeui rdv oavdv Kurd tov vofiov. 6p,oC(o<; he

Kal 01 TrapaTvyy^dvovre'i Kvpiot e6v\r(ov av\eovTe<; ca? iXevOepa? ov-

a-av d^dfitoi ovTet Kal dvvTToSiKoi|irdaa's SiKa<; Kal ^ajMia'i. el Se

Ti Ka d^ermdecovTi irepl 'Neoirdrpav 7reTro\vr]peviJ.evai rj t&v NeoTra-

rpa<; iirapxovToav n, Kvpioi eovTco ol eVt'i'o/x.ot KoXd^^ovTev avrds

20 Ka0' on Ka avroK SoKrji d^dpnoi ovTei Kal dwiroSiKoi||

iraawi

huKat. p,dpTvpe<s • rol lepei<; Bevav, "A^a^/3o?, twv dpxdvTcov Ev-

«\et8a?,I

ISicoTat 'le/oo/cXr)?, 'K.apC^evo';, Ba7;)^to9.

Exclusive of Delphi

64. Stiris. About 180 B.C. IG.IX.i.32. SGDI.1539. Ditt.SyU.42e.

Michel 24. Solmsen 37.

A[@]60? TV'^av d'^d:^&\dv. a-TpaTa'yeovTO';

|

[t]&)I' ^WKemv Zev-

5 ^iov,I

[/aJt^i/o? e^Sofiov, 6/U.o\o[7||i]a rd Tro'Xet 'Ereipicav koI|

[tS]

TTo'Xet M.eSea)viQ)v • av^i^e^TroXiTevcrav "^relpioi Ka\l|MJeSewi'tot

10 e'l^oi'Te? lepd, '7ro1[\t]i', 'ympav, Xifiepa^, iravTa 11 [i'jXevOepa, iirl TolcrBe.

eJfievI

[rjoir? M.eBecoviov; 7rdvTa<;|

[SjTtjOtov? taov<; Kal o/Moiov^, I

15 Kal avveKX-qaid^eiv Kal av^vap')(paTarela6aL /xerd rdi||

[Tro'JXtos

rdi ^Tipicov, Kal BiKd\[^'\et,v Tiis B(Ka<i tA? iirl 7ro'\i|[o]s Trao-a? Toiis

eviKOfievov<!|

[T]ats dXiKiai<;. lardvOa) Be Ka\l|l^eporafilav ex

17. &XfTa9iavTiKT\.: are convicted of 54. AgreementestablishingairujiHro-

Jiaoing done any wrong to Neopatra or Xircia or joint-citizenship between the

her possessions. Cf. 4^e\eyx8elri{i)irav Stirians and Medeonians.

in another of the manumission decrees. 10. I\cv6epa: free, open to all (of both

The derivation of dferiu from *iv^eT6uj towns).— 11 fl. rois kt\. : all the Mede-

(cf. 77.2) and connection with drafTjr^u oniansshallbeStirianswithequalrights,

is most attractive, tliougli fijT^u lias andshalljoinwith the city ofthe Stirians

original o, of which the weak grade inthe assembly and in appointing magis-

would be a not c. Others compare trates, and those who have arrived at

Hesych. fiferoK- S,wl(ttop, SiceXoi, the proper age shall try all cases which comeorigin of which is obscure. beforethe state.— 18. toTdvOca: Boeotian

Page 229: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 54] PHOCIAN INSCEIPTIONS 213

rcbv Me8etB]|[v]i6)i; eva tov Ovaiovra t^5|

ffva-iw: ra? Trarptov; 20

Me8e<»i'|[i]ot?, oaai ivrl iv tS) ttoXitiko) v6fi[a),|

/ijer^ rav ap^ov-

Tcov T&v a-Ta\[6]evTCi>v iv Srijot • Xav^avereo||

[8]e o UpoTa/iia<; 25

apea-fuov, o t[oI|

d]pj^ovT€<; iXdfi^avov, ^p,i\[fj,'\valov koI tS>v xocov

TO e7r[i\fi'\a\ov tw leporafiiai. crvvSi\[K'\a^€t Se 6 iepoTafiia<i fierd 11

[tJwz/ dp'xovTwv TO? hiKa<i, a?|

\j\ol apypvre'i SiKci^ovTi, Kal|30

[wjXapaxrt rd SiKacrr'qpia, d Ka|Berj KXapmeiv, fierd t5>v "[pjlxo'i/-

TeBV. iir) earoa Se e7rai'a7||[«]es Xeirovpyelv roij^ MeSelwi'tot/s iv 35

Srtpt T^? dp'x^di;, ocrot|

yeyevrjvrai iv MeSe&VL dp\')(^ovre;, ^evoSi-

KM, "TrpaKTfjpe;,|Bafiiovpyoi, I'epet?, lepdp^ai, Kal

||rai' yvvaiKoyv 40

offat te/3j;Tev|/caTt, et /i^ rt? e/ccbi' vTrofievoi •|ia-ravdcov Be ix tS>v

d\eiTO\i^yrjT(ov tS)v MeSecflviiBi' k|oI e* rail' "S.Tipitov • Sa/itoiijo||[7]e- 45

ovTfov Se Kal ra iv MeSe|[ft)i/t tJepA Ka6a)<: 6 TroXtri/to? j'o'I^o? «6-

Xeuet. Kat rdv j^[w|pai'] tAv MeSewi'tai' et/iei'|

[Trjacrai' 1,ripiav

Kal rdv "SiTiJkiiav M.eSewviav Koivdv '7r[a|cra]i'. Koivcoveovro) Be ol 50

M£Se|[Q)]i'tot Tav dvcndv rdv iv 2Ti|[pi] iraa-dv koI rol (toI) Sri/stot

rdv iv M.e\Bea)vi iracrdv. fir) i^etTTCo S|e diroiroXneva-acrTaL TOLr[s]|

55

MeSewi'ious d-iro twv '2Tipi\[Q}']v firjSe rois Sript'ou? diTro|

[tJmi'

'M.eBel(ovi]a)v. oirorepoi|

[S]e Ka /jltj i/i/ieivcovTi iv toZ||[?] yeypa/i- 60

fievoK, d7roTei\a-dvTa>v toi<; i/ifieivd[v']\TOi<; dpyvpiov TaXavlTa BeKa.

Br irloLeovTwv •

I[7]j0ai|rai'Ta)i' Be rav o/i[o]|X,07i'ai' ev

ardXav Kal dv[a6e]\vTcov iv to lepov tu^ 'A[0a'i']||a?, OecrTav Be 5

rdv 6p.o\Koyi'^av Kal irapd IBicoTav ia[(l>pa]\yia-fievav. a ofioXoyia

7r[apd]I

Bpdaava AiXaiea. /j,dp[Tv]\pe^ ®pda-cov AafiaTpiov 'E||\a- 10

Tew9, EuTraXiSo? 0/3a|o-(»i'o? AtXatew, Tt/io|K/3aT7;? 'EiriviKov Tt-

5o/3joe]w. SoVtcji' Se rot iTipioi\Ta (j>aTpia tcov MeSeo)vi\\cov iv 15

ereot? TeTTapoi?\

dpyvpiov p.vd'S irevTe Ka[l|tJo'ttoi' Tdv KaXeifie-

vav \ . a . . Tpeiav.

for laTdm-a. So larivBuiv I. 42 and 9^ ing in Stiris.'— 40-41. lepriTrfKOTv: see

Xoij-Si in another Stiiian inscription. Cf. 188.4.— 55. diroiroXiTrfo-ao-Tai : ff7- =

also (cXapuo-rl. 32 with Boeot. . for ci. <r9 as in Wo-tuk B 5. 85.1.

ggg 281. 34 ff. (i'l ^•"°' ''^'^•^ 't^liose B 13 ff. The phratiy of the Medeo-

who have been officials in Medeon shall nians, in distinction from the state, re-

be exempt from compulsory oflSce hold- tained its own organization, and was

Page 230: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

214 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 55

Locrian

55. Oeanthea (Galaxidi). First half V cent. b.c. IG.IX.i.334. SGDI.

1478. Hicks 25. Inscr.Jurid.I,pp.l80fe. Michel 285. Roberts 231 and pp.

346 ff. Solmsen34.

'Ev 'NaviruKTOV Ka(T) TovBe hairtfOtKia. Aoppov rov HvrroKva-

fiChiov, eVIei' Ka NauTra/cTto? <^everai, NaviraKTiov iovra, /io'7ro(?)

to receive a subsidy of money and land

from the Stlrians.

65. Law governing the relations be-

tween the Eastern Locrian colonists at

Naupactus and the mother country.

This does not refer to the founding of

Naupactus, which was much earlier.

Colonists are called &toikol from the

point of view of the mother country,

but ^ToiKoi as here (iirlfoifoi) from the

point of view of their new home. TheEastern Locrians are referred to ethni-

cally as Hypocnemidians (of which

Epicnemidians is an equivalent), polit-

ically as Opuntians, since Opus was

the seat of government, the two terms

standing in the same relation as Boeo-

tian and Theban.

It is probable that one copy was set

up at Opus, with another at Naupac-

tus, and that the present tablet is still

another copy, which with the addition

of the last sentence, stating that simi-

lar relations are to subsist between col-

onists from Chaleion and the mothercity, was set up at Chaleion, fromwhich place it may easily have found

its way to Galaxidi.

In both this and the following in-

scription a single letter is used for

"double consonants, not only in the in-

terior of a word, as 0a\(i{<r)<Tas, butoften in sentence combination, as Ki,{T)

TovSe. So i{d) Sa/io, i(\) Xi/i^j-os, etc.,

with assimilation of in (100); similarly

^(i") NavTdKTo (once ^7 NouTriiKTo), in

contrast to which ip NaiiraicTov, iv TSav-

T&KToi with original iv are always writ^

ten out. Cf. also (in no. 56) ti(s) avKoi,

&vi.ro(<:) (TuXIj', d.SlKo(s) avKm, in view of

which the reading Aii7ro(s) ^ivov (no.

55.2), which is generally though not

universally adopted, is not a violent

correction. No other Greek inscription

has so many examples of p as no. 56,

where it is uniformly employed before

or po. In no. 56 it is no longer used.

In no. 55 lengthened 6 is expressed by

El, lengthened c by in the genitive

singular, OV in the accusative plural.

But in no. 56 always E and 0. See

85 d. No. 55, beginning in 1. 11, is

divided into paragraphs by the letters

A-e.

No. 55 exhibits many instances of

repetition (see 1. 3, note), and some of

omission of what is essential to clear-

ness (e. g. the subject of iwoedvei. 1. 30),

and in general the style of both inscrip-

tions is crude and obscure.

1. The colony to Naupactus on the

following terms.— hairipoiKCa : te iiri-

foiKla. 94.5.— Kd(T)Tov86: see 136.5.

— Ao9p6v tAv HviroKva|i,(Siov kt'K.: ASypocnemidian Locrian, when he be-

comes a Naupactian, being a Naupac-tian, may as a l^ros share in the social

and religious privileges (i. e. in the

mother country) when he happens to

be present, if he wishes. If he wishes,

Page 231: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 55] LOCEIAISr INSCEIPTIONS 215

^evov oa-ia \avxav\eiv Koi Oveiv i^etfiev eTrnvxpvTa, a'C Ka heiXe-

rai, al Ka SeiXerai, dveiv ical \\av')(dveiv Ke{h) hdfi,o Ke{a) poLvdvov

avTOV ical to yevo'i Karaipei. reXo? to||u? eTripoipov^ Aopp5v. rov 6

'RviroKvaiMLhlov /j,e <j)dpeiv ev Aoppoh TOt|? KviroKvafuSioK, (ppuv

K av TK Aoppo? yeveTai rov HvTroKvafiiBiov. al I SeiXer dv^jo-

pelv, KaraXeiTrovTa ev toll laTlai iralha he^aTay e 'Se\(j>eov eBei-

liev dvev iveTepiov at Ka hvir dvdvKa^ aireXdovTai i(y) 'NavirdxTO

Aop\pol Tol HvTroKvafiLBioi, i^eiixev av-)(opelv, hoiro peKacrTo^ ev,

dvev i^^veTipiov. reXo? p-e cjjdpeiv p,eBev hoTi p-e p,eTd Aoppov rov 10

Fea-TrapL\dv.—A

"^voppov rot? eTrifoipoK ev 'NavTraKTov p,e Vo--

(TTcLp-ev a(7r' 'O^irovTiov|

TeKvai Kal p,a')(avdi p.eSep,iai fepoVra?. tov

hoppov i^eip,ev, at Ka hel\\dvTai, iirdyetv /iera TpcdpovTa peTea diro

TO hoppo heKaTov dv8pa<; '0\TrovTioi<; NauTra/CTiOj' Kal NauTra/cTtot?

'Ottovtiov;.— B— Hoo-Q-Ti? Ka \t7roTeXee]|t ey ISiavjrdKTO tov iiri- WpoCpov, d-jro Aoppov elfiev, evTe k diroTeicreL to. v6\fjiia TSlaviraKTioc;.

he may share in these privileges, both

those of the people and those of the mem-bers of the societies, himself and his de-

scendants forever. The colonists of the

H. Locrians are not to pay taxes amongthe S. Locrians, until one becomes a H.

Locrian again. In 6<na Xoj'x'^''e»' Kal

Bietv there is probably the same con-

trast as in lepdt. Kal Saia or Cretan 0hva,

Kal dvffpdiriiia, tliougli it is possible that

both terms refer to religious privileges.

— 3. at Ka SilXirai : for the repetition

-of. also li 11. 10 f., dSfiev 11. 41 f., Kapv-

fat iv Tayopat. 11. 20 ff.— 4. Ki(8) 8dfjio

Kc(o) foLvdvov : Kal 4k 5i)pjov Kal iK kolvu-

vHv. 94.6, 100.— 7 ff. If a colonist

wishes to return, he may do so without

taxes of admission (to citizenship), pro-

vided he leaves behind in his house an

adult son or brother. If the S. Locrians

are driven from Naupactus by force,

they may return without admission

taxes to the town from which they each

came. They are to pay no taxes except

in common with the Western Locrians,

i. e. they are not to be subject to any

special taxes as colonists.— at SetXiT:

for subj. without Ka (also in 1. 26), see

174.— 9. hdiro pcKao-TOs^v: a 3 sg. Tjv

is otherwise known only in Attic-Ionic,

other dialects retaining the original ^s.

See 163.3. Hence this is the 3 pi.

fjv agreeing with the logical subject

they (cf. the preceding). Cf. Hom.6/3ov olKSude ?Ka<rTos, etc. Kiihner-Gerth

I,p.286.— 11 ff. Oathfor the colonists to

Naupactus, not to forsake the alliance

with the Opuntians willingly by any

deuice. If they wish they may impose

the oath thirty years after this oath, one

.hundred Naupactians upon the Opun-

tians and the Opuntians upon the Nau-

pactians.— 11; OTTOVTiov: ioi a.7r"0-

irovTiov. Probably here only a graphic

omission, similar to haplology (88 a).

— 14 ff. Whoever of the colonists departs

fromNaupactus with unpaid taxes shall

lose his rights as a Locrian until he pays

Page 232: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

216 GEEEK DIALECTS ' [No. 55

— r— Ai.' Ka fxk YeVo? ev rdi lerTiat ei e "'x^eTrdfiov tov eTn]foi-

pov ei ev NaV7ra«T0t, Aoppov tov HvjroicvafJi.iSidv tov iirdvy^ia-^Tov

Kparelv, AoppSv hoTro k Si, avrov Iovtu, at, k avep ei e Trats, Tpiov

pievov al Se pe, rot? NauTra/cTtot? vopioi's x^pecrTai.— A— Ei{v)

20 Navn-aKTO avy(^ope\\ovTa ev Aoppov'; tov<; HvTroKvapiSiovi iv Nau-

iraKTOi Kapv^ai ev Ta\rfopai, kSv Aoppol? TOL('i) HviroKvapiBioK iv

Tcii TToXi, ho K ii, Kapv^M iv|

rayopdi.— E— HeppoOapiav kuI

Mvaaxeov eirei Ka 'NavTrdKTi{6i; rt)? yeveTa\i avTd<i, Kai ra XP^'

paTa tSv l^avirdKTdi Toh iv ^avTrdtcTOi y(pecrTai,|to:, S' iv Aoppoi<s

25 Tot? HvTTOKvapiBioii; '^.pepaTa rots Hu'7ro«i'OjLttSi||ot?|||

vopiof; XP^'

(TTai, Ao'tto? a iroXi'; peKaa-TOV vopi^ei Aoppov tov Hv7ro/«'|a/*.tStoi/.

av Ti'i hviro tov voplov tov iiripoipov avyppeei Jieppodapid^v Kal

M.va:a'X,eov, rot? avTOV vopioiv ^pecrTctt kuto, ttoKiv peKdaTOV;.|

—F— At K aSeX<j>eol eovn to 'v ^aiiraKTOV poiKeovTa, Ao'tto? Kal

30 Aopp^\v TOV iivTroKvapiSiov pexdaTov v6po<; icTTi, at k cnroddvet,

TOV jApepdTOV KpaTelv tov iiripoipov, to xaTipopevov KpaTelv.—Z —

I

Toil? i-TTipoipovi iv NaviraKTov Thv SiKav TrpoSipov hapecrTai

the Naupactians his lawful dues. — as the law may be in the several cities

16 ff . // there is no family in the home, of the S. Locrians. If any of them,

or heir to the property among the colo- under the laws of the colonists, return,

nists in Naupactus, the next of kin they shall be subject to their own laws,

among the H. Locrians shall inherit, each according to the city of his origin,

from whatever place among the Lo- — 29 ff. If there are brothers of the one

crians he comes, and, if a man or boy, who goes as a colonist to Naupactus,

he shall go himself within three months. then, according to what the law of the

Otherwise the laws of Naupactus shall H. Locrians severally (i.e. in each city)

be followed.— 19 ff. If one returnsfrom is, if (one of them) dies, the colonist

Naupactus to the S. Locrians, he must shall inherit his share of the property,

have it announced in Naupactus in the shall inherit what belongs to him. Note

market-place, and among theH. Locrians tlie double construction with Kparelv

inthecitywhencehecomes.—mi.When- accoi-ding as the sense is partitive or

eeer any of the JlepfoBaplai and the Mu- not. But many take TO as gen. sg.

o-oxeis (probably the names of two noble to in relative sense, though this use is

or priestly families, the first obviously not otherwise attested in Locrian, and

containing KoBapbs = xaBapbi) becomes a understand ^trrf with KaTi<f6fusvov, trans-

Naupactian himself, his property in lating which it is proper for him to in-

Naupactus shall also be subject to the Aenf .— 32 f . The colonists may bring

laws in Naupactus, but his property suit before thejudges with right ofprece-

among the S. Locrians to the H. laws, dence, they may bring suit and submit

Page 233: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 55] LOCEIAN INSCRIPTIONS 217

7ro(T) Tov-; S\iKaa-Tepa<;, hapearai Kal Sofiev ev 'OiroevTi, Kara fe'o?

avTUfiapov. Aop^ov rov }lvTroKvafu^LOV Trpoa-rdTav KaraaTaaaiTov Aofpov T07rif\\oLpoi KoX TOP iiripoipov rot Aoppoi, hoiri.ve's ica 35

'iriaTk evTifJ.01 <e?> (eovri).— H— Ho'crcr|Tt? k aTroXiTrii. jrardpa

Kal TO fi€po<i TOV y^^pe/jLUTov TOi TTUTpi, cVet K|

UTTor^eveTai, i^eifiev

airoXa'x^elv tov eTripoipov iv l^avTraKTOV.\—©— HoWrt? ku to.

fspaSepoTa Bia^deipei Te-)(yaL Kal /laxavai Ka\l /xtdi, hoTi Ka fj,e

dv(j}OTdpoi<; SoKeei, Hottovtiov re ;)(;tXt'oz/ 7rXe^||at Kal 'NafrraKTiov 40

TOV iiripoipov irXeOai, aTi/iov etfiev Kal j^pel/xara irafjiaTocjjayeL-

cTTai. TovKaXeifievoi tclv hiKav Sofiev tov dplyov, iv ToidpovT dfid-

pai'i Sofiev, at Ka TpidKOVT dfj-dpai Xei'7roi'T|at ra? dp')^d<; at Ka

to suits against themselves in Opus on

the same day. This provision is in-

tended to secure for the colonists the

greatest expedition in their litigation

at Opus, hapiarai. (i.e. eKiirBai) Kal SS/Mev

= XajSetv Kal dovvai (cf. Hdt.6.83). dlKTjv

Xapeti/ is usually to bring suit, as here,

though sometimes the opposite, while

SIkt/v SoOvai is usually to submit to suit

(e. g. Thuc. 1.28), as here, though some-

times used of a magistrate, to grant

trial, as below, 1. 41 f.— 34f. Who-ever are in office for the year shall ap-

point from among the H. Locrians a

irpoffTdTTis, one of the Locrians for the

colonist, one of the colonists for the Lo-

crian, tov Aofpov HvTOKvafjiiSiov applies

properly only to the appointment of

the TpbaTaT-qi for the colonist, this be-

ing the important proyision in cbntin-

uation of the preceding paragraph.

Making the provision mutual was an

afterthought.— /t a tt i a t c s without cor-

rection is to be read xa 'iriarh, with

hyphaeresis where we expect elision,

from Ka and iwiarh, an adv. ^cpd. of

firos for which we should expect ^wi-

ferh or iTricrh (intervocalic f is not

always written, of. '07r6ei'Ti, Sa/uovp-

7oi!s). Some correct to Vi(/re)T^s, but

a by-form with (f:)aT is possible. E5after evn/wi is due to dittography (cf

.

the ending of the preceding holrives,

'iriarh). The omission of eovn may be

the engraver's error, or simply ellipsis,

such as is not infrequent in a clause of

this kind (Kuhner-Gerthl,p.41,n.2c).

— .36 f. A colonist to Naupactus whohas left behind a father and his portion

of the property with the father, shall in-

herit his share when {the father) dies.—38 ff. Whoever violates these statutes by

any device in any point which is not

agreed to by both parties, the majority

of the Thousand in Opus and the ma-jority of the colonists in Naupactus,

shall be deprived of civil rights and shall

have his property confiscated. For the

spelling 'NafTaxrlov see 32.— 41 ff. To

the one who brings suit the magistrate

shall grant trial within thirty days, if

thirty days of his magistracy remain.

If he does not grant trial to the one

bringing suit he shall be deprived of civil

rights and have his property confiscated,

his real estate together with his servants.

The customary oath shall be taken. The

voting shall be by ballot. For p,4pos real

Page 234: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

218 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 55

fie BlSoc Toi evKaXei/ievoL rav Biicav, dTifJi\ov elfiev koX xpef^'ara Trafia-

45 TO<f>ajel(rTai, to fiepo^ /nerA po\\iKiaTav. Sio/ioaai hdppov top vofiiov.

ev vSpiav rav \lrdcf>i^\^iv el/ji.ev. koI to dedfiiov rots E.V7roKvafMSioi<!

Aoppoh Taih-a reXeov elfiev XaXeteot? toI'; aiiv 'AvTKpdrai fOiKiral'S.

56. Oeanthea. Second half V cent. B.C. IG.IX.iii.333. SGDI.1479.

Hicks 44. Michel 3. Roberts 232 and pp.354 ff. Solmsen 35.

Tbv ^evov jLie hdr^ev e(T) ra? XaXei^So? tov OlavOea, /i|eSe rov

XaXeiea e'(T) ra? OlavOiSo'i, /iteSe xpe/J-ara at ti{<;) crxJ^oi tov 8e

avXovTa dvdTo(<;) avXMv. ra ^eyiKO, i{6) 0a\d(a-)a-a<; hdyev|

dav-

5 \ov irXdv i(X) Xi/Mevo? to kut^, ttoXiv. a'i k dhiKo{s:) crvKoi, Te||TO-

pe? Spwx^/iai- al he irXeov Be/c djjiapdv e^oi to a-vXov, he^fiioXoiv

6(f)XeT0 poTi crvXda-ai. al fxeTapoiKeoi irXeov p,evo<: e|o XaXeteus

ev Olavffeai e 'Oiavdei)<; ev 'X.aXeioi, tm e-mBap.iai, SUai y(\pe<TTO.

10 TOV Trpo^evov, al \jreuSea irpo^eveoi, hnrX^eloi BoteaTO.|||

al k dvSi-

yd^ovTi Tol ^evoBUai, eirop.oTa'i heXea^To 6 ^eVo? oirdyov Tav SiKav

off a foreigner from Chaleian territory,

nor a Chaleian from Oeanthean terri-

torij, nor his property, incase one makes

a seizure. But him who makes a seiz-

ure himselfone mayseizewith impunity.

estate, cf . the similar use of kMjpos.—46 f . And this compact for the H. Lo-

crians shall hold good in the same terms

for the colonists from Chaleion under

Antiphates. See introductory note.

56. The tablet consists of two docu-

ments inscribed by different hands, as

appears from the forms of the letters,

which also show, together with the ab-

sence of 9, that both are later than

no. 55. The first, ending with xpiaro

1. 8, is a treaty between Oeanthea and

Chaleion of the kind known as ri/ipo-

XoK or crvix^oKd (the latter in 1. 15). It

is for the protection of foreigners, that

is citizens of other Greek states, visit-

ing either city from reprisal at the

hands of citizens of the other. Such

reprisal or seizure in enforcement of

claims was freely employed, so far as

it was not specifically regulated by

treaty. JTor graphic peculiarities see

no. 55, introductory note.

1 ff. An Oeanthean shall not carry

The property of a foreigner one maycarry offfrom the sea without being sub-

ject to reprisal, except from the harbor

of each city. If one makes a seizure

unlawfully, four drachmas (is the peiir-

alty); and if he holds what has been

seized for more than ten days, he shall

owe half a^ much again as the amount

he seized. If a Chaleian sojourns more

than a month in Oeanthea or an Oean-

thean in Chaleion, he shall be subject to

the local court.

The second document, 11. 8-18, con-

sists of regulations of one of the two

cities, presumably Oeanthea, regarding

the legal rights of foreigners.

8 ff . The proxenus who is false to his

duty one shall fine double {the amount

involved in each particular case). If

Page 235: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

Ko. 57] ELEAN INSCRIPTIOlSrS 219

ex0o<; wpo^evo|

Koi fiSio ^evo apiariv^av, iwl fjiev rat? iMvaia\{ai<:

Kal irXeov TrevTe/caiSeK avSpa^, iirl rots|

/ieiovoK ewe' dvSpa<:. at

K 6 paaa-TCx; Trot tov f\\aa-TOV SiKa^erai Ka(T) ra? o-wi//3oXa?, SafMop- 15

70? heXearai tos hopKo fi6Ta<; apiarivhav tuv ir^VTopKiav o/iocrav-

Ta^. TO'i hopKoiioTm tov avro^v hopKOV o/ivvev, ifKedvv Se VLKev.

Elean

57. Olympia. Before 580 B.C. SGDI.1152. Inschr.v.Olympia 2. Michel195. Roberts 292 and pp.o64ff. Solmsen38. Damelsson,EraDOsIII,80ff.

Keil,G6tt.Naclir.l899,15ifi. Glotz,Solidarit6delafammeenGr6ce,pp.248ff.

'A fparpa rot? FaXeiot?. irarpiav dappev Kal jeveav xal ravTo. I

the ^evodUai (the judges in cases involv-

ing the rights of foreigners) are divided

in opinion, the foreigner who is plain-

tiff {owdyor = 6 4irdyiav) shall choose ju-

rors from the best citizens, but exclusive

of his proxenus and private host (who

would be prejudiced in his fa,voT), fif-

teen men in cases involving a mina or

more, nine men in cases involving less.

If citizen proceeds against citizen under

the terms of the treaty, the magistrates

shall choose the jurors from the best citi-

zens, after having sworn the quintuple

oath (i.e. oath by five gods). The ju-

rors shall take the same oath, and the

majority shall decide.

57. This covenant for the Eleans.

(An accused man''s) gens and family

and his property shall be immune. If

any one brings a charge against a male

citizen of Mis, if he who holds the high-

est office and the /Sao-iXeis do not impose

the fines, let each of those who fail to

impose them pay a penalty of ten mi-

nae dedicated to Olympian Zeus. - Let

the Sellanodica enforce this, and let the

body of demiurgi enforce the otherfines

(which they had neglected to impose).

If he (the Hellanodica) does not enforce

this, let himpay double the penalty in his

accounting (or in the body ofthe fuurrpol?).

If any one maltreats one who is accused

in a matter involving fines, let him be

held to afine of ten minae, if he does so

wittingly. And let the scribe of the gens

suffer the same penalty if he wrongs any

one. This tablet sacred at Olympia.

The numerous interpretations of this

inscription have differed fundamen-

tally. According to thatpreferred here

the object of the decree is to do awaywith the liabilitywhich under primitive

conditions, such as survived longer in

Elis than elsewhere, had attached to

the whole gens and family of an accused

person, also to prevent confiscation of

his property and personal violence, and

to prescribe the manner in which pen-

alties were to be imposed.

1. d : t/iis, thefollowing, see Kuhner-

Gerthl,p.597.— iroTpidv: like Delph.

Trarptd, Dor. irirpa = yivm, while yeve&

is the immediate family.— Oappiv : be

of good cheer, without fear, hence, as a

technical term in Elean, be secure, im-

mune, just as the Attic 45«a is in ori-

gin freedom from fear (Sio%). It is used

of pereons and things. Cf . fl[(£ppos] ai-

Toi Kal xp^fjdrois in another inscription.

avT5 ; refers to fippevop FoXelo of the

Page 236: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

220 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 57

al fe Tt? KaTiapav<reie pdppevop YaXeio, al ^e fie 'iriOelav to. ^(\Kaui

op fieyLCTTOV Te\o<; exoi ical toI ^acriXae';, ^e/ca fivai'i ku\

airoTivoi

5 feKaa-TO<; rov p-e 'imroeovTov Ka{6)6vTaC<; rol 7A '0\ui^|7riot. knrev-

TTOi fe K E'XXavo^iKa<; Koi rSXXa ^Uaia eirevirfTO a ^a/iiopyM al

fe ;ite 'vttSi, ^L<f>viov airoTLvero ev jxaarpSfii. al ^e tk tov ahia-

devTa }^iKaiov IfidaKoi, ev ral ^eKap.vaiaL k ^vexo{iT]o, al fei^o<s

IfidcTKOt. Kal Trarpta? o 7/30<^ev? Tav[T]d Ka -Kdaicoi,|

[al T]iv [a^'\i-

Keo\C\. 6 Tr[i]va^ lapb-; 'OXvvTriai.

58. Olympia. VI cent. B.C. SGDI.1149. Inschr.v.OlympiaO. Hicks 9.

MiQhell. Roberts 291 and pp. 362 ff. Solmsen39.

'A fpdrpa-Tolp Fa\etoi<; Kal rot? '"EplpaoioK. a-vvfiaxia k ea

eKarbv perea,|dp^oi Be Ka rot al Se tl Seot aire feVo? aUre f\dp-

5 yov, avveav k a{\)\d\oi'; rd t d{X)'K{a) Kal Tra\\p TroXep.o. al he

jxa avveav, rdXavrov k|

apjiipo airoTivoiav rol At 'OXwirtoi toi

Ka\{S)Sa\efj,evoi \arpei6p,evov. al Se rip to, 'y\pd^ea rai Ka(S)Sa-

10 XeoiTO aire feTa<; acre T\eXea-Ta aire Sa/U.09, ei' Teindpot, k evej^oiTO

Tol 'vravr i'ypa(iM)fj,evoi.

59. Olympia. VI cent. B.C. SGDI.1156. Inschr.v.01ympia7. Michel

196. Roberts 296 and pp.369 fi. Ziehen,LegesSacrae61.

Ka Oeapo'; eXe. al he jSeveoi, ev jlapol, /Sot' Ka 6dd(h)SoL Kal ko-

ddpai TeXeCai, Kal rov deapov ev T|a[(u)]Tat. al he rt? Trap to

following clause, which logically goes years, beginning with the present year.

with the preceding as well as the fol- Jf there shall be any need of word or

lowing. — 2. KariapavcreiE : KaBiepeiia, deed, they shall combine with one another

but meaning first to utter an impreca- both in other matters and in war. If

tion against some one (cf. (caretfxoMiOi i^^ 'i" i^ot combine, let those who vio-

and then, since this was, or had been, late (the agreement) pay a talent of sil-

the manner of introducing a charge, ver consecrated to Olympian Zeus. If

simply KaT))7op^w. See also no. 60. Like any one violates these writings, whether

various other expressions in Elean, this private citizen, official, or the state, let

reflects the essentially religious char- him be held in the penalty here written.

acter of the legal procedure.— al J« 69. This is the conclusion of an in-

fkf ktX. : cf . no. 61 C 13-16. Tor iireviroi, scription which was begun on another

liMTTpiaL, lfi.i(rKui, etc., see the Glossary. tablet not preserved,

68. This covenant between the Eleans //7ie (some one previously mentioned)

and the Heraeans (of Arcadia). There commitsfornication {1)inthe sacred pre-

shall be an alliance for one hundred cinct, one shall make him, expiate it by

Page 237: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 60] ELEAN INSCRIPTIONS 221

ypd<l)0<; StKa(S)Sot, areXi'! k eie a SUa, a Se Ka fpdrpa a Bafioata

reXeia ei\e 8t/ca(8)Soo-a. tov Se ku ypa<f)66v on SoKeoi A:a(\)\iTe/3o?

exev 7ro{T) rov 6{e)6v, i^aypeov Kal e|z;7rotoi; aw /SoXat {ir)evTaKa-

tIov apXaveoi Kal Bdnoi TrXeOvovri Sivd/coi {Sivd)K0i Se Ka {i)v

Tpii\]pv, at Tt ivTTOiol aiT i^aypeoi.

60. Olympia. Second half IV cent. B.C. Szanto,Oest.Jhrb.I,197fE.Danielsson,EranosIII,129ff. Meister,Ber.Sachs.Ges.l898,218fE. Keil,G6tt.

Nachr.l899,136fE. Remach,Rev.Et.Gr.XVI,187ff. Solmsen40.

©eo? • Tvxa. raCp Se yeveaip /jlo, ^vyaSeiij/j, /jiaSe K\aT a-Troiov

rpoirov, fj-dre ipaevaiTepav /idre dr)\vT\epav, fidre ra '^(^prif^Ta

the sacrifice of an ox and by complete

purification, and the Beapis in the same

way. If any one pronounces judgment

contrary to the regulation, thisjudgment

shall be void, but the decree of the people

shall befinal in deciding. Onemaymakeany change in the regulations which

seems desirable in the sight of the god

(136.3), withdrawing or adding with the

approval of the whole council ofthe Five

Hundred and the people in full assem-

bly. One may make changes three times,

adding and withdrawing.— The resto-

ration and interpretation of the last

sentence, (5iKi)CTi ktK., is uncertain.

In 1. 4 the adverb af\ati4os (see 55) is

used loosely where we should expect

an adjective in agreement with /SoXai

or trevraKaTlov.

60. But one shall not exile the chil-

dren {of an exile) either male or female,

under any circumstances, nor confiscate

the property. If any one exiles them or

confiscates the property, he shall be sub-

ject to trial before (in the name of)

Olympian Zeus on a capital charge, and

any one who wishes may bring the charge

against him with impunity. And it shall

be permitted, even in case they have ex-

iled any, to any one who wishes to return

•fahand be free from punishment so faconcerns matters happening later than

the time of the demiurgi under Pyrrhon.

Those next of kin shall not sell or send

off the property of the exiles, and if one

does any of these things contrary to the

regulation, he shall pay double the

amount sent off and sold. If any one

defaces the stele, he shall be punished

like one guilty of sacrilege.

Several times during the fourth cen-

tury b.c. the oligarchy and democracy

alternated in power in Elis, with re-

sulting banishment and recall of exiles.

It is probable that this decree belongs

to the Macedonian period and perhaps

refers to the exiles of 336 b.c. whowere recalled in 335 b.c. Cf. Arrianl.

10. 1'HXeMit Sk roils ^vydSas aipSiv Kare-

84^avTO, Sti ^tTiJSeiot 'AXe^dwSpy Jjtrav.

It is a supplementary decree to another

on the same subject, as is shown by S4

in the first sentence after the introduc-

tory formula, and the use of yeveatp

without modifier,which must be under-

stood from the preceding. On the dia-

lect as compared with that of the earlier

inscriptions, see 241.

1. 7Evca(p: the singular is often used

collectively in the sense of offspring.

Page 238: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

222 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 60

hafioaiSifiev al Se rip (l)vya8\eioi aire to, xp'^fj-ara 8a/Mocrtoia, <f)ev-

5 yerm ttot rSi A||to/3 TwXvfnrica aifiarop, Kal Kanapaimv 6 SrjXo^irip|

avdarop ijara). e^rjarm Se, km ku (jivyaSevavri, rol 8\r]Xofi€voi vo-

ariTTTjv'Kal arrdfjiiov ^fJi£V, oaaa Ka li^arapiv 'yevcovrai tS)v Trepi

Tivppmva SafMopyaiv. To\lp Se eV d{a)a-ia-Ta fJi,a airoSoaaat. fidre

10 eicirep.'^ai to, j^p\\ijfiaTa Tolp ^vydSea-ai al Se n ravTcov irap to

rypd/Afia iroieoi, a-ironveTco St7rX[a]o-toi' t&j Ka eKirefiira Ka\l tm Ka

cnroS&Tat. al Se np aSeaXTCohaie ra trrdXav,\

cop a'yaXp.aTO<j>a)pav

eovra ird(T')(r)V.

61. Olympia. Firsthalf of IIIcent.B.c. SGDI.1172. Inschr.v.Olympia

39. Michel 197.

@eo'/3. 1vj(a.I

'Ttto '^XkavoSiKav rmv irepl\

KIct^vKov, @vla).|

5 oirap, eirel Aa/jLOKpdTtip 'Ay^ropop||

TeveSiop, ireiroXirevKoap

Trap' a/is\avTop re Kal 6 Trardp, Kal ia-Te^avafj,e\vop tov re t&v

descendants, e.g. Bpir. oirSi koI yeveai

Kal yha ix 7e>/eas (SGDI.1334), Arc.

atiTol Kal yevcd (Oest.Jhrb.IV,79), both

= usual airwi Kal iKySvois. For the plu-

ral cf . Mess. TiK yvvatKi re Kal rds yeveds

airoO (SGDI. 4689.97). Some take 7e«'e-

alp here as members of the yevcal, under-

standing these as noble families, but

this is less likely.— 4-5. <|>6ii'y^to) ttot

Tu Atop kt\.. see 136.3 and no. 57.2,

note.— 5. 8i)Xo|i.'^p : we expect 57)X(S/ie-

vop. Probably an error, for which the

existence of some such form as StiXop-

Tijp (cf . iBeKovT'fip) may be responsible.

— 6. <|>u7a8EvavTi : aor. subj. 151.1.

9-10. It is uncertain whether this is

a provision in favor of the exiles, pre-

venting their property being disposed

of by relatives, or one directed against

them, preventing the relatives from

selling tlie property for them or send-

ing it to them. In the former case

dirodiira-ai may refer to the sale of real

estate, and iKiriii-^ai, to the sending off

of movable property for sale abroad.

<j>vyiSetra-i is dative of advantage or of

disadvantage, according to the inter-

pretation preferred.— 12-13. at S^ rip

aStaXriShau ktX. : cf . rjv S4 Tis [riiv ari)-

Xiji'] d0aj'[if'()i 71 ri, 7pdj[ijnaTo] , iracrx^w

us Up6<rv'\os in an inscription of lasus,

SGDI.5517. dSeXTAw= dSjjXAw, d^ai-IfiD,

is probably from *SeaXos (cf . Siapiai, Sij-

Xos), whence — perhaps through the

medium of a verb SeiXKa— *5eaXT6s,

*S6aXT4M. According to another view,

. from S4\tos tablet (cf. Cypr. SdXTos), so

that the meaning would be make the

stele aSfXros, i.e. remove the tablet

from the stele. For t4 a-riXav see 96.2.

61. Proxeny decree in honor of Da-

mocvates of Tenedos, who is mentioned

as one of the Olympian victors by Pau-

sanias (6. 17. 1). On the dialect as com-

pared with that of the earlier inscrip-

tions, see 241. With irb 'EWavodiKat

1.2 for visual iwl with gen., compare

Lac. huTrd with ace. in no. 66.66.

Page 239: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 62] NOETHWEST GEEEK KOINH INSCEIPTION 223

'0\vfi,Trl(ov ayatva Kal|aXXoip koI ifKeiovep, eiraviTaKcap iv tclv

\

IBiav rdv re Ta irarpop OeapoSoKiav StallSe'SeKTai Kal vTroBeyerai 10

Tolp deapoip,|o/ioicop Se Kal Tolp Xoiirolp roip Trap' ap,e(ov

|Tav

waa-av j^peiav eKTevecop Kal o.irpol'^aaicrTtBp Trape^^erat, (fiavepav

iroiecov|rav e^et evvoiav ttotI tclv troXiv, Kadayp

||irXeiovep awe- 15

fuipTvpeov Tcbfj, iraXirav •I oirmp Se Kal a Tro'Xep KaTa^iaip (jiaiva-

raiI

j^^dpirep avTaTroSiS&cr(ra rolp avrdp I evepyeraip, virdp')(7jv

AanoKpciTT) Trpt^^evov, Kal evepyerav 8' ^Wfiev rap iroKiop avrov Kal 20

yevop, Kal to,|Xoiira Tifica ^fiev avrol oaaa Kal rolp aX|\o{/3 Trpo-

^evoip Kal evepyeratp virdpj^ei irapa|Tap iroKiop. rjfiev Se Kal

a(T<j)dXeiav Kal TroXe/ico|Kal eipdvap, Kal yap Kal ^oiKiap eyKrr)-

aiv, KalII

itTeXeiav, Kal irpoeSpiav iv rolp AtovvaiaKolp|

aymvoip, 25

rav re Ovaidv Kal rifidv rraaav|

p^ere-^rfv, Ka6a>p Kal rol Xoiirol

OeapoSoKOi|Kal evepyerai /lere'^ovrL. Sofiev Se avrol \ Kal Aa/io-

Kpdr-q rov rafiiav ^evia ra||

p-eyiara €k ratv vojjlcov. to Se yfrd(f)i- 30

(T/iaI

TO yeyovop arro rap ^coXdp ypa^ev ey •)(a\K(o\ixa dvareOdi

iv ro iapov ra Aibp ra 'OXv/mttico.\rav Se iirifieXeiav rap dvaOe-

aiop iroirjaacrai \ A.la'y^ivav rov irrifieXrjrav rdv Xirrrmv.||rrepl Se 35

rSi cnroaraXdiiev rolp TeveSiotp\

ro yeyovop \jrd(f)iap.a iinneXeiav

•iroi-qarai|

Niko'S/so/aojo 6 ^(oXoypd(f>op, orrtop So6di rolp|

Oeapolp

rolp ifi ^liXrjrov arroa-reXXofielvoLp rrorl rav dvaiav Kai rov

aywva||rav AtSv/ieimv. *0

Northwest Greek koivtj

62. Thermum. About 275 B.C. "Ec^.'Apx-lSOS.SSfi.

2YN0HKA KAI 2YMMAXIA AITOAOI2 KAI AKAPNAN0I2

'Ayaddi rv'^^ai. 'S.vvOiJKa AtVaXot? Kal 'AKapvdvoi<; 6p.6Xoyo<;.

elprjvav|elp-ev Kal <f>iXiav ttot aXXdXov;, cf)iXov<; idvra'i Kal crii/i-

fidj^ov^ d/j,a\ra rojM irdvra x^povov, opia e')(pvra<i rd<: ;^topas rov

68. Treaty of alliance between the west Greek Koivi. See 279. Note e.g.

Aetolians and Acarnanians. This is an the retention of original o, ra, iroxi,

example of the mixed dialect current infin. in -/«», 3 pi. imv. in -vra, | in aor.

at this time in various parts of North- (Tepiui^avTui), but Att. el for al, ov beside

west Greece, which we call the North- eo (e.g. avrnroiovvTai but (TTpaTay4ovTo^,

Page 240: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

224 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 62

'A^eXaJtov TroTa/xloz/ a%pt ek OaXacrcrav. ra fiev iror aio tov 'A^e-

5 Xcoiov TTora/Mov KircoXmv elfiev, to, Se||

tto^' ecnrepav 'Aicapvaveov

TrXav TOV Upavrb'; ical to.'; Ae/i^tSo? ravTw; Se 'AKapvai^&i

ovK avTiiroiovvrai. virep Se rwv repfiovcov tov HpavTO<!, et ft^ey Ka

'S.Tpa.TLOL KaX 'A7/3at|o{ a-vyx^copeoavTi avTol ttot avTovv, tovto kv-

piov e<TT(o, el Se fiij, 'KKapvave; Kal AItcoXoI|

Tepp,a^avTa) Tap,

UpavTiSa 'x^copav, aipeOevTm eKUTepcov Beica irXav 'S,TpaTia>v Kal

'Aypailoav • Ka6a<; Se Ka Tepfid^mvTi, TeXeiov eaTCO. elp,ev Se Kal

10 eiriyap.iav ttot aXXdXov; Kal 7||a? eyKTijcnv tSu re AlTfoXmi ev

'AKapvaviai Kal t&i 'AKapvavi ev AiTooXiau Kai iroXiTav eip,^ tov

AiTtoXov ev 'AKapvaviai Kal tov 'AKapvava ev AiTcoXiai iffoy Kal

ofioiov. avaypayfravWo) Se TavTa ev aTaXait j^a\/ceat5 eir 'Aktiwi

p,ev ol dpy(0VTe<; t&v 'AKapvdvmv, ev Se @e/)/U.]&jt toI apj^ovTe'; twv

AtTcoXav, ev 'OXvp^irCai Se Kal ev AeX<f)ol<; Kal ev Ao}(S)a)vat koi-

vai eKai^epoi. cTrt ap'XpvTCOv ifi fiev AiTCoXiai crTpaTayeovTO'; IIoXu-

15 KpiTov K-aXXcea to SevTe\]pov, iinrap'xeovTO'i ^iXmvo<s TlXevpaviov,

ypap.p,aTevovTO<i NeoTTToXe/iou NauTra/CTtou,|eTrcXeKTapxeovTWV

AafieSa)vo<; KaXvScoviov, 'ApccrTapy^ov 'E/Jrat'ou, Aerai/o? K.a\<f>peo<;,

KaXXt'a KaXXi^o-;, 'Yip,oX6')(pv TioTeiSavieo<i, Tlap-ifiaiSa ^vcrKeo's,

liCp^ovI

<J>VTateo9, TafiievovTCOv JLvSpicovo'; Avaip.a')(eo<;, Aa}pip,dj(^ov

Tpi'^oviov, 'Api<TT\a}vo<: Aaidyo<{, 'ApiaTea 'laTcopiov, 'Ayijo'covo'!

20 Ae^ieoi, TcfidvSpov ''Epivaloi,||'Aypiov l^ma-deveo'; ev Se 'AKapva-

viai aTpaTay&v ^vvddpov OlvidSa, 'E7rt[X]|aou Arjpieoi;, 'Ayija-coVoi

1,TpaTiov, 'AX/ceVa ^oiTiavo<;, 'AXKivov &vppeiov, @eeoi'|o9 'AvaKTO-

pieof, HoXvKXeo'i AevKaSiov, iTr7rap')(eovTO<; 'iTTTroXaou OlvidSa, I

ypap,p.aTevovTO<; TJepiKXeo'; OlvidSa, Tafiia 'AyeXdov I^TpanKov.|— Iivp.fj.a'x^ia AtTwXot? Kal 'AKapvdvoi<; dp,aTa Top, irdvTa 'xpovov. 11

25 e'i Ti<: Ka ep,^dXXrji et? tolv AhmXiav iirl iroXep,mi, /3oa6oeiv

els beside ^c with ace. (eis t4p XlriSKlav used of the citizen levies in contrast to

but iv 'Axaprnvlav), lwTeu(n beside iir- tlie mercenaries, Polyb.2.65, 6.91,95,

T^o's. and iinXeKTdpxv! Plut.Arat.32. — 24.

16. iin\(Krap\e6vTtav: this is the SLuara : probably connected with /idTiji',

first reference to iiriXeKrdpxai as mili- Dor. ndraf, and so having the sametary officials in the Aetolian league. force as the frequent dir\&s ko! d86-

For the Achaean league, cf. iirlXcKToi, Xus, e.g. no. 112.22.

Page 241: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 64] LACONIAN INSCRIPTIONS 225

T0^9I

'AKapvava<; ire^oK /lev ')(iKloi<;, itrvevai he eKarov, ow ko.

roi ap')(0VT^ ireiiircovTi, iv dfjLepai<s ef. Kal ei ti<s iv 'KKapvavCav

ifi^dXXoi iirl iroXefucoi, I ^oadoelv AiVwXoii? Tre^'ot? fiiv j^tXt'ot?,

tTTTreot? Se eKarov, iv a,fiepai<: e|, ow|

ku toI ap')(pvre<; Tre/iTroivTi.

el Be ifKeiovav j^peiav e^oiev arepoi TroVe/sot,||

^oaOoovvreo rpiajfi^ 30

Xi'ot? eKarepoi exarepoK, iv dfiepai<; Sexa. ras Se ^oadola<s rla?

airoaTeXKoiieva'i ecrroo to rpiTop. fiepo<; OTrXirat. irefiirovTm he Tap,

^oddoiavI

ey p,ev 'AKapvavia<; ol aTparayol twv 'Axapvdvmv Kal

01 (Tvvehpoi, iy he AtTtoXia?|ol dp')(OVTe<i t&v AItodX&v. airap-

^ovvTO) he Toii? diroo'TeWofievov'; aTpaTUOi^a's eKarepoi tow? ai-

ra>v diiepdv rpiaKOvra • el he irKelova 'x^povov e')(piev ra? ;Soa||0oia? 35

j(peiav ol p.erarrefiyjrdiievoi rap, fioddoiav, hihovrco rai a-irap'x^iai

eare Ka|iv oikov cnroaretXcovri rov<; arpaTUora<;. enrap')(^ia S" earai

rov TrXeioi/o? j(pdv\ov Tft)[t p.ev Imrei crra^rrip K.opCvOio'; ra? dp,e-

pa^ eKda-ra<i, rSti \he\ rap. travoTrXiav 6j^o|[i'Tt ], rait

Se TO ripidmpdKLov ivve oySoXoi, ^iXwt eirr oySoXot. ayeiaQwv|

[39—42 fragmentary].

Laconian

63. Olympia. VI cent.B.c. SGDI.4405. Inschr.v.01yinpia252. Roberts

261.

[Ae|]o, Fdv\alQ\ Kpoviha [Z]ev 'OXvvme, KaXov d[y]a\p,a

hiXefo[i 6v]p,5i Tot(X) AaKehaip.ovio[i^].

64. Delphi. Soon after 479 B.C. SGDI.4406. Ditt.Syll.7. Hicks 19.

MichellllS. Roberts 259. Solmsenl6.

[T]o[tSe rov]\

iroXep.ov [e]|7roX[e']/xeoi' •|

Aa«:[eS]a[i]^oV[tot],||

'A0[a]i'[a]t[o]t,I

Kopiv6ioi,\

Teyedr[ai],\

1,iKVovioi,|

Alytvarai,||

5

63. This is the inscription mentioned tripod set up at Delphi after the battle

by Paus.5.24.3, who reproduces it, of Plateea. The tripod was destroyed

eliminating the dialectic peculiarities, by the Phocians in the Sacred War,

as follows

:

but the column remained until it was

Aj> «VT^ ,^ ,j - 'r\\j \k carried bv Constantine to Constanti-A^|o, dual KpovlSa Zeu OXiJ/urie, KoKdv i-a,nicu. k/jr v>

, r^ nople, where it still remains. Accord-

,,, J".^"- . s , iiig to Thucydides (1.132.3) and others,

the Lacedaemonians, after erasing the

64. The famous bronze serpent- boastful epigram of Pausanias, in-

column which once supported the gold scribed simply the names of the cities

Page 242: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

226- GREEK DIALECTS [No. 64

10 Meyapi<;,\

'EiriSavpioi,|

'Epxaf^evioi,|

^Xetdaioi,|

Tpo^dvioi,||

20 'Epfiiovh,I

Tipvvffioi,I

UXaraie^,\

@ea-7nh,|

MvKavh,||

Ketoi,|

25 Ma\tot,I

TevLoi,I

Naftot,|

'Eperpie^,||XaX/ctSe?,

|

lTVpe<;,|

Fa-

30 Xetot,I

IIoTetStaTai,|

Aev«aStot,||

YavuKTopiei;,|Kv^wot,

|

'2i(f>vioi,|

'AfiirpaKidrai,|

AeirpeaTai.

65. FoundatTegea. V cent. B.C. SGDI.4598. Iiiscr.Jurid.II,pp.60fE.

Michel 1343. Roberts 257 and pp.357 fE. Solmsen 26.

A 'SovOiai TOL ^ika'xaio ^taKd.TL\at, fivat. ac k avTO<s it, Iro ave-

Xe'trl^o • ai Se k airoOdviL, rov reicvov|efiev, eirei ku Trevre perea

||

5 hejSdvn • al 8e Ka pe jeverak rexva, tov eirihiicaTdv epev •I Siayvo-

pev Se TOi TeyedTa[<;'\|

Ka(T) top ffeOpov.

B 'BiOvOlai 7rapica(ff)6eKa roi ^i\,a'x,a\io T(X)eTpaicdTLai pval apyv-

pio. el p\ev Ka foe, avTo<; aveXeirOo • at Se K\a pe ^oS, rol viol ave-

5 XoctOo Tol yveilcrioi, eirei ica e^daovn Trevre /reVela • el Se Ka pe

which had taken part in the war and

had set up the tripod. On the retention

of 0- in *X«dirioi, see 59.1. Note also

[^]7roX[^]iiieoi', for which the true Laco-

nian form would he iiro\4iMiov.

65. Statements of two deposits of

money made by a certain Xuthias, son

of Philachaeus, and tlie conditions for

their future disbursement. The place

of deposit was without doubt the tem-

ple of Athena Alea in Tegea, tlie Greek

temples often being used for such pur-

poses. But the dialect is not Arcadian,

and must therefore represent that of a

foreign depositor. The most natural

assumption is that Xuthias was from

the neighboring Laconia, and we are

expressly informed (of. Athen. 6.233)

that the Spartans used to depositmoneywith the Arcadians to evade tlie law

against holding private property. It

has been suggested, partly on account

of the names (Xuthias, Philachaeus),

but mainly because of the retention of

intervocalic o- {yi4(ru>t, e/Sdo-om), that

Xuthias was not a Spartan proper, but

an Achaean perioecus. But there is no

good evidence that the perioeci differed

in speech from the Spartans at this

time, and the retention of intervocalic

T and of antevocalic e (f^rea) is suffi-

ciently explained by the fact that the

document was intended for use outside

of Laconia. See 59.1, 275.

A. For Xuthias the son of Phila-

chaeus {are deposited) two hundred mi-

nae. If he lives, let him come and take

it, but if he dies, it shall belong to his

children five years after they reach the

age ofpuberty. If there are no children,

it shall belong to those designated by law

as heirs. The Tegeans shall decide ac-

cording to the law.

B. This was inscribed later than A,

which was thereupon canceled, as

shown by its mutilation. The Tegean

engraver is responsible for the use of

ct instead of al, the subj, foe (of. 149)

Page 243: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 66] LACONIAN INSCEIPTIONS 227

^ovn, ral 6vyaTe'pe<s|

aveXoado rat yvea^tai • ei Se Ka /ji,e I ^ovti, toI

voOoi aveXdado- el Be ku|

fie vodot ^ovn, toI '9 d(a-)cna-Ta Trd^tKlle? 10

ave\6<r6o- el Se k av(l)i(X)\eyovT\(i, t)oI Teyearai SiayvovTO kuMTov OeOfiov.

66. Sparta. V cent. B.C. SGDI. -44:16. Michel946. Roberts 264. Solm-sen 17 . Annual British School XIII , 174 fi.

Aafj-ovovI

avedeKe 'A.6avala\j,'\|HoXidxoi

viKciha^I

ravTO, har oufie? 11 ireiroica tov viiv. I s

TaSe eviKahe Aa/i[oi;oi/]|

rot avTo T60jonr7ro[i]|

auro? avLo^iov|

ev VaiapoyS reTpdia\i>]||/eat 'Addvaia Ter[pdKiv]

|

KeXevhvvia re- 10

T[/3a«ti'.]I

/cat UohoiSaia AaiMOvo[v'\|ej/i'/ce He'X.et, /cat Ao /ce'X[e^

|

/ia/i]a, auTO? avio)^tov||ivhe^ohaK Ai'ttttoi?

|he-maKiv e/e rav auro

|15

hvrrtrov kSk to ou[t]o [/h'tttto.]|

«ai TLofioLSaia Aafiovdu I [eji/t/ce

®evptai o/cTa[/c]t[i/] 11 auTO? avio^iov iv\he^ofiai<; hiTrTroii I e/c Tav 20

ouTO hiinrov I /ee/c to awro Aitttto. I /cei/ 'Apiovrca^ ivixe 11 Aafiovov 25

oKTUKivI

0UT09 avioj^iovI

ivhefiohaK hiiriroi'; I e/e Tav auro Aitt-

TTOVI

Acex TO auTO AtTTTTO, /Cat 11 Ao KeXi^ evLKe A[a/xa]. I /cot 'EXev- 30

hvvia Aafi^ovov] I ivixe avTo? o.vlo'^^lov I evhe^ohai<; hiirtroL';|

in contrast to diro$tii<et of A, the omis- nes in sucA a manner as 7ie»er any one

sion of A in viol, ipiaovn (cf. 58(i); and of those now living.— 7. With his ownhis blunder in writing rferpaicdTiai was four-horse chariot, oiro reflexive as in

perhaps due to tlie Arcadian pronun- 11. 16, 17, etc.— 9. In the games of Po-

ciation (cf. 68.3). It is also possible seidon, with elliptical genitive as in eik

that in 11. 10-11 ~we should read, with- 'AiSoo etc. So ^k 'Apiow/as 1. 24. Toid-

out correction, i.v<pii^\iyovToi, with foxos = Horn. 7011)0x05.— 11,31. kIXev-

Arc. -TOI = -Tai (139.1). But the pas- hiivio: /tai 'EXeuo-(wa (20, 59.1), games

sive with /xrat understood as subject is in honor of the Eleusinian Demeter.

less natural tlian the corrected reading 12, 18. noho(Sai.a: XLoaeiSiivia (49.1,

usually adopted. For the reading iv- 89.1, 61.5) celebrated at Helos in La-

0i(X)Xe7-, rather than ivifiCKty-, cf. the conia and Thuria in Jlessenia.— 15 ff.

XX attested in other dialects (89.3). Seven times loith colts (bred) from his

For dreX6<j-9o see 140.86. own mares and his oion stallion.— Iv-

66. Record of the victories of Damo- hipohais htinrois : ivTiPii<rais being in

non and his son. The portion of the ^jSrj, young mares.— 19. 6evpCai: the

stone containing 11. 42-94 was only re- usual foi-m of the name is Qovpla.—cently discovered. 24. 'ApiovrCa : the name of some god-

3 S. viKdha$ ktX. : Having won victo- dess or heroine otherwise unknown.—

Page 244: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

228 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 66

35 rerpaKiv.||

rdSe eviKahe 'Ei'u/ia[«/3aTtS|os] 7r/3aT[os 7r]at(S)a)Z'

^o\\ixovI

Ai6e]ka kuI Ki\e^ /iii[a9|

a/te/)]a? ha[ti,a\ ev[Uov.\ ||

40I

- -]I

^oXix^ly '^'*' ^° KeXe^ /ita?]|

a/iepai ha/ia eviKov.|

45 Koi Tiapirapovia iviKe 11 "EvvfiaKpaTiSai iraiSa'i|crrdSiov km Siav-

\ovI

Kdt 8o\f;)^oj' Kat ho Ke[\e^]|

/lita? ajiepa'; hap.d|

evi/ce. «:ai

50 AafiovovII

ei'iA;? Trat? toz/ eVjTatapo'x^o a-rdSiov kuI

|

[SiJauXoi'.

55 [«]al Aa/Jiovov evUej

Trat? tov AiOehia\\

a-TaStov ical SiavXov.

Kol Aafiovov ivLKe|TraZ? t'ov MaXeareta

|crrdSiov Kal SiavXov.

60 /cai Aafiovov iviKe||Trat? toz' Aidehta

|

ardSiov xal SiavXov.|/cai

65 Aap-ovov evUe|

Trat? t'oi/ Uapirapdvia|

crrdBtov Kal SiavXov,jj

«at

'Addvaia erTdScov.|

Autto 8e 'E%e/u,eW e<^o/3o[i']|raSe ei/iKe Aafio-

70 I'oi',I

'Addvaia ivhe^ohai<;j

hiiriroi'; auro? avio'x^idv||Kat Ao KeXe^

IMidiI

a/j,epa'; hafia iviKi, Kal|

Ao Auto? a-rdSiov hafid|iviKe. hviro

75 SeI

EiitTTTTOi' e^opov rdSejj

ez'tKe Aafiovov, 'Addvaiaj

ivhi^ohai's

hiTT'TroKI

avTO'! avio^iov Kal \ ho «re\ef /itta? ap-epaij

Aa/ia eviKe,

80 «at Ao Auto?II

a-rdSiov hafxd eviKe.jAutto 8e 'ApiaTe e(j)opov

jraSe

ei'i«e Aafiovov, 1 ei' Vaiapoj^p ivhej3ohais\

[AJiTTTTOt? auTO? ai/to^tof||

85 [wjai Ao KeXe^ fiid'i afiepa<;|

[A]a/Aa ez/i/ce, Kal Ao Auto?j(ndSiov

90 «al SiavXov Kal\

SoXi^ov fiia^ afiepaij

iviKov TrdvTei hafid.||

Aktto

Se '^^efieve ecf>opov|

raSe ei'i/ce Aafiovov,\iv Vaiap6')(p evhe^o-

haiiI

AtTTTTOt? avTo? dvioy^iov, \ [icjal ho Auto? o-raStoi' K[ai

67. Taenarum. IVcent.B.c. SGDI.4591. MicheH076. Roberts 265c.

Inscr.Jurid.II,p.235. Transitional alphabet. H = A and once tj.

5 'AvediKEI

Tot IIoAotSai't|

Nikov|NtKa(^OjOiSa

||«at Avhnnrov \

10 Kat ^iKap^iSav|

/cat TavTO,^ Trdvra.jecf)opo';

|

EuSa/iiSa?.||

eTra-

/coeI

Mei'ep^a/oiSa?|'AvSpofieSrji;.

36 ff. Victo_ries won by 'EKUAtoKparlSas the usual form is due to assimilation

(of. 1. 45), evidently Damonon's son (cf

.

to the vowel of the second syllable.—11.72, 79, etc.). The name (cf.'OraMii/tpi- 44, 63. Ilapiropivia : ndpwapos is the

Tos) points to an ^j»u/ia = 6miia, 6mfi.a, name of a mountain in Argolis wherewith an inherited e-grade in the first games were held.—49 ff. Victorieswonsyllable, which is seen in some of the by Damonon as a boy.— 54, 60. AiBe-

cognate forms of other languages, e.g. hia : games in honor of Apollo Lithe-

Old Prussian emmens, but was hitherto sius.— 57. MaXedrEia : games in honorunknown in Greek. Probably the o of of Apollo Maleates. Cf. Paus.8.12.8.

Page 245: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 70] LACONIAK INSCRIPTIOlSrS 229

Michel 1077. Roberts 265rf.68. Taenarum. IV cent. B.C. SGDI.4592.

Transitional alphabet. H = /i and ij.

'AvedriKe|

Ala-xp^ov|'ATreipora?

|

toi IlohoiSS\\vi 'RpaxX'^iSav|

6

avTov KalI

TavTO. e^opo^|RayrihiaTpaTO';.

|e7ra'/co II/juoto^J'ETrt- 10

a:i587?[s].

69. Thalamae. IVcent. b.c. Annual British School X,188. Meister,

Ber.Sachs.Ges.l905,277S. Ionic alphabet, but H = A as well as -q.

'NiKocrOeviSa'; tm Ilahi(f)ai|

yepovrevrnv avearjKe, I avroi; re Kal

ho T&) iraTpb<; 7r\aTr]p 'NiKO(rdeviSa<;, 7rpo^ei'n^\dha<; ra{<;) cnSi 5

ttot' 'AvSpiav crv\ve(f>opevovra ai't[o-]Ta'/i,ei'|^iKoa-ffeviSav i[v] rm

t[e]/)a)i, fijbv Kal avv koKoji, j^prjaTai.

70. Sparta. II cent. a. d. SGDI.4498. Annual British School XII,356.

- - |o9 Kal Nei/C77(^o'p|o? oi Net«^^opow, 1 veiKoavrep Kaalar)-

paropiv fiaiav (/cat) KatX[i9]||ai', 'ApTS/jLiSi 'Baypdea ai^eOrjKav iirl 5

— 66 ff. Victories won by Damononand his son at the same games.— 66, 73,

81, 90. AuttA with a.cc. for usual ^i with

gen., as El. iiri With gen. in no. 61.2.

67, 68. Manumissions of slaves in

the form of dedications to Poseidon.

lirdKoe, lirdKo: dual forms of iTrd-

Koos = ftrijicoos witness. hr&Ko is the con-

tracted form, of which the uncontracted

hraxbu occurs in another inscription of

the same class. ^Trdicoe is due to the

analogy of consonant stems, to which

nouns in -oos are not infrequently sub-

ject, e.g. Att. xoCs (112.6), late voOs

gen. sg. Kois, nom. pi. vbes (after /Sous,

|3o6s, j36es).

69. From the shrine of Pasiphae at

Thalamae, an oracle often consulted bythe Spartan ofBcials. Cf. Cic.de divin.

1.43.96, Plut.Agis 9 and Cleom.7. Thename of the goddess was Jiaai^/ia (Att.

Ilao-i^di;), whence the contracted IIo-

ffi^a, like 'ABttva, and here, with Lac. A

for intervocalic «-, IlaAi^a. Singe Nicp-

sthenidas the dedicator was a memberof the Council of Elders, his grand-

father of the same name could not have

been living at the time. He was carry-

ing out an Injunction previously laid

upon the grandfather by the goddess,

which for some reason had been unful-

filled.

4 ff. irpoPeiirdhas ktX. : since the god-

dess had declared that Nicosthenidas

should set up in the shrine a statue in

honor of Andreas his fellow-ephor, and

that he would then consult the oracle

with success. The construction ttot 'Av-

Spiav. . . di<«rrd/i6i' is unusual, but other

possible interpretations are equally dif-

ficult in this respect.— hov kt\. : infin.

clause depending on irpopairdhas, who

would — and that he would. Eor xpv-

<rTot= xp^i''*"' see 85.1.

70-73. These belong to a series, now

fifty-odd in number, of dedications

to Artemis Orthia by the victors in

certain juvenile contests, The object

Page 246: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

230 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 70

Trarpovo/jiiov Mdp(KOv) Aip(r}\iov) liOoaiveUov[rov 'N€iKcipa>vo<i,

(]>[^L7i\oKaiaapop Koi (piXoTrdrpiSop.^

71. Sparta. 11 cent. a. d. Annual British School XII,368.

5 K.\eavSpop[o Kal M.rjvip

|

KaWia-Tpdrco|

^ovaybp iirl||Trarpo-

VOflCOI

ropyiTTTTCO TW (TopjlTTTrO)) I VlKUap fl&aV 'ApTel/JLin BcBjO-

aea ave(T7]\Ke.

72. Sparta. Ilcent. a.d. SGDI.4500. Annual British School XII,355.

5 'AyaOij Tvj'x^rj.|<^i\7)Top

|<I>f\^Ta)

jeirl iraTpoh^ojio) Vop\yCTnrco

Tw (TopyiTTTrai)\veiKaap Kekvav

|'Aprefiiri ^mpaea I avearjKe.

73. Sparta. Ilcent. a.d. Annual British School XII,372.

EvSoKi/jLop (^vBoKifiO)) KelKoia Kal EuSo'/ctlyuo/s AafiOKpareop I 6

5 Kal 'ApicTTeiSap KaalWrjpaTopioi veiKaavWep iirl 'AXKacrTco ^ova-

jolIfiLKiyiSSofieVcov 'FcopOea.

dedicated, the prize itself, was an iron

sickle, which was let into a socket,

with which each of the stone slahs is

provided, some with two (as nos. 70,

73), or even three. Of the contests, one

is called Kaa-(rripar6piv, KaBBijpaTbpiv, KaB-

6npaT&pu>v, etc., i.e. KaTaSripariptov, not

an actual chase of wild beasts, but

some athletic game called the hunt.

The fiQa, i.e." lioSira, was of course a

musical contest. The word which is

variously spelled KaiX[^]ai', KeKSav, kc-

X?a, KcKoiav, Ke\4av, probably from the

root seen in K^XaSos, KeXad^a, also de-

notes a musical contest. That the con-

tests were between boys is shown bythe use of TaidiKdv in many of the dedi-

cations, e.g. veiKdap t4 iratSm&i' p,iJia win-

ning the boys' contest in music {/iiia dat.

sg.), and by the appearance of the |8ou-

aySp leader of the /SoCai, the bands in

which the Spartan boys were trained,

orpovayhp p,iKKi.x^SSop.(vwv, leader ofboys

in th^ir tenth yea,r. According to a ^\os^

to Herodotus, the Spartan boy in the

third year of his training was called

luKt^6p.emt. This is from Dor. iukk6s =ixiKpbi, while lUKKtxtSSS/ievos is from a

diminutive in -ixos (original or for -«os?

Cf. TaiSixiv beside rraiSiKir).

A few of the dedications are in the

KoiPi}, and a few show Doric forms with-

out the specific Laoonian coloring, e.g.

viKdira!. But most of them, like those

given here, represent an artificial re-

vival of the local dialect, that is, arti-

ficial as regards its use in inscriptions,

but probably reflecting, though only

crudely and with great inconsistency

in spelling (e.g. in the use of <r = 6),

the form of speech which still survived

as a patois among the Laconian peas-

ants. Some of the peculiarities in spell-

ing are not characteristic of Laconian

especially, but of the late period, e.g.

ei = I in veixdavrep etc. , oi for o in Bwp-

eia, final « for S' in Bupeia, etc.

Page 247: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 74] HEEACLEAN INSCRIPTION 231

Heraclean

74. The Heraclean Tables. End of IV cent. B.C. IG.XIV.645. SGDI.4629. Inscr.Jurid.I,p.l94ff. SolmsenlS. Ionic alphabet, but with /r, andh = A. Only. Table I is given.

I

"E^opo<s 'Apia-Tapxo'i HrjpaKXeiBa • jli^?|'ATreXXaio? • ha tto-

Xt? Kai roi 6pi(TTai,|^ Tpi-jrov; ^iXa)vv/j,o<; ZwTrvpia-KO), I we icapv-

Ketov 'ATToXXtui'to? HrjpaKXiJTO),|[ai TreXra Aaft/tio? Uvppco, lev 5

dplva^I

<l>iXt0Ta9 HtcTTteto), Tie eiria-TvKiov|H?7jOa«;XeiSa? Zairvpco,

Aiovva-oM.I

Aveypayjrav toI bpLarai roi haipeOevTa eirl tq)? 'xa>pm^ to)?

hiapay; rm? raJ Aiovvcra),|

<J>tXt6i'u/io? ZtoirvpLcrKa),'

AttoWcovioi

HtjpaKXijTa), Atift/io? IIvp/sco, <I>tXwTa? HicrTtetis),||Hiy/ja/eXeiSa? lo

Zmtrvpo), Kada [m/ajt^ai' «at erepfia^av Koi avvefieTprjaav koL

ip,epi\^av rS)v H.T)paK\eicov Siukvovtcov iv KaTaKKrjrmi aXlai.

'^vveiieTprjaanei 8e ap^ajjid^voL airo tS> avTOfim tS> hv-rrep IXavSo-

fft'a? dyovTOi tw hiaTanvovTO'; tw? re Ata/aw? ;i^(u||3(b? «;ai rai' fihiav

ydv iirl tov avrofiov tov opi^ovra reu? re t<m Atovva-oo ^(^copcoi koI\

Tov K.covea<: ho Aia>vo<} eTraficoy^r]. KaTeTdfiop,e<; Se /tte/aiSa? rero-

pa'i •

II

Tav fiev irparav fiepiSa avo tS) dvT6/j,a> t<w "Trap to, Hrjpcoi- 15

Seta dyovTO'!,|

evpo^ ttotI tclv TpiaKovrdireSov rav 8ia tmv hiapS>v

j^mpav dycgaav, \ p.aKO'; Se dvcaOa diro rdv cnropodv d^pi e? irora-

fiov TOV "Axipiv, KalI

iyevovTO p.eTpid>fievai iv ravrai rdi p,epeiai

eppriyeia<; fiev Si\aKdnai, fxia cryplvoi, crKipca Se xal appij/crco Kal

74. The lands which were the prop- of those who took leases, with their

erty of the temples of Dionysus and sureties and the amount of the rental

Athena Polias having been encroached (11. 179-187). Table II, which is not

upon by private parties, with a conse- given here, contains a report of the com-

quent diminution of their revenue, two mission on the lands of Athena Polias.

commissions were appointed to define 1-7. The groups of letters fe, ire,

and mark their boundaries, survey etc., and the names of objects which

them, and divide them into lots. Ta- served as emblems rplirom, KapvKeTop,

ble I contains the report of the commis- etc. , are used as symbols to denote the

sion dealing with the lands of Dionysus tribe and family of the person named.

(11. 1-94), a statement of the regula- — 11. Siokv6vt<i)v : Siavxin-wx II. 9. 66.

tions under which the lands were of- — 18 ff. ^ppri-yeCos kt'K. -. SOI (rxotmi. of

fered for rental (11. 96-179), and a list araUe land, 646\ of brushwood, barren,

Page 248: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

232 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 74

20 SpvfiS) pe^aKanai||

TerpatKovTa /ref a-)(plvoi hrj/xia-xoivov rav Se

Sevrepav /jiepiBa, evpo<; utto I ra? rpiaKOVTaireSeo iirl rov avTOfioy

Tov Trpdrov, fJi,aKO<; Se airo rav I cnropoav ay^^pi e? TrorafJLov, icai eje-

vovTO fjLerpiQi/jLevai, iv Tavrai rai fidpeCai ipprj'yeia'; /J-ev SiaKariai

he^hep.riK0VTa rph ^^(plvot,, aKipas 8e|xal apprjKTO) kuI Spvfjbw

25 irevTaKaTiai cr'xp'ivoi •

]|tclv Se rpirav jxepiSa, evpov airo t& avTopLW

Tw TrpaTOO rS) wap rav TpclaKovrciTreSov dyoproi; cttI tov avrofiov

TOV SevTepov airb tw Tpia^KOVTaireSat, fiaKO<; airb tuv airopoav aj(^pi

e? iroTafidv, Kal i'ye\vovTo fieTpuofievai iv TavTai tm jxepeiai eppr]-

yeiai; fiev TpiaKUTiai I Sexa Svo aj(o'lvoL hrffiicry^^oivov, orKipm Se Kal

30 apprjKTO) Koi Spvfio) 7revTa]\KdTiai TpiciKOVTa heiTTa hrjfiLcr'X^oivov

Tav Se TeTapTav jxepCSa, ei>po<i cnro I to) avTOfjiO) tm SeVTepm airo

TO,'; TpiaKOVTairiSfo eirl tov dvTop,ov tov|opi^ovTa Tav re hiapdv

Kal Thv piSiav ydv, fiaKov Se dwo Tav cnropoav I d)(pt e? troTap.ov,

Kal eyevovTO fieTpito/jbevai iv TavTai tcLi fiepeidi ippT)\yeui<; /j,ev Tpia-

35 Kanai hoKToa a'^olvoi hrjfi,icr')(oivov, <TKip<o Se Kal dpprjKT(o||Kal

SpvfiS) irevTaKanai TeTpmKOVTa p,Ca hrjp.icr')(oivov.|

K6(^aXa Tracra? eppr]yeia<; j^tXtat heveviJKOVTa irevTe cry^^olvoi,

tTKilpo} Se Kal dpprjKT(o Kal SpvjiSi Siay^^iXiai SiaKaTiai fiKaTi

TrevTe "|

Tav Se vdcrov Tav Tronyeyevr]fievav e? Tav dpprjKTOv ydv

<ruvefJi,e\Tpi]crafie';. d-Tro TavTa<; Td^ yd<! diroXaiKrj epprjyeia<; fiev

40 TpiaKaTtai||rpt? cry^olvoi, hrj/j-ia-^oivov, a-Kipco Se Kal dppijKTO) Kal

SpvpjS) TeTpa\ic6(TiaL TpiaKOVTa irevTe a'^olvoi, ep. p,ev Tat irpaTac

fiepeiai Tdi|

Trdp Ta HrjpcoiSeia eppr]yeia<s p,ev he^Sep,riKOVTa /ref

a-^oivoi, (TKi^pm Se Kal dppijKTO) Kal Spvp,5) heKaTov hoySorjKOVTa

jrevTe o-;;^;oi|i'of, iv Se Tdi TeTapTai fiepeiai rat irdp tA ^ivtm ippr]-

45 ye(a<; p.ev||SiaKanai pUaTi he'/TTa cr')(plvoL hr)p,la-')(ot,vov, aKipm Se

Kal dppifi\KTm Kal SpvfiSi SiaKanai irevTriKOVTa a-yoivoi. JLe^aXd

7ra'|cra9 7a? Aa? KaTe(T(i)i(Tap,e<; tS)i Aiovva-coi heTTTaKanai Tpid-\

KOVTa hoKToa a-'x^oivoi hr]ix[a')(pivov Tavrav Thv ydv KaTea-d)ia-a\fie<:

50 iySiKa^dfievoi SiKa<s TpiaKoa-Tala<i Toh Tdv hiapdv ydv pi\\Siav

and wooded, land.— 3Q. 6.iro\&\r\: had who had appropriated it to private

SeejiJos*, i.e. by private encroachment. use (11. 47 ff.).— 49. SCxas rpioKoo-ToC-

This land the commissioners restored to os: suits which had to be tried withinDionysus, bringing suits against those thiHy days, Cf , no. 56.42 and the Attic

Page 249: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 74] HERACLEAN INSCRIPTION 233

iroiovraaatv. havra ifiia-OmOt] [ha 7a] Kara /Si'to|

\h6(T<Ta]v A[a]|-

/Ltes Kar€ao}i(Ta/j.€<; Tpia/carimv /ieSifivcov to /reVo? heKaarov, I ha Se

Trdaa ya ha tS) Aiovvaco rerpaKaTiav SeKa fieSi/j-vtov /caSIStyo? to

/rcTO? heKacTTOv.

'Eo-Tacra/ie? Se /cat o/aeo? eVt fiev Ta<;|7r\evpidSo<: aveo, heva fiev

iirl tS) avTOfio) tm irap UavSoa-iav||tco Trap Ta HripdiiSeia tw opi- 55

fovTO? Tav Te hiapav yav xal rav pi8iav 1 avy^topi^avre'S otto Tav

oLTTopoav eV Tav fiSiav yav, Aco? /a^ /caTa\u|/M,oKft)^^? aSr/Xcodeirj

Kau(o<i TOi efJiTrpofTua opoi, dWov Be ctti to) ai/lTo'/tici) tm ttAo to

^tVTia dyovTO<; ierTaaafie: trap rav /Sw/S\toj' KaX I Tav hiwpvya

dv^topi^avrei h(otTavTa)<; e? Tav pihiav yav (jav). aXJIXco? Se dmo- mpoK T0UT0t9 i(TTda-afie<! iirl rw aixa^nSi tw Bia tSj 'ycdpdheo'i ayd)-

cra? Tai irap rov Bpvfiov, tA? /lev ardXaii e? rav hiapav I Yai*, Ta)9

Se avTopai'i e? Taj/ fiSiav yav, /caTaXtTroWe? piKaTiirehov|avro/iov.

eardtraiiei Be KaX /xeacropcoi; , Bvo fiev e7r2 Ta? AoSoi Ta? I aya><Ta<; ex

re w6Xio<i koI ix IIavBo(ria<s Bid rSiv hiapStv ^((opcov, Bvo||Be ev Tats 66

haKpoa-KipiaK " TOVTCi)<i Trdvra'i dv evQvtopeCav hofjiokSrfai^ dWd-Xots, TO? p.ev e? to hiapov irKdyo^ tw avTOfito iTnye\ypafip.ev(o<s

"hiapo)'; Acovv&co )^d)p(ov," tq)? Be ev jdi fiBiat ydi i'm\yeypafj./jLevco<;

"avTopco^." hma-avTca^ Be Ka\ eiri tS) avrofio) ra|

Trap rd ^ivria

dyovTO^ iaTdcrafte<; p.ecra-opa)';, Bvo fiev iirl||Ta? hoBeo Td<i e« Tro'X,to? 70

Kal eK JlavBoaia^ dyd)aa<; Bid tSiv|hiapwv )(a>p(ov, Bvo Be eVt Tai'

haKpotTKipidv Trap Td<; Tvpeia<; •|

towto)? Trdvra'i hofioX6y(o<; dv

evBvtopeiav TOt? eirl rd^ hoBo) I Td<; Sid tw j(apdBeo<; dyaura's Trap

Tov Bpvfiov, Tft)? fiev e<s to hiapov I Tr\dyo<; iTriyeypafifievtw; "hiapw<i

Alovvo-o) ympmv,'' t&j? Be e? rdv piBC^av yav iTnyeypafiiJieva)<; "avro- 75

/3Q)?," OTrei^oi'Ta? aTr' dWdXcov Aw? ^fJ'ev piKariTreBov dvrofiov. e7ri

Be TO? rpiaKOvraTreBoa rd<; Bid tS)v hi\ap(iov y^dpajv dywa^a^ eVl fiev

Tai; TrXevpidBo? dvat Bvo aTrej^ovTa? aTr' aXIXa'XtBi/ rpiaxovra tto-

Sa?, aXXffl? Be dvT6pa><i tovtoii eTrafa/^e? Trap|

rdv hoBov rdv Trap

Toi» Bpvfiov dyacrav Bvo aTrej^orTa? aTr' aXXo'Xiui'||rpiaKOvra tto- 80

Ba<; • ev Be fiea-a-wi tS)i ^mpai eTrt to.'; TpiaKovraTreBco re^ropa';

SUat fn/jLTivoi..— 56. Setting it (the bound- vate land, so thai it should not be covered

ary) back from the springs onto thepri- over with stones (which were washed

Page 250: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

234 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 74

cfTrexovra^ air' aWdXwv hat, fiev rpiaKOVTa v6Sa<;, hai Se plica^Ti,

eirl 8e to) avTo/jLo) rca Trap rhv TpiaKovrdireSov Svo cnrexovraf

air' al^akwv pUaTi Tro'Sa? Koi a\\a)<; eirl tm Sevrepco avTOfieo

airexovra'i|

air aXkdXmv pUari tto'Sb? • tovtcd? iravra': aveiriypo-

85 (^(B9 opi^ovTa<;||ra? fiepeCa<; Ta<: ttot aWd\(o^ toi<; fiep-ia-dcofievoK;

Tft)9 hiapo)^ ^(»||0(B?. TO)? 8e irdvTa'; y^dopco'; rm? ra> Aiovva-O) repfia-

^ovTi TOL re dvTOfioi I ho re Tra/o to, HrjpMBeia d<ya>v zeal ho irap

ra (^ivTia airo rdv cnropodv dvcolffa d'x^pi e? irora/xov tov KKipiv.

apiOfib^ opcov TMV iiTTdaafie<i tS)V fiev|

iirl ra) avTOfim tco vap rq,

90 HrjpcoiSeia heTrra avv rail iirl ra? •jrXevpidSo'i,||eVt 8e ra? r/ata-

KOVTaireSa) hoKTca avv tSu TeTpco(i)pcoi, iirl Se Tio avTOfia tS) re

Trap Tav TpiaKovrdireSov Kal tqj ^^(pfJLeva) hvo i<p' etcarepoo, eVt 8e

TO}I

Trap TO, ^iVTia heTrra criiv t&i Trap rav ^v^Xivav p.acr'xdXav

Kal Trap rhv S(|aJ/3W7a.|

1,vv0rjKa Aiovvaw yapoav.||

95 'EttI i^opm 'Kpi(TTi(ovo<;, firjvb^ 'A.TreXKaiai, ha 7ro'\i9 Kal toI

TToXiavofjioi, aa /Sorpv; 1 ifiap\'x^o<; NtKtai'o?, fi av6efiov 'AttoXXm-

wo? 'AttoWcovico, Kal toI opia-Tal Je rpiTrov; ^tXc6i'i;|/u.09 ZaiTrvpi-

CTKO), 7re KapvKelov 'A7roXXtuz/i09 l^rjpaKXrjTW, ai TreXra Ad^ip,o<!

Tlvppa),I

KV dplva^ $tXa)Ta? HtirTteici), /xi eTTLcrrvXiov HijpaKXei-

8a? ZcoTTvpco, fuadavn tq)? /ii|ajO(B9 j^wpw^ rcb? tc3 Atoi'uo-ci) e;)^0J'Ta?

100 Aft)? e^ovTi Kara ySw), Kada rol Hr/paKXeioi SieVrfvov. toI Se fjLiada-

adfjLevoi KapTrevarovrac tov ael y(p6vov, ha<! Ka TrpcoyyiiQ)<; Trord-

ymi^Ti Kal to jjila-daifia cnroSLScavTi, irdp psTd ael Havdfio) fir)vo<;

TrpoTepelai • Kai k ep,Trpocr6a I ciTroSivaiVTi, UTrd^ovn e? tov Safio-

crcov pojov Kal TrapfJieTpri<rovTi rot? criTayepTaK rot? I eVt t&v

feTecov Twt Safioaiwi 'x^ot /xearw ra)? %o{)? Kpidw KoOapaf BoKt-

fia<;, hoia<; Ka ha yd|

^epef Trord^ovri Se Trpcoyyvca rot? TroXiavo-

105 fji,oi<! T0i<! del CTTi Tail' peTecov evTaaaiv Trdp 11 TrevTaheTrjpiSa, Aw?

Ka ideXovTei; toI TroXiav6p,ot SeKcovrai. Kal ai Tivl Ka aXXojt I

down by the current) and made invisi- 39. So usually, but also iTiprji, (ciirTiji,

ble, Wee the former boundaries. — 102. Bpairii 11. 138-139, and &fjt.fi,t(reueii 1. 111.

diroSlvuvTi : thresh. But some correct — 105 ff. Kal at tivC Ka aWui ktX. : if

to dwoSiddnTi.— 104. it>^pei; for 0^/)7ji. they assignto another the landwMchthey

Page 251: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 74] HEEACLEAJST INSCRIPTION 235

n-apS&vn rav yav, hdv ku aiirol fiefiia-Owarnvrai, tj apTvarnvri 17 avo-hmvTM rav S^iKapiriav, av avra to. iraphe^ovrai irpmyyvrnt hoi

irapXa^ovres rj hoK k aprvtrei 7} hoi Trpi\dfievoi rav iiriKapTriav,

av ha Kal ho i^ apxai /JXfiia-Oafievo^. h6aTi<i he ku fj,r] irordyei

7rpa)77v|&)? gj p,if to fiiaOtufia cnroSiS&i k^t to, ryeypati/jieva, to tc

fiiaOafia SiirXel airoTeiaei to eVt tiu fe]|Teo9 «ai to afi-jrtoXriiJia 110

T0t5 Te TToXiavofioi^ kui T0t9 (TiTayepTai<i TOt? ael iirl t5) /rereo?,

hocrami Ka|

fieiovo^ a/jifjiia-Omdrj Trap weine ferr] to, -TrpaTa, hoTi kuTekedei y^a<f>L<Tdev hdfia wdv tS)i irpdTtoi

|

fiia-OwfjiaTi, kui to, iv

Tai yai ve^VTevpAva Kal oiKoBofirffteva irdvTa to? Tro'Xto? eaerovTai.

'^pyd^ov^ai Se kcit TdSe ho fjiev tov irpaTov x^P"'^ fiiadmad-

fievoi; TOV trap tov dvTop,ov tov hvirep Jlavhoari\a<; dyovTa tov Trap

TO, UriptiiSa aypi to? TpiaKOVTaTreSco afjnreXcov fiev <j)VTevaet fir)

Hetov rj Se/co||axoivax;, ekaidv Se (f>VTa i/ifiaXei e? Tav trxoivov 115

hexdaTav p,T) p^iov ^ Teropa eV Tav I SvvaTav ydv eXot'o? e^ev ai

Se Ka fiTi (f>dvTi TOi fie/J.i(r9afievoi SvvaTav rjfiev e\aia<i eWev, toI

iroXtavop-oi toI ael iirl tmv peremv evTe<i Kal ai Tivd<; ku oWw?TOi •jToXtavo/JLOi TTodelXcovTai airb to) Safim, ofwaavTe^ SoKi/xd^ovTi

Kai avavyeXiovTi iv dXiai 0acrdp,evoi Tav I ydv ttot Tav Toiv eiri-

X<opia)v. eirip^XriaovTai Se Kal tS>v huirapxovTcov BevSpeeov • ai Se

Tivd KaII

yqpai rj dvep-wi eKireTcovTi, avTol he^ovTi. touto Se irdvTa 120

have leased, or devise it by will, or seU originally fixed. The afiTdXTnia is the

the harvest rights, those who take it over re-bargaining, hence concretely the

or those to whom it has been willed, or amount involved in it, the rebate. Cf.

those who purchase the harvest rights, also 11. 155 ff. be surety for the rentals,

shall furnish sureties in the same man- fines, rebates, and judgments, hdfuil.

ner as the one who leased it in the be- 111 seems from its position to go with

ginning.— 108. hda-ns Si Ka |ii) irord'yei ttov as well as with twi Trpdriat fuirffd)-

kt\. : ' whoever fails to fulfill his obli- /aari. For the whole situation, cf . from

gations shall pay not only double the a Delian inscription, B.C.H.XIV,432

rental for the year, but also, all together aveiu(T0iia-afi.ei' Si Kal t^s Xopirc/as rb ii4-

with the first rental, whatever rebate, pos, iiiltrduro M>T;<ri/«ixos, ow KaBiffriv-

namely the decrease allowed in re- tos rois ^TTrfous Miniaifuixov, t4

leasing for the firet five years, is deter- Si \oiiror, &rwi cXaTToK ijJpei/ ^ 7^ iva-

mined by decree.' To insure leasing fu<rdw6ei<Ta, i0e/X« Mi^jo-i/noxos kt\.—the land again it was generally neces- 120. iKir^Tuvri : f-irerov, aor. of ThrTu,

gary to offer it ?it a rental le§s than that occurs also io Pindar and Alcaeus and

Page 252: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

236 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 74

Tre^UTeW/tieVa iraphe^ovTi koI evhe^iwKOTa, hoaaa iv rai avvOrjKai

yeypdyjrarai, iv tcoi irefnnociL Kal Se/carcoL ferei airo tco Trorej^et

^elreo? 17 'Apicrricov i^opevei • al Se ica jxr] 7re<f>VT€VKa>vn kut ra

yeypafi/xeva, KarehiicdaOev irdp fiev rdv|iXaiav BeKa vofuo^ apyv-

pim "Trap to cJ)vtov he/caarov, Trap 8e Tdf dfiTreXco'i Svo /ivdi dp-

yvpioa "irdp rdv I cr')(otvov heKaarav. tib? Se iroXiavofimt tw? iirl tS)

125 peTeoi; iroOeXo prevent; p,eT avToaavrSiV diro tw-II Sdfica p,r) fielov 57

SeKa dvSpm dp,^icTTac79ai, rj Ka nre^vrevKcovTi irdvra kclt rdv cruv-

0i]Kav,I

Kal Tw? Tre^UTev/eoTa? dyypdi^at e? Soyfia • dvypd<f)ev Se

hoa-cra Ka ire^VTevKtovn • dv aiird Se rd I Kal ei Tive; Ka firi 7re<f)V-

revKcovTi Kdr rdv avvOrjKav, dvypayfravTco Kal etreXdcrBoa rd iiri^d-

fiila rd yeypap,p,eva iror tSu dWcai p.ia-dcop,an. al Se ti<; Ka iTn/Srji

rj vep,ei -rj (jjepei ri tS)v ev rdi hiapdi I ydi rj twv SevSpecov n kotttjji

130 jj dpavrji rj irpiSyi rj dWo ti aivrjrai, ho p^p,ia-da)fievo<i iySiKa^rjh-ai

ha)<; iroXiiTTCOv Kal hori Ka Xd^ei aiiToi he^el.

Ta5 Se rpd(j)eo<i ra? Std r&v ^(Oipcov peto(7a<! Kal I to)? p6(o<; ov

KaTaa-Kay^ovri oi/Se SiaaKaTfrovn toil hiiSari ovSe e<j)ep^ovTi to hv-

S(op ovS' d<f>ep^ov\Ti • dvKodapiovTi Se hoaa-dKL<; Ka SecavTai ra irdp

Td avTMV ')((opia peovTa' ovSe Td<; hoSai<; ra? dirolSeSeiy/j.evai; dpd^

aovTi ovSe avvhep^ovTi ovSe KcoXvaovTt iropeveaOai • hoTi Se Ka

to-6tcov ti TTOilavTi irdp Tav crvvOrJKav, toI 'rroXiav6p,oi toI ae? eTri Tm135 fereo'i e'irLKaTa^a(Xi)ovTt, Kal ^afiuocrovTt,

||d)(^pi hS) Ka d<f>op,oia>-

a-covTi KdT Tav avvdrjKav. ov Koyjrei Se tmv SevSpecov oi/Se dpavaet

oiSe Trpicoael|

ovSe hri<! oiiSe hev ovSe dXXo<s Trjvcai. oiSe yaia)va<!

drjcrel irdp t.o)? huirdpj^pvTaii ovSe erapfievcrel,|al fir) hoaera Ka iv

is probably the form of all dialects ex- and canals which run through the lands

cept Attic-Ionic, where cTcaov shows they shall not dig deeper nor make aa change of t to o- which does not fall breach in for the water, nor shaXl they

under the usual conditions (61) and is dam in or dam off the water.— i^lf-not certainly explained.— 122. KareSi- Jovti, a^lpi/avn, o-uvhtpjovri : these be-

Kdo-Bcv: have been condemned, i.e. are long with Ion. ivipya (Horn, also diro-

hereby condemned in advance. Cf. ^p7w), amipyu, etc. from fi/iyu, whileTpoKaSSeSiKiaBia 1. 171.— 128. imPtji: Att. &Treipyui etc. are from ^ipipyutrespasses, from iinpdu = inpaba.— with prothetic c. The spiritus asper is

130 £f. Tds hi Tp4<}><i)5 kt\. ; the ditchfs found mainly, as here, with the forms

Page 253: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 74] HEEACLEAN IKSCEIPTION 237

avrai tm yai hdi (ienUQaTai olKoS6fj,rjrai, ovSe TO<f>iaiva<! iv rai

hiapai yai iroi'qa-el\ovhe SXKov iaael • al Se /xtj, hvir6XQyo<; itya-rj-

rai Aw? Tav hiapav yav aBiKimv. oUoBo/jiria-rjTai Se koX oi\Kiav iv

T04S j^«/30t9 TOVTOK, ^o&vu, fiv^ov, dxvpiov, Tov fisv j3oS)va TO nlvlia.KO'i fiKUTi Kol Sv&v iropSiv, TO Se eSpo? hoKTw koI Sexa irohav, 140

TOV Se a)(vpiov p,}/ p,dov to pev paKo<; ho/cTm koX SeKa ttoSmv, I to

Be evpo<i irevTe Koi BeKa ttoSmv, tov Be pvyov TreVre Koi Bma tto-

Bmv TravTai. tuvtu Be Trape^ovTi olKo\Bopripeva xal cneyopeva koI

TeBvpmpAva iv rot? ')(p6voi.'s iv hoi's xal tA BevBpea Bet 'ir€(f>VTevK7J-

pev al]

Be pri, KaTeSiKaa-Oev Trap pev tov ^oava pe^ pva<i apyv-

pico, Trap Be tov a)(vpiov TeTopa'i pva'i apyvpico, I Trhp Be tov pvyov

Tph pvav apyvpi<o. tS)V Be ^vXcov twv iv tok Bpvpol<s ovBe Tav iv

TOt? (TKipoK ov 7ra>\'^\crovTt ovBk KOfjrovn ovSe ipirpriaovTi ovBe 145

aXkov idaovTi al Be p-q, hviroXoyoi eaaovTai kclt tA? priTpa<} I icaX

KOLT Tctv avvdiJKav. e? Be to, iiroiKia y^^p'^aov^Tai ^vXok e? t^v oIko-

Bopav hol<i Ka BrfSMVTai,, Kal e? Ta<;|

apireXw! • twv Be ^rjpcbv k6-

\^0VTi hoaaa auTot? ttot olxiav e? ')(^peiav • rots Be crKipoK koI rots

Bpvpol<i j^pjjIffoi/Tat TOt pia-dmadpevoL av Tav avTM pepCBa hexaaTO';.

h6c7aai Be xa Tav apireXoov rj tmv BevBpeeov a7ro\yr]pd(TavTi, cnroKa-

TaaToaovTi toX Kapiri^op^voi ha)<i r/pev tov tcov apiffpbv ael.

Oi'X^ vrroypdyp'OVTai||Be toj? j(wpw'; tovto)^ hoi piaOmtrdpevoi, 150

ovBe Ttpapa hoiaovTU ovTe t&v j(^iopwv ovre ras i'7noiKoBo\pd'; • al

Be prj, hmroK.oyo's ia-ar/Tai kclt to,'; fyqTpa<;. al Be ti<; Ka tS>v Kap-

TTi^opevcov aresrvo? d(j)covo<; aTro\Odvei, Td<; ttoXio'; iratrav Tav ewri-

Kapiriav rjpev. al Be j^ vtto iroXepco iyprfK.7)6icavTi hcotxTe pr)

i^rjpevI

Tcb? pLepKrOcop^voy; KapireveadaL, avheStadai Tav pia6(0(Tiv

in I, e.g. Att. Kafleipfa beside xaTetfyyta. fivxis, etc.— 149 fi. o^x uiro^pd+ovTOi

:

— 137. olKoS6jii)Tai : perf . subj. of the the lessees shall not mortgage the lands

same type as Cret. jT^aTai (151). For or make a payment (T^mhxps pay afine)

lack of reduplication, as also in oikoSo- out of either the lands or the buildings

nmha 11. 112, 141, of. olKTinai etc. in thereon. Note that when a mute is

Ionic (Hdt.) and later Attic.— 146. fe changed to an aspirate by a follow-

Se tA 4iro£Kia ktX. : But they shall use ing h the latter is not written. So also

what wood they wishfor the construction at 54 %' ^^ ^- 1^2.

of the farm buildings, i.e. the /Soiiv,

Page 254: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

238 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 74

Ka6d Ka Tol UrjpaKXeioi Si.ayv&VTi, Koi fir)\rffiev hv'!ro\6<ya)<; /ajre

avTa)<; iirjve toj? jrpmyyvo)'; tmv iv rat avvOij/cai yeypafi/ievav. tqj?

155 8e 7rpm'yji\\co<; toj? ael yevo/jLeviof TreTrpwyyevKfj/Mev t&v re fiicr6a>fid-

Tcov Kul TOiv iTn^a/jLico/idTCOv Kal t&v a/j^TrcoXrjfidTcov koi rav Kara-

SiKav Kal avrax; Kal to, xRVf^ara hd Ka einp,apTvprj(r(ovTi, Kal fir)

rip,ev yijTjTe hdp\vqc7iv firjTe TraXivSiKiav fiT]Se kut dXXov fM]8e heva

TpoTTOV TM iroXi TTpdyfiuTa irapey^ev firjBe rots hv^irep ras TroXios

irpaaaovraaai ai Se jxtj, areXe? rjfiev.

AevT6po<;. Ho Se rbv Sevrepov /j^iadmadfievov|

KapTrevafJTai

cnrb TO,'; TpiaKOVTaireSco ra? Sid tcov reTpcopcov ayd)cra<; ein tov

160 avTOfjLov TOV irpdrov AoVllcro? k el Kal irpa^ei irdvTa kut rdv crvvOrj-

Kav Kal hviroXoyo'i icrcrfjTai Kal avrm Kal toI irpcoyyvoi, Hon Ka|

firj irpd^ei Kar rdv avvd'ijKav.

T/31T09. Ho Se TOV TpiTOV )(S>pov fiiadcocrdfievoi KapTrevarJTai

cnrb tS) a%kr6fi.(o t&j avdnepov tos TpiaKOvraTreSo) ttot tov avTOfiov

TOV SevTepov diro Td<; TptaKovTairiSa) Kal|irpa^el irdvTa kut tolv

avvdrjKav Kal hvirokoyo'i ecrariTai Kal avTO'; Kal toI irpmyyvoi, hon

Ka' /Mr) 7rpd\^ei Kcer tov avvBrjKav.

TeTa/3T0?. Ho Se tov TeTapTOV •y^apov fMO-dmadfievo'; irdp re

166 tSiv 7ro\t(Xi'o|/Li(»j/ TOiv iirl 'ApiaTtmvo^ i<f)6p(o Kal tS>v opia-Tav Kal

•Trap tS)v TToXiavo/xmv twV eirl 'KpLcTTdpj((o tS> HT^pal/cXeiSa i^opco

ha dvdejxa ^iXcovvnw tm ^iXavvfio), ha e'//./3oXo9 }lr)paKXeiSa t5)

TifioKpdTio<; Kap'7rev\crfJTai airo tw avTOfioo t<o TpiTto cnro ra? Tpia-

KOVTaireSm eirl tov dvTO/j,ov tov opi^ovTa tws re tw AtoWo-o) j^m-

p(0<i Kal Th ^ivTia<i ho K.paTivco rra/ico^et. ho Se avheX6p,evo<:

epya^rjTai to, fiev dXXa KaT Tav|(TVvdrjKav, KaOm'i Kal tq)<; Xoiitok

yeypaiTTai, Tat Se diiireXax; Td<i hvirap'^fmaat epya^riTat ha)<; /SeX-

170 Ti||(7Ta • h6<T<7ai Se Ka Tav afiTreXmv avoyrjpda-KcovTi, iroTU^VTevael

hcixTTe ael hvirdp'yev tov Icrov dpifffiov Tav I a'^^oivav tov vvv hvtrdp-

')(0VTa, fiKaTi TeTopa'i cr^oifQ)? • al Se p-rj, TrpoKaSSeSiKdadai Svo

fivd<; dpyvpico|Trap Tav a')(olvov heKda-Tav. ra? Se iXaiai Kal to.?

cVKia'; Kai to, dXXa SevSpea to. hrjfjiepa Th hinrdpyOvWa TrdvTa iv

Tai /MepiSi TavTac irepiaKwylrel Kal iroTicrKa'^ei Kal "TrepiKoyjrel Th

Sedfieva, Kal at Tivd Ka yrjpai ^|dve/imi eKTreTcavn, cnroKaTaaTaaei

Page 255: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 76] AEGOLIC INSCRIPTIONS 239

IJ,rj iX€i<o Tov apid/Mov t&v hvirapxovTcov iroTKJjVTevcrel Se kuI

iXaiwiII

eV rai -v/rtXat Ao/aoXo'yo)? ttokuk rot? hvjrap'x^dvraa-ai Sev- 175

Bpeoi'i Kul TOV apidfihv tov hCaov Kadax! koL iv tcll|aWai avvdrj-

Kai ryeypawTui. hoTt Se Ka fj.rj irpd^ei ho avheXoiJLevo'i KciT tuv

avvdriKav rj fj.ri iv rot? j(^p6\voi'i toi? 'yeypafip.evoit;, hv7r6Xoyo<; eVo-ij-

Tttt T0t9 TToXiavofjioi'i Kol Tot? (TLTayepTaL^ Tot9 eVi TO) feVeo? |«a-

dm Kal iv Tat aXXai a-vvOijKai ^^eiypairTai. ai Be Ka tol TroXiavd/xot

Tol ael iirl Ttbv ferewv eVre? fjur) 7rpd\^a>VTi irdvTa kolt tuv avvOij-

Kav, avTOi hviroXoyoi, eaaovTai kclt tclv avvOrjicav.

Ettj T0VT0i<i ifua-Owaaii^o tuv fj,ev irpaTav [xCaOma-iv airo TOiV 180

Tw HrfpmiBa fxe ki^iotiov ^opfiiav ^iX(OTa irevTi^KovTa heirTo,

(]i,eBL\fji,v(ov KaSSi'x^o'; • Trpayyvo'; tc5 crmftaTO^ /li ki^wtiov 'A/sko?

^iXcoTa. Tav Se SevTepav ixiadaycnv ha|e'yU./8oXo9 Aa/^a/ap^o? <l>tX(B-

vv/iw T€Tpa>KOVTa fieSi/jivcov • Trpa)yyvo<; Tm crdip.aTO'i ®e6h(opo<;

@e|o8a)/3(B. Tav Be TpOrav fiicrdcoaiv fe yvlov TJei(ria<; AeovTia-Kco

TpiaKOVTa TrevTe fieBifivcov • Trp(ojyvo<;|tw cra)fiaTO<i lev at^aipooT'q-

pes 'ApiaToSa/j.o'; Tciv Be TeTapTav fjuicrOoicTiv aX XooT'^piov||

$1 XtTTTTO? ^tXlTTTTOJ SlaKaTiCOV he^BefJl,7JK0VTa hoKTO) fieBifivcov • 185

Trpd)yyvo<i tco o-iofiaTOi we Kapvxelov|

'ATroXXtBj/to? HTj/aa/cX^rw.|

Vpa/xiJLaTev<; pe yvlov 'A.puTToBajxo'i '^vp.fid')((o ya/jLeTpa^ Xai-

pea<! Adficovo'; NeaTroXtra?.

Argolic

75. Mycenae. Probably VI cent. B.C. IG.IV.492.

^pahtapiBa'i 'M.vy.aveadev Trap^ 'K\davaLa<i e? iroXiO'i\

iKeTa^

eyevTO||

i-jr' 'AvTia Kal 'Rvp\pia. " elev Be 'Ai'Ti|a9 Kal Yiidio<i 5

Kalay^pov."

75. Phrasiaridas ofMycene was sent goddess. As the nature of the request

by Athena to the suppliants of the city is unknown, the meaning of the reply

in the magistracy (or priesthood) ofAn- is obscure.— Is woXios tKE'ras: ^s with

tias and Pyrrhias. Let Antias and Ci- aco. of persons, as in Homer, and else-

thiusand Aeschronle (judges?). Certain where; cf. Locr. dpxop^ovTa iv Aoypoiis,

citizenshadsentto the shrine of Athena no. 55.20. Frankel,IG.IV.492, inter-

petitioning aid, and Phrasiaridas re- prets otherwise, namely was sent as a

turned to them with the reply of the suppliant from the citadel.

Page 256: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

240 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 76

76. Mycenae. Early V cent. B.C. IG.IV.493. Solmsen 22.

At fie Sa/Mopyia eie, rbi; lapofivdfjiova<! to? e? Hepae rot? 70-

vevai KptTepa<; ifiev Ka{T) ra peppefj,eva.

77. Argive Heraeum. Early Vcent. b.c. IGr.IV.517. Micliel861. Solm-

sen 21. The Argive Heraeum 1,197 ff.

[H]a a-ToXa kuI ho Te\afio(y)|

[t]a/3(x Ta<; Hepai rai; 'A/37e|[i]a?.

5 lapojxvdfJLOve'; roiSe I HvpfaXiov Avfiav; afpereve,||'AXxafieve^

HvWew,I

'Apia-T6SafJio<; Hvpvddio^,|'AficftiKpiTO'; Ilav<f>v\\[X]ai;.

76. If there is no body of demiurgi,

the hieromnemones (appointed) to (the

heroum) of Perseus shall judge between

the parents according to what has been

decreed. This is only the conclusion of

an inscription which must liave been

on the stone which once rested upon the

base containing this line. Pausanias re-

ports a heroum of Perseus on the road

from Mycenae to Argos. It is probable

that boys were employed in the cult

and that disputes arose among the par-

ents with regard to their appointment.

For Tofs the stone has t o- 1.

77. On the face of the stone, just

below the inscription, is a rectangular

cutting, withdowel holes, evidently in-

tended for the reception of a tablet.

This was the o-rdXo, while the reXa/jio

(probably only an error for TcKa/jAv),

properly support, pedestal, refers to the

whole stone in which the o-rdXa was set,

and which would itself be called a

(ttijXt; in Attic. In several inscriptions

from the region of the Euxine reXo-

lidiv is actually used as the equivalent

of <rTi/i\ri, e.g. d.vayp6.\j/avTa rb \j/&<l>i.<Tfi.a

toOto els TeKa/iSva \evKoB \l6ou ivaBifuii

els t4 Up6i> ToO 'A7r6XXwTOs (SGDI.3078,Mesembria). This use is doubtless of

Megarian origin, and is closely allied

to that seen here at Argos, though withcomplete loss of the original notion of

support. For the collocation of a-rdXa

and TcXa/id here, of. d-vdpms Kal ri ir^^Xas,

no. 7.

The hieromnemones consist of a rep-

resentative of each of four tribes, of

which the Au^nSxes, whose representa-

tive presides, the 'TXXeis, and the Xld/i-

0iiXot, are the three tribes common to

all Doric states, while the "Tpv&Buu are

attested only for Argolis. Cf. Steph.

Byz. S.V. Au/tfixes- <t>vK^ AoipUav. fjaav

5i Tpets, 'TXXets Kal ILdfitpvKot Kal Avfidves

i^ "B.paK\iovi. Kal wpofferiBri i] "iptnjBla,

us"E<popos a'.

78. Anactofindemnityforthe man-agement of the treasury of Athena,

probably with reference to some spe-

cific irregularity which had occurred.

"Without such an act, persons who pro-

posed or put to vote a proposition to

use sacred funds for public purposes

were liable to punishment. Cf. Time.

2.24, 8.15, Ditt.Syll.21, Hicks 49.45 fl.

In the matter of the treasures of

Athena, if any magistrate calls to ac-

count the council under the presidency

of Ariston or the body of dprvvai or anytreasurer, or if any one entertains or

brings suit on account of the submission

(to the assembly) of the proposals or on

accoiint of the action of the assembly,

he shall be banished and his property

be confiscated to the treasury of Athena.

Page 257: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 81] AKGOLIC INSCEIPTIONS 241

78. Argos. VI or earlyV cent. B.C. IG.IV.554. Michel 583. SolmsenlQ.

[@]eaavp5v [t5v] ra? 'Kdava(a<s at tk <«?>|

[e Ta]v /SoX^i;

T[av] av<f>' 'Apiarova e toi'(?) avvapTvovTa<;\

[I a]\\ov rivcL ra-

fiiav evOvvoi reXo? exov I StKda\[^oi] I hiKaa^ono tov ypaaafid-Tov hev€Ka ra? KaTa\\deaio^ I rd'i aXida-t7io<;, rpero koI SafieveaaGo 6

ev?I

'AOavaiav. ha Se fio\d TroTeXaro havTiTVxovaa • at I Se Kalie, avTol ivoxoi evro ei/? 'AOavaiav.

79. Olympia. YI or early V cent. b.c. SGDI.3271. Inschr.v.Olympia631. Roberts 81. Solmsen 20.

'Atoto's eiroipehe 'Apyelo's|KapyeidSa'i HayeXdiBa rapyeio.

80. Olympia. Early V cent. b.c. SGDI.3263. Inschr.v.Olympia 250.Michel 1087. Roberts 75.

Ta{p)y[el]oi aveOev rot At/rt Tdv iopivOoOev.

81. Cimolos. IV cent. B.C. IG.XII.iii.l259. SGDI.3277. Hicks 150.

Michel 14. Ionic alphabet, but twice = <a.

©609. 1 "Eaptve 6 Sdfio<s 6 rStv|'ApyeCav Kara to SoKTjI/ia tov a-vve-

hpiov TtovII

'^XKdvmv, 6/xo\oyr]\crdvTmv M.a[Xj{cov Kal\K.i/jui)\.ia>v 5

The council which is in office shaU en- immune from prosecution. For the

force {the cor\fiscation), otherwise they order of words cf . Thuc. 1. 57 t^s IIoti-

(the members of the council) shall them- Salas IveKa oTroo-Tdo-cws. For ypaaaiui =aeioes be ZtoiZe to Athena. ypi/iim, see 164.4.

1. Until the existence of a rums 79. Atotus made this, an Argive and

(cf. L. quisquis) is corroborated, it is an Argead, son of Hagelaidas the Ar-

better to assume simple dittography.— give. Apparently the father of Atotus

2. o-uvaprvovras : the dprBTOi as a body was of the Macedonian Argeadae but

of Argive officials are mentioned by hadmovedtoArgos,andhissonproudly

Thuc.5.47.11.— 3. aWov : besides, else. joined both titles to his own name. See

Goodwin 966.2.

t^os Ix"''^ <'^- ^'- Roberts I.e. Quite otherwise Ditten-

opiUyuTTovrfKoi exo(, no. 57.— 4 ff. tov berger (Inschr.v.Olympia) and others,

'Ypoo-irii.dTav h^vExa KaraOlinos kt\. : on who take 'ApyeidSas as the name of an-

account of the deposition of written pro- other sculptor. For the crasis in this

posals, i.e. the formal introduction of and the following inscription, see 94.1.

a measure before the assembly, or the so. Inscribed on a helmet. The Ar-

(consequent) act of the assembly. This gives dedicated to Zeus from the spoils

refers to some measure sanctioning the of Corinth^ It is not known to what

irregular use of the treasure. Those war this refers,

responsible for the introduction or 81. Decision of the Argives in a dis-

passage of such a measure are to be pute between Melos and Cimolos.

Page 258: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

242 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 81

10 ifjLfievev \ di Ka SiKcia-craiev rol|

'Apyetoi 7r[e]j0t rav||

[v]aa-a)v,

Ki/jLmXicovI ^fiev UoXvaiyav, 'Eri]\peiav, Ai^eiap. ehl\Ka(Tcrav viKrjv

15 Kt/i(BXt'|[o]ii?. aprjreve Aewv\\

[/3](»\a? a-evTepa<;, Iloa-iSd\ov ypo-

[<^]eii9 ./3(»\a9, ne/^Xl^o? "TeSiov.

82. Argos. Ill cent. B.C. B.C.H.XXVII,270ff.; XXXIII,171 ff.

@eo?. Upo/idvTie^ avedev|'AttoWcovi 'Apia-[T]ev<; S(^w/07j|Sa?,

5 ^iXoKpd.Trj'; NaTe\icf|Sa9, 7/90<^e[e?] AtV;!^vA,os 'A/3a%i'a||8a?, T/aw-

Yij? AWcaviha';, koI KaWeaKevaaaav Kot \^'\c7aavT0 [^eta?]|

eic /lav-

T'^a^ yaf oix^aXov koX T[a]|i' nrepiaTaiv koX to ^dpy/ia icat tov|

10 ^wfjiov irpo . . . .ov TTora.o) Koi irei'^pLvov poov ical rav a . . . . pav|

virep avTOv, Kal Orjavpov ev rm fiavh-ijcoi KaTeaKevaaarav rot? ttc-

Xali'ot? kXmktov, koI rav oSbv 7ipyda\(ravT0 diravaav Kal cx^pvav

15 TreS' to||/30f Kal rav eirnroXav, Kal rov-; 0co\/ji.ovi; iv<; rd^tv rreBdya-

yov Kal r[ov'j\<! KoXoa-aovi, Kal rav iirnroXav &)[/xa]|A,t^ai', Kal roi-

^ov Yir^erpivov irap to[i'] I e6ev Kal rav? d[ypa^m rov vaov 11

20 (O'xypioav, [aat] Xo[7r]tSa9 Kal iTn'x^^[r'\av apyvpea Wev Kal drfav-

pov ei'o-eI

[11. 22—25 fragmentary].

83. Epidaurus. End of V cent. B.C. IGr.IV.914. Ditt.Syll.938. Solm-

sen 23. Ziehen,LegesSacrae 54. Alphabet transitional (form of the letters

mostly Ionic, but B = A, never vj, no Ji, gen. sg. and OV).

[Tot^

AttoXKovl Ovev /3ov e\paeva Kal hop,ovdoL<; /Soli' epcreva •

5 eVi ro ^ofiov ro'\|

'A7ro'X,Xo[i'o?] Ta[i)Ta] O^vev AcJIlai KaXai'Sa rdi

Aarol Ka\l raprdfiiri dWav, (j)epv\dv roi 9ioi KpiOdv /ieSilfifiVitv,

15. o-evT^pas: devr^pas. See 97.4. the ramp leading to the shrine, and the

83. From the temple of the Pythian area; have rearranged the attars andApollo mentioned by Paus.2.24. the colossi, have leveled the area, built

2 fi. S(f>vp^8a$, NareXidSas, etc.: a stone wall by the ... , strengthened

designation of the phratry or gens.— the doors of the temple, and dedicated

6 ff . Have had made and put in place, cups and a silver beaker.— 9. The res-

in accordance with the divine oracle, toration of the words following puiiiv

the Omphalus of the Earth, the colon- is uncertain.

node, the enclosing wall, the altar . . .

,

83. Regulations for sacrifices in the

a stone conduit, and the. . .above it; Asolepieum. For the frequent doublinghave had made in the oracle chamber a of consonants see 89.4, 101.2. Fortreasury, which can be locked, for the (pepdc-ei see 140.3 6. For other com-

offerings; have constructed all the road, ments see the Glossary.

Page 259: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 84] AEGOLIC INSCRIPTIONS 243

(nrvpov h€fii8iij.ij\vov, oivov heixCreiav Ka||l ro (raKe\o<i tov /3oo? 10

To|i) irpciTOv, TO B' arepov (rice\\o^ toI iapo/j.iJ.vdfi,ove<;|

(f>ep6a-do • rovSevre'pov ;S|oo? rot? aotSot? Sovto

||to e7KeXo<;, to S' OTepov crK\e\o<: 15

Tots ^povpoK hoT^o Kal TevSoa6i8ia.I

Toi 'Aaa-KXa'rridi Ovev /3o|i' ^pa-eva Kal ho/iovdoK [I /3Sv epaeva 20

Kal hop,ovda\i<s ^ov deXeiav • iirl tov /S|o/iov tov 'AaKTunrtov Ovelv

Tavra Kal KaXatSa. av6\evTo toi 'AirKXairioi ^ephav Kptdav fie- 26

Bifi/ivov, <7\-7rvpov hefj.iSinfj,vov, otv\ov he/xiTeiav • a-KeXo<; t5 I irpoTov

^oo<s irapOevTo T|[ot] Oioi, to 8' uTepov toI l\\[apo]/j,vdp,ove^ <f>[e]po- ^a6o • t|[oi) Be\vTepo Toh aoihol\\<; Bovto^ to S' uTepov To\l<i

|

^pov-

pol<! SovTO Kal TevlBotrdiSia.']

84. Epidaurus. Late IV cent. b.c. IG.IV.951. SGDI.3339. Ditt.Syll.

•802. Michel 1069.

©eo's. Tvj^a [a<y']add.\ ['laj/uara tov 'Air6XXcovo<; Kal tov 'A<TKXa-

iriov.I

[KXJew irevd^ btij eKvrja-e. avTa vevT iviavTois rjSrj Kvovcra Trot

TOVI

[^ejov t/ceVi? a<f)iKeT0 Kal iveKadevSe ev tSu, a^dTwi. qJ? Se

Tap^{<7||[Ta] e^rjXde ef avTOv Kal eV tov lapov iyeveTO, kopov eVeKe, 5

05 eu|[^]ii? 'yevofievo'; avTm diro tos; Kpdva<; iXovTO Kal dp,a tcLl

fiaTplI

[7r]e/3ti)/37re. TV^^ovaa Be tovtiov iirl to dvOefia le^jreypd-

yjraTO • "ov /i^e|[^o]? irivaKov davfiaaTeov, ciXXd to Oelov, TrevO' eTr)

«B9 eKvr)(Te iy yaaWrpJl KXem /Sa/so?, eo-re|

iyKaT€K0ip,d6r], Kai fj,iv

e6r)Ke vyirj."— T/ater^? 11 [Kojpa. 'IfffioviKa TleXXavh d(f>iKeT0 et? 10

TO lapov inrep yevea<;. iy\'[Koi]p,a0ei(Ta Be oyfriv elBe • iBoKet aiTei-

affai TOV 6ebv Kvrjaai K^^pav^, tov B' 'AaKXaTriov ^d/j,ev eyKVov

84. One of several stelae found in tic influence, e.g. usually el rarely al,

the Asolepieum recording the cures ef- contraction in Irri, ttoiijo-oCi'tos, etc. , ace.

fected. Cf. Paus.2.27.3(rT^Xai S^eio-TiJ- pi. d/cporeis etc. Lengthened 5 is al-

Keaav irrbs toO irepi/36\ou, ri iiiv apxaiov ways ou, and i usually a, but we findxvKoi irKioves, iir' ifwS dk ef XoiTral. rairais p6s beside x^pi^Si ^'^^ dip-^Xero (25 a, b).

iyyeypa/nfi^va Kai arSpwv Kal yvvaLK&y — 3. irevO' ?Tr| : see 58 c.— 5. Cf . Pans.

i(mv dvd/uiTa aKeadivrav inri tov 'Ao-kXj;- 2.27.1 oiSi airodviiaKovinv oiSi tIktowiv

TTioB, Trpotr^i 3^ Kal viarnxa Sti (KaffTos ai yvvaiKes (r^tto'i" ivriis rod wept^SXov.—iviiriiire Kal Stws tdSri yiypaiTTai, di ipwvf 6. xcpiTjpire : ?p7ru = ef/ii, see Glossary.

ry AioptSi. — 7 ff . The words on the votive oSer-

The dialect shows considerable At- ing form a rude epigram, hence the

Page 260: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

244 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 84

ia-a-eia-Oai vlv Kai, el n aXKo|

a\lT]olTO, ical tovto oi iirireK.elv,

avra B' ovdevb'; ^a/^ez/ en wot|S[et](7-^at • eyKVoi Se yevofieva ey

15 yaa-rpl ecjjopei rpia err], eare 7r(x||/3ey3oXe ttoI rov Oeov tKeni iirep tov

TOKOV. eyKaTaKOifiadelaa|he oi|r[(]y etSe • iSoKei eirepcoTrjv vlv tov

Oeov, el oi yevoiTO avrdi I Travr^a] otraa alrijcraiTO Kal eyxvo'; etrj,

ivep Se TOKOV iroiffefiev|viv oidev, Kal TavTa irvvOavofievov avTOv,

ec Ttyo? Kal aWov Se\oiT[o], \eyeiv, oo? •jroirjaovVTOi; Kal tovto

20 eTrel Se vvv virep tovtov||

irapelr] itot avTov iKeTK, Kal tovto ol

^dfjLev i'TriTeXelv. fieTo, Se I tovto aTrovSai eK tov a^drov e^eX-

6ovaa,(o<i e'^a) toO iapov ^s, .eTe|Ke K6[p\av.— 'Avfjp rous ra? XVP^'^

SaKTvXovi aKpaTei'i e')(a>v TrXav I eyo? a\^'\lKeTO Trot tov 6ebv iKe-

Ta9. decopav Se Toil's iv tmi lapSn,|

\Tr\ivaKat; inrlaTei rot? Idfia-

25 triv Kal vTToSieavpe to, i'7nypdjji,fia\\[T^a. eyKadevSav Se O'yjriv elSe •

eSoKet vTTO tS)1 vaSii a(7TpayaXi^oi^T'\o<; avTOv Kal fieWovTW /Sa\-

Xeiv tSu auTpaydXcai e-jn<^avevTa|

[tJov Qeov ei^aXeaOai eirl tov

XVP<^ ^*' eKTelvai ov tow Sa«;TvX|\oi;9, (6<s S' airo^air), SoKelv avy~

Kdfiy]ra<! Tdv XVP^ «a^' eva eKreiveiv I [t]w2/ SaKTvXmv, eirel Sk

30 •7rdvTa<} i^eVffvvai, eirepatTrjv viv tov Oeov 11 [e]t en aTrtcTTrja-oi rot?

eTTiypdfifiaai toI^ iirl tm/j, irtvdKcov tcov I [«]aTa to [tjepo'i', avT0<;

S' ov (pdfiev "on Toivvv enirpoaOev aTriuTei';[

[a]iJTo[t]? o[u«]

eovaiv ifTTia'Toi'}, to Xoiirov eVra) toi" ^d/iev ""ATrto-ro? I olvofial."

dfjiepa<; Se yevop,eva<} vyirj^ e^rjXOe.— 'Afi^poaia ef 'KOavdv\

[are-

/oo']TrT[t]XXo?. avTa t«eT[t?] rfXOe irol tov Oeov. irepiepirovaa Se||

35 [/cara t^o \ia'\pov tcjv lafidTwv nvcL SieyeXa ta? cnriOava Kal dSv-

va\[Ta eov'JTa x^^^ovf Kal TV(f>Xov'; vyieh yivecrOai, ivvirviov lS6v-\

[ra? iJ,6]vov. eyKuOevSovcra Se o-\jrtv eiSe iSoKei ol 6 Oeo^ eTrtcrT^? I

[elirelv] ot[i\ vyirj /lev viv voir)(Toi, fiurOofi fidvTOi viv Serjo-oi dv\[0e-

40 fiev e]l<! TO Iapov vv apyvpeov, vTrofiva/jia ras ap,a9ia<;- eiiraii^Ta

Se ravra] avaxico-ai ov tov otttiXXov tov voaovvTa Kal <f)dpfi[a\K6v

n iyxe]ai. dp.epa<; Se yevofjieva<! [v\yir)'; i^fjXOe.— Hat? d(j)(ovo<;.|

[ouTO? d(f)iK]eTO ek to Iapov v['jre]p <j)wvd<;. co? Se irpoedvaaTO Kal I

[e7ro'j;o-6 ra] vojxi^ojMeva, fierd tovto 6 vah 6 twi Oeoti Trvpcfyopwv I

poetical M'", for which elsewhere viv. for the god, looking at the boy's father,

—27,28. SttKTiXXows: of. 89.3.— 43 ff. bade him promise that he (the boy),Then the boy who acted as torch-bearer if he obtained what he was there for,

Page 261: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 84] AEGOLIC INSCEIPTIONS 245

[iaeXeTO, ttoJI to^ irarepa top tov TratSo? 7roTt/3\e\/ra?, inroSeKea--\\

[a-dai avrov e\viavrov, rvxavra e<f>' a irapean, aTTodvaelv to, la- 45

rpaI[6 8e Trats e'^JavrtW? "vTroSeKoiiai" e^a. o Se 7raT^|0 eKirXa-

yek irdXiv\

[eKeXero aiiT^bv el-rreiv. 6 S' eXeye wdXiv /cal e/c tovtov

vyiri<! e7e|[i'6T0.— 'n.dvSap]o<; (BeeraaXcx; aTijiiara excov iv rmp-ermirwi. ouro?

|

\iyKadevha>v 6yjr]iv elSe iSoKei avrov T[ai]viai

KaraSrjaaL t^ a-Ti\\[y/j,aTa 6 ^eo? Ka]l Ke'Xecrdai viv, e-n-el [ku e^m] 50

yevqrac rov a^drov,|

[a<j)eX6fji,evov rav] raiviav av6e/j,[ev ek t]6v

vaov. dfiepa'i he yevo\[fji,eva'; , e^aveaTo] kuI ai^jjXeTO Ta[v rai]-

viav Koi TO fiev irpoa-mirov|

[eKEKadapTO t&Jv an'yfidT[(ov, rjav S[e

TJaiviav avedrjKe ets tov va\[6v exovcrav to, yp]dfj,/iaT[a] ra e« tov

fieTdyn-ov.—'E^eSmpo? Tci IIavSd^\[pov a-Tiyfj,aTa eX]a^e Trot toI<; 55

VTrdp)/ov(7tv. ovTO'; Xa/3o)v Trap \Ilav\Mpov xpVf^aTa], waT av6e-

/lev Tcai dean el<s 'KTriSavpov vTrep av[Tov, I ovk] aireSiBov Tavra.

iyKaOevStov 8e oyjriv elSe • iSoKei ot o ^e[o?] I eTrtcrTa? e-TrepaTrjV viv,

el e^oi TLVa jj^/s^/uara irap HavSdpov e[^ 'A]\dr)vdv dv6ep.a eh to

iapov, avTO<! S' ov (ftdfiev XeXa^yxeiv oir^e[i'] 11 tolovtov irap avTOv, 60

aXX' at KU vyirj viv iroirjaai, avOrjcrelv ol eiK(^va ypay^dp£V0<: • fieTa

8e toOto tov 6eov rav tov HavBdpov Taivilav irepiSija-ai Trepl Td,

o'TiyfiaTd ov Koi /ceXeaOai viv, iirel Ka i^\eXdrji, e/e tov a/Saroii,

a<f)eX6fj.evov rav raiviav airoviy^aadai to 1 irpotrmirov airo Ta<! Kpdva<;

Kal eyKaTOTTTpi^acrffai et? to iiScop. d!f^fj,epa<i 8e yevofievw; e^eX6a>v 65

eK tov a/3dTov t^v raivlav a<j)i]XeT0 I ra ypd(^fi)fiaTa ovk exovcrav,

iyKaOiSwv 8e eii to vSap ecoprj to avTOv IirpocrcoTrov irol Toh tStot?

a-Tiyfiacriv Kal to, tov UavSdpov ypd(fi)\fiaTa XeXa^rjKO^.— Eiv<f>d-

vrj<; 'ETTjSaWjOto? 7rat9. ovto? Xidimv eve\Kd'^6evhe- eSo^e Sr] avT&i

6 6eo<; iTricrTct<i elirelv "tI fioi hcoaeK, at T[i5]||Ka vyirj iroirjo-a) ;" 70

auTo? 8e <f>dfiev " Se'«' aaTpaydXov;,'' tov Se Oeov yeXd\aavTa ^djxev

VIV iravcreiv. d/ie'pa'i Se yevofieva<; vyifji e^rfxde.-—|

'Avr]p a(l>LKeTO

TTol TOV deov iKera'i aTepoiTTiXo^ ovra)?, to<7Te ra|

^Xe(f>apa fiovov

e^eiv, evelp.ev S' eV aiiToh /ir]dev, dXXd Kevea el\ft,ev oX«b?. eXeYoi" hr)

Ttj/e? Twv iv T&i iapSii Tav evrjdiav avTOv to||

vofxi^eiv ^Xe^lrela-Oat 75

oXo}<s jMrjSefiiav inrap'xp-v e^ovToi; 67rTt'X|\ou, aXX' r] x'^'pafi, fiovov.

would within a year make the thank- see 177. — 66. k<ipr\: see 280. — 75.

offerings for his cure. — 60. itoiAyrav. Whenhehadnot even any rudiment ofan

Page 262: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

246 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 84

€'yKa6[evSov]Ti ovv avTMi oi/^t? i(jidvi] • eSo'|«:et tov Beov eyjrfjaai tc

(j)d[piJ,aKov, eVeJtTa Siayayovra rd ^Xe^a\pa e7%eat ell aiird. dfie-

/3[a? Be yevofievjat; ^QCfeircov aix^olv i^rjXde.—|

T^codwv. crKevo-

80 <j)6po^ et[? to] iap[ov avtwv], eirel eyevero -rrep), to hd^KatTTaBiov,

KaTeTrWWe. [&5? S' a\veaTa, dvSa^e Toy yvXiov Ka\l ijireaKd^Tret to,

a-vvTeTpip.fieva (T[«e]u7;. cJ? S' elSe Toy Kwdcova KaTe\ay'\6Ta,|

e^ ov

6 SeerTTOTa^ eWia-T[o irliveiv, iXuTreiTo kuX avveTiOet [to] 6\(TTpaKa

Kadi^o/ievo'i. 6Sonr6po<; ovv rt? ISwv avTOV, "ti, w ddXi," e\(f>a, "avv-

85 Ti^rjai Toy Kwdcova [fid^Tav; tovtov yap ovSe kcl 6 iv 'E'7nSai\]pa>i

'Ac7KXaTnb<; vyirj Troirjaai. SvvaiTO." a.KOvaa'i TavTa 6 Trah, crvv\&el<!

TCL ocTTpaKa ell Toy yvXiov, rjpTre eh to lepov. eVet S' ck^ik^o, dvS>i-

^e Toy yvXiov Kal i^dipev iiyii) Toy Kwdcova yeyevrjfjielvov, kuI twl

SeinroTai rjpfidvevcre ra irpaydevTa ical Xe')(j9evTa. cu|? Se axova, dve-

90 6r)Ke tSu ffe&i Toy Kd)0Q)va.— \\Alay(^lva'; iyKeKOi/jbUTfievav ijStj twv

iKeTav eTTi SevSpedv ti dp,\/3d'i virepeicvrrTe eh to d^arov. KaTaire-

TMV ovv aTTo TOV BevSpeo<i I Trepl aKoXoird'; Tiva<i tov<; otttiXXovv

hix^eirai,<Te. KaKW Be Bia\Kelfj,evo<; ical tk^Xo? yeyevT]/x.evo<; KadiKe-

95 Tevaa^ tov Beov ei^eKdOevBe' ical iiyit}^ eyeveTO.—TllEwTrTro? Xdy-

y^av eTTy i^opr^ae e^ iv Tai yvddcoi.. eyKOLTaa0evTO<;\B' avTov i^eXav

Tav Xoy^av 6 ^eo? eh ra? %»7/3a? ol eBcoKe. dfiepa<; I Be yevofieva^

vyifjv e^fjpTre Tav Xoy^^av ev Tali yepalv ej(<iiv.— i 'Avrjp Topcovaloi;

SeyueXea?. ovTOf eyKadevSoov evvirviov elBe •I eBo^e ol tov Beov Tci

100 (TTepva fiaxalpai dva'xicra-avTa ra? 8g/u.€||Xea? e^eXelv Kal Bofiev ol i<s

Tai 'xelpai Kal crvvpdyjrai Ta aTTJ\Bri. dp,epa<s Be yevofievai i^rjXBe

Ta BrjpLa iv Tali ')(epalv e^cov|

Kal vyirji eyeveTO. KaTeirie B' airrd

BoXwBeli inro ftaTpvidi iy kv^kuvi i/i/3e^r]fi,e'vai, eKiruov.— I 'Avijp

105 iv alBoiai XiBov. ovtoi ivvirviov elBe • iSoKei TratSt KaX&i 11 avyyi-

veaBai. i^oveipdoacrcov Be toX XiBov iy^dXXei Kal dveX6fie\voi e^fjX-

Bev Tall %e/)o-ii/ exo)v.—|'Epfji,6BiK0i Aa/MyjraKrjvbi UKpaTrji tov

ato/MaTOi. TOVTOV iyKaBev\BovTa IdaaTo Kal eKeXija-aTO i^eXOdvTa

XiBov iveyKelv eh to|

lapov oTrocraov BvvaiTO fji,eyt(T[T]ov. 6 Be TOfi

eye, but only the place for it, i.e. the must understand dc/ieXias. Or read o«-

empty eye-sooket. — 102. aiird refers Ta(S) SoXai«e/s (cf. 97.4).

to BTjpla, while with iii^epXtniims we

Page 263: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 86] COEINTHIAN INSCEIPTIONS 247

irpo Tov a^ciTov Ket>e||wv TjviKe.—|]>iiKdvcop x(o\d<;. tovtov icadr]- no

lievov Trat? [tJi? virap tov arKiiraiva dp\ird^a<; e^evye. 6 Se acTTa<;

eSiWe Kol eK tovtov vyirj<; iyeveTO.— \'Avr)p BuktvXov Iddr) vvo

oi^to';. ovTO? TOV tov ttoSo? SdKTvXov v\7r6 TOV dypiov eXweo? Set-

vm SiaKeif^evo'i fiedd/iepa vtto tSiv 6^\paTr6vTa)v i^evei'xOeh eirl 115

eSpdiJMTd<; tivo<; icadl^e. UTri'ou Be viv|Xa^ovTO^ ev tovtcoi SpaKcov

e'/c TOV dfidTOV i^eXdcov tov SdxTvXov|

IdcraTO tm yXcocraai Kal

TOVTO TTOtT/o-o? ct? TO dfiuTOV cive'X^coprjcre|

irdXiv. £^eyep6el<: Se, ok

^9 vyirj'i, e<f)a 6-<^iv iSeiv, SoKelv veavCa\Kov einrpeTrrj 'TUfj, jj,op(f)av

iirl TOV BdKTvXov iirnr'^v <f>dpfj,aKov.—1|'AX/cera? 'AXtKo'?. o5to? 120

TU^Xo? ioiv ivvTTViov elBe • iBoxet 6 6eo<; iroTeXQiav tok SalaruXoi?

Sidyeiv TO, ofifiUTa; Kal iSetv to, SevSpr] TrpaTov to, ev t&l iapSii.

dfiepa'; Be y^voiieva<; vyirj<; i^rjXOe.— 'Hpateii? MvTcXrjvaio';. ovto<;

ovK ely(ev ev t&i Ke(j)aXai|Tpi'x^a<;, ev Be tSu yeveiwi irapiTroXXa'i.

aiayyvoixevo'; Be [are] KaTuyeXdfxevo^ inr[oj I to)v dXXmv evevd-

6evBe. tov Be 6 0eb^ y^piaa^ (f)apfJ,dKcoi Tav Ke(j)aXav eTTorjcre 11 Tpi- 125

^a? ey(^eiv.— ©vacov 'EpfMovev<; iral'; aiBtj^. ou[to?] inrap viro

KVvo<; Tcoi'I

KUTo, TO lupdv 6[epa'ir1ev6iu,evo<; tovs otttiXXov; v[ryj^]5

cnrrjXde.

Corinthian

85. Corinth. Early VI cent. b.c. IG.IV.358. SGDI.3H4. Roberts 85.

Afevia ToBe [adfia], tov oXeae Tr6vT0<; avai[Be'i'\.

86. Corinth. Early VI cent. b.c. IG.IV.211,217,329. SGDI.3119.

a. .l^ifiCov p.' avedeKe Ti.oTeBapdv\i pdvaKTC\.

'n.OTeB\dv'\.

h. [IIoTjeSafoi't pdvaKTi.

c. Ilepaeodev Aipo/ie?.

83. This and the following illustrate They are mostly votive offerings to Po-

tiie Corinthian differentiation of E = seidon, and contain the name in both

open e or c (ij) and E (transcribed e) = unoontracted and contracted forms, as

close i corresponding to Attic spurious HoTeSa/roKi and UoreSavi, but in the

orgenuineci. See 28. The epitaph forms nominative only the unoontracted IIo-

a single hexameter. Cf. nos. 87-90. reddv. See 41.4. Tjoi nepaUeev {c),ci.

86. From a large collection of pot- nripaioi'Xen.Hellen.4.5.1ff. Probably

tery fragments found near Corinth. & in the first syllable is an error.

Page 264: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

248 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 87

87. Corcyra. Early VI cent. B.C. IG.IX.i.867. SGDI.3188. Roberts

98. Solmsen25.1.

Hviov TXatriafo MeveicpdT£o^ ToSe aafia,

Olavdeo's yevedv ToSe S' airoi 8a/A09 eirolei,•

es 7ajo Trpo^evfo^ Sdfiov cj)iXo<; • dW evl irovroi

5\eT0, Safioa-iov Se Kapo[v irevOriaav airavTe<;.]

Ilpa^ifieve'; S' avroi ^[a/'ajs cnro TraTp(Bo<; ivffov

ffiiv Sa/Li[o]t rohe a-dfia Kacnyveroio iroveOe.

88. Corcyra. Early VI cent. b.c. IG.IX.i.868. SGDI.3189. Roberts

99. Solmsen25.2.

1,afia ToSe 'ApvidSa XapoTro? • rov S' '6\e\crev "A/ae?

^apvdfievov irapd vavcrllv err' 'Kpdddoio phopalai

TToXXoli/ apicrT£v(^p)ovTa Kara a-T0v6pe((r)(7av apvTdv.

89. Corcyra. VI cent. B.C. IG.IX.i.869. SGDI.3190. Roberts 100.

Solmsen 25.3.

1.TdXa Sevfdpeo^ rov MAetfto's elp.' iirl TUfioi.

90. Northern Acarnania (exact provenance unknown). V cent. B.C.

IG.IX.i.521. SGDI.3175. Roberts 106.

IIpoK\£iSa<; (T)o(S)e crafia KeK\\ea-eTai ivyw oSolo,

ho<; irepX toL'; avTov ja<i|

6dve ^apvdfievo<}.

87. Monument of Menecrates. This

and the three following are examples

of metrical inscriptions composed in

the epic style and with retention of sev-

eral epic words, i.e. ivl, KatriyveToio,

(rToi'6yre((r)a"ap, dfVT&v = dunj**, and in-

flectional forms, e.g. gen. sg. in -oio and

-Of = -00 (105.2a), dat. pi. in -oiiri,

augmentless verb forms.

4. The restoration is that suggested

by Dittenberger, IG. i.e., but is of

course uncertain.— 6. itoveSc: transi-

tive sense as in Homer.

88. phopato-i: cf. also MM^ios, no.

89. See 7 6 6.— 3. dpMrTev{f)ovTa: cor-

rected from ipurreirovTa. See 32.

89. Tv|i6i: Ti/i.pu. But, since assimi-

lation of nP to /i/j. (cf. Germ. Lamm,Eng. lamb as pronounced) is not other-

wise attested in Greek, this is probably

formed with another suffix (ti)/i-o- be-

side ri/i-po-; cf. Lat. tumulus with a

Zo-suffix).

90. IIpoKXcCSas : gen. sg. masc. in

-OS. 105.2 6.

Page 265: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 92] IMEGAEIAN INSCEIPTIONS 249

Megarian

91. Selinus. V cent. b.c. IG.XIV.268. SGDI.3046. Ditt.Syll 751Michel 1240. Roberts 117. Solmsen24.

[Ai]a TO'i deo<i To[a]Se vikBvti toI 2e\ivo'i'[Ttot •

|

Stja tov AiaviKd/Me^ Kal Btd TOV ^o^ov [kuI]

\

S[ta] RepaKXea koI Si 'AttoX-

Xova Kal Sid n[oT]|e[tSd]m kuI Sid TuvSapiSw; Kal Si 'A0[a]-||

v[d]av Kal Sid Ma\o<})6pov Kal Sid UacriK\pd[T]eiav Kal Si[d] to? 5

aXKo^ deo'i, [S]id S[e] Aia\

fid\ia-T[a]. ^i\t[a<;] Se 'yevofieva'; ev

Xpv<T\eo[i\ eX.a[o-a]i'Ta[?, ra fi"] ovvfiara ravra KoX\d'\jravT[a'; e?] to

'A[7r]oX[\]oi/toi/ Ka6defi^\v, to Ato[? 7rpo]iypd[\lra']vTe^ to Se xP^- 10

o-ioi'I

i^eK[ovTa T'\a\dvTdv efiev.

92. Decision of the Megarians. Epidaurus. Between 242 and 234 b.c.

IG.IY926. SGDI.3025. Ditt.Syll.452. Inscr.Jurid.I,p.342. Michel 20.

['EJTTi a-TpaTay[ov tS>v 'K'\xaiSiv AtytaXev?, ev S' 'EiriSavpmi

eV lapev^|

[toJO 'AaK\aTri[ov Aijovvaiov. KaTa TaSe eKplvav toI

Meyapei'! Tot?|

['ETrJtSau/at'ot? Kal K.opivdioi'i irepl to? %ajj0a? a?

diJL(f>eX\eyov Kal|

[Tre/sjt tov ^eWavvoly] Kal tov "^iripaiov, KaTa

TOV aivov TOV Twv 'A||[p^at]ftiz' SiKaaT'^piov diroaTeiXavTe'; avSpa<; 5

eKOTOV TrevTijKOVTa I [ei'a] • Kal eireXOovTcov eV avTdv tuv )(^d>pav

'91. The Selinuntians promise golden Zeusfirst.— irpoYpdilravrcs : nominative

statues to the gods who shall help them carelessly used for accusative,

to victory. Instead of an express con- 9a. Decision of the Megarians, ap-

dition, there is an enumeration of the pointed by the Achaean league to arbi-

gods who usually assist them, the im- trate in a territorial dispute between

plication being that they will continue Epidaurus and Cojinth. The date must

to do so. faUintheperiodbetween243B.o.,when

1. Through the help of the following the Corinthians joined the Achaean

gods do the Selinuntians loin victory. league, and 223 b.c. when the Mega-

Through Zeus we conquer, etc.— 2. $6- rians abandoned it for the Boeotian

Pov: Ares.— 5. MaXo<|>6pov: Demeter. league, and is still further limited by

Cf. Paus.1.44.3 Upbv Aii^n^T-pos J/la\o<p6- the name of the strategus.

pov.— Ilaa-iKpdTcia : Persephone. Cf. 1. Al-yiaXsBs, lapeSs : gen. sg. in -eus

Airwoiva.— 7S. Andwhenthereispeoce, tiom-hs. 111.3.— For the psilosis in

making statues in gold and engraving iw' lapeOs, see 5Sb.— 3. d|u)>^XXeYov: see

these names, we shall set them up in the 89.3.— 4. SiripaCou : name of a harbor

temple of Apollo, writing the name of and promontory north of Epidaurus,

Page 266: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

250 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 92

TCtiv Si/caa-rav ical Kpivdv'^rmv] ^IS^inSavpiav elfiev rdv '^(aipav, avri-

"KeyovTcov Se rSiv 'K.opivOi^cov T<S]t repfiovia/jLciyi, ttoXiv aireaTeiXav

To\ M.eyapei'i tov<; repfio\v[i^'\ov[v']Ta^ ex rS)v avr&v Si/caa-rdv

10 dvSpa<; TpiaKOvra /cat eva Ka^rd T\dv alvov top rS)V 'A^atwi", ovroi

he i'rreXOovre'i iirl rdv ^(opav I irepfiovi^av Kurd rdSe • diro ra?

Kopvcjid'S Tov KopSv\eLOV eVt I [rjay Kopv<j)dv toO 'AXieiov diro tov

'AXieiov eirl rdv Kopvcj}dv tov|

[K~\epavvLOV • diro tov K.epavviov

eTTi Tdv Kopv(f>dv TOV J^opviaTQ, •

I

OTTO Tas Kopv<j)a<i TOV KopviUTa

15 im-l Tdv oSbv iirl tov pd'^^iv tov tov||KopviaTa diro tov pd'yio<i

TOV 'KiopviaTa iirl tov pd')(iv tov sttI Talk 'Aveiai<! vrrep Tdv '^koX-

Xeiav diro tov pd'x^L0<i tov vwep Tdv ^KoXl^Xeiav viro Td<; 'A.vela';

iwl TOV Kopv<j)ov TOV vTTep Tai oSov Td<; dfial^irov [ra? KOJTayov-

aa<; eirl to liiriaiov dtro tov Kopv^ov tov vire^ Td<! [oSov] ra?

20 a/ia^trou iirl tov Kopv(pov tov iTrl tov ^dyw; • diro 11 tov Kopv(f)ov

TOV eTrl TOV ^dya<; e-jrl tov Kopv(f>ov tov eirl tov Alyihrvpal's] • diro

TOV Kopv(f>ov TOV iirl Ta? Al'ynrvpa<; eirl tov Kopv(j>6v I tov t[ov

'A/3a]ta? • diro tov 'Apaia<: eVt tov Kopv<f)bv tov inro rat TleTp\af

d'jr\o Tojt) viro Tai TieTpai eirl tov Kopv^dv tov iirl tov ^'x^oivovvA

Toi • .a[7ro tIov Kopv^ov tov iirep tov 2%oti'o{)i'Tos eirl tov Kopv-

25 ^dvII

TOV K[aTa T'\dv ^vopyav diro tov Kopvtpov tov virep ra?

^v6pya<; [evrt]|

tov pd')(iv tov vrrep ra? I.VKOwrla'i • diro tov pd-

j^to? TOV vTrep ra?|

2i'[«:oiio't']a9 eTrl tov Kopv(f>dv tov vrrep ra?

IleXXe/jtTio? • WTTO tov\Kopv(f}ov tov virep Td<; JJeXXepmo^ eTrl

TOV Kopv^ov TOV TOV II[ai'|tbi'] • diro tov Ylaviov iirl tov pdyiv tov

30 vTrep TOV 'OX[/coi)] • d-Trd tov /3a'||[;;^(o]? t[ov] virep tov 'OXkov eTrl

TOV pd^iv TOV {brrep) tov 'A7r[oXX'](oviov • mtto|t[ov] pdyio<; tov

inrep tov 'AttoXXcoviov eVt t6 'AiroXXcoviov. SiKaa-\[Tal rjot Kpi-

vavTe<s ToiSe. [There follow, 11. 32-96, the names of the arbitrators

and of those appointed to lay out the boundaries for them.]

referred to by Thuc.8.10.3 (correcting tity with tlie feminine form is shownIIeipai6i'toS7rIpaioi')andPliny,Nat.Hist. hj tas Alyiirripas 1.21 beside tov AtyiTi-

4.18 (Spiraeum).— 19. *d-yos: gen.sg. pas 1. 20.— 32ff. Tlie list of names,masc. in -as. 105.2 6. So 'Apalas 1. 22, arranged according to the three Doricbut also the usual form in KopvLdra 11. tribes, contains the characteristic forms13ff. The confusion caused by the iden- Q4Supos, eoKplv7is,etc. See 42.5 (i.

Page 267: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 95] RHODIAN INSCRIPTIONS 251

Rhodian

93. Camirus. YI cent. b.c. IG.XII.i.737. SGDI.4U0.

"Edfia t6^' '18a\fj,evev<; irolrjfra hiva KXeo'i I eirj 11

Zeii(8) fie viv oo-rt?|irrifiaivoi Xeio\\r) Oeir). 5

94. Camirus. Yl cent. b.c. IG.XII.i.707. SGDI.4127.

^v6v\T\iBaI

rifu Xecrxa|

to Upa^aioBo|tov^vXo

||Tov(])vXiSa.

95. Camirus. IV (or III) cent. b.c. IG.XII.i.694. SGDI.4118. Ditt.Syll.449. Michel 433. Solmsen32.

"ESofe Ka/iipevai ra? KToiva<; ra? Kafiipeayv ra? I iv rdi vdcrcoi

Kal T^9 iv rdi aireipcot ava<ypd-\{rai Trdcra<;|

Kal e^'^Oei^eiv e? to lepov

Td<; 'Adavaia'i i (TTaXai|

XiOivai %eo/3t9 XaXKrj^ i^i^fieiv Se Kal

XaXKjjrat?||dvaypa<f>ijfieiv, at Ka j^^prji^mint. iXea-Oai Be dvBpat I 5

rpet? avTiKa p,dXa, oiTive'; iTrifieXrjBrjaevVTl, ravlra? ra? irpd^io^

0)9 Tay^tcTTa Kal cnroSaxj-evvTai|

roit 'x^prfi^ovTi iXa'x^iaTOV irapa-

(^Xelv Tap aTdXav|

/eat ra? ktoivw; dvajpd-^ac Kal iyKoXdilrai iv

TM aTcl^^Xai Kal (TTdaai iv tmi lep5>i ra? 'K6dva<; Kal irepi^oXi- lo

/8&)|o-at 0)9 e^7?t 0)9 lajfypoTaTa Kal KdXXiaTa. to, Be TelXevp-eva 69

TavTa iravTa tov Tufiiav irapey^^eiv. I €7 8e TavTav Tav ktoivclv cnro-

SeiKvveiv TOW|

KTOivdra^ /lacrTpov iv twi lepm, tcoi djiooTdTCiM]|iv 15

Tcii KToCvai KaTo, TOV vofiov TOV t5>v 'VoBimv •

I

TOVTOi Be avvXeye-

(t6(ov iv K.a/jLipa>i et9 to|

lepov Ta9 'Adavaia';, okku toI lepowoiol

93. Tof : t6Sc. 62.2. — Zeu(8) Si: both those on the island and those on

Zeis 5^. 97.4. — XcioXi): accursed. Cf. the mainland. For the latter cf. , from

Hesych. XcmXt/s • reXe/us ^|i6Xijs, and, the Periplus of Scylax, Xcipo t) "PoSl-

for the first part of the compound, uv ij iv tJ ^irelpifi. —The neighboring

Xeius in Archilochus. island of XoXk^ (see 42.2) was under

94. Xe'irxa : grave. The original the control of Camirus at this time,

meaning of the word (from *Xexir(to, cf

.

yet evidently sustained a relation to it

X^Xos) was resting place, whence either different from that of tlie other demes.

grave 01 the Msnal place of recreation, — 6. lirintXnOtio-eiivTi.: see 160. ^Tri^ie-

club.— The last woi-ds are to be read, 'Krie-Zjirofmi is used by late writers, but

with resolution of the crasis, to Ei- not in classical Attic. — 8 ff. diroSoi-

<t>i\o, t5 EiipvKtSa. <r«SvTai /ct-X. : shall give out the contract

95. 1 ff. The names of the (croivot or to the one who is willing to furnish the

demes of Camirus are to be inscribed, stele at the lowest figure.

Page 268: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

262 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 95

7rapay'y[e\\X](0VTt, xal adpeovrco ra lepa to, Kafiipeav [to, Sa\iio]-

reXi] iravTa, ai ri -

96. lalysus. IV (or III) cent. B.C. IG.XII.i.677. SGDI.4110. Ditt.

Syll.560. Michel 434.

"ESofe Tot9 p^aa-Tpolt koX 'laXvaioi<;,|

Sr/siaTT;? 'AXkcp.eSovTO'i

el-Tre I ottm? to lepov koI to refievo^|

ra? 'A7^KTpa>va<; evayrjrai

5 KaViTa TO, Trdrpta, einpLeX-qdrifieiv|

tov<; l£porafiia<s ottq)? araXat|

ipyaaOecovTi Tpel<; \idov Aa/3T[t]|ow Kdl avaypaiprji e? ra? o-Ta\a|?

10 TO Te yjrdfjiLa-fia ToSe Koi a ov% o||crfoV ivTi sk tSjv vo/jlcov ia-(f>e^eiv

ovBe ia-oSonropelv e? to re'l/itei'os, Kal to, iTriTifiia Tw[t] 7rpda\aovTi

16 irapa tov vofiov • defieiv Se|

ra? o-raXci? /oiia/i fiev iirl Ta<; ia^\Sov

ra? e/c 7ro'A,{09 7roTf7ro/3ei'0/ite'|i'ot9, /tww' Se virep to laTiaTopiov, I

aWai' Se CTri ra? KaTa^daio<; Ta[s]| ef 'A^aia? Tro'Xtos.

|

20 No'/U.o? a oi^ ocriov ecTL/ieiv oiiSe||ea^peiv e? to te/sov «at to

Te'l/ievo? Ta<i 'A7i£KTptova<s. fir) eo-i|Ta) tTTTro?, oVo?, fffiiovo'i, yivot I

25 /iTjSe aX\o \6<j)Ovpov p,r)dev, firj^e icrayeTco e? to T€fievo<i firi\\0el<!

TOVTCOV fiijOev, firjSe viroSijl/jiaTa ea'(f>epeTco fJLrjSe veiov firjlOev • OTt Se'

Kd Tt? Trapa tov voflov|

Troiijar)t, to Te lepov koL to Tefievoi|KaOai-

30 /aeVo) /cat eiripe^eTco, tj eVo||^o? eaTCO tm aae^eiai el Se Ka|

Trpo-

^ara ia-^dXrji, cnroTeicrdTa) vlirep kicdcrTov irpo^dTOV o^oXov I o

35 ea/SaXuv • TroTayyeXXeTCO Se[tov tovtcov ti iroievVTa 6 )(^priL^a>v e'?

Toir? fidcTTpov^.

97. Khodian (?) inscription from Abu-Symbel in Egypt. VII or VIcent. B.C. SGDI.5261. Hicks 3. Robertsl30. Ionic alphabet, but with-

out n = (i). H = ijinc(,6, =A and i; in c (and probably in i) , = h in/( E = jj).

a. BacrtXeo? eX66vTO<; e? '^XecjtavTivav '^a(fi)iiaTiy(^o I toOto

eypa-\]rav, toI criiv 'Vap.p.aTl'xpi ©eoK\(e')os|eirXeov. rfXOov Se

96. 4. 'A\EKTpiivas : a daughter of Lindus.

IO.Ivti: pl.forsg.—IS.'Axat-

Helios and the nymph Rhodes, who as irdXios : the name given to the acrop-

was worshiped with divine honors by olis of lalysus. Cf. Ath.8.360 iv rg

the Rhodians. Cf. Diod.5.56, where 'laKmlf itb\iv la-xvpoTdT-nv ri/v 'Axolav

the name appears as 'HXexTpuiii/?).— KoKov/i^vriv.

7. \C6ou AapT(ou : also irirpas Aaprlas 97. Inscribed on the legs of one of

on another inscription, marble from the colossal statues at Abu-Symbel byLartus, a place iu the neighborhood of Greek mercenaries who had taken part

Page 269: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 99] EHODIAN INSCRIPTIONS 253

Ke/jKto? KaTwepde, vh 6 iroTanb<;\

avC-r). a(X)\oy\o{<T)(To<; 8'^'x.e

UoTaai/xirTO, AlyVTrTid<; Se "Afia<ri<;.||

eypa^e 8' afie "Apxov 'A/jioi- 5

^I'Xo Kal IleXepo? OvSa/io. b. 'E\effi'y8[to]9 o T^'to?.

c. T^Xe^o's /i' eypa^e ho 'IaXvo-to(?) -

<^. IIv^oi' 'A/i.ot/3t;Y[o].

e. na/3t? 6 2oXo<^oi/to? - - ctui^ ^Ojtt/^aT[t%ot].

/. Ha7eo-e/3/ito[?]. ^. nacrt(^)oi; 6 'Itttto -

A. KjOt^i? e'ypa((f>e)v.

i. ^Ofj,yvao^ hoica ^aai\e\v<; Tjekaae tov crrpaTOV [t]o irpaToh/

hdfjLJa '^a(/u.)/iaTt;;^o[t

98. Gela. VI cent. B.C. SGDI.4247.

JJacndSapo to|aafia, K/aare? iliroiei.

99. Agrigentum. Second half III cent. b.c. (before 210). IG.XIV.952.SGDI.4254. Michel 553.

'EttJ lepodvTa|

^vfi^oBwpov rov 4>iX(»i'o?|

Trapwrrpoa-rd^Ta) ra^

j8oi/Xa9, 1 irpoeSpevova-a'; ra? ^uXa?||

tcoi' 'TXXecdi', jrpoayopovvTO's|

5

in an expedition up the Nile under a 3. K^pKios : stands for the Egyp-

PsammetichusI (654-617 B.C. )orPsain- tian Kerti, which is applied to the

metichus 11 (594-589 e.g.), probably stretch of water between the first oat-

the latter. These mercenaries were aract and Elephantine.— vis 6 iroraiios

from Asia Minor and the adjacent dvtt|: as far as the river let them go up.

islands (cf. Hdt.2.154 tooti di'laxri nal For vh see 132.4.— 5. 'AiioipCx". O"-

ToTiriKap<rlToi(ri,a-vyKaTepyaaafi4voi,ffi ai- 8d|j.o: o 'A/juoi^ixov, 6 Ei)Sd/iou. 94.1,7.

Ti? 6 'iran/i.frixos SiSoil x'^po^^ ivoiKriaai. i. No complete restoration is possi-

aiirlovs a.\\-/i\bji/, olSi'IwvhreKalKS.- ble.— T]£\a(rE : ^Xoo-e aor. of Aaww.

pes Toiirous Tois x'^P""^ oUtiaav xpivov iwl The peculiar spelling H E is perhaps

iroXXii/. irpwroiyipovToiivAlyirTij) due to a confusion between the two

&\\6y\ta(riToi KaTO{.Kl<rd-t)<Tav). Among systems of writing known to those who

those whose names are inscribed be- wrote these inscriptions, 1) H = ?;, 2) Blow, there are two lonians, from Teos = A, and E = ij. Similarly BE/ii, i.e. iiixi,

and Colophon (6 and e), and one Rho- in a Theran inscription.

dian, from lalysus (c); / is also Doric, 98. Beginning of a hexameter. For

and h Ionic (on account of the v mova- THaaiaSafo see 105.2 a.

ble). The main part of the inscription 99. Proxeny decree of Agrigentum

(a), as well as i, is clearly in Doric in honor of Demetrius of Syracuse. In

and may well have been written by one view of 1. 11 and of the fact that this

of the Rhodian mercenaries, though inscription was found at Rome, being

there is nothing to prove this. evidently the copy given to Demetrius

Page 270: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

254 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 99

Ato/cXe'o? Tov Ato«\e'o9,|

rypa/j-fiarevovTo^ 'ABpavicovo'i 'AXe^dv-

Bpov,I

aXiaa-fjta mrw Sifi'^vov, KapveCov e^rjKo\yT\o<i Travrdi,\

vwep

wpo^evla'i A7)/Ji,rjrpia)t AioSorov l^vpaKOfficoi.||

10 "ESo^e Tcii aXiM Kuffd ical jai a-v{v)K\i]ra}i pi'. eTreiSr) avdjlyeX-

Xov ot Trpea-^ee'i oi e? 'PcS/iav Tropevdevre^, Haericov|

Ila(ruovo<!

KorrjTO'i Kal @€6Ba)po<; @eoScopov Bv^idSa,|

Arj/JLijTptov AioSorov

l^vpaKoa-Lov iroWa^ koX /ji.eydXa'; %/3eia?|

Tra/seto-^ijo-^at rax, afian

15 hdp,a>i Kal fieydXav ayaOcov 7rapaiTto(v)||

jeyoveiv, rot? Se 'Axpa-

ryavTivoa irdrpiov icm Kal bk irpoyovcov|

TrapaSeSofievop TifMelv rov^

a'ya6ov'i avSpa^ Kal TrpolaTafieh^ov; tov ap,ov Sdfiov rah Kara^ioK

TifiahI

SeS6y(^0ai iirl ayaddt Tvyai, koI a-corripiai tov Sdfiov t5)V

'AKpayavTivcov I eip-eiv irpo^evov Kal evepyerav ArjfiijTpiov AioSo-

20 TOV 1,vpaK6ai\\ov, o7ro)(?) irdcri cf>avep6v ?ion 6 Sdnoi roiV 'AKpa-

yavTiveov eVtio-TaTai xdpiTa'i airove/juetv Kara^ia^ rot? evepyereiv

'Trpoai\povfievoii avTov. to Se Soy/ia ToSe KoXd'^avra^ es ')(a,XKoy\

^ara hvo to p,ev iv avaOefieiv elf to ^ovXevrijpiov, to 8e\

aXXo

25 cnroBofjieiv Ar]p.r)Tpi(oi AioSorov l^vpaKoaioai inrt}^\nvafjia Ta'i ttotI

TOV Sdfiov evvoia<; tov? Se Tafiiat I e^oSid^ai e<s ra "Trpoyeypafifiiva

ocrov Ka xpeia rj, Kal (f>e\peiv rhv e^oSov Si^ tmv cnroXdycov.|ofio-

yvm/jiove'i tov avveSpiov irdvTe'i.

100. Rhegium. I cent. b.c. IG.XIV.612. SGDI.4258. Ditt.SyU.323.

Michel 555.

'Etti trpvTdvLO'i 'NiKdvBpov tov ^iKoSdf*ov, ySowXa? irpoaTaTeov-

T05 2(BO-t7ro'\to? TOV Aajjuarpiov, x^coi 'iTnriov SvoBeKdrai, eSofe

(1. 24), it appears that he was resident after the analogy of ef\i7^o etc. (76 6),

in Rome, and his services probably con- occur in several koiu^ inscriptions.

sisted in some dealings vrith the Roman 15. yc76vciv: see 147.2..

senate in behalf of Agrigentum. loo. Rhegium was a Chalcidian col-

8. ci,\(a(r|i.a ktX. : decree of the &\la ony, and in the few early inscriptions

in the sixth period of two months, at the the Ionic element predominates. But

very end of the month Kapvehi.— 10. after its destruction by Dionysius of

o-u(v)KX.'<iTiiii. : the council, for which Syracuse in 387 b.c. and its subse-

/SouXd is employed in 1. 3. The signifl- quent restoration, there were contin-

cance of the following numeral is not ual changes in its population. Someclear. — 14. Trapeio-xfjcrSai : rfo-xijica, of its new inhabitants must have been

eUxvi^at, for ^ffxvKa, ^o-xw', 'with ei furnished by Gela or Agrigentum, if

Page 271: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 101] COAN INSCEIPTIONS 255

TM a\iaI

KaOdirep rai icTKXijTwi Kal rai ^ovXai • i-jrel 6 (npara-709 TS>v'Vwp.ai<av Tmto? Auc^i'Sio? TiVov uto? evvov^ v-irdpxei tma/xa iroXei, a^to? ^aiv6fj,evo<;

|

ra? avTov KaXoKayaOia^, SeSdxOai.Tvalov Ai(f){Siov Titov vlov a-Tparayov 'Pco/j,aicov crTe^aviacraL ev

TO) aywvi Tot? irpcoTOK; 'A6avioi<; eXota? a-Te(l}d\vco Kal irpo^evov

Kal evepyerav iroifja-at rov Sa>(o)u twv 'Vrjyivmv Kal iyyovov; av-

Tov, evvoLa<} eveKev a? excov SiareXel els rov Sd/iov tcov 'Pj^vtllvoji/. 5

rav Se ^ovXav ro dXiaa/jLa KoXa'\jrap,evav eh ;!^aXK(B/itaTa Sitra-d

TO fiev avaOefxeLv- eh to ^ovXevTijpiov, to Se diroa-TeiXai TvaimAu<^tSta).

Coan

101-103. Cos. Late IV or early III cent. B.C. SGDI.3636-3638. Ditt.Syll. 616-618. Michel 716-718. Paton-PIicks.Inscr. of Cos 37-39. Solm-sen 33.

101. [The first six lines and most of the seventh are so badly muti-^

lated that only a small part can he restored.] e? Be [T]\dv [dyo-

p]av eXdvTw Ild/j,cj)vXoi irpaTOi, ev ayopai Se a-[v'\/ji,fj,i\_iTy\ov]Tt, 6 Se

lepev<; Ka[6']ij<76a} [irdp'] T[av1 Tpd-Tre^av e^cov Td[v||<f)id]X[a]v tuv io

lepav, Tol Se iep[o7roiol eKaT~\epa) ra? T/oaTrefa?. n[a/i|<^i'Xot] Se

eTreXavTco /3o{)[? Tpeh tov]<; [«:]aXXi[o-]TOK9, al P'[ey Ka|

To'\vT(oy

we may judge by the language of this the rites and ceremonies appropriate

inscription, which is not merely Doric, to each day of the year,

but contains the Ehodian infin. -iiav 101. Selection of the ox and other

and the word dXiaff/ia, otherwise known preparations for the sacrifice to Zeus

only from inscriptions of Gela and Polieus, which occurs on the following

Agrigentum. The Rhodian influence day, the twentieth of the month Ba-

in Sicilian Doric seems to have been tromius (of. 1. 47, and no. 102.11).

considerable. Cf . iyopaa-S'/iiJLei.v at Tau- 8-19. After the tribes had each se-

romenium, SGDI.5228. 13. leoted nine oxen in a manner prescribed

1. x'"' : unexplained and probably in the preceding lines (apparently one

an error of some kind.— 2. co-kXiIitui. : from each hdra or ninth part of the

refers to a small select body, probably tribe), they were to drive them to the

mediating between the council and tha agora, the Pamphyli having the prece-

assembly. Cf . Hesych. ^o-kXtjtos • 17 t&v dence, and there unite them in one

ii&X""' (TvvdBpoiffis iv "ZvpaKoiaati. herd. "When the priest and the Upo-

101-103. Portions of a sacrificial voiol had taken their places at a table,

calendar, in which were enumerated the Pamphyli drove up to it the three

Page 272: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

256 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 101

KpidfiL Ti? • al [8e liri, "TXKel'i T/ajets iXdvrco, al iJ.ey [/ca T\o]vTcoy

Kpidrji Tf? • al Be \ji.r\, Auyiiaz^e? T/3e]t9 Tov'i [XjotTTOW, a[t /ie'|7] ««

IS TOVTwy KpiOrjL Ti? • a[t Se /iTj, are/aou?] eXavrco e? Tiiy a7[op]||az/

«al iireXavTW Kara Ta[vTd, al /ie]7 ku Tovrioy Kpidrji T[ts|

a]l

Se jJLri, rpLTOV eTreXavreo Koi ar\epov<i'] al 8e Ka Tovrmy Kpt[dr]t]|

Urihek, iiriicpivovTaL ^ovv eic ;)(;t[\iao-]Tuo? eKdcrra'; eXa[cra]|i'Tes

Se TOVTOV; a-vp,fj,Laryov[Ti Tot]s aXXoc<s • ical evdv[<i Kpiv]\ovn Kal

20 ev')^ovTai kuI a'iroKapv\aa-ov\n. eirena e'iTeXdvT\co oS]||Ti9 Kara

Tuvrd. Overau Se, al p,ey ica v'iroK\y<^'\ei, rat 'Xariai • 0v[ei|

Be y]e-

pea^opoi ^acriXecov Kal lepa Trape^x^ec Kal eindvei, iepa i^ [v\/^y-

eKTOv, yeprj Be Xa/i^dvei to Bepfia Kal to aKeXoi, UpoTroi[ol|

S]e

[o-]«:e'\o?, Tcl, Be dXXa Kpea ra? Tro'Xto?. tov Be KpidevTa Tim]\

25 liTfvl KdpvKe<i dyovTi €5 ayopdv eirel Be Ka iv toli ayopat e(»[i^|Tt],

ayopevei ov Ka rji 6 jSov^ rj aWo? inrep ktjvov ivBe^io[<! ' "K.\d)]i-

Mk Trape'x^Q} TO^/ji] ^ovv, KaJtoi Se Tifiav airoBovTtei <to> tcLi

'Ii7T/a[t]."I

TificovTcu Be irpoaTdTai ofjuiaavTei Trapa'x^pTjfJLa • etrel Bi

Ka Ti\jia&\ri'\i, ctvayopeveTco 6 Kdpv^ O7ro'cr[ov Ka nfiaff^rji • tovto)

•Be e[X]dvT[a) 7ra|jo]a- t^v 'lerTiav Tav Tafiiav, Kal 6 [tov Zt^vov

30 ijepevs crTe'(7r)Tei Kal [eK]||cr7re'i'8ei KvXiKa oivov Kexpafievov [ttJ/jo

TOV [^ooj'i • eireiTa dyovTi To[fi ^o'jvv Kal Toy KavTOV Kal [0]0oto?

finest oxen for selection. If none of diately, it is described at this point, be-

tbese was chosen, the Hylleis drove up fore the narration returns, in 1. 23, to the

three more, then the Dymanes, then ox chosen for Zeus. — vn'OK[vi|/]ci : sub-

the Pamphyli again and so on in rota- mits tamely. Aor. subj. 150.— ^cpca-

tion until all twenty-seven oxen had <{>6pos Poo-iX^uv : yepea<j)6pos, the title of

been presented. If still no choice has apriestlyofficlal,occursonlyhere,and,

been made, they select an additional in the form yep7i(j>6pos, in tlie small

ox from each x'X'afTi}!, the third part island of Pserimos, between Cos and

of a tribe, and unite these with the Calymna. The /Soo-iXets were here, as

others. Then the choice is effected, fol- elsewhere, a body o£ officials in charge

lowed by vows and a proclamation, of of religious matters.— ImSvei Upd ktX. :

the choice. — 19 ff. tirtiTa kt\. -. the offers in addition the sacrificial cakes

choice of the ox to be sacrificed to Zeus prepared) /rom a half-iKreis. Cf. iprot

Polieus having been disposed of, a sim- Sio i^ fujuim-ov 1. 48.— 29. <rriitr€i : cor-

ilar procedure is to be repeated for the rected from aTiyrei. (tt^tttu = ariipa,

choiceof anoxtobesacrificedtoHistia; as ipiwru = ipi<j>a. — 31. Kaoirdv: a

and, as this sacrifice takes place imme- whole bumt-offering, in this case, a pig.

Page 273: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 101] COAN INSCRIPTIONS 257

iirrk Kal fieXi Kal aTeiJ,fj.a i^d'y[ovT\e]<; Se KaptxraovTi ev(j}afiiav,

Krjv[ec Se ... .JiVavTe? rbfi fiovv Ka\[eaip]ovTai daWm ical [KX\aU-Toi, Se [^oo-tXjJ? K\apirSiVTi rbfi nej xot[|o|oi'] Kal to, a-TrXdyxvaiirl Tov /StB/ioO 67rt[o-7reV8]oi/Tes fieXiKparcv, €[vT^\pa S]e [eJ^TrXu- 35

i/avre? irapa to[/x ^eofibv KapTr]a)VTi- eVet Be ku KapT-wlOiji,\

va]-

7r[ota?] iTna-TrevBe'Tco ne\iK[paTov, Kapv^ 8]e Kapvacrera) eopTd^[ev\

Ztjvo? n]o[X,tij]o[s] iviavTia mpata e[opTdv lepeii'i] Se rot? eVre-

poK e7ridve[T(o|

d]vrj Kal [tow] (^^ota? Kal (nrovSalv doivo]v Kal

KSKpafievav Kal arelfi/Ma. fjL^T]d tovto Se Iovtw -irdp rov<! lapoiroi-

[oif? e?] TO oiKTjiMa TO Safioaiov ta[/3e||u]? Kal KdpvKe^, iapoTroiol he 40

^evi}^6\yT(o tov l^eprj Kal to'; KdpvKa<s T\avT\a'\v tuv vvKTa eirel

Se Ka aTTOvSdv Troiija-^oJvTai, alpecrdw 6 iapev\<;'\ I.i.tj tS)v lapo-

TTOiSiV ^o6<i TOV dvofievov Tcoi Zr]vl TOii YloXirji, Kal '!rpo[a^op\ev\-

erw dyvevecrOai yvvaiKoi Kal d[vSpd']t; uvtI vvkt6<; • toI Se Kdpv[Ke<s I

aip^eicrdoa cr^ayrj tov /3oo<! 07 Ka y^pi^^avTi r]VTSyv, Kal irpoayopev-

e[TtaII

Tm avjKriTdi tcoi alpeOevn Kara TavTd. Tai avrdi dfiepai 45

Aiovvacoi [^K\vWiT]ai yplpo'i Kal epi^o's tov ypipov ovk airo-

^opd • dvei Se iepeiit K\al tej/sja irapej^ei • yeprj cjjepei Sepfia, o-«e'Xo9.

'IkuSi /Sou? o Kpidel<: BveTai Zr)vl [JlolXt^Jt Kal evSopa evSe'pe-

Taf i(f>' ecTTiav OveTai d\<f>iTa>v '^/MieKTov, apTo[i S\v'\o i^ rjnieKTov,

b are/so? Tv[p'\(i)S7j<; , Kal Td evSopa • Kal eiricnrevSeL te[jo||€i;?] tov- 50

Toi'; olvov KpaTrlpa<; r/aei? yepri toO /S009 twi leprji Sep/jua K^al

o-«:|e]\o? iepd lapeii'; irapey^ei [rje Kal r^iraTo^ -Ijfuav Kal KotXwi?

7Jp,[ia-v,]I

dva(f>6pcoi Se tov tr/ceXeo? tov t&v iepoiroLwv [SiSjoraJ

ciKpiaj^iov, [v]\d)TOV SiKpea<;, vivwp.aia, alfiaTiov 6^e\o'; T/Jt/ccoXto?,

Ne«7To/DiSat[9]I

i'[{Ut]oi' SiKpeai, laTpol's Kpea<;, avXrjTcii Kpea<;, %aX-

xemv Kal K€pa[fjLe\\a)'\v eKaTepoi^ to Ke<pd\aio[y, Ta Se dWa Kpea 55

TOT TTo'Xto?. TavTa Se TrdvTa]|

a7r[o^e]/3eTat e/cro? to[v Tejxevev;.

Cf. no. 102.12 xo^Jos TrpoKauTciierai.— 43. TOi : tlie cvdopa are wrapped in the skin.

dvTl vvKTiSs : during the night. 136.8. The reference is to certain parts of tlie

— 44. atpeCo-eu: 3 pi. 140.1.— irpoa- victim which after slaughter are

'yopcv^Tu : sc. 6 lapeis.— 46. diro<|iopd

:

wrapped up in the skin and made a

here in literal sense, carrying off. Cf

.

special offering. Cf .Hesych. ^vSpara

11. 55-56, and no. 102.10 toAtuv oix Ik- t4 ivSepbiuva (riiv tJ xe^aX? Kal rots vo-

'ix TOV moS. — 48. EvSopa IvS^pc- <rlv.— 49. TvpASus : cheese-shaped, th&t

Page 274: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

258 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 101

rai] avTM afiepac'Adavaiai Uo[\td]\St oh Kveoa-a 6vei Se le[pei)^

Kul] iepd Trape^ei yeprj Xafi^dvei S[ep\p,]a koI o-«e\o9.

'¥.vdrai Me[Xai']ia ^lovvami IkuWitm X^^^P"^ ['^'*' e'|p]K^o? •

ToC %otjOov ovK airo^opd- 6vei lepeiK koI iepd irapexei- yeprj

60 [\a]||/u./3ai'et Sepfia koc o-«;eXo?.

'EjSSo>at dvofjLev[ov] ecr? 'AX/r^tSa? A[a/Aa]|T/3t oh reXeco? «:ai

reXea Kveoaa • Tovrav ovk diro^opd • icvKiKe<; [Kai\val] Bvo SiSov-

rai • 6vei lepei)<s Kal Iepd irapexei • 'yepr) 8e ovara.

"'EKXTa[cI

AtoKvo-wt] 1,KvWiTa[i %ot/)09 ical ept^o?]. rov x°^-

po[v OVK diro^opd 6vei|l]e[pe]v<! K[al Iepd vapexei - -

102. [dvet lapeii^|

Kal Iepd 'irape]xef yeprj Xafi^dvei hepfia

Kal cTKeXr]. T[ai avT]\di d/Mepai 'Peat oh KVevaa Kal iepd, ocraaTrep

Tov lIeSa'yeiTv[io'j\v ryeypairrai, • tovtoov ovk d7ro<f>opd • Ovei iapeiK

5 Kal iepd 7ro/3e;y;e[t • 7]||e/3?7 Xa/M^dvei Sep/ia.

AeKarai "Hpac 'Apyeiai, 'EXeiat BacrtXetat Sayii|aXis Kpird, Kpi-

veadco Se fir] e\da-crovo<; icovrj/ieva '7rev[T'\\i]K0VTa hpaxf-dv 6vei

iapeii'i Kal iepd "jrapexei • jep[r]'] Xafi^d^yei]|

Sepfia Kal cKeXo?

ravTa'i d'7rocj}opd evSopa evBeperai, Kal 0v[erai]|i-irl rai iariai ev

10 Twt vawL rd evhopa Kal eXaTrjp e^ rjp.ieKTOV [cnf^pSiv • tovtcov

OVK eKcjiopd eK tov vaov.

''EvSeKdTai Zrjvl M.axa\v7]t /Sou? KplveTai to arepovero';, e^'ovKa

eeovr[i\ K.[a'\pvelai, Ka[6d\7r'\ep tov ^aTpofjbtov tcol Zrjvl t&i IIoXtTjt

KpiveTai,, Ka\y] %o[t]/30s Trpo^KaVTeveTai Kal irpoKapvacreTai Ka0d-

Trep Tftjt IloXtjjt.

Ava)Se\^K'\\dTai ZtjvI M-axavrji ote? T/aet? TeXemi Kal /Sou? o Kpi-

15 deh TOII

drepov eVo?, e(^' ov Ka ecovTi JLapveiai, to Se aTepov eTO<;

oie'; [rJljOet? reXeiBt • TavTa diet, iapew o twv BaSeKa BeSiv Kal iepd

•Tiiapexei " Tourot? irpodveTai, irdp Toy ko\^iv'jov d ^epovn ^uXeo-

/A|a[pj;]tSat oK^itcov fifiieKTOV, oovov reTapTav yeprj Se ^vkeofila-

20 ;i^t'Sai? SiSoTai tov ^061; oirXd, Tapcr6<;, Toiv Be olSiV to wfiov||e^

is, as cheeses are now made in Cos, in XaXeOo-a etc. in other Coan inscriptions),

the shape of a slender cylinder. — 60. The spelling eo is due to tlie co-existence

&vo|j,4vov : ^dlmvTos.— 61. KUEoo-a : kv- of the spellings eo and eu in the case of

eOcra in no. 102.3 etc., from Kviovra (of. original eo (e.g. gen. sg. -eos and -ews).

Page 275: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 104] THERAN INSCRIPTIONS 259

ow a deofioipia rd/MveTai ku^I to a-T]?7^o? • 76/397 Xafi^dvei 6 ta|j3ev9

aKeXr] Kal SepfiuTu. rai avrdi ajxepai 'Kdavai[aL\ Maxa[vi'^hi

.SdfiaXi<; KpcTU to drepov eTO<s, i(f)' ov ku ecovri Kapv€ia[i, t]|o Se

drepov ero? oh reXea- dvet lapew Kal dtroppaiverai 6aX\d(7a-ai-

rovTcov oiiK d-TTO^opd [dv^crrpa BiSorai rdi 6e&i, e\ai [o||u] TeVo/ae? 25

KotvXeai, o'ivov rerdpra, irpo'xpi Kaival 8vo Kal KvX[i\Ke^] Kaival

Tjoets [T]o[t9 o]i9 TUfi iroXiv covetcrdai Sd/jL^aXLv] I

[Bp~\a'Xfji .. .V ...ra

103. Ti e[TpdSi e|] eiKdBo<;|

[toI<; ^pa)](7LV ot[e9 rpet?] <ote> re'-

Xewi [6vjovrai Kara <f>vX\[d<;, 6] fxev rSiv "TXXecov irapd to 'Hjoa-

KXelov, o Be tS)V Au/xali'wi' irapd Ta 'Ava^iXea, 6 8e rav JIa/i.(j)vXea)v

iv StTeatII

irapd to ^afidTpiov • \eirX\ tovtcov eKdaTcot Upd, ovXo- 5

fjL6i\[pio'\v, TjfjiieKTov exaTepwv, Kal KvXiKe'i Kaival T/set? e|[«:ao-]T(Bt

Kal iriva^ eKdcrTcoi TavTa irape'x^ovTi toI ia|[/j?5?] Kal Ovovtl.

TpiTai dvo/jievov 'HpaKXel e? Ko|[i'tcraA,o]i' d(p)rjv KavTO'i. Tai

aindi dfiepai 'HpaKXel||

[e? JLovi^aaXov (Sov? • toCtoi' 6vei 6 ia- 10

joeu?, Tcoi Se \ [Oe&i l^epd SiSoTai KpiOdv Tpia ^i^eSifiva Kal airv-^

[p^MV TpeK TeTapT7J<; Kal /ieXtTOS TeVope? K0TvX\eai Kal Tupol oteoi

SvwBeKa Kal lirvb'; Kaivb'i Kal (l)p\[v'yd']va)v d'x,6o<; Kal ^vXecav d')(jdo<;

Kal ocvov Tpia||

riiJ.i')(pa. 15

Theran

104. Thera. VII cent. b.c. IG.XII.iii.T62. SGDI.4808. Roberts 2.

a. 'Ve^dvop, 'ApKhayeTa<;, HpoKXrj';, KXeaydpai;,

Hetpaiev;.

h. "A7X0J/, IlepiXa<;, MdXrjPo<;.

c. Aeoi/TtSas.

d. 'OpOoKXrj';.

10a. 17. irAp T07 Koivov : sc. pioiiAv. long to the oldest period of the alpha/-

104-106. Nos. 104 and 105 are epl- bet, when there were no signs for tp

taphs, while no. 106 belongs to a series and x, which were indicated by ttA and

of inscriptions cut in the solid rock and kA or pA, in consequence of which even

mostly of obscene content. They be- e was sometimes indicated by eh {as in

Page 276: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

260 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 105

105. Thera. VII cent. B.C. IG.XII.iii.753. SGDI.4:809. Roberts In.

Upa^iXai /Lie @ha(p)pvfiapho<; eVoie.

106. Thera. VII cent. B.C. IG.Xn.iii.536. SGDI.4787. Solmsen27.

a. IIheiSi{7r)7riSa<; oi-rrhe. I. Ti/Ji.a'yopai Koi '^V7rhepr]<s Kal

iyoi'!rh\o/j,e';']. c. "Ez/ttuXo? rdSe— Tvopvo';. d. '^vrreSoKXfj<i ivepo-

TTTero TciSe. e. iopKero fid tov 'A7ro'(\)\5.

107. Thera. IV or early V cent. B.C. IG.XII.iii.Suppl.l324. Solm-

sen 28.

'AyXoTe\rj<s 7r/3aTt(7|To? 'Ayopdv fuKdSi|

Ka[/3]i'')jta deov SeL\'!rv[i]^ev hoviTravriSa||

Kal Aatcapro^.

108. Thera. IVcent.B.o. IG.XII.iii.452. SGDI.4772. Ziehen.Leges

Sa<:rael27.

'Aprapftrio TerdpTai I ireS' iKaSa 6v<reovn|

lapov, 'AjopijiOK Se I

[p'jelirvoy xal [a[j)]d irpo to (rap,7]io.

109. Thera. IVcent.B.c. IG.XVI.iii.436. SGDI.4765. Ditt.Syll.630.

Michel 715. Solmsen29. Ziehen,Leges Sacrae 128.

5 Ovpoi yd<; I @eS)v 'M.arpi. I @eos ayaddi rluj^ai ayaOov Slai'/ioj/o?

dva-iaI

'Apx^vov • twi erlet run •7rpaTi(rT\coi dvcrovn /SoOli' Kal irv-

10 poi)V iyII

p,eSip,vov Kal|

KpiOav iy Svo p.\eSifivcov Kal ocvolv (jieTprjrdv

no. 105). Even at this early time f month Artemisius they shall offer a sac-

was completely lost, cf. KXeaySpaSj'Op- rifice, and at the Agoreia (name of a

ffoKXiji, Aeovrldas, i-rrole. festival) a banquet and sacrifices in

107. Agloteles, son of Enipantidas front of the image.

and Lacarto, was the first to honor with 109. 1 f . Boundaries of the land for,

a Carnean banquet the god {Apollo Car- the Mother of the Gods. This vfas,

neus) on the twentieth of the month in doubtless, land dedicated to her serv-

which the 'Ayopai were celebrated (of. ice by Archimus, who also promises

'Ayop'fimt no. 108). But the words from a sacrifice.— 6 ff. In the very first year

Tpino-Tos to Sciirm^eii are variously in- (as well as thereafter) they shall offer

terpreted. The inscription, up to the an ox, a medimnus of wheat, etc. —last two words, is metrical (two iambic evo-ovn : instead of evaiovri. (cf . no. 108),

trimeters), hence 5ci7r>'i|£>' without aug- but with retention of the Doric end-

ment and with the Att. -Ion. V movable. Ing, while <l>ipoviTiv\,\h is completely

For hlK&Si. see 68 c, 116. Attic, likewise 'kpreiuirlou (cf.'Apro/u-

108. On the twenty-fourth of the Tiouno.108).— Iy )u8C)i,vov. See 136.9,

Page 277: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 110] CEETAN IlsrSCEIPTIONS 261

Kal oKXa\

eTrdpynara Sv at (op\]fii ^epovaiv, fir]v6<; 'Aprelfuaiov 15

Tre'/iTTTat i(TTap.\evov Kal p,rjvo<; "taKLv6Co\v ireiMnai. iaraiievov.

Cretan

110. Gortyna. Vcent.B.c. SGDI.4991. Hicks 35 (only I). Inscr.Jurid.I,pp.352 ff. Michel 1333. Solmsen 30. Comparetti.Mon.Antichi III,pp.93 ff. Merriam,Am.J.Arch.l885,324 fE.,1886,24 ff.

®ioi. I'O? K iXevOepoL e SoXoi fieWei av\iriixoX€V, irpo St'/ta? fie i

076!'. at 6|e K dyei, KaTaSiicaKcrdTo to iXevOeplo SeKu (TTaTepav<;,

110. The famous Gortynian Law-Code. Altliough conveniently so desig-

nated, it is not of coui-se a complete

code of laws, but a series of regulations

on various subjects, complete in itself,

as shown by the fiiot at the beginning

and the unused space at the end of the

last column. The state of the alphabet

(there are no signs for </> and x, which

are not distinguished from t and k.

See 4.1), the forms of the lettera, and

the direction of the writing (pov(rTpo<pri-

S&v), are such as are usually character-

istic of the sixth century B.C., but tlie

general style of the writing, precise

and regular, points to a later date. It

is now generally believed that the de-

velopment of the alphabet was slower

in Crete than elsewhere, and that the

Code is of the fifth century b.c, prob-

ably about the middle of it. There are

also other inscriptions from Gortyna

containing regulations of a similar

character but on different subjects, one

series of seven columns being knownsometimes as the Second Code (SGDI.

Although a sign for 7; is lacking in

the Law-Code, the B had already been

usedwith this value in an earlier period,

and H is regularly so used in the in-

scriptions of the "North Wall," which

are not much later than the Law-Code.The proper transcription of E in the

Law-Code is in certain classes of forms

uncertain, since there is evidence of

both c and 1; from inscriptions whichcontain a sign for -q. Such are the in-

finitives of conti-act verbs in -EN {-iv

or -cK?), and the infinitives in -MEN(-yuex or -ij,ev ?) . The earlier inscriptions

with B have ivfoiniv, ^/jtev, while the

later ones with H have /mX^v, ^yuijx. Thetranscription followed in our text is

that which accords with the forms of

the earlier inscriptions. The prohibi-

tive M E has been transcribed ujii-

formly fii, although the inscriptions

which have H often have fj,i beside /ii)

before words beginning with a vowel

(93). The same inscriptions show that

aor. subj. \ayd<rci etc. should be so

transcribed, not \ayd(rh etc. See 150.

I.1-II.2. Disputes over the owner-

ship of a slave or one alleged to be a

slave.

1. 1 ff. Whoever is about to bring s^uit

in relation to a free man or a slave,

shall not make seizure before the trial.

If he makes the seizure, (thejudge) shall

condemn him to afine of ten staters in

the case of a free man, five in case of a

slave, because he seizes him, and shall

decree that he release him within three

Page 278: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

262 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 110

5 t5 86\o 7reVT||e, on ayet, Kal Si/caKadro Xayda-at\

iv ral<; Tptcrl ajie-

pai<:. ai [8e] ku|

/xe [Xa^Jao-et, KaraStKaSSero to fiev\

iXevdepo

10 (TTarepa, rS S6\d [Ba]picv\dv rd<; a/iepas peKoara';, irpiv ku \a\yd-

aet TO Be icpovo tov Bi[K]aa-T\dv oixvivTa xpivev. at B' awioiTo|

fi,e

dyev, TOV SiKacxTdv oiJi,vvvT\a Kp[^i'\vev, al lie diroTTOvloi fiaiTv;.|

at

15 Be Ka fioKei 6 fiev iXev0e[p]ov,||o B[e B]o\ov, icdpTOvav; ifiev

|

[ore-

jOo]t K iXevOepov diroTrovioi^TL. al Be k dvirl BoXdi fioXtovn|

irovi-

20 ovTe'! fov peKaTepo^; ep^ev, al p,ev Ka p.atru'i diroTrdvei, k^^tu tov

fiaiTvpa Bi/cdBBev, al|

Be k e dviroTepod diroirdvidvTt|

e fieBaTe-

poi/TOv Bt/caaTav (htvvvTa Kpivev. e Be Ka viKaffei 6|

ckov, [rjo/i

25 fiev iXevdepov Xa'^daat Tav Tre [i']t' dfiepav, tov Be So|X[oy] e? kS-

pav; aTToBofiev. al Be 1 Ka fie Xaydcrei e fie airoBoL, StKaKlcraTO

30 viKev TO fxev -iXevdepo I irevTeKOVTa aTaTepav; Kal a^^TaTepa ra?

days. But if he does not release him,

{the judge) shall condemn him to a fine

of a stater in the case of a free man, a

drachma in the case of a slave, for each

day until he releases him; and as to the

time, the judge shall decide under oath.

— For the use of the genitive in to

IXevffipo, TO SoXo, see 171. Similarly t5

irevreKovTcurTaTipo 11.38. Observe the

clear distinction in use, here and else-

where, between SiicdSSei'and Kpivev. The

former is used where the judge pro-

nounces formal judgment according to

the law and the evidence, the latter

where he acts directly as arbiter. Cf.

especially XI. 26 ff.— 11 fi. But if one

denies making a seizure, the judge shall

decide under oath, unless a witness tes-

tifies. If one party contends that a manis afree man, the other that he is a slave,

those who testify that he is a free manshall be preferred. If they contend about

a slave, each declaring that he is his, if

a witness testifies, (the judge) shall de-

clare judgment according to the witness,

but if they testify for both orfor neither,

thejudge shall decide under oath- When

the one in possession has been defeated,

he shall release the free man within five

days, and he shall surrender the slave.

If he does not release (the free man) or

surrender (the slave), (the judge) shall

decree that (the plaintiff) havejudgment

(viKiv = Att. viKav) against him, in the

case of the free man for fifty staters and

a stater, for each day until he releases

him, in the case of the slave ten staters

and a drachma for each day until he

surrenders him. But at the end of a year

after the judge has pronounced judg-

ment, one may exact three times tim

amount (i. e. three times the original

fines, instead of the accumulated fines

for delay) or less, but not more. As tothe

time thejudge shall decide under oath.—The purpose of this last provision seems

to be to prevent the accumulation of

fines out of all proportion to the value

of the slave. Some take rplrpa as a

third (i.e. of the accumulated fines).

The word occurs, in another Cretan

inscription (SGDI.5000 I), where its

meaning is equally disputed.— 25. tov

TtivT d)updv : gen. of time, 170,^

Page 279: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 110] CRETAN INSCEIPTIONS 263

afiepa<i /re«ao-T|a?, irpi'v ku Xaydaei, tS 8e 80 \o|

Se/ca c7TaTepav<;

KOI SapKvavI

ra? a/iepa? peKaa-ra';, Trplv k a\'irohoL e? Kepav<;. e Be

Ka /caTaStll/ca/eo-et o SiKacrrd^, iviavroi irlpaSSedeai rk rplrpa e 35

/ietov,I

ttXiov 8e /^e • to Se /epoVo toi^ StlKacrTai; ofivvvra Kplvev. al

heI

Ka vaevei 6 hdXo<; .0 Ka viKade\\i, kuXmv clvtI fiairvpov Bvov 40

S\po/xeov iXev6epov a7roSetA;craT|o eVt rSt j'aSt oVe «a meyet I alu-

T09 e a(X)Xos 7r/30 tovto at Se|

Ka fie KaXii e /xe SeUaei, KaTi-

a\\[TaT]o TO, e[ypa]{fj)fieva. al Se Ka fieS'|avrov uttoSol ev roi evi- 45

avroi,I

Tav<i airXoov; T[t]/x^i/9 eVt«aT|a(7Ta(7et. at Se k airoddvei

p\o\iotieva<; raS Si[Ka]<;, rav a7r\|[o'oi' Tifj,av KaTiaja-Tatrel. al Sje 50

Ka Koa-[p,]iov dyei. e Koa-fj,iovTo\'; aXXo'i, I k cnrocTTM, ixoXev, Ka'C K\a

viKadei, Karia-Tdfj^v air [a]?|

[a/uepa]? a7a7e rd iypa(/ji,)/jLeva.||

[toJi/ 65

Se veviKafjLevo[v] Ka[l tov Ka~\^\\TaKeip,evov djovri dirarov I efiev. 11

At Ka TOV eXevBepov e|

tuv eXevOepav Kdprei otirei, eKahov

(TTaTepav: KaTaaracrel a||t Se' k dtreTaCpo, Sexa • al Se k 6 SoXok 5

TOV eXevSepov e Tav eXev6epa\v, SiirXei KUTaa-Tuael al Se k e'X,e|v-

6epo<; poiKea e poiKeav, irevTe|

SapKvdvi • al Se xa f[oJtKeii? poiKea 11

35. IviavToi: notyearjhVLt anniversary. slave) of a member of the k6(tjj.os, the

See Glossary. •— 38 ff. If the slave on case shall be tried after he (the oflScial)

whose account one is defeated takes ref- has gone out of office, and, if defeated

uge in a temple, (the defeated party), he shall pay what is written from the

summoning {the successful party) in the time when he made the seizure. But

presence of two witnesses of age and there shall be no penalty for seizing one

free, shall point out {the slave) at the condemnedfor debt or one who has mort-

temple where he takes refuge, either him- gaged his person. —The penalties fixed

self or another for him; but if he does in 11. 47-50 and their relation to the

not make the summons or point him out, provision in 1. 36 are variously under-

he shall pay what is written. If he does stood. Many take tlhAvs and •nii.av as

not even (referring back to 11. 34 ft. ) sur- referring to the value of the slave.

render him {the slave) at the end of a II. 2-45. Rape and adultery.

year, he shall pay the simple fines in II.2 ff. If one commits rape upon a

addition (to what is stated in 11. 34 ff.). free man or woman, he shall pay one

If {the slave) dies while the suit is being hundred staters; but if upon {the son or

tried, he shall pay the simple fine (i.e. daughter) ofan d-iriraipos, ten. Thedir^-

wlthout any additional fines for delay). raipos, one who was not a member of

If a member of the k6<tiju>s (see Glossary) a iraipela. {iraipela) or society made up

makes a seizure, or (another {seizes the of citizens, occupied a social position

Page 280: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

264 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 110

10 I poiKeav, 7r[eV]Te crTaTepav<;.|

ivSoOiSiav SoXav al Kapret Safi\(i-

a-aiTO, Svo aTarepavi Kara<T\raa-ei al Se ica BeSafiv[a]fievav

15 7re|8' afiepav, [ojSeXoV, al Se k ev vvifrl, Sv 6Se\6v<; opKiorepav

S' el/jbev rav hoKav. at Ka rav i\\evdepav eTnirepeTai ottrev iiKi^ov-

20 TO'i KaSeara, Bbku o-rarll/aaj'? /caraa-Taa-et, al airotrdvio^i fiatTV<;.

at Ka rav iXevdepav|

iioikCov alXeOet, ev iraTpo'i e ev a^ekirio e ev

TO apSp6<!, eKarov 1 a-Tarepav; KaTacrTacrei ' al Be k i\v a(\)Xo,

25 TrevreicovTa • al Be Ka rav||

to aireTaipo, Bma al Be k o So\o9

Wah' eKevdepav, BiTrXel KaTaaTaad^ • al Be Ka SoXo? Bo\d, ireii^e.

30 irpofenrdro Be avrl /ji,atT\vpdv rpiov rots KaBea-Ta'i^ to evaiKe6evro<i

aWve6\9aL ev Tal<i irevT atiepai<; •\

to Be BoXo toi irdaTai avn|

35 fiaiTvpov Bvov. al Be Ka p\e aXXvcreTai,, eiri toI^ eX6i)^i efiev KpeO-

dai oTvai Ka XACovti. al Be Ka irovei BoXo'^a-aOOai, ofiocrai tov eX6\vTa

40 TO TrevreKOVTaaTarelpo Kal 7rXiovo<! irevTov aijirov plv avToi peKa-

arov eTrlapiofievov, to S' aireTaipo I Tplrov avTov, to Be /roi/ee|o? rov

45 Trdcrrav oLTepov avr^v fioiKiovT eXev, BoXoaa6\\6ai Be fie.

Ac K avep [/ca]^ [yi/JIvo; BiaKp\i'\vdv\T'\aL, rh pa a\vTat; eKev, aneKOva eie "Mp rov dvBpa, Kal to Kaptro t|Aw ifiivav, aX k ei e?

midway between the i\ei6epos and the him as they wish.— 36 fi. If one declares

foiKeds. Possibly the ^4voi. are meant.

that he has been the victim ofa plot, then

11 fi. If one violates a household slave the one who caught him shall swear, in

by force, he shall pay two staters, but a case involving afine offifty staters or

if one that has already been violated, by more, withfour others (literally himself

day one obol, but if in the night two as a fifth), each calling down curses

obols; and the slave shall have the pref- upon himself {if he test^es falsely), but

erence in the oath. — 16 fi. If one air- in the case of an i.ir4Taipos with two

tempts to have intercourse with a free others, in a case of a serf the master

woman to the distress of her relative, he and one other, that he took him in adul-

shall pay ten staters if a witness testi- tery and did not lay a plot,

flea.— 4irnripeToi: Teipdai.—aKEvovTOs: II.46-III.44. Rights of the wife in

&xeioi.— 28 fi. One shall announce be- the case of divorce or death of husband.

fore three witnesses to the relatives of 11.45 fi. If a man and wife are di-

the one caught (literally caught in, i.e. vorced, (the wife) shall have her ownin the house of the father etc.) that property with which she came to her

they are to ransom him withinfive days

;

husband, and the half of the produce, if

but to the master ofa slave before two wit- there is any from her own property, and

nesses. But if he is not ransomed, it shall the half ofwhatever she has woven within

be in the power of th? captors to do vjith {the house), whatever there is, and five

Page 281: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 110] CEETAK msCEIPTIONS 265

Tov /r^ji; avTa<i Kpe/xaTov, koti\

k evvwdvei rhv [kf,.lva\v dri\

k' It, goKal irevre a-Tarepavi, at k' 6 a\vep atrto? It rai ice[p]eva-t\o'; a[l]

Se irovioi avep [atriljo? fie S]fj,ep, tov Sikuitt^v|||6p.vwra Kpi'vev. 55

ai Sen a\X\o irepoi t5 avBpo^, TreWe (rT\aTipav; Karacnaael koti|

"^

Ka ire'pei avTov, koti ku -TrapWEXet uttoBoto avTov. ov Be k\

eKaav- 5

veaeTat hiKaKaai T\av jvvaiK airofioaai tuv "Apfre/MV Trap 'Afiv-

KXalov Trap rav|

ToKcriav. oti Be tk k a'Trop,o\\Tdv(raL irapiXei, lo

n-evTe a-TaT\epav<! KaTaaTaael Kal to K/jjeo? avTov. al Be k oXKot-Tpi\o<i a-vve(a-)a-dBBei, BeKU a-T[aT]^pav<s KaTaa-Taaei, to Be «/3e||to? is

SiirXel on k 6 St/cao-ra?|

ofioaei avveaa-dKcrai.|al avep cnroOdvoL

TeKva KaT\aXiirov, at Ka Xei a yvvd, tA fa|avra? eKovaav oirvUO-

pa||i Kan k 6 aveS Bdi kuto, to, i'y\pafjLfj,e'va avn fiaiTvpov Tpkov 20

Spo/ieov iXevdepov • al[Be n tov Tmvov Tre'poi, evBi\KOV efiev. al Be

Ka uTSKVovII

KaTaXiirei, Td re pa aiiTW eKe\v koti k ev\y'\Trdvei 25

[rjai/ ep\i'\v\av «a[t t'^ «:a/)7r[5] to evB\o'\dev 'n\eBa tov etri^aXXov-

t\ov'\ ixoipa\y Xo«:e[i'] Kat tC k o aveB Bdi at eyJjpaTTai • al Be n 30

aXXo irepoc, ^v^Bikov efiev. al Be yvva dTeK\vo<; aTroddvoi, Td re pa\

avTa<i Tot? eiri^dXXovcri dTr\oB6fiev koti evvirave tclv e^jMivav Kal to 35

Kapiro, at k ei e?|

tov pov avTo.';, Tav efiiva\v. KOfuaTpa at Ka Xei

staters, if the husband is the cause of the ifilvav : see 1 1 . 1.— 50. koti : here anddivorce. But if the husband declares he III.26, 34 = rai on, i.e. itai ovrivos, gen.

is not the cause, the judge shall decide by attraction. — III. 14-15. Kpcios :

under oath. But if she carries off any- xpiJ"" from xp'^^o^, gen. sg. witli SwXer.

thing else belonging to the husband, she — 17 ff. If a man dies leaving children,

shall payfive staters, and whatever she if the wife wishes, she may marry again

carries off and whatever she purloins holding her own property and whatever

this she shall return. But as regards her husband may have given her, ac-

matters which she denies, {the judge) cording to what is written, in the pres-

shall decree thai she take the oath of en.ce of three witnesses of age and free,

denial by Artemis, {proceeding ?) to the But if she takes anything belonging to

Amycleium to the archer-goddess. If the children, it shall be a matterfor trial,

any one takes anything away from her — 27 ff. And of the produce in the

after she has taken the oath of denial, house she shall share with the lawful

he shall pay five staters and the thing heirs.— tov liriPa\\6vT5v : i i-n-L^AWov,

itself. If a stranger helps her carry the heir at law, a short expression for

things off, he shall pay ten staters Jt ^Ti;8d\X« (rd xpVa'ra) ; of. V.21-22

and half the amount which the judge o?s k ^7ri/3dXX«.— 37 ff. If man or wife

swears he helped carry o/.— 49. rdvv wishes to make gifts, (it is permitted),

Page 282: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

266 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 110

40 So>ei'1avep e ryvvd, I pSfia e 8wo8e/c|a araTepav; eSvoSeKci a-ra-j\\e-

pov /cpeo<;, irXiov Se fie. ai «|a /rotKeos fotKea KptOei BooJ

e airoda-

v6vro<;, ra fii avTa\; sKev aXKo 8' at n irepot, evS[iKop e/iev.

I

45 At reKOi rfvvh /i;||e[jo]e[i^o]z'o-a, iirekevaai roi a\v8pl iirl (rreyav

avTi iiaii\vpov rpiov. ai he fie SeKaai,\T0, eirl rat /larpl e/iev to

50 reiclvov e Tpdirev e airodefiev • opK^ioTeppB 8' e/iev to? KaBea-r\a,v;

Kal T0<; iialrvpavi, al|eTreXeva-av. al Be poiicea Te\tcoi Kcpevovaa,

55 eTteXeiKTai\

toi jrdcrTai to avBp6<s, o? c^vie, uvtI fiaiTvpov [Bv]ou.|j|

IV al Be tea fie BeKcreTai, eirl toi\irdaTai efiev rh tbkvov toi T|a? fOi-

5 /ce'a?. ai Be tol avTOi a^nv ottvioito irpb to iviaviWo, to irat,Biov

CTri roL irda-Tai|

e/jkev toi to poiKeoi. KopKio\Tepov efiev top iireXev-

10 a-avka Kal ro<; fJLalTvpav<;. iy\yvh, Kepeiiova ai cnro^dXot||

iraiBiov

irplv ewekeva-ai «a[T]|a; to, e'^pap.jMeva, eXevOepo ix\ev KaTaaTacrel

irevTeKOVTa I (XTaTepavi, BoXd irevTe KaX p\iKaTi, ai Ka vcicaOe. oi

15 Be Ka fxII

ei[e] Tt(9) cTTetya o-irvi eireXevcr^i, e avrov p-e opei, al (,ai)

a-}ro6\eie to iraiBiov, uttutov ep^ev.|al KvaaiTO Kal Texoi poiK\ea pe

20 o-TTViopeva, eirl toi T[d']||Trar/jo? irdaTai epev to T\eKVov • al B' 6

iraTep pe Boot,, iWrl rots top aBeXTTiov Trda^ai'i ep^v.

25 Ibv iraTepa top|

tckpop Kal top KpepaTOP i^apTepop ep,ev TaS

BaCaioiI

Kal Tap paTepa top pop aikra'i Kpep^aTOP. a? Ka Boopti, I

either clothing or twelve staters or some- — a-riyav : this is the regular word for

thing of the value of twelve staters, but house in this inscription, pomla being

not more.— K6(i,i<rTpa: perhaps a tech- household (V.26) and foiKos not oocur-

nical term for certain kinds of gifts. ring.—IV.14ff. If the man has no house

III. 44-1V. 23. Disposition of chil- to which she shall bring {the child), or she

dren horn after divorce. does not see him, if she exposes the child,

III.44 ff. If a divorced wife bears a there shall be no penalty.— oi 8^ Ka

child, she shall bring it to her husband |i.' Ali] ktX. : this conforms to the read-

at his house in the presence of three wit- ing of the stone, tliough the elision of

nesses. If he does not receive it, the child the e of /d is difficult (or read i^'i[e]

shall be in the power of the mother either with aphaeresis ?) . For /ca with the op-

to bring up or to expose; and tJie relatives tative see 177.

and witnesses shall have preference in IV.23-VI.2. Partition of property

the oaWi, as tg whether they brought it. ^mong chil4re^ an(i heirs-at-law,

Page 283: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 110] CEETAN INSCEIPTIONS 267

fie inrdvavKov ifiev Sar^eeai^- al h4 rt? aradeCe, hiro^dTraedaL 30

Toi arafievot a\i ejpaTTai. e Se k airoedvei 74(9), |crreyav; fj,ev

rav^ ev iroXi Ka|Tt k iv Tai(<;) a-rejaK evIi, a']? ku fj.e foiK€v<s evpoi-

Kec eV||t Kopai poiKiov, kuI to, irpo^aTa ku} «apTa[t']7roSa, a ku /xe 35

/rot/ee'os ei,|

eVt toi'; vid(n efiev, ra S' d\\\a Kpe/iara iravra BarSd-da\i Ka\o<s, Kal XavKuvev to? /iev

||vlvvi ottottoi k iovti Si5|o fioipavi 40

feKaa-Tov, raS B\e dvyarepav^ oiroTTai k Xov\ti fiCav /loipav fexd-a-rav. B\aT€0[0]at Be Kal to, fiaTp[o]ia, I

||k aTrodd[ve]i, anre[p] 45

TO, [waTpoi]I

e[yparT]ai. al Se Kpep,ara fie et|e, areya Se, XaxevraO 6[v]'yaTe\pa<; ai eyparrai. al Be ica Xl|t o irarep Boo<i lov Bofiev

Ta\\i oTTViofievai, Boto kuto. r\a iypafifieva, irXiova Be fie.|oreiai Be 50

TrpoOO' eBoKe e imaltrevae, ravr eKev, dWa Be fie|||

avo\av[Kd]- Vvev. yvvd 6[r]eia K\pefiaTa fie exei e [iralrpoB Bo]vto'; e a[8]e\7ri5

e iina--7rev\a-avT0<; e diro\a[K]6va-a a\\i ok 6 Al6[a]\ev(<i) arapTh 5

eKoa-\filov ol a-iiv Kv[X]Xot, TavT\fi<: fiev diroXavKdvev, Tat|S Be irpoOOa

fie e\y'\BiKov efj.\ev.

E K d'rr\o'\ddvei dvep e yvi}^d, al fiev k ei reKva e e? TelKVOv 10

TeKva e e? tovtov re^Kva, touto? e«e[z'] rd Kpefia\Ta. al Be ku fieri';

ei TOVTOV, d^ayBeX-jTiol Be to d7roOav6v\\TO<; «€«? dBe\X]inov reKvla 15

e 69 rovrov reKva, tout|o9 eKev rd Kpefiara. al Be Ka I fieri<; ei tov-

tov, dBevTTial B\e to diroOavovTO'i /ce? Tavi'^dv reKva e e? rov Trnvov 20

re^Kva, tovto<; exev rd Kpefialra. al Be Ka fieTi<; ei tovtov, I oh

K iirifidXXei otto k ei to KpkfiaTa, tovto9 dvaLXe06alk. al Be fie 25

IV.29ff. But if any one {of the chil- when Cyllus and his colleagues of the

dren) should be conde)nned to pay afine, trrapTb^ {subdivision of the tribe) of the

the one who has beenfined shall have Ms Aethalians composed the Kdaiios, these

portion taken out and given him as is women shall share in the inheritance,

written.— 33 ff. als Ka kt\. . which are but against those {who received gifts)

not occupied by a serf residing in the previously no action shall be brought.—country.— 44 ff. And the property of 22 ff. If there is none of these, those to

the mother shall be divided, when she whom it falls according to the source of

dies, in the same way as is prescribed the property shall receive it. But if

for the property of the father. — V.l ff. there are no heirs-at-law, those of the

Whatever woman has no property either household who compose the /cXopos (i.e.

Ml gift offather or brother or by prom- the body of KKapurai or serfs attached

we or by inheritance, as (wcw written) to the estate) shall have th^e money. —-

Page 284: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

268 GEEEK DIALECTS [No. 110

elev eTrt/SaWoi'Tels, rd'i poiKiai; oonve^ k|

lovn 6 KXapo<s, tovtovi;

e]Kev TO, Kpefiara.

30 Ai Se K olI

eTTt/SaWoj/re? ol fiev \eC^VTi Sareddai to. Kpefiaija,

ol Se p,e, SiKUKo-ai rov hi\KaaTav eirl rolX Xeioveri B\aTe60ai efiev

35 TO, KpifiUTU jr\dvTa, irpCv Ka hdrrovrai.||ai Be xa SiKdKa-avro<s to

SltKacTTO Kaprei ivcreiei e d\r/ei e Trepei, BeKa aTaTepa,v\<; KaTaara-

40 erel koX to Kpe\io<; hiTrXel. tvutov Se Kal icafJiliro ical fefiw; Kaviri-

Se/j,a<! KleTriTToXaiov KpefiuTOV, a'l Ka file Xeiovn SaTe^ffdai — tov

45 SltKao-rJai' ojAvvvTa Kplva\i -iropTl tA fioXiofieva. [a]t [S]||e Ka Kpe-

fjLaTa SaTiop,evoi I fie' avvji.jvoa'KovTi, avhrl Tav Saiiriv, ovev to, Kpe-

50 pifLTa Ko<; Ka ifkelcrTOV StSlot cnroSofievoi Tav Tifidv 11 Sia[X]aK6vTov

Tav iTra^o\\,dv feKacTTO'i. haTiop,e\voLh Se Kpep,aTa p,aiTVpa\v'i ira-

Ylpejiev Spopeav<; eXe\v6e'pov's Tpuv<; e irXtavi.|||OvyaTpl e BiSoi, KaTO,

Th ai\Td.

''A<; K 6 iraTeS Soei, tov to Trlar/jos KpefidTov irap vieo<s 1 p,e

5 ove66ai /tteSe KaTadC&kOdai • oltl Se k avT0<; •jrdo'ei\ai, e diroXaKei

inroSiSoddo, I a'i Ka Xei. peSe tov iraTepa to, Tmv tbkvov cltl k av-

id Tol Trderov^Tai e diroXdKovTi. peSe to, rlla? jvvaiKO'; tov dySpa

airo^6{d)6ai peS' eTnairevcrai, peS'|

vlvv to, Td<; paTpo';. ai S\e ti<s

15 irplaiTO e KUTadeiTO e i^irunrevaaiTo, dXXai S' e7j0aT||[Ta]t, ai TdSe

28ff. If some of the heirs-atr-lawwish to oftheprice.— 34. SAttovtoi: aor.subj.,

divide the property, and others not, the of. d,iroSiTTaSeai. 82. — 36. ivmdi

:

judge shall decree that all the property taken by some as fv-a-elei (o-eiai), but

belong to those wishing to divide, uniil more probably iva-eiei (ef/«) with a in-

they divide it. If any one, after the de- stead of i from the indicative.— 39.

cision of the judge, enters in by force or tvotSv: BvqT&v = ^ifuv, as In Hdt.2.

drives or carries off anything, he shall 68.— VI.l. SiSoi : subj. without Ka.

pay ten staters and double the value of 174.

the object. In the matter of live stock, VI.2-46. Sale and mortgage of fam-

produce, clothing, ornaments, and fur- ily property.

niture, if they do not wish to make a VI.2 ff. As long as the father lives,

division, the judge shall decide with ref- one shall not purchase any of the fa-erence to the pleadings. If, when divid- therms property from the son, nor take a

ing the property, they do not agree as to mortgage on it. But whatever {the son)

the division, they shall sell the property, himself has acquired or inherited, he

and, disposing of it to whoever offers the may dispose of, if he wishes. — 14 f.

most, they shall receive each his share dWai 8' eYparrai ; and it is written

Page 285: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 110] CEETAN INSCRIPTIONS 269

T^ ypdf^fMaTa mparrai, T<i] fi[e]v^icpefiara eVl rat p,arpl lp\ev

Keirl rai yvvai/ci, 6 B' aTro\S6p,€VO'; e /caradevi I eVt||o-7reWai'9 rot 20

trpiaiMevdi|

e KaTade/Mevot I e'!na-!rev\craixevdL SiirXei KaTaaTa\a-ec

KM Tt' K aW dra<: ei, to a7r|Xo'oi/ • tov Se TrpoOda fj,e ei\\SiKov i/xev. 23

at Se K 6 dvTi/j,\o\o<; aTro/ioXit dvirl to «;/3|eo9 01 k avTrifioXiovTi fAe

ifiev Ta? /ttaT[|0]o? I Ta|? jwaiKO^, fiokev orre k eij^i^dXkei, Trap 30

Toi ScKaa-TMI

e pmdaTO eypaTTM. al Se k a\n-o6dvei p,dTep TeKvaKaTa\nr6\vaa, tov iraTepa KapTepbv efiev

|

tSv jxaTpoiov, dwoSd(6)dai

Se jxeII

iieSe KaTadep,ev, al ku fie tA TeK\va eiraiveaei Spop,ee<s iov- 35

re?.I

\a\l Se tk dWdi irpiaiTO e KaTa\6elTo, to. p,ev xpefiuTa iirl

TOt|? TeKVOK e/iev, toi Se irpiap\\evoi e KaTaffefievoi, tov d'7roS\6iu.evov 40

e TOV KaTadevTa tclv|

Si-rrXeiav KaTaa-Tdaai to,:; T|i/ia?, «at ti

K aW UTa^ ei, to d\7r\6ov. al Se k dXXav oirvCei, to, TJ|eKZ/a [t5]i' 45

[fjL^aTpoiov KapTepbvk efiev.

At K eS Sv(r[fj,eviav<;] 7re|/3a[0et «]eK? dXXo7ro\ia<; -vir' dv\dvKa<;

iK6p.evo<! Ke\o[fj,']evd ti\^ XvcreTai, eir\ tSi aXXi/o-ayneVHot ep,ev, irpiv 50

K diroSoi TO eTri^d\\Xov. ai Se ica p,e op,o\o'^iovT\i apmX Tav TrXe-

- dvv e fie [K']e\o/j,e\[v'\o avTO [X]vaad0ai, tov SiKaa-lTav ofivvvTa

Kpivev TTopTt TO,\\

fioXiofieva. [t]o eKevOepo tov|

Se .. \aX 55

K Sd\o'i'\III

eirl TCLV ekevOepav ekOov oirviei, \ ekevOep' e/j,ev ravil

otherwise = otherwise than is written. what is proper. ' The general sense is

Cf. 1. 37 and ¥1X1.54. — ai tASc toL clear, but the restoration and precise

-Ypdiijiara lYparrai: since the inscrip- interpretation is uncertain. Perhaps,

tion of this law, contrasted with toi/ Sk with the reading of the text, if one is

Trp6dea, 1.24:, inmatters ofprevious date. sold into hostile hands and some one.

So in IX. 16 and XI. 19.— 25 ff. But if forced (to do so) upon his demanding it,

the opponent denies, with reference to ransoms himfrom his exile.— 51 ff. But

the matter about which they are disput- if they do not agree about the a'mount,

ing, that it belongs to the m,other or the or on the ground thai he did not demand

wife, action shall be brought where it to be ransomed, etc.— 55 ff. Something

belongs, before thejudge where it is pre- is certainly missing between the end of

scribed for each case. VI and the beginning of VII, either

VI.46-VII.15. Repayment of ran- overlooked by the stonecutter in copy-

som. Children of mixed marriages. ing, or possibly added on the original

Responsibility for the acts of a slave. substructure, which is not extant.—VI.46ff. 'A ransomed person shall VII. Iff. In the case of marriage be-

belong to the ransomer, until he pays tween a male slave and a free woman,

Page 286: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

270 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 110

TeKva. ai Se k|

a eXevOepa iirl tov SSXov, So\' efjL\ev to, rexva. al

5 Be K e? ra? atirila? /laTpoi; iXevdepa Kal hoXa|

reKva yeverai, e

K airoOdvei a I /jLarip, ai k ei Kpefiara, tovs £X^vdepov<i exev. ai

10 S' iXevOepoi I fie eKcretev, TOva<s eiri^aXXoii^av'; avaiXe(6)6ai. a[*]

K eKi aylopci'; •irp[i]dfiei'o<; SoXov fie 7r\epaiocrei rav feKo-eicovT afjL\e-

15 pav, at rivd ku Trp6(0)0' aSiKe\Kei, € varepov, rot 7re7ra/ieV||ot evSiKOv

efiev.

Tafj. n-a\[T]poi[o'JKov 6'iruie(6)9ai aBeXin\di to irarpo'; tov Iovtov

TOiI

7r/3«7[i]a'Toi. al he Ka 7r\te? TraTipoiOKOi covn «a8e\7rt[o]t

20 TO 7ra||T/3o'9, [tIoi i-jTiTrpei'yicTToi 67rvi\e(d)dai. ai Be Ka fie iovtl

aBeXTTio^ to -TraTpoi, vieeS Be e/c? aBeXhrtov, 6Trvie{6)6ai ioi toi [e]?

25 TO TrlpeiyiaTO. ai Be Ka irXie<! toviVii iraTpoiOKoi Kviee'i Ik's aBe\^-

iriov, dXXoi o'irvie(d)dat toi iirll toi 69 [rjo 7r/)€t[7t']<7To. fiiav

B'I

eKev 7raT/3ot[o]«;ov tov eTri^dXlXovTa, irXiaB Be \^fi]e.

the status of the children depended on

whether the slave went to live with the

free woman, thus raising himself in a

measure to her condition, or whether

the woman went to live with the slave.

— 9. lK<r«iev: efei/ ^f aiJras.— 10 ff . If

one having purchased a slave from the

market-place has not repudiated thepur-

chAise within the sixty days, if the slave

has vyronged any one before or after, the

one who has acquired him shall Be liable.

The purchaser of a slave was allowed

a certain time within which, upon dis-

covering any faults, physical or other-

wise, which had been concealed, he

might repudiate the purchase. Notuntil the expiration of this period wasthe purchase binding, and the pur-

chaser liable for the acts of the slave.

For the use of repaiiu, cf. also SGDI.4998.VII af Ka fii] ircpaitaei ^ Ka irplarai

iv rats rpi&KovT A/iipau. But some take

the meaning in both passages to be dis-

pose of abroad.

VII.15-IX.24. The heiress. Regu-

lations for her marriage and the dis-

position of her property.

When, in default of sons, a daugh-

ter becomes the heiress {iraTpoioKos, cf

.

TraTpoCxosjrope^i'osHdt.6.57withStein's

note, Att. ^((cXijpos), the choice of a

husband, who becomes the virtual head

of the family, is determined by fixed

rules. The person so determined, the

groom-elect, is known as li fvipiWop

drvUv (= ot ^TTtjSdXXet dirviev the one to

whom it falls to marry) or simply i5 ^i-

(SiXXox.

Vll.lSff. The heiress shaU marry

her father'' s brother, the oldest of those

living. Ifthere are several heiresses and

father's brothers, they shall marry (the

second) the next oldest {and so on in suc-

cession). If there are no father''s broth-

ers, but sons of the brothers, she shall

marry that one {who is the son) of the

oldest. If there are several heiresses and

sons of brothers, they shall marry {the

Page 287: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No.no] CEETAiT INSCEIPTIONS 271

'AS Se k' av||o|00? ei 6 i-n-i^dWov oTTvi'ev e\it n-arpoidKO's, [o-Jre- 30

yav (lev, at|

k h, ^k€v rhv TrarpoidKOv, raS|S' iiriKap-TrCa'; irav-

TO<i Td,v ifi\{vav airoXavKdvev rbv e7rt;S||a'\\oi;Ta o-rrvt'ev. al 8e' 35

K cnr6\Spofj.o'; iov 6 ivi^dWov 07ru|4v i^i'ov S^iovaav /xk \§ioirlvCev, iirl rai jrarpoioKoi e/i^v to. Kpe/jLara -irdvTa kuI rov /c||ap- 40

n-ov, irpeiv k o-irviet.. al Se Ka|hpofieii'i iov eiri^dWdv i\^iovaav

Xeiovtrav 6irvi^{0)9ai p,e xlt oirviev, /ioXev to?|KaSecrrav; to'; tot

iraTpoi\\oKO, 6 Be [S]t/ca[o-]T[a9] 8tK[aKad]\T0 oirviev ev TOt? S[v]oi<s 45

/ie\vai. al 8e Ka /xe oirviei at eypa\{r)Tai, to, Kpe/xara irdvr e/cov-

aa\v, at «* It dXKo^, t5i eiri^dWovili al 8' iiri^dWov /le eie, tS? 1 50

TTwXa? rov alriovrov oTifi\i Ka Xlt 6Trvie(6)6ai. al Se Ka rSk i-m-

^dWovn e^Covaa fie \l|t 67rvie{6)dai e dvdpo<; h 6 e7rt/3||a\[X]oi^ 55

[«a]t p,[e \]e[i fj.ev]ev|||

a waTpoioKO's, a-reyap, p.e'v,\at k ei ivym

TToki, T^fi 7raTpoidKo\v eKev Kan k evil ev rdi (TTey\ai, rov S' dXXovrav efiivav ^f,aXaK6vaav dWoi 6irvie{6)6\ai to,'; TruXas rov alriov- 5

TovI

oTifii Ka Xei. aTroSaTe(d)dai S\e rov Kpep,dT0v lot. al Be p,e I

eiev iiri^dXKovTe<i rai {wai) 7r\\xTpoiOKdi a[i e^yparrai, ra Kp\ep,ara 10

irdvT eK\ov'\<Tav Td<; 7rv\\ai 67rvie(0)d[a]L orifxl Ka \ei. 1 al Se to?

7ruX[a]9 p.eri<i \e|ibt 6[7r]viev, rot; KaSecrTav<;||

to^ to? irarpoioKO 15

peiirai K\ara \Tav TruXJai' otl ov X[et ajTrultez/ Tt?/ Kal p,ev rk[k oJTTviei, e\v Tal<; rpiaKovra e Ka peiirov^n • al Be /u(e), aXXoi

07rvie(d)6ai OTi||/x.t Ka vvvarai. al Be Ka Trarpok Bovto^ e aBeX- 20

TTto Trarpoid^KOi yeverai, al XeiovTO<i 07r[i'tei' 01 eBoxav p,e Xeioi

o'jnj^ie(d)dai, at k ia-rereKvoTai, BiaJJ^aKovaav tov Kpep,drov at 25

second) the second {in order) after the son who ask for her hand.— VIII. 7-8. But

of the eldest {and so on).— 3off. If the iAej/sftaHjiBe to Aim (the rejected groom-

groom-elect, being a minor, does not wish elect) his proper share of the property,

to marry {the heiress), though both are — 20 ff. If one becomes an heiress after

ofmarriageable age, aUtheproperty and her father or brother has given her {in

the income shall belong to the heiress marriage), if sJie does not msh to remain

until he marries her.— 47 ff. If he does married to the one to whom ihey gave her,

not marry her, as is written, she with although he is willing, then, in case she

all the property shall marry the V£xt in has borne children, she may, dividing the

succession, if there is another. But if property as is written, marry another

there is no groom-elect, she may marry of the tribe.— 24. lo-TerlKvorai : perf.

any one of the tribe she wishes, of those subj. lite iriwaTai. etc., 151.1.

Page 288: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

272 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 110

e\ypaTTai [a.\\]oi 67rvie{0)6[ai ra']<; [•7r]|u[\]a[9]. al 8e rmva fie

eU, irdvTI

eKOVa-av tSl eTTi^dWovlT^i 67rv\ie{ff)0ai, ai k ei, al Be fie^

30 au e<^paTT\ai. avep al airoddvoi TraTpoi\oKOL reKva KaraXiirov, al

KU [\,]ii,I

o'irvie{6)do tcli irvXdv OTifii ica i^vvaTai, avdvKai Se /^e.

35 al Se Te\Kva fj,e KaraXiTroi 6 airodavov,||

6-rrvie(ff)dai toi iiri^dX-

\ovn alt eypuTTai. al S' 6 i-Tri^dWov T\aP iraTpoioKOV oirvUv fie

40 e7r|t8a/io? e'le, a Be TraTpoi,oKO<;|oplfia ele, roi iiri^dWovTi, o||7riit-

e{ff)dai ai eyparrai.

TIaTpoiS[Kov B' efiev, at Ka irarep p,e ei e aipe\'jrio<; e? to av\To\

Trar/jo'?. tov I Be KpeixdTd\y Ka']pTepov9 Sfiev j\as pep'ya\a-'\la\^ to?]

45 Trdrpoav;,||

[rja? [B' iTnKap]7ria<! Bia[X]a[vKd]iJ^ev [T]av Sfiivav, a?

K a[i']o/3[o]? ei.I

al B' ai'[o]/30t Idrrai fie eie e7r\i/3dWov, rav Tra-

50 rpoLOKOv Kaph-epciv efiev tov re KpefidTOV «:||at to tcaptro, icaf

K dv\o]po<; ei, T\pdire{6)6ai \Tr\hp tm fiaTpi • al Be fi\dTep fie e'le,

Trap TOi<; [/uJaT/ooo-t|Tpdire(6)6a[i]. al Be ni oirvioi Ta\v TraTpoio-

55 Kov, oXXaL S" [ey]paTTaL,\^ treidev [Tro/sjTt K6(Tfi\o'\v|||

Tovi e7ri/3d[\-

\ovTav<i. .

'Kvep atI

K airodavov 'ird\TpoioKov KaWaXiirei, e av^T^v e irpo

5 avTas t|ov9 trdTpoav; e toJv? fiaTpoai^ KaTadefiev [e cnroB6(8)6at

TOVI

KpefiaTOV Kai] BtKalav efiev tIAi' ovd,v Kal tclv Ka\Tdde(nv. al I

S' aWat irpl'^aiTO Tt? KpefiaTa e I KaTaOelro tov tS? 7ro[T/30t0K0,

10 TJIIa \_fi\ev \Kp'\efiaTa eirl tm 'rraTpoiOK\oi efiev, o B' airoBofievo'i e

KaT\adevt; toi irpiafievoi e KaTaOe\fievoi, at ku vikadec, Bnrkei Ka-\

15 rao'Taael Kat tC k dXX' aTa^ ei, dlo airXoov eiriKaTaaTaael, alt

[TcijSe TCL <^\j}dfLfi\aT[a eypuTTai, T]\d[v S]e 7rp6(6)6a fi[e'\ evBiKov

efiev.I

at B' 6 avTifioXo'i a7ro/tt[o\]to|t a[i''7r]t to Kpeos oi k awifio-

20 \i1|oi'Tt fie Taf TraTpoiOKo [efijev,|

6 8[tK]o(7TAs ofivw xpiveTO • al|

Be viKoaai fie Tm 7raTjo[ot]oK|o e/i[e]i', fioXev hire k ein^dXXei, e|

feKdaTo er/paTTai.

25 At ai'[8]eKoj|a'/i[e]i'o? e veviKafievo[<; e ivK'WoiOTctv^ oireXov e Bia-

/3a\o'/te|yo9 e BiafeiTrd/ievo'; a7ro[^]a|vot e tovtoi dXXo'i, iirifio^evv

IX.24-X.32. Various subjects. given as security or has been guilty of

IX.24fi. If one dies who has gone fraud (?) or conspiracy (?), or another

surety or has lost a suit or owes money (stands in such relations) to him, one

Page 289: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. no] CEETAN INSCEIPTIONS 273

lo irpo TO iviavTo • o Se 6tKa||o-TA9 SiKuBSero iropTi tci [a]7ro7r|owo'- 30

lieva al fie'v ku viKa<; eTri\/xo\ii, 6 St/cao-ra? ko fivdnov,\ai Ka Soei

Kal iroXiaTevei, ol Se fj\aiTvpe<; ol eTrt/SaXXoi/Te?, avBoK\\p.S (S)e ksv- 35

Koiorav Kal Bia^oXa^ K\al Sipeaio^ /iotrupe? ol iin\^dX\.ovT€<; airo-

iroviovTov. e he k a.\Trofei-7rovTt, SiKaSBero 6fi6(7\avra avrov kuI

rbv: iJ.a(TVf\\iv<; vtKev to a-rrXoov. vlix; a\i k avSeKaerai, a? k 6 40

7raTe(8) Soei,|

aiiTov aTe{B)dai Kal ra Kpefiara\an Ka iretraTai.

at TK Ka irepay <7waX[\a«]o-et e e's 7rep[a]v iTn\\devTi fie cnroSiSoi, 45

at iiev K a^TTOTToviovTt fiaiTvpe'i e0iovT\ei t5 eKaTOPffraripo Kal

•ir\io\vo^ T/oeie?, to fieiovo'; fierr e|? to SeKaaTaTepov Svo, tS fiec\\ovo^ 50

evS, ScKaSSero 7rop[T]t tA|aTrovolvjiofieva. al Se /u.aiTW/3e|[?] /te

airoirovioiev, e k e\X\6ei 6 a-v\vaXX,dKaav^ , oTepov «[a] Ke\e\T'\ai

6I

fiev7r6fjLevo<:, e cnro/jLoaai I aw|||

[11. 1-9, and most of 10-14, Xlacking] /laTpl

||

S' vliiv [e dvSpa •yvvaiKl S6/j,ev i'WKarov aTa[T'\i- 15

/9a[i/?] e nelov, Tr^iov Se fie. al he irXCa Soie, at|

«a XeiovT ol eiri-

PaWovren, tJov apyvpov airoSoWe? to, «/3||e/iaT' movTov. al Se tk 20

07re|Xoi' apyvpov e aTafj.evo<i e ft\o\iofj,eva<; SiKa<; Sole, al 1 fie ete to, •

XoiTra UKO-ia ra? o|Ta9, fieSev es Kpeo'; efiev tclv||Socriv. 25

shaXl bring suit against said person be- latter with Si-, probably only an error,

fore the end of the year. Thejudge shall for5io-)isuncertain.—^28-29. The third

render his decision according to the tes- letter in 1. 29 is obscure, but the most

timony. If the suit is with reference to probable reading is ^i/ioX^vK to, with

o judgment won, the judge and the re- w as in Ti.vv e/dvav 11.48, and with Ms

corder, if he is alive and a citizen, and used like ixavos as in VIII. 8.— 43 ff.

the heirs as witnesses, (shall give testi- If one has formed a partnership with

mony), but in the case of surety and another for a mercantile venture (and

pledges and fraud (?) and conspiracy does not pay him his share), or does not

(?), the heirs as witnesses shall give tes- pay back the one who has contributed to

timony. After they have testified, (the a venture, etc.— 50. evS: forevs (=ers)

judge) shall decree that (the plaintiff), before following S (97.4).— 53. Snpov

wlien he has taken oath himself and ko, kt\.: whichever coursethe complain-

likewise the witnesses, has judgment for ant demands, either to take oath ofdenial

the simple amount. If a son has gone or—. X.15 ff. 'Special legacies are

surety, while his father is living, he and not to exceed the value of 100 staters.

the property which he possesses shall be If one makes a gift of greatervalue, the

subject to fine. — 26-27. The precise heirs, if they choose, may pay the 100

mesLning ot Siapa\6fi£vos &nd Suifcnrdnc- staters and keep the property.'— 24.

ws (cf. in 11. 35-36 Sio/SoXas, dipitrtos, the (liSev Is Kpfos : to no purpose, invalid.

Page 290: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

274 GEEEK DIALECTS .[No. llO

AvTpo['7r]ov ixe ove{d)ea\{i] Kara/ceifjLevov, -n-piv k aXKva\erai o

Karadev;, fieS' afi-Trifi^Xov, fieSe BeKa-a(d)daL fi.eS' e7na\7revaa{d)dat

30 fieSe KaTaee{0)0ai. al||he ri<; tovtov n fepxaai, /ieS\ev e? /cpe'o?

efiev, al a-jroTrovio\iev Bvo fj,aiTvpe(<;).\

"Kvirava-iv efiev otto ko, tlK \\ei. afnraive(d)0ai. Se Kar a'^opav||

35 KaTapeXfievov rojx iroXiaTa^ airo to Xdo 5 cnrayopevovTi.|

o 8' apr-

•iravdp.evo'i Soto Td\i iTaipeiai toli fM aiiTo iapS\iov koL irpoKoov

40 foivo. KalII

p,ev k aveXeTM irdvTa to, Kpe\p,aTa Kal fie avvvei. ype-

(Tia T\eKva, TeXXefx pev to, 6lva Kal|to, avTpoiriva to, to avirava-

45 pe\vd KavaiXe{d)0ai, anrep rots 7||i'ea-tot? eypaTTai. al [S]e ku pe|

Xlt TeXXev ai eypaTTai, tol K[p[e\paTa tov<; e-jn^aXXovTav; eK^.

50 al Se K ei 'yvea[i]a TeKva toi ai/^avapevoi, ireSa p,ev tov epa\}^vov

Tov apiravToy, aiirep al ^|e[Xe]iat airo tov aSeXTTiov XavKd\vovTL-

XI al Se K epa-evei pe Xoi\ti, 0eXeiai Se, [pjicriropoipov e|||[A'ei'] tov av-

TravTov Kal pe eVirdvavKOV epev TeXXev T\a t|o aviTravapevo Kal to,

5 Kpepa\T avaiX(i){0)0ai art Ka «;aTa[\i7re||t o av]'7ravdpevo<! irXivi

Se TOVI

dviravTop pe iirtKopev. [al S'|

a7ro]0dvot 6 avrravTO's yveaia\

10 TeKva pe KaTaXnrov, Trhp to[w t|o avyjravapivo eiri^aXXovTai^

avKopev Th KpepaTa. al S[e Ka|

Xei] 6 aviravdpevo^, aTrofei7r^d00o

KaT ayopkv airo to Xd\o o|

aira^yopevovTi, KaTapeXpei^ov tov tto-

15 XiaTav av0epe[v Se||

8e«]a. [a-JTarepai'? iS SiKaa-T\epcov, 6 Se pvd-

pov 6 TO KaevUo airoSoTO toi anroppeOevTi. \ yvva Se pe a/jLTraive00o

20 peS'I

dve^o'i. Kpe(0)0ai Se TolSSe a||t TdSe to, ypdp,paT eypavae,\

TOV Se 7rp600a oirai Tif eKei e a\p7ravTvi e Trap afiiravTO fie er el^-

SiKov epev.

X.33-XI.23. Adoption. son) in the market-place, etc. — 16. o

X.33ff. Adoption may be madefrom to ko-cvCo: sc. K6(r/ioiTos, the clerk of the

whatever source any one wishes. The official who looks after the interests of

adoption shall be announced in the mar- strangers. — 19 ff. These regulations

ket-place, when the citizens are assem^- {rotSSe) shall be followed from the time

bled, .from the stone whence they make of the inscription of this law, but as re-

proclamations.— 41. <r«vv-li: seelOl.l. gards matters of a previous date, in

— 42 ff. He shall perform the religious whatever way one holds (property),

and social obligations of the one who whether by virtue of adoption (i.e. of

adopted him.— Xl.lOff. If the adopter being the adopted son) or from the

wishes, he may renounce (the adopted adopted son, there shall be no liability.

Page 291: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

\ev e

30

No. 110] CRETAN INSCEIPTIONS 275

"AvrpoTTOV o? K ciyei, irpo BUai,\\alel i7nSeKe{6)6ai. 25

Tov SiKaa-rdv, on fiev Kara|

fxakvpav^ eypaTrai 8iKdSB\i

avop.OTOv, SiKciSSev ai e\ypaTTai, rSv S' dwSv o/jlvvvtWu Kpivev m-opTi

ra fio\i6fiev\a.

At K awoddvei apyvpov|

OTreXov e vevncap.evo'i, al iJi,i\v ku Xei-

ovTi, oh K CTTt^aXXet|avaiKe{6)6ai Tci Kpifiara, rav d\\Tav virep- 35

KaTiaTdp,ev koI to|

apyvpiov oh k oTreXet, iK6vT\ov ra Kpep,ara •

al Se Ka fie \ei|oi'Tt, ra fiev Kpe/jLara iirl rolk viKdaavcri, e/iev e ohK o||7re\ei to apyvpiov, dWav Be

|

fji,eSep,iav drav e/iev rol\<} e'7ri/3d\- 40

Xovffi. a[T]e(^9)0ai Be v^irep fi[e]v to [7ra]Tj009 to, iruTpciia, vire(B\

Be ra? fiaTpb<; to, /ia||T/30ta.[

, 45

Two, avBpo<; a Ka Kpiverai,|

o BiKaaraf opKOV at ica BiKdiAa-et,

ev rats fiKan ap,epai<i ahro/jLoaaTo 'rrapiovTO^ to BiKalliTTd otl 50

K eiriKaXei. Tlpop[e]nrdT^d Be 6 dpKov Ta(8) Stwa? rat yvvaliKL Kal

TOL BiKacTTai Kal [t]oiI

fi^yd^fiovi irpoTeTaprov clvtI /i|||[atTV/Joi'XIl

11. 1—15 lacking] p,aTpl,vlv(i)i; e d^vjep yvvaiKi|KpejxaTa al eBoKe,

at eypar^TO irpo rovBe tov ypafifiaTov, I fie evBiKOV efiev rb B' v(TTe-\\

pov BiBofiev ai eyparTai. 1 . 20

Tai? •KarpoiOKOi'; at Ka fie I iovti bpTravoBiKacTTai, al? k avopoi

tovTi, Kpe(d^dai KaTCL I to, eypafifieva. Sire .. Be k a 11 7roT/3[ot]o«o9 25

XI.24-XII.35. Various supplemen- not he aubject to any further fine. The

tary regulations. father's property shall pay the fine for

XI.24 f . Ifone seizes a man before the the father, the mother's property for the

trial, any one may receive him (i.e. may mother.— 46 ff. Wh£n a woman is di-

offer tlie man an asylum).— 26 ff. TJie vorcedfrom her husband, ifthejudge has

judge shall decide as is written whatever decreed an oath, she shall take the oath of

it is written that he shall decide accord- denial of whatever one charges within

ing to witnesses or by oath of denial, but twenty days, in the presence of thejudge,

other matters he shall decide under oath — ori : oUnvos as in 11.50.— XII.21fE.

according to the pleadings. See note to The heiresses, if there are no dp(f>avi>SiKa-

1. 11 ff.— 31 ff. If one dies owing money aral, so long as they are under marriage-

orhavinglost a suit, t7iosetowhomitfalls able age, shall be treated according to

to receive thepropertymay hold the prop- what is written. In case the heiress, in

erty, ifthey wish topay the fine in his be- default of a groom-elect or 6p4iam5iKa-

half and the money to those to whom he a-rai, is brought up with her mother, the

owesit. Butifnot, the property shall be- father's brother and the mother's brother,

long to those who won the suit or those to those designated {above), shall manage

whom he owes money, but the heirs shall the property and the income as best they

Page 292: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

276 GREEK DIALECTS [No. 110

fie l6vT0<; eTrtl/SaXXoi'TO? /msS' 6p7ravoBi,K\a<XTav Trap rai fiarpi rpa-

30 Treirat, tov iraTpoa kuI Top, p,dT\poa tov; i'ypap.p.evovt; T||a xpep^ara

Kal rav iinKapTrilav aprvev oyrai Ka (vv)vavTai icd]XXi<yTa, Trpiv

K oTTUterat. 6Trvi\e(d)6ai Se SvoSe/capeTia e irpeilyova.

111. Gortyna. Ill cent. B.C. SGDI.5011. laser. Jurid.II,pp.329fE.

Halbherr, Am. J. Arch. 1897, 191 ff.

[@iot.I

TdS' epaSe rjat [Tro'Xt] ^a<f>iSSopcn Tpia\[KaTLcov 7ra]pi6v-

Tccv • vopCcrpan j(^prjT\daL tool icav)(^5ii t&i eO.rjKav a ttoXk • roS||

6 8' oSeXov; prj SeKerdai rovi ap'^vplo'i. I al Se rt? SeKOiro rj to vopi-

ffpa pr] \eioi I SeKerdat rj Kapira wvCoi, avoTeiael ap\'yvp(o irevre

10 (naTrjpav<;. TrevOev he|

TropTi rav veora, rat Se veoTWi opi)^VTe'i

KpivovTwv ol eiTTa KUT ayopdv,|

ol Ka Xd'x^covri xXapcopevoi. vikt)v

S' oTelpd K ol TrXi'e? opocrovTi, Kal irpd^avrev|

rov viKadevra rav

p,ev rjpCvav [twi vi\Kd(T\avTi, Bovtcov, rav S' rjpivav [rdi iroXij.

112. Hierapytna. Ill or 11 cent. B.C. SGDL5041. Michel 29.

[ejOTTo] VTtow Se ol 'lepaTrvrvioc roll A.vttIol<; e? ra - -|

. . .

.

[ol Se] AvTTi,oo Tol'; 'lepairvrvioi'; e? rav evdpepov rav [rav @ev-

Sai(Ti<ov. 6 Se Kotrp.o'i twv I '\epaTrvTvC'\aiv epirerai Avrrol e? to

ap'X^eiov • Kara ravra Se Kal 6 Ta)[v Avtticov Koa-poi epirerco ev

'lepaTTVTVai es]|

to ap'xJelov.'j al Se ol Koapoi iWiiroiev Tciv 6v-

aiav rav '^ypappevav, at Ka pr\ n 'ir6\e[po<; KcoXvcrrji, airorei<Tdv'\A\

6 raiv 6 Kocrpo^ eKacrroi apyvpico erraTijpa'! eKarov, ol pev 'lepavv-

TVioi Tots AuTTtbt? rdi iroKei, [ol Se Avrrioi rot?] I 'lepawrvioK rai

can until she marries. She shall be mar- to the body of young men, and of this

ried when twelve years of age or older. body the seven who are chosen by lot as

111. Decree of Gortyna regarding supervisors of the market shall decide

the use of bronze coinage. under oath.

3^. One sJiall make use of the bronze lia. Treaty between Hierapytna

coin which the state has established, and and Lyttos. This illustrates the mixed

not accept the silver obols. If one ac- dialect sometimes known as East Cre-

cepts them, or is unwilling to accept the tan. See 373, 278.

(bronze) coin, or sells for produce (i.e. 1. AdttCois: note the interchange

trades by barter), heshall pay aflne of of assimilated and unassimilated forms,

Jive silver staters. Report shall be made e.g. KvktIuv 1. 13. See 86 with 1.

Page 293: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 112] GEETAN INSCRIPTIONS 277

TTo'Xet. OTi Se ica So'^tji rak TroXeaiv i^eXev rj iv6efj,ev, on jxev efe-

Xot/iev firire evdivov /i7j|Te evopKOV fifiev, on Se iy'^pd-yfraifiev evOivov

re ^/lev koL evopKov. el Se rC ku 6eS>v IXewv ovtodv Xd^a)\fj.ev a-rro

tS)V TToXep-cwv, \ay)(ap6vra)v Karci to reXo? eKarepoc. p-ij e^earw

Se ISt'ai iirjTe iroXep.ov e\x4>epe<T6ai ^f^pU fii^Te elprjvav TiOeadai, at

Ka p,r) ap,<j)OTepot<; So^rji. at Se rtve? Ka ISiai e^eveyKcovrat,||airol lo

Koi SiairoXefiovTcov, Kal p,r] evopKoi ecn-aiv oi p,r) (rv/nroXefiovre';.

aTacravTmv Se ra? trraXa? eKoirepot ev Tol'i tSioi<; iepol<;, oi p,ev

lepaTTVTVtoi 'D,Xepol ev rSii lepMi, rav Se ev

'

KttoXXcovl, ol Se Aut-

noL ev rm [t]|e/3ajt t[w 'A7ro]XXa)j'09 Kal ep, iroXei ev 'AOavaiai.

araaavTcov Se Kal KOivav ardXav ev Toprvvi ev I rSt iepSii tcS

t . "OjOKO? AvKTiwv. "opvvm TCLV "Ei(Triav Kal Zrjva 'Opd-

rptov Kai rav 'KBavaiav 'D,Xepiav Kal Zrjva I ^o[yvinov Kal''Ilp^av

Kal 'Adavaiav HoXcdSa Kal 'A-TroXXcova Tlvnov Kal Aaro) Kal

"Apea Kal 'At^poShav Kal K(»j07j||Ta9 Kal Nvp,<f>a'; Kal 6e6<i irdvra'i 15

Kal 7rao"a? • rj p.av eyct) avp.p.a'xrjcrci) tok 'lepairvTVioi^ tov irdvra

j^/soli'oj' a7rX[o'a)?] Kal aSoXeo^, Kal tov avTov t^iXov Kal i'^^ffpov e^S>,

Kal TToXep^Tjorai airo y(a)pa<;, vl Ka Kal 6 'lepuTrvTviof, I Kal to SiKaiov

Sco(7S) Kal ep.p,ev5t ev rot? a-vvKeifievoi';, ep,p,ev6vT(ov Kal t&v 'lepd-

irvTViav. einopKOVTi p,ev I ^p^v to^ 6eo<; ep,pavia<i Kal yiveaOai

irdvTa TO, vTrevavTia, evopK&ai Se to<; 6eo<; tXe'o? ^pev Kal yiveaOai,

7roX|X<X>a KoyaSd." "O/o/co? 'lepairvTviwv. "opvvco tclv 'Ea-Tiav

Kal Zi)va 'OpdTpiov kuI 'AOavaCav 'nXepiav Ka\\[l] Zrjva Movvi- 20

nov Kal "Hpav Kal 'Adavaiav IloXidSa Kal 'AiroXXcova Hvnov

Kal AaTw Kal "Apea Kal 'A(l>poSi\Tav Kal Ka)pfJTa<s Kal NvjU.(^a?

Kal deb'; 7rdvTa<; Kal Trdera'i ^ pav ijw avpipaxncrS) T.ol<; AvktI-

01'; TOVI

irdvTa y^povov dTrXow; Kal aSoXco^, /cot tov avTov ^iXov

Kal ex^pov efw, Kal iroXep-'qa-Si airo y^d)pa<;, vl|

Ka Kal 6 Avttio';,

Kal TO SiKaiov Scoa-St Kal eppevo) ev Tot<; ffvvKeipevoi<;, eppevov-

Tcov Kal AvKTimv. i\[7r]iop[Ko]vn to<; deb^ eppavCas; rjpev Kal

13. 'Opdrpiov: occurs as an epithet of (51 a). The epithet would then be of

Zeus in two other Cretan inscriptions. EIea,n source (cf. EI. /r/jiiTpa = ^lirpa,

It is generally explained as standing IS), or else contain hyper-Doric o.—

for ppirpios with o for f as in 'Oa|os 17. liriopKovri: see 42. 5 (J.

Page 294: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

278 GEEBK DIALECTS [No. 112

25 '^ivea-Oai iravra to, virevavria, evopK&ai he to<; ^e||[o]? t\eos ^/iev

Kol '^iveo'dai iroWa Ka'^aQa!'

113. Dreros. Ill or II cent. B.C., but copied from an earlier version.

SGDI.4952. Ditt.Syll.463. Michel 23. SolmsenSl.

@eo'? Ti;;)(;a.|'K^adai tvxo-I"

\

'EttI rSiv Al6a\e\eov Koa-fiiovTcov||

S TMV aiiy KviM koL|

Kec^aXmt Tivp(oi\iria)i 'Biaioovo'i,\

jpafiiJ,aTeo^|

10 Se ^iXi-Tnrov, 11 rdSe mfiocrav I ayeXdoi, ;rav\d^co(rTOi e/cajroi' o^So?;-!

15 KOVTa " 'O/Jbvua) 11 rav ''Eariav tclv|ifx irpvraveCaii

|koL tov Arjva

20 TOVI

'Ajopalov Kal tov Aijji'a toi" TaWato?/1|Kal rbv 'ATreWwva

|

TOV 'A.e\<f>LViov Kal I rav 'AOavaiav tclv I IloXtou^j^oi' /eat tov|'AttcX,-

25 Xftjva TO/ti noiTioi'I«ai Tay AaTovv Kal Tav

|"ApTejxiv Kal tov

"ApeaI

«al t^v 'A<^ophiTav Kal|

toi' 'E/J/U.ai' xal toi' "AXtov|

koX

30 Tai' ^piTo/xapTivII

Kai to/* ^oiviKa Kal Tav|

'A/i^t[(B]yaj' /cat ray

Tai'I

Kal TOV Ovpavov Kal \ ^pcoai Kal r]p(od(7CTa<;|

Kau Kpava<i Kai

35 7roTa||/U.ov9 Kal Oeow irdvTa';|«ai irda-a'; fir} p,av iyto

|

TroKa toi<s

40 AfTTtot?I

«aXa)? (ppovrjcrelv|

ytii^re Te'^vai pijTe p,a\\x^avdi firjTe ev

vvktII

yitjjTe TreS' afiepav. Kal I airevcrica on Ka Svvafiai I KaKOV tm45 TTo'Xet Tat Twy AvTTicov.

IllBiKav^ 8e Kal 7r/o[a^i]||ci)i' prjSev evopKOV

|

7]fir]V. Kal TeXopaL|

^iXoS/aijjoto? «;at|

(pcXoKvdaio'i I /cat /ijjre ra/i

50 7ro1|Xti' irpoBaia-eiv I rAy twi' Aprjpicov \ prjTe ovpeia to, \ twv Apr)-

55 /jtaji"I

/iTjSe ra rJi^ Ki'[(»][|o-ta)Z', pTjSe dv\Spa<; rot? 7ro|Xe/i^ots ttjoo-

60 Scolaeiv prjTe Apr]\p{ov<; ptjTe YLvaJ^criovi, prjhe a-Toi^a-Ld^ ap^elv Kal|

65 TMi cTTacri^ovTLI

avTio<; TeXopai,|

prfhe avvcopocrC^a<; avva^eiv|

/ti^re

70 e'/Li TTo'XetI

/x.9jTe e^oi ra?|

Tro'Xeo)? /^iijTe|

aXXoJt avvTe\^\a0ai • el Se

Tii'ci?I

Ka TTvOcopai tjvlvopvvovTa^,\i^ayyeXico tov

|Koapov Toh

75 TrX{\\aaiv. el Be TdSej

prj KaTexptpi,,|tov? (T)e' poi deow,

|tou?

80 ^poaa, epi^paviat; rjp7](i)v||

TrdvTa'; re Kai 7ra|cra?, /col KaKicrTm{i)j

113. Oath taken by the Drerian \6ioi: for &ye\aToL(see Zl),ephebi,mem-

ephebi, promising loyalty to Dreros hers of the dvAai or bands in which the

and the allied Cnossos, but enmity to Cretan youth were trained.— 11-12.

Lyttos. The dialect shows a strong ad- iravd^mo-Toi. : of. dfiio-rois 11. 140-141.

mixture of koiv^ forms, but also retains Whether or not meaning exactly tin-

many of the Cretan characteristics. girded, the epithet probably refers to

3. AlBaV^wv: cf. Law-Code Y. 5.

some characteristic feature of the

6-7. nvpuiirtui : obscure.— 11. dYe- ephebes' dress.— 45. Sikov 8^ ktX. : 6ii4

Page 295: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

No. 113] CRETAN INSCRIPTIONS 279

oXedptoi e^oWi^adai avTO? re|

Kal XP'H'-"- Tana,||Kal /njre fioi 85

ydvI

Kapirov ^epeiv|||

[/iTjVe 7]ui'ot«a?|

[riKTei]v Kara (J)v[<t\iv /UTjVJe

Trd/iaTa||

[eiio/3Ki]oj/Tt 8e' /iot|

[tow] deovs, tov<}|

[cofioa-a,] IXeov; 90

^/u.evI

[Kal 7roX]\a Kayada\Bi[86]tj.[e]v. ofivvw 8e

||to? a^TO? 95

9eov<sI^ fiav eyw Toy k6(t\imov, at «a yn^ efojol/ct'^eoj^Tt Tav aYelXav

Tov<; TOKa i^^ySvofie'vovi rov|

avTov opicov, T6v\'irep dfie<s o^iapAKafjiei, 100

ip,^a\€ivI

e? Tav ^(oXdv, at,||

/ca airoaTavri,|

toO p,r)vo<; rov Kol/ii'o- 105

Kapiov rj tov|

'AXtaiov • a Se /8[(»]Xa I vrpa^avTCOv eKaVpTov rov no

Koc7fiL\ovTa (TTaTripa<i|

TrevraKocriov^|

a(^' d? /ca ifi/SaXrii I ap.epa<;

ev rpifiTjVcoi||

ai Se Xtcro-o? eir){i),|

ayypay^dvT<ov I e? LeX^Cviov, I 115

oo-«ra Ka /i^ 7rpa|^a)VTt 'X^p'qfiara,||rovvofia eVt TraTjOO?

|Kai to ttXjj- 120

5os TOV ap^yvpiov i^ovofx,aivov\Te<; • on Se /ca TrpaftBi/lTt, Tat? eTat-

peiaiaiv||haa-crdadaaav Tat?

|

e/i Tro'Xet /cat at Tret I Tii'ep ovpevcovn 123

Apiqpioi.Ill

at 6e /i^ 7rpa[fat]|ei' a /3a)Xd, a[uTOt]||Ta StvrXo'a a[7ro- 130

Tei]|o"aj'T(Bj' • 7rjOa[^aj']|T(»i' Se ot ipevral \ oi tSiv avOptoirivtov|

Kal

iaaadaOaxrav |l Tal<i eTaipeiaiaiv\KaTO, ravrd."

\133

TaSe vTrofivdfjLalTa Ta? Apripia<; •)((i>pa<;|

Ta? dp'^aia^ Tot?||evrt- 140

yivonevoK af<Bl<rTOt? • rov re op\KOV 6fivvp,€V \ Kal Karey^eiv.|aat ol

MiXaTLOtII

iire^dXeverav|

iv tcli veai v^fiovr)iai tcU TrolXet Tat tS)v 145

ApTjpimv ev€Ka Ta?|

%ft>/>a? to.'; a||/u.a?, Ta? afi^i\fia'X0P'e6a.|

Nt- 150

KaTTjpI

Ta? a7eXa?| ||

/cat iXaiav €\KaaTOv ^VTev^eiv Kal 155

^eOpati\fievav a7roBel\^ac • o? Se' xa p,ri||

[^]vTevo-et, a7r|[o]Teto-et 160

«rTa|TT7/3a? Trei/lTTj/coi/Ta.

nathing of lawsuits and executions shall tiv€v: tiws. 119.2a.— 132-133. ^[p]««-

he included in the oath.— 97 ff. ot xa rat oi tmv avBpwirCvuv : the collectors of

|ir| l|opK(|uvTi ktX. : unless they impose public (in contrast to sacred) funds,

the same oath upon the ayiXa, upon those ipevral = ^rriral, irpdKTopes. Ci. ipeia

who are passing out from it (?). It is = ipewata Eustath. on H 127. — 137.

generally assumed that the oath was rdSe 4iro(ivdiioTo : if this inscription is

imposed upon those entering the dyiXa, a copy of an earlier one, we may as-

but it is difficult to reconcile iySvo/ii- sume that the early boundaries of Dre-

Kouswithsuch an interpretation..— 103. ros were actually described in the

«|iPo\«tv : cl<Tayye\eiv impeach.— 104- original, but omitted here.— 146-147.

105. Ol Ka airoo-TavTi : after they have vejioviitoi : for veoiiitviaL, with remark-

gone out of office.— 115. Xio-o-bs : meta- able metathesis, seen also in Ne/io«iios

phorical use, perhaps insolvent.— 127. = Sm/jL-^vtos of another inscription.

Page 296: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects
Page 297: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

APPENDIX

SELECTED BIBLIOGEAPHY OE WOEKS OF EEFERENCEWITH THE ABBEEVIATIONS EMPLOYED

Periodicals

A.M. = Mitteilungen des deutschen archaologischen Instituts. AtlieBische

Abteilung.

Am. J.Arch. = American Journal of Archaeology.

Am. J. Phil. = American Journal of Philology.

Aimual British School = Annual of the British School at Athens.

Adr/va. = 'AOrjva. Svyy/»/*/ua trtpioSiKov T^s ev 'AOi^vaK iTrLaTrj/u}viiaj<s erai-

pcuai.

B.C.H. = Bulletin de correspondance hell^nique.

Ber.Berl. Akad. = Sitzungsberichte der koniglichen preussischen Akademie

der "Wissenschaften zu Berlin.

Ber.Sachs.Ges. = Berichte tiber die Verhandlnngen der koniglichen sach-

sischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig. Philologisch-

historische Classe.

Ber.Wien.Akad. = Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen-

schaften in Wien. Philologisch-historische Classe.

Berl.Phil.Woch. = Berliner phUologische Wochenschrift.

Bz.B. = Bezzenberger's Beitrage zur Kunde der indogermanischen Sprachen.

Class. Journ. = Classical Journal.

Class.Phil. = Classical Philology.

Class.Quart. = Classical Quarterly.

Class.Rev. = Classical Review.

Diss.Argent. = Dissertationes philologicae Argentoratenses selectae. Strass-

burg.

Diss.Hal. = Dissertationes philologicae Halenses. Halle.

Eranos = Eranos. Acta philologica Suecana.

'Ei^.'Ap^. = *E^iy|UE/>U apxa-i'OKoyiiciq.

Glotta =? Crlotta. Zeitschi-ift fiir griechische und lateinische Sprache.

281

Page 298: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

282 GREEK DIALECTS

Gott.Gel.Anz. = Gottingische gelehrte Anzeigen.

Gott.Nachr. = Nachrichten von der koniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissen-

schaften zu Gottingen.

Greet Iiiscr.Brit.Mus. = The Collection of Ancient Greek Inscriptions in

the British Museum.

Hermes =' Hermes. Zeitschrift fur classische Philologie.

I.F. = Indogermanische Forschungen.

I.F.Anz. = Anzeiger fiir indogermanische Sprach- und Altertumskunde.

J.H.S. = Journal of Hellenic Studies.

Jh.arch.Inst. = Jahrbuch des deutschen archaologischen Instituts.

Jb.f.Ph. = Jahrbiicher ftir klassische Philologie.

K.Z. = Zeitschrift fur vergleichende Sprachwissenschaft, begrimdet von

A. Kuhn.

M.S.L. = M^moires de la Soci^td de linguistique.

Mon.Antichi = Monumenti antichi pubblicati per cura della reale accade-

mia dei Lincei.

Mus.Ital. = Museo italiano di antichitk classica.

NeueJb. = Neue Jahrbiicher ftir das klassische Altertum, Geschichte und

deutsche Literatur und fur Padagogik.

Oest. Jhrh. = Jahreshefte des oesterreichischen archaologischen Instituts in

Wien.

Philol. = Philologus. Zeitschrift fiir das klassische Altertum.

Rev.Arch. = Revue arch^ologique.

Rev.de Phil. = Revue de philologie.

Rev.lSt.Gr. = Revue des 6tudes grecques.

Rh.M. = Rheinisches Museum ftir Philologie.

Trans.Am.Phil. Ass. = Transactions of the American Philological Associa-

tion.

Wiener Stud. = Wiener Studien. Zeitschrift ftir klassische Philologie.

Woch.f.klass.Phil. = Wochenschrift ftir klassische Philologie.

Zt.oest.Gymn. = Zeitschrift ftir die oesterreichischen Gymnasien.

Texts and Commentaries

Cauer = P. Cauer, Delectus inscriptionum Graecarum propter dialectum

memorabilium. 2d ed. Leipzig 1883.

Ditt.Or. = W. Dittenberger, Orientis Graeci inscriptiones selectae. Leip-

zig 1903-1905.

Ditt.Syll. = W. Dittenberger, SyUoge inscriptionum Graecarum, 2d ed,

Leipzig 1893-1901.

Page 299: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY 283

Hicks = E. L. Hicts and G. F. Hill, Manual of Greek Historical Inscrip-

tions. 2d ed. Oxford 1901. Hicks^ refers to the first edition.

Hoffmann = O. Hoffmann, Die griechischen Dialekte in ihrem historischen

Zusammenhange mit den wichtigsten ihrer Quellen dargestellt. Got-

tingen.

I. Der siidachaische Dialekt [Arcadian and Cyprian]. 1891.

II. Der nordachaische Dialekt [Thessalian and Lesbian]. 1893.

III. Der ionisohe Dialekt, Quellen and Lautlehre. 1898.

IG. = Inscriptiones Graecae consilio et auctoritate Aoademiae litteravum

regiae Borussicae editae.

IV. 'Inscriptiones Argolidis, ed M. Fraenkel. 1902.

YII. Inscriptiones Megaridis et Boeotiae, ed. W. Dittenberger. 1892.

IX.i. Inscriptiones Phocidis, Locridis, Aetoliae, Acarnaniae, insula-

rum maris lonii, ed. W. Dittenberger. 1897.

IX.ii. Inscriptiones Thessaliae, ed. 0. Kern. 1908.

XII. i. Inscriptiones Rhodi Chalces Carpatbi cum Saro Casi, ed. F.

Hiller de Gaertringen. 1895.

Xll.ii. Inscriptiones Lesbi Nesi Tenedi, ed. W. Paton. 1899.

Xll.iii. Inscriptiones Symes Teutlussae Teli Xisyri Astypalaeae Ana-

phes Therae et Therasiae Pholegandri Meli Cimoli, ed. F. Hiller

de Gaertringen. 1898.

Xll.iii. Supplementa. 1894.

Xn.vi. Inscriptiones Cycladum praeter Tenum, ed. F. HiUer de

Gaertringen. 1903.

Xll.vii. Inscriptiones Amorgi, ed. Delamarre. 1908.

Xr\". Inscriptiones Siciliae et Italiae, ed. G. Kaibel. 1890.

Inschr.v.Magnesia = O. Kern, Die Inschi-iften von Magnesia am Maean-

der. Berlin 1900.

Inschr.v.Olympia = Dittenberger-Purgold, Die Inscbriften von Olympia.

Berlin 1896.

Inscr.Jurid. = Dareste-HaussouUier-Reinach, Recueil des inscriptions juri-

diques grecques. Paris 1895 ff.

Michel = Ch. Michel, Recueil d'inscriptions grecques. Paris 1900.

Roberts = E. S. Roberts, Introduction to Greek Epigraphy. Part I. Cam-

bridge 1887. Part II (with E. A. Gardner). Cambridge 1905. All

references are to Part I, unless II is added.

SGDI. = Collitz-Bechtel, Sammlung der griechischen Dialektinschriften.

Gottingen 1884 ff.

Solmsen = F. Solmsen, Inscriptiones Graecae ad inlustrandas dialectos

selectae. 2d ed. Leipzig 1905.

Page 300: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

284 GEEEK DIALECTS

Ziehen,LegesSacrae = L. Ziehen, Leges Graecorum sacrae e titulis col-

lectae. Leipzig 1906.

Lexicogeaphy

Fick-Bechtel = Die griechischen Personennamen nach ihrer Bildung er-

klart und systematisch geordnet. 2d ed. by A. Fick and F. Bechtel.

Gottingen 1894.

Herwerdon = H. van Herwerden, Lexicon Graecum suppletorium et dialecti-

cum. Leyden 1892.

Hefwerden,App. = Appendix Lexici Graeei suppletorii et dialectici. Ley-

den 1894.

L.&S. = Liddell & Scott's Greek Lexicon. 7th ed. New York 1883.

Pape = W. Pape, Worterbuoh der griechischen Eigennamen. 3d ed.

Braunschweig 1884.

Searles = Helen M. Searles, Lexicographical Study of the Greek Inscrip-

tions. Chicago 1898.

Indo-European Comparative Grammar

Brugmann,Grd. = K. Brugmann, Grundriss der vergleichenden Grammatik

der indogermanischen Sprachen. 2d ed. Strassburg 1897 ff.

Brugmann, Kz.V. Gr. = K. Brugmann, Kurzevergleichende Grammatik der

indogermanischen Sprachen. Strassburg 1902-1904.

DelbrtickjVergl.Syntax = B. Delbrtick, Vergleichende Syntax der indoger-

manischen Sprachen. 3 vols. Strassburg 1893-1900.

Greek Grammar

Brugmann,Gr.Gr. = K. Brugmann, Griechisohe Grammatik. 3d ed. Mu-

nich 1900.

Goodwin = W. W. .Goodwin, Greek Grammar. Revised ed. Boston 1892.

Hirt = H. Hirt, Ilandbuch der griechischen Laut- und Formenlehre. Hei-

delberg 1902.

Kiihner-Blass= Kuhn^r's Ausfiihrliche Grammatik der griechischen Sprache.

3d ed. Part I, revised by Blass. 2 vols. Hannover 1890-1892.

Kiihner-Gerth= Kiihner'sAusfiihrlicheGrammatik der griechischen Sprache.

3ded. Part II, revised by Gerth. 2 vols. Hannover 1898-1904.

G.Meyer = Gustav Meyer, Griechische Grammatik. 3d ed. Leipzig 1896.

Greek Dialects— General Works

Ahrens — H. L. Ahrens, De Graecae linguae dialectis. 2 vols. Gottingen

1839-1843.

Page 301: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY 285

Hoffmann = Hoffmann, Die griechisohen Dialekte. 3 vols. See above,

p. 283.

Meister = R. Meister, Die griechisohen Dialekte. 2 vols. GOttingen.

I. Asiatisch-Aolisch, Bootisch, Thessaliscli. 1882.

II. Eleisch, Arkadisoh, Kyprisch. 1889.

Special Dialects

Attic

Meisterhans = K. Meisterhans, Grammatik der attischen Inschriften, 3d ed.

by E. Schwyzer. Berlin 1900.

Ionic

Hoffmann (see above, p. 283) III. 1898.

Smyth = H. W. Smj-th, The Sounds and Inflections of the Greek Dialects.

Ionic. Oxford 1894.

Arcadian and Cyprian

Spitzer, Lavitlehre des arkadischen Dialektes. Kiel 1883.

Bennett, On the Sounds and Inflections of the Cyprian Dialect. Nebraska

University Studies 1888.

Smyth, The Arcado-Cyprian Dialect, Trans. Am. Phil. Ass. XVIII, 59 ff.

1887.

Meister II, 123 ff. 1889.

Hoffmann I. 1891.Lesbian

Meister I, 1 ff. 1882.

Hoffmann II. 1893.Thessalian

Meister I, 287 ff. 1882.

Prellwitz, De dialecto Thessalica. Gottingen 1885.

Hoffmann II. 1893.

Sohnsen, Thessaliotis und Pelasgiotis, Ilh.M.LriII,598ff. 1903.

Boeotian

Meister I, 201 ff. 1882.

Sad^e, De Boeotiae titulorum dialecto, Diss.Hal.XVI,145ff. 1903. Refer-

ences are to the pages of the separate issue.

Delphian

Valaori, Der delphische Dialekt. Gottingen 1901.

Wendel, Register zu den Inschriften von Delphi, SGDI.IV,181ff. 1901.

Locrian

Allen, De dialecto Locrensium, Curtius Studien III, 205 ff. 1870.

Page 302: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

286 GREEK DIALECTS

Mean

Daniel, De dialecto Eliaca. Halle 1880.

Meister II, 1 ff. 1899.Doric

Boisacq, Les Dialectes doriens. Paris 1891.

Laconian

Mullensiefen, De titulorum Laoonicorum dialecto, Diss. Argent.VI,131 ff.

1882.

Heradean

Meister, De dialecto Ileracliensium Italicorum, Curtiu3StudienrV',355ff.

1871.

Argolic

von Friesen, Ueber die Eigentumlichkeiten der argeischen Dialektia-

schriften. Upsala Universitets Arskrift 1897.

Hanisoh, De titulorum Argolicorum dialecto. Gottingen 1903.

Mlodnicki, De Argolidis dialecto. Brody 1906.

Corinthian

Kretsclimer, Die griechischen Vaseninschriften, 16 ff.

Megarian

Schneider, De dialecto Megarica. Giessen 1882.

Koppner, Der Dialekt Megaras und der megarischen Kolonien, Jb.f.Ph.

Suppl.XVIII,530ff. 1892.

Solmsen, Beitrage zur griechigchen Wortforschung I, 93 ff. 1909.

Bhodian

Bjorkegren, De sonis dialecti Rhodiacae. Upsala 1902.

Coan

Barth, De Coorum titulorum dialecto. Basel 1896.

Theran

Hauptvogel, Die dialektischen Eigentumlichkeiten der Inschriften von

Thera. CiUi 1906-1907.Cretan

Baunack, Die Inschrift von Gortyn. Leipzig 1885.

Herforth, De dialecto Cretica, Diss.Hal."VIII,192ff. 1887.

Skuis, Iltpi T^s KpriTiKtj's SvaXfKTov. Athens 1891.

Kieckers, Die lokalen Verschiedenheiten im Dialekte Kretas. Marburg

1908.

Page 303: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

NOTES AND EEFEEENCES 287

Pamphylian

Bezzenberger, Zur Beurteilung des pamphylischen Dialekts, Bz.B.V,325ff.Kretschmer, Zum pamphylischen Dialekt, K.Z.XXXIII,258ff.Meister, Die Inschrift von

. Sillyon und der pamphylisehe Dialekt, BerSachs.Ges. 1904, Iff.

Meillet, La place du pamphylien parmi les dialectes greos, Rev.:6t.Gr.XXI,413ff.

NOTES AND EEFEEENCES i

1. Interrelation of the dialects. Ahrensl,lfi. CoUitz, Die Verwandt-schaftsverhaltnisse der griechischen Dialekte mit besonderer Rucksicht aufdie thessalische Mundart,18S5. Smyth,The Dialects of North Greece,Am.J.Phil.VII,421 ff. , 1887. Hoffmann, De mixtis Graecae linguae dialectis, 1888.

HofimannI,lfE., 1891. Solmsen, Thessaliotis und Pelasgiotis,Rh.M.LVIII,

598 ff., 1903. Id., Eigennamen als Zeugen der Stammesmischung in Boeo-tien, Rh.M.LIX,481ff.,1901. Meister, Dorer und Achaerl, 1904. Thumb,Dialektforschung und Stammesgeschichte, Neue Jb. 1905,385fE. Buck,The Interrelations of the Greek Dialects, Class. Phil. II, 241 ff., 1907.

Kretschmer, Zur Geschiohte der griechischen Dialekte, Glottal,4ff.,1907.

Cf. also the brief statements in the histories of Busolt, 1^,1923.; E.

Meyer,n,74ff.,264,2S4ff.; Bury, 47 ff. , 53 ff. ; also Wilamowitz, Herakles^

1.6 ff. Beloch's extreme skepticism toward the tradition, and particularly his

denial of the Doric migration, has fortunately found few adherents among

1 These are arranged to correspond with the sections of the Grammar. Thereferences are mostly to discussions outside of the Greek Grammars and the

grammars of special dialects, as listed above, systematic citation of which would

seem superfluous. And even for this scattered literature completeness has not

been sought, and perhaps no consistent principle of selection will be evident.

But in the main preference is given to the more recent articles in which the

material is quoted with some fullness and the dialectic scope of a given pecu-

liarity defined.

In the notes some details are added which were intentionally omitted from the

text, but also some few important forms which were omitted through oversight

or became accessible too late to be incorporated in the text ; these last including

some formsfrom the new fragments of Corinna, Berliner Klassikertexte V.ii,32fE.,

which failed to i-each me until recently.

The references, except those to the present work which are mostly by section

numbers and in Clarendon type as usual, are by pages, or, for collections of

inscriptions, by the numbers of the latter. In a case like Hoffmann's Griechische

Dialekte, 1.185 would refer to no. 135, but 1,135 to p. 135.

Page 304: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

288 GEEEK DIALECTS

the historians and none among students of the dialects. See Buck, Am.J.

Phil.XXI, 319.

P. 2, note 2. The " much more problematical" view referred to is that

of Kretsohmer in the article cited above. Skepticism is now expressed also

by Sohnsen, Beitrage zu griech. Wortforschung 1,93, note 2.

Pp. 6, 7. As a general term covering the Aeolic and the Arcado-Cyprian

or Achaean group, and corresponding to the use by some scholars of either

Aeolic or Achaean in a wider sense, " Central Greek " has been proposed by

Thumb in the article cited above, but has not met with favor. We prefer

to differentiate the Aeolic of the north and the Achaean of the south, while

recognizing their striking affinities, and, when a term covering both is de-

sired, to speak simply of Aeolic-Achaean.

P. 6, note. The view referred to is that which is elaborated from the

archaeological standpoint by Eidgeway, EarlyAge of Greece, and from the

linguistic standpoint by Meister, Dorer und Achaer. Against this cf . Ed.

Meyer 11,72 "Von archaeologischer Seite hat man mehi-fach eine 'vor-

achaeische' Bevolkerung und Cultur des Peloponnes und eine achaeische

Einwanderung Jahrhunderte vor der dorischen construiert. Das sind reine

Luftgebilde, ilber die eine Discussion unmoglich ist, da ihnen jede histo-

rische Grundlage fehlt"; and, on the linguistic side, Fick,Woch.f.Klass.

Phil. 1905, 593 ff.; Thumb, NeueJb. 1905, 385 ff.; Schwyzer, I. E. Anz.

XVIII, 46 fi.; Buck,Glass.Phil.II,24:5,note.

Pp. 8 f£. No mention is made of Macedonian, which, so far as we can

judge from the scanty remains, is a form of Greek, but detached at such

an early period that it is best not classed as one of the Greek dialects in

the ordinary sense. Yet it shows some notable points of agreement with

the neighboring Thessalian. Cf. Hoffmann, Die Makedonen.

3. Kuhner-Blassl,26fi. and the literature cited.

4. Kirchhoff, Studien zu Geschichte des griechischen Alphabets, 4th ed.

Roberts,Introduction to Greek Epigraphy. Larfeld, Handbuch der grie-

chischen Epigraphik,316 ff. Fr.Wiedemann, Zt. oest. Gymn. LVIII, 222 ff.,

LIX,673fE.; KlioVIII,523ff.

4.4. OnT = (r(rsee Foat, J.n.S.XXV,338fE.,XXVI,286fE> T£Ta(p)pes

etc. in the sixth-century inscription of Ephesus (Hogarth , Excavations at

Ephesus, 122 ff.) removes all suspicion "from the reading [d']aXa'rrfs at Teoa

(no. 3 B 22-23).

5. Buck,Class.Phil.II,275fE., and, for further Lesbian examples, Hoff-

mann II, 355 ff.

8. BrugmannGr.Gr.29, 32. Hatzidakis,K.Z. XXXVI, 589.

Page 305: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

NOTES AND REFERENCES 289

9. Solmsen,K.Z.XXXII,513ff.; Rh.M.LVn.eOOff. fliapos occurs in two

late decrees of Corcyra and Epidamnus (Inschr.Y.Magnesia,nos.4J:,46).

9.2a. Sad6e, De Boeot. tit. dial., 80.

10. The change of «V to iv has nothing to do with the position before

vowel or consonant, as was once thought, but is probably due to the proclitic

character of the word. Once established, iv passed over to the compounds

regardless of their accent. With regard to aTrep^ojuivos etc., the e was unac-

centedin the nom., and possibly in these ace. forms (our accentuation of

them as -/AtVos is merely for convenience, see 103a). But other examples

of I are lacking even for unaccented syllables (cf . e8(Kacra//.EV also in no. 16),

and without further material it is useless to attempt any more precise for-

mulation of the conditions. Cf. Solmsen,Bz.B.XVII,335; K.Z. XXXIV,451. Baunack,Ber.Sachs.Ges.l893,118. Biiek,Class.Phil.II,2G8.

It is not accidental that Pamphylian, which agrees with Arcado-Cyprian

in several important features (see p. 8, note), has not only l iroKu = iv tto-

Xet, but also regularly is = £s, ek, and that is also occurs several times at

Vaxos, but rarely elsewhere. Cf. Meister,Ber.Sachs.Ges.l904,23.

11. Kretschmer,K.Z.XXXI,375fi. For icrria cf. also Solmsen, Unter-

suchungen zur griech. Laut-und Verslehre, 191S., 213 ff.; Sommer,Griech.

Lautstudien,94ff.; Ehrlich,K.Z.XLI,289ff.; Buck, I.F.XXV, 257 ff.

For Att. ^tXioi (cf. also 76, 117) the assumed *xuj-\u}i maybe dispensed

with, if we adopt the view of Wackernagel, I.F.XXV, 329, that e in eXi

gives Att. IXi by assimilation, for which he cites also Att. MiXixios for

MeiXixios, MijXixios, /teXAixos of the other dialects. Wackernagel also dis-

cusses the change of e to l in i/iariov, which is the regular spelling in Attic,

while elsewhere we find the spelling to be expected (cf. eijua), namely e/ia-

Tiov (our no. 8.2), el/iATioy, d/iarMr/iosi (cf. Ditt.SyU.653 passim, 939).

12. Cf . also the ethnicon napdx^eos, SGDI. 2524 = Ilepdx^eos, A.M.

XXXII,65.

A similar change before A. appears in AaX<f>iK6v of the earliest Delphian

coins and AoA^oi of an unedited Delphian inscription. Cf. Perdrizet,Kev.

Et.Grec.XI,422.

13. Buck, Class.Phil.II,253ff.

13.3. Boeot. iro/ca, ovTTOKa occur in the new fragments of Corinna.

17. Schulze, Gott.Gel.Anz. 1897, 904.

19. Solmsen, K.Z.XXXIV,554ff.; Rh.M.LVIII,612,LIX,493ff. Buck,

Class.Phil.11,270.

20. For "A/ai^iKTioves, A/ok^iktwji/es, see Kretschmer, K.Z.XXXI,429,669.

For almiJ.va.Tai, ai(ni^vqTyp, see Solmsen, Beitrage zm- griech.Wortfoi-sohung

Page 306: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

290 GREEK DIALECTS

I,58ff., where /xoXv/i&oi beside /toXtySos and some other similar oases are

discussed.

28. Until there is other evidence that Meg. E is used for the genuine

dipththong ei, the forms teSe and uXe of the early Megarian inscription

(Wilhelm,A.M.XXXI,89fe.; cf. Solmsen ibid. 342 fC.; Baunack, Philolo-

gus LV,474:; Keil,G6tt.Nachr.l906,231fi.; Schwartz, ibid.240ff.), though

taken as reiSe and oAAciby Keil, are best understood, with Solmsen, Bei-

trage zur griech. Wortforschung 1,96, as TrjSe, which occurs IG. VII.52, and

oXXiy. Cf. 132.6, where they are so cited.

28 a. The lexicons give Iktio-is, doubtless because of rurts. But there is

no evidence that the penult was short, and, while the word seems not to

occur in the Attic inscriptions, the spelling Ikt£io-is is decidedly the more

usual in the papyri (Mayser, Gram. d.Papyri, 91), thus agreeing with Ion.

fKTaa-K (SGDI.5532.17) and Arc. e<rTet(r« (no.18.32). The introduction

of the strong grade of the root is due to the influence of the verbal forms.

34a. For toto = tovto, cf. Kretschmer, K.Z.XXXIX,553fE.

35 a. Cf. Schulze, Quaestiones Epicae, 52 fi.; G6tt.Gel.Anz.1897, 904.

Hoffmann II, 430 ff. Solmsen, Untersuchungen zur griech. Laut- und Vers-

lehre,169ff,

38. For Attic cf . Meisterhans 67 ff.

39. For Attic cf. Meisterhans 36 ff.

41.1a and 94.6. Cf. Buck, Class. PhU. II, 263 ff., where Arc. Kern, A.M.

XXXI,229, was overlooked; and most recently, on the situation in Les-

bian and Boeotian, Nachmanson, Glotta 11,135 ff. But further inscriptional

evidence is wanted before the question can be regarded as settled.

41.2. For 0) from ao in all dialects, not West Greek a, cf . Buck, Am. J.

Phil.XXI,321 ; Ehrlich,K.Z.XL,355ff. Otherwise Jacobsohn, Philologus

LXVII,35. For Boeot. Savxpams etc. cf. also Buck, I.F.XXV,262ff.

41.4. It is the prevailing view that original a/ro or a/ro) gives Att. eo),

never to, and that e.g. Att. xt/Acopos, kolvwv must be from *Ti/u,a-fopos or

*Tt/xa-/rtt)pos, *Kmva/r(iv. Cf. Wackernagel,K.Z.XXVII,263 ; Johansson,Bz.

B.XV, 169; Eulenberg,I.F.X7. 138. Against this rightly Ehrlich.K.Z.XL,

354 ff., although the conditions governing the distribution of Att. ecd and o)

are still in part obscure.

41.4a. Hoffmann 111,281,522; Smyth343ff.; SGDI.5278,5311.41.4^. Buck, Glottal, 131 ff.

42.1. For Dor. r; even from e/ra, cf . also Ahrens 11,193 ; Kiihner-Blass I,

203 ;Thumb, Griech. Sprache im Zeitalter des Hellenismus, 93 ff.; Zupitza,

K.Z.XLII,75. The change is not merely late Doric. Aside from ^p, fik^p

in Aloman, Kprji in Aristophanes, etc., some of the inscriptional examples

Page 307: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

NOTES AND EEFERENCES 291

are very early, e.g. Ther. KXij-ydpas IG.XII.iii.l461. Delph. ivvrj, not pre-

viously quoted, occurs B.C.II.XXVII,22,26.

Like Rhod. 'Ay^vai also Ion. 'Hy^va^^ SGDI.5616.13.(Smyrna),'A(t)X'5i'«^

ibid.54716 (Thasos) in contrast to 'Apxta.vaKT<K ibid.5691 (Erythrae). •

42.2. For Dor. rj from ea of. also Ktihner-Blass T,20o; Bechtel,Bz.B.

XXI,231 ; Bjorkegren, De sonis dial. Rhod., 50 ; Solmsen, Berl.Phil.Woch.

1904,662 ; Wilhelm,Oest.Jhrb.IV,80 (Arc. Uavfjs = Meg. Ilavcas). Note also

Arg. Tpvyrj'i, our no. 82.

42.5 o. Sad6e,DeBoeot.tit.dial.,84fi.

42.5 i. For 10) in Tarentine vyriters, e.g. Ttcos = tc'os, quoted from Rhin-

thon, cf. Solmsen, K.Z.XXXII,54:4:.

i2.5d. J. Schmidt, K.Z. XXXVIII, 89 ff. Cret. KO<r|«,dvT£s etc., Solmsen,

K. Z. XXXn, 532 fE. Delph. Trotdvrtov, Heracl. iroidvTa<T<76, Buok,Glotta I,

130. Mess. iroidvTi occurs Inschr.v.Magnesia 43.29.

42.6. Delph., Heracl. ttoiuvti. Buck, Glotta 1,129.

44.1. It is commonly held that oa gives West Greek a. But cf. Buck,

Class.Phil.II,255fE.

46. J. Schmidt, K.Z.XXXII,321ff.

49.1. n]oTotaavi, A.M.XXXII,304.

49.3. oSeXds is also attested for Achaean, 'E<^.'A/3x-1908,97. It was doubt-

less common to all the West Greek dialects.

50-55. Thumb, Zur Geschichte des griechischen Digamma, I.F.IX,

294 fE.

51. Meister, Dorer und Achaerl,38fi.,58,87fi.

52a. J.Schmidt,K.Z.XXXin,455fi. Solmsen,K.Z.XXXII,273fE.; Un-

tersuchungen zur griech. Laut- und Verslehre,186ff.

526,c. Thumb,I.F.IX,336ff.; I.F.Anz.XIV,9,XIX,19. Solmsen, Un-

tersuchnngen zur griech. Laut- und Verslehre, 187 ff. Sommer, Griech.

Lautstudien, 90 ff

.

54. Wackernagel, K. Z. XXV, 260 ff. Kretschmer, K. Z. XXI, 440 ff.

Schulze,QuaestionesEpicae,6ff.,84ff.,352ff. HoffmannIII,372,391ff.,407ff.

Solmsen, Untersuchungen zur griech. Laut- und Verslehre, 181ff.,302ff.

The history of (rp in ^t'o-fos etc. is so nearly parallel to that of vp etc.

that it has been included in the same tabular representation. But it is not

whoUy identical. In Cretan the p of a-p survives longer than that of vp

etc., e.g. in the Law-Code pia-pofwipov beside xcrevid and raXos; and per-

haps also in the case of Hom. Tcros and volcros, on which most recently

Jacobsohn, Hermes XLIV, 79 ff.

55. /3p = pp. Solmsen,Untersuchungen zur griech.Laut- und Verslehre,

175 ff.

Page 308: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

292 GEEEK DIALECTS

57,58. Thumb, Untersuchungen ilber den Spiritus Asper. Sommer,

Griech. Lautstudien.

586. In connection with Argol. ia/ods mention should have been made

of iKCTas, no. 75. Cf. Sommer I.e., 24.

59.1. Meister, Dorer und Achaer 1,7 fE. Meister's view that the change

was restricted to Sparta is untenable. A new exception is our no. 69. See

also p. 288.

59.2. Meister ibid. 55 £E.

60. Weisschuh, De rhotacismo linguae Graecae.

60.1. Meister 11,49 if.

60.3. HoffmannIII,576fe.

61. Kretschmer, K.Z.XXXII,513ff. Buck, Class.Phil.11,247 ff.

61.6. rifucroi (to TJ/xicrov) in Phocis, Rhodes, and Astypalaea is probably

a contamination of rj/jua-a-os with ^/iiicrvs of the koivi^.

63. On Cret. Ilvrtos, Meister,Dorer und Achaer 1,78 ff.

64. Meister, Dorer und Achaer 1,25 ff.

67. Kretschmer, K.Z.XXII,426ff. Jacobsohn,K.Z.XLII,264ff.

68. Brugmann, Gr.Gr.ll2fE., with literature cited.

68.2. In calling the y of yi<f>vpa unexplained I had overlooked for the

moment the probable explanation that it is due to dissimilation from the

<^. So also Dor. yXenia (Alcman), yXi<fm.pov (Alcman, Pindar, etc.) = pkarm,

pXitjyapov. Cf. Solmsen, Ueber dissimilations- und assimilationserschei-

nungen bei den altgriechischen gutturalen, 5 ; Mansion, Les gutturales

grecques, 60..

68.4 a. Savxva is now attested for Cyprian also. Cf. Aat)x*«<^op'o, Mei-

ster, Ber.Sachs.Ges. 1908,2 ff.

. 69.3. Sohulze,K.Z.XXXIII,318ff. Kretschmer, K.Z.XXXV,608.69.4. Like eTnrao-is is d7nra<7a/*Evos, from *di'-7r7ra-, in the new fragments

of Corinna.

71a. Brugmann, Gr.Gr.80. Jacobsohn, K.Z.XLII,274.

72. Solmsen, A.M. 1906, 347 ff.; Beitrage zur griechischen Wortfor-

schungl,10aff.

73 ff. On relics of Aeolic w etc. in Chios and other once Aeolic, later

Ionic, territory in Asia Minor, see 184 a ; at Eleusis ('I/i/xdpaSos), Solmsen,

Eh.M.LVIII,623; in Macedonian, Solmsen, I. F.VII, 48, Hoffmann, Die

Makedonen,125ff.

76. On the difficult question whether in the intermediate stage of the

development of o-ju. etc. o- became z or A, cf . Sommer, Griech. Lautstudien,

25 ff. and the literature cited.

Page 309: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

NOTES AND EEFEEENCES 293

77.2. vcr + consonant may arise in new formations and undergo the samedevelopment as secondary intervocalic vcr. Cf. Lesb. eiKoioros, 116a, and

Corcyr. eicXoyi^ow^o), 140.32).

77.8. avTJKourav etc. in a late inscription of Cyrene I suspect of being

an ai-tificial, not an inherited, Aeolism. Cf.Class.Phil.il. 272.

80. For pp, especially in Boeotian, cf. Solmsen,Rh.^I.LIX,486ff. But

in just what dialects, besides Attic, West Ionic, Arcadian, Elean, and

Theran, pp is to be recognized as normal, cannot be determined with any

certainty from the existing evidence. In some dialects where we find a few

examples both of pp and of per, or even of pa- only, the latter may be so

late as to be easily attributable to koivi; influence. But it is also possible

that in some dialects pp was only an occasional colloquialism and that ptr

was preserved, even without external influence, in careful speech. Cf. 86,

p. 68. The isolated Kapputv (also in Tim. Locr. and Plut. Instit. Lac.) is

especially significant. But we do not ffeel warranted as yet in assuming

that pp was common to the West Greek dialects in general.

81. For T = o-o- in Ionic, cf. 4.4.

81a. On late Cretan 6aXa66a etc., cf. Thumb,Neue Jb. 1905,391; Mei-

ster, Dorer und AchaerI,6Sff. But against the latter's understanding of

eypaTTtre of the Law-Code as fypairo-e = iypd(f>6ri, cf . Jacobsthal,I.F.XXI,

Beiheft,18ff.

81 6. Schulze, Gott.Gel.Anz. 1897,900 ff.

82. Lagercrantz, Zur griech. Lautgeschichte,19ff. For era- add Coan

ocToxK, Calymn. BiKacrcrio).

84. On the question of Megarian 88 or ^, cf. Lagercrantz, Zur griech.

Lautgeschichte, 27. Meister, Dorer und Achaer 1, 160. Earlier inscrip-

tional evidence is needed to settle the matter.

The Rhodian vase with the inscription containing AerJs is now published

by T. L. Spear in Am. J.Phil.XXIX,461fE. There seems to be no reason to

doubt its Rhodian provenance.

84 a. Note also Boeot. <f>pd.TTO) (Coriima) = </>pa^<i).

85.1. Buck,Class.Phil.n,266, with literature cited.

86 and 96. Mucke, De consonarum in Graeca lingua praeter Asiati-

corum dialectum Aeolicam geminatione.

87. On 8aKn)Xos, cf. Brugmann,I.F.XI,284ff.

88. Kretschmer,K.Z.XXXIII,603fE. •

89.1. G.Meyer, 304f. A sixth-century inscription of Ephesus (Hogarth,

Excavations at Ephesus, 122 ff.) shows a doubling of dentals after a conso-

nant, e.g. oKTTw, iKTTTj, qveif^Shjaav, and, in sentence combination, Ik tto,

Page 310: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

294 GREEK DIALECTS

89.3. Solmsen, Untersuchungen zur grieoh. Laut- und Verslehre, 165fE.

89.5. Brugmami,GrundrissII.i,44:ff., with literature cited.

91. Allen, Greek Versification in Inscriptions, 126 ff.

94. Lucius, De crasi et aphaeresi, Diss.Arg.IX,351ff. Kuhner-Blass I,

218fE. Meister,Herodas,778fE.

94.1. The type of crasis seen in TOLpumpov, that is really elision as we

believe, is the usual one in Argolic. Another instance is seen in IIoXvjtiiSEs

iiroUt Aapyeios (o 'Apyeios), B.C.H.XXIV,448. Epid. Tal<TK)unnet (rfit At(r-)

is disputed, cf. IG.IV.1203. Of. also Rhod. 'A/xoi/Sixo (6 'Ap.-), no. 97;

Arc. TaTToXXiovi (rot 'Air-), 'E<^.'Apx-1903,178.

94.6. See above, p. 290.

94.7. end. In view of the frequent elision in Argolic (above, note to

94.1), Aegin. hoiKos is more probable than hoiKa!^.

95. Giinther, Die Prapositionen in den griechischen Dialektinschriften,

LF.XX,37ff. Solmsen, Rh.M.LXII,329fE. Kretschmer, Die Apokope in

den griechischen Dialekten, Glotta 1,34 ff.

Trip before vowels, as in Delph. irepoSos, occurs also in Thess. xep Upauv,

no. 28.40, Cypr. wep' 'ESdXiov, no. 19.27, in Boeot. Tfcpayrji = irtpvayrj^, in the

new Gorinna fragments, and in the Locrian or Aetolian ethnicon TLipoyOeK

A.M.XXXIII,30.

With Thess. air, vtt, cf. a.inrfp,\f/a and i^^dXXav, once each in Homer.

102. Sommer, Zum inschriftliohen vv ecjieXKvcrTiKov, Festschrift zur 49.

Versammlung deutscher Philologen und Schulmanner, Basel 1907.

105.1a, 25. Solmsen, Rh.M.LIX,494ff.

106.1a. Thess. -oi from -010, Ahrens 1,222; HofemannII,533; J.Schmidt,

K.Z.XXXVIII,29ff. ; as original locative, Brugmann,Gr.Gr.225; as origi-

nal genitive in -ot and cognate with Lat. -l, etc., Kretschmer, GlottaI,57ff.

I am convinced of the correctness of the first-named view, as preferred in

the text. -010 occurs IG.IX.ii.458, 459,511, 1036.

On Cypr. -5v, E.Iiermann,I.F.XX,354fE., but the explanation is not

convincing to me.

106.2. On distribution of -ot, Buok,Class.Phil.II,266.

107.1. Keil,G6tt.Nachr.l899,151ff.

107.3. On -eo-o-t, Buck, Class. Rev.XIX,249fE.; Class.Phil.II,273fE. On-ots (cf . also 226, 279), G. Meyer 475, and most recently Sommer, I.F.XXV,289 ff.

107.4. Buck,Class.Phil.II,266fE., with literature cited.'

Cret. OvycLTcpavs etc. It is of course not accidental that the analogical

introduction of -avs beside -as (fluyarepas also occurs) is found in just that

dialect in ?yhich the ^-sterns show by-forms in -avs and -os (104.8).

Page 311: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

NOTES AND EEFEEENCES 295

108.2. On the question of Thess.'lTnroKpaTtis etc. , cf . Hoffmann, Philolo-

gus.LXI,2-i5,LXII,15.")ff.; Bechtel, Hermes XXXVII,631ff.Boeot. Meyva etc. (full material in Sad(5e,DeBoeot. tit.dial.,50fl.) are

generally taken as T-stem forms, either vocatives or nominatives without s.

Cf. Kretschmer.K.Z.XXXVI, 26Sff.; Meister,Ber.Sachs.Ges.l904,32. But

as forms in -r/ are not found in the dialects which keep the T-inflection,

^Yhile vocatives in -r; from cr-stems are known and Boeotian shows the ct-

inflection in other case-forms, we prefer to- assume that these forms too

belong to the adopted cr-stem type. Still different views, but too general

and vague to carry conviction, are expressed by Sad^e I.e., and Solmsen,

Berl.Phil.Woch.l906,lSl.

H1.4. -ijs is probably not from -lyvs, like jSois beside /SoSs from *;8a)vs

(37.1), but owes its -q to the analogy of -t^os etc. Dat. pi. MavTii/ecri in an

Elean decree (SGDI.1151.17) shows a similar extension of r] at the expense

of ev, and is perhaps the Arcadian, rather than a true Elean, form.

112.6. Cf. Lac. dual EiraKoe beside tTraKoo, no. 67, note.

114.1. The new fragments of Corinna bring the first evidence of la in

Boeotian. On the use of Cret. ids, Buck, Class.Phil. 1, 409 3. On irpoiTos,

TrpaTos, Buck, Class.Phil.II,255ff.

114.3. With rpti as nom., and reropes as ace. (107.4), cf. reropai as nom.

in inscriptions of Tauromenium, SGDI.522off.

Il4.5. warroi is attested also for Amorgos (IG.Xn.vii.301.5), but here

it is due to the analogy of Trei/re, not to assimilation of ttt to tt as in Crete.

116. On Lesb. eiKouTros etc. , Buck,Class.Rev.XIX,242 ff. Thess. ikoo-tos

occurs IG.IX.ii.506.47.

119.2a. J. Schmidt, K.Z.XXXVI,400ff.

122. On the distribution of toi and ol, cf. Solmsen, Rh.M.LX,148ff.;

Buck, Class.Phil.11,253. But the ^Vest Thess. roi there mentioned is to be

taken as dat. sg. toi as read IG.IX.ii.241.

123. Cf. also Thess. ovwe, IG.IX.ii.460.5.

125.1. Buck,Class.Phil.n,259ff.

126. Elean should have been mentioned among the dialects which show

the relative use of the article. Cf . no. 60.11,12.

129.2a. On Locr. port, cf. Wackemagel,Eh.M.XLVIII,301ff. ; J.

Schmidt, K.Z.XXXIir,455 ff.

129.8. Buck, Class.Rev.X'IX, 247.

132.2. Buck,Class.Phil.II,256. 'While it would be not at all sm-prising

to find oirei etc. in other dialects than West Greek and Boeotian (cf. 224a),

we know no certain examples as yet. Arc. T[e]t8w, as read by Wilhehn,

A.M.XXXI,228, is Very doubtful.

Page 312: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

296 GEEEK DIALECTS

132.4. J. Schmidt, K.Z.XXXII,412 ff.

132.9. Buck,Class.Phil.II,255. Boeot. TroKa, ouTro/ca are now attested in

the new fragments of Corinna. Lao. okku, 'E<^.'Ap;^. 1900, 1.59.

132.9 a. Cret. as always means .so long as, never until. Cf . Jaoobsthal,

I.F.XXI,Beiheft,118. So in Heraclean (Heraol.Tab.I.lOO), until being ex-

pressed by a.)(pL w.

133.5. Delph. l|os (not ia Wendel's Index) B.C.H.XXII,321.

135, 136. Ivy Kellermann, On the Syntax of some Prepositions in the

Greek Dialects (Chicago dissertation). Gilnther, Die Prapositionen in den

griechischen Dialekten, I.F. XX, 1 ff.

135.4. Buek,Class.Phil.II,264, with literature cited.

135.6 a. Of the numerous discussions of the relation of Trpos to Trport the

most recent is that of Jacobsohn, K.Z.XLII,279fE.

135. 6J. J. Schmidt, K.Z. XXXVIII, 17 ff. Thumb, NeueJb. 1905, 396.

Zubat;^, I.F. Anz.XXII,59 ff. Kretschmer, Glotta 1,41 ff.

136.2. In addition to Miss Kellermann I.e., 75, and Giinther I.e., 132,

cf . Solmsen, Rh.M.LXI,495 ff.

136.8. On Delph. Avn pirto'S, Buck, I.F.XXV, 259 ff.

136.11 (addition), iiro instead of usual €7ri with gen. in expressions of

dating occurs with gen. in Elean (no. 61.2), and with ace. in Laconian

(no. 66.66).

138.3. Buck, Class.Phil.II, 256 ff.

139.2. For -v6o etc. we prefer the older explanation, as given in the

text, to Schulze's suggestion quoted by Sad6e,DeBoeot. tit. dial.,23.

141. Buck, Glass.Phil. II,257 ff., with literature quoted.

142. Buck,Class.Phil.II,251ff.

143. Schulze,K.Z.XXXIII,126ff.

144 a. For Ion. ^vetKa, add ^m^''"^'?''''*'' f''O'o Ephesus (see above, to 89.1).

146.1. keXaLJS-qKa is also Arcadian, cf. no. 18.14.

147.3a. Solmsen, K.Z.XXXIX,215.148. G.Meyer,203,413. Meisterhansl69. Hatzidakis,'A9i;vaVIII,458ff.

150. Schulze,Hermes XX,491 ff. Solmsen,Rh.M.LIX,161ff. Until re-

cently all the known East Ionic examples were from Chios, Teos, or Eryth-

rae. Now also from Miletus i^a/iocra SGDI.5496, KaraxTetVoo-tv Jb.Arch.

Inst.l906,Anz.,16.

151.1. Onaor. subj.trdcf. Solmsen,Rh.M.LXI,164ff. That Arc. /SwXtv-

a-avTcu, Inschr.v.Magnesia 38.46, wrongly corrected to ;S<i)X£vcr((o)i/T<u by

Kern, belongs here, is pointed out by Meister, Ber.Sachs.Ges.1904,10, and

had also been recognized independently by me. But Epid. Trotrja-ai, reck-

oned here by Solmsen, I prefer to regard as an optative (177).

Page 313: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

NOTES AND EEFEEENCES 297

151.2. There is no certainty that Thess. SwdsTai (no. 27) and Arc. ku-

KpiBii (no. 16.15) are to be so understood, rather than as Svi/aeTat, KaKpiOil,

though we regard the former as more probable. The Arcadian form is

also taken by some as Kaxpidi e, and the contracted ia-Sod^ occurs in the

later no. 18.52.

152.4. A still different type, with the optative sign added directly to <t,

is seen in Cret. pipK<nev SGDI.49S2, and also in hrnXwriav ibid. 5004, if the

latter is really an optative.

157. Hoffmann 1,263 ff., II, 574 if. Buck, Class.rhil.11,274 ff.

158. Buck,Class,Phil.II,265.

159. In Delphian there are several other examples of -laa (seeWendel's

Index 190 ff.) but none certain of -i^w. For cruXiJovres, which occurs twice

among over two hundred instances of eruXcovTcs, is perhaps only a graphic

variant. Cf. J. Schmidt,Pluralbildungd.idg.Neutra, 329. For Boeotian add

<m<j>av<i)iij.iv from Thespiae, B.C.H.XXV, 361. trre<^ai/St occurs also at

Eleusis, but here only as the result of the confusion between oi and wt

(Meisterhans 66). It is not clear whether the late Lesb. Tipai, a-T€<j>dvoi, are

from -da, -taa or from -aa, -oa (in either case we should expect a-T€<jiavS)i)

,

or are simply the Attic forms and to be accented rt/xai, (TTeKJmvot.

161.1. J.Schmidt, Ber.Berl.Akad.l899,302ff.

161.2. J.Schmidt,Pluralbildungderidg.Sreutra,326ff. For Dor./iotxaM

(Cret. fLOLKiov) = usual ij.oi)(ev<ii, cf. Wackernagel, Hellenistica, 7ff.

164.3. For -atrK cf . Buck, Class.Rev.XIX,244 ff.

164.7. Solmsen,Beitragezurgriech.WortforschungI,116 ff.

164.8. Buck,Class.Phil.II,267. Jacobsohn,PhilologusLXVII,29. Sohn-

sen, Beitrage zur griech. Wortforschung I,98ff.

165.4. The origin of this class, which is of course to be distinguished

from that of the agent-nouns in Att. -€u>v, Ion. -civ, but Dor. -av, from -apaiv

(41.4), is obscure. Cf. Brugmann, Grundriss 11,301.

166.1. Buck, Class. Phil. II, 267. Solmsen, Beitrage zur griech.Wortfor-

schung 1,98.

166.2. Solmsen, Kh.M.LIX,498ff.

168 a-d. Sad6e,DeBoeot.tit.dial. 17ff. Solmsen, Eh. M.LVIII, 603 ff.,

LIX,596ff.

169-178. Among the few special studies of dialectic syntax, beside those

on the use of prepositions already cited (p. 296), may be mentioned r K.

Meister, Der syntaktische Gebrauch des Genetivs in den kretischen Dialekt-

inschriften, I.F.XYIII, 133 ff.; Riittgers, De accusativi, genetivi, aocusativi

usu in inscriptionibus archaicis Cretensibus, Bonn 1905 ; Jacobsthal, Der

Gebrauch der Tempora und Modi in dea kretischen Dialektinscbriften,I.F,

Page 314: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

298 GEEEK DIALECTS

XXI,Beiheft ; Edith Frances Claplin, The Syntax of the Boeotian Dialect

(Bryn Mawr dissertation).

174. Jacobsthal, I.e., 87fE., whose Arcadian examples, however, should

be replaced by those given in our text.

176. Jacobsthal, I.C., 93 ff.

177. Jacobsthal, I.e., 90 ff.

178. Jacobsthal,l.c.,83fE.

179. Buck,Class.Phil.n,258ff., with literature cited. Jacobsthal, I.F.

XXI,Beiheft,143£E. Jacobsohn, K.Z.XLII,153.

182. Among the important Ionic characteristics should have been men-

tioned: Contraction of or; to m. 44.2.

274-280. Thumb, Die griechische Sprache im Zeitalter des Hellenis-

mus. Buck, The General Linguistic Conditions in Ancient Italy and Greece,

Class. Journ. 1,99 ff.i Wahrmann, Prolegomena zu einer Geschichte der

griechischen Dialekte im Zeitalter des Hellenismus.

279. More commonly known as the Achaean-Doric kolv^, after Meister

11,81 ff. See Buck, The Source of the so-called Achaean-Doric KOLvrj, A.J.

Ph.XXI,193ff.

1 The portion of this article which deals with Greece, and also the statements

in the text, are condensed from a more comprehensive but unpublished study of

this subject. ^

Page 315: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

GLOSSARY AND INDEX

In the alphabetical arrangement the presence of p is ignored, in order toobviate the separation of the many forms which occur with and without it. Thus(f)CKaTi, i.e. plKaTL or [Kan, stands in the position of tKari, and vo(f)6s in theposition of vads. f stands in the position of k.

For inflectional forms the conventional captions (nom. sg., 1 sg. pres. indie.)

are sometimes substituted, and in these the transcription which we have em-ployed for forms occurring in the epichoric alphabets is frequently replaced bythe more familiar spelling, e.g. e, o. A, by ij, w, ', or Cret. tt, k, by 0, x- But theprecise form occurring is sometimes retained as a caption, or added, or givenseparately witli a cross-reference. Brevity and convenience in each case havebeen preferred to consistency.

The references are : numbers in Clarendon type, to the sections of the Gram-mar, or, where App. is added, to the corresponding sections of the Appendix;otherwise, to the numbers of the inscriptions. The Heraclean Tables (no. 74)

and the Cretan Law-Code (no. 110) are cited by name.

a = a. 68 aapdrarai Lac. S3dpAios Cret. = 7i\u>s. 41.3dpX.oir(a Cret. = d/3Xa/3£a. 5

dYaios Delph., admirable, wonderful

(?). Cf. Etyioa. Mag. iyalos- iirl(j>eo-

vov 71 eavimarbv. No. 51D38, note

a7(iX|ia = aviB-niia. No. 35, note

a7aX|i.aTa(|K&p El. = icpiirwXos. 107.1,

no. 60.13, note

oLYappis West Ion., assembly. 5, 49.2,

80 with a'AyatrikiFO Eub. = 'AyiurC\ea. 41 .4, 53

d-yi^ai Cret., bands in which the Cre-

tan youth were trained

d7E\doi, Cret., ephebi, members of the

ayfKai. 31, no. 113.11, note

a-yepiris East Ion., assembly. 49.2

'AyXaa-, 'A^Xw-. 41.2

&yvia = iyo). 162.6. dxi^f^ros, 66'A-yoXcws Meg. = 'AyfKaos. 167

d7opd Delph., Thess. = iKK^ria-la

d-yopavofijo Thess.,preside over the as-

sembly, like Att. iiruyTaT4a. See pre-

ceding. In other states the iyopavli-

fioi were oflScers in charge of the

mark^ etc.

dY^pao-o-i; Boeot, 164.3

d7p^ai Lesb., El., av7p<(D Thess. = al-

piia, Lesb. '&,yp4devTes, KaTay\_pf\8'rii,

Kardypevrov, wpoaypijfip.ivaj. El, i^a~

yp4ov. Thess. itpavypsvBeiv. So also

Lesb. dypeais, Thess. dpypcais = atpc-

ffis. Cf . Hom. irakivdypeTos, ainaype-

Tos. Akin to S.ypa

dScaXruhaic El., from aSeoKrhw ^ abtj-

Uw, i<t>ad^o). 59.3, 158.4, no. 61.12,

note

d86X<t>E6s == &Se\4>6!. 164.9dSonrioC Cret. = d5eX0a(. 71, 164.9

dSTjXdu Heracl., make invisible

air\via%witliout fraud, plainly. ChianaSr/v^ias ycyaviovres, calling outplain-

ly, no. 4B. Cf. Hesych. dSiji-^us-

dS6Xci)S, airXus, x<^P'5 PovKijs

aSos 6 Ion., decree. See dvSdvu

deXios = ^Xios. 41.3

dJo96s Cypr. = iyae6!. 62.4

d^ETOd) Delph. , convict. 77.2, no. 53.17,

note

-AOoPPos Delph. ='A9aA./3os. 69.3

al West Greek, Aeol. = ei. 1 34^ 1, 2 c

ax Dor. etc. = v adv. Cret. at also

final and temporal. 132.5,8a,9a

ai Lesb., olC Ion., d(v Thess, = de(,

133,6

Page 316: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

300 GEEBK DIALECTS

&CSa<r|ias Ion., under perpetual lease.

138.6alpeC Cypr., Phoc. = del. 63, 133.6

atXeo) Cret. = alpia. 13ot\os Cypr. = fiXXos. 74 6

alX6Tpia El. = AXKbrpia. 74 6

alfidTiov Coan, coagulated blood andmeat, sausage-meat. Cf. Hesych. al-

fidrui • dXKdvTLa

at|i,Covas Lesb. = ijfdovos. 17alfiiunis Lesb. = tiiuitv^. 17, 61.6

dtvThess. = del. 133.6alvos Delph., Meg., decree. Cf. Et.

Mag. ahos- ^-fj^iurim and Hesych. s.v.

axptiii Ther. = alpedeh. 78alo-a, share. 191ato-ijivdras, alo-i|i,v<avT£s Meg. = alav-

Hv-^Tris etc. 80 with App., 258ACo-CoSos Lesb. = 'HcrfoSos. 17aKcio Cret. = dxeiuciKpar^s Ion. = &Kvpo?. Cf . KaprepSs

haKpiiSiva to. Delph. = dxpSSma (or

dxpSBis, reading rdv dtcpSdim). 58 c,

no. 51D 47, notehdKpos Corcyr. = S,Kpos. 58 c

haKpooTKipCai Heracl., heights covered

with brushwood. 58 c

apXav^os El., whoily, in full. 55, no.

59.4, noteiiKLa, assembly. (1) Delph. (no. 51), used

of the meeting of tlie phratry; (2)

Acarn., Corcyr., Heracl., Gela, Ag-rig., Eheg. = ^/ocXijirio

dXiafa Arg. , Mycen. = iKKKriala

&\[a(r|ia. (1) Gela, Agrig., assembly(not in technical sense, cf. jSoi/XSs

dXiaff/xa); (2) Rheg., decree of the

d\ia

dXCao-o-is Arg., act of the d\iala. 164.3dXiao-TaC Arc. , in form = Att. i^Xmo-Toi,

but title of Tegean officials who en-forced penalties, etc. (no. 18)

hdXiios Arg. 56oXivo-is Epid. , stuccoinjf. 77.3afiXios Dor., iiXios Lesb. = -JXios. 41.8Fa\C(ro-KO|jiai Thess. = dXlrKOfmi. 68 c,

89.1

oXXa Lesb., eZseroAere. 138.6dXXai Cret., Corcyr., otherwise. 132,5dXXel Meg., Delph., elsewhere. 138.2dXXoiroXCa Cret. = dWoSiifjila.. Cf . Cret,

iriXi! = Stjuos

dXX6Tcppos Lesb. — dXXiTpws. 19.2dXX6TTptas Cret. 89.4

vMv Arc, = <(X^o, 88

3,\Xvi Lesb., elsewhere. 132.4

aXfov Cypv., plantation. No. 19.9, note

dXopY6s Ion. = dXoi/p7(Ss. 44.4flXuita Boeot. := dvd\wiia. Not an orig-

inal uncompounded form, but ab-

stracted from dydXa/M. Hence the

absence of fd)i,dpa Locr. = iiiiipa. 12, 586'Ap,dpios Ach. 12o|j.oTO Aetol. = dSAXut ? No. 62.2, notedp,pp[6]Ti]v Lesb. = o/iiapTKj/. S, 49.2adjiei Delph. = A^oB. 132.2

aifiv late Cret. = ijiimt. 119.2ad|i4pa with leniS. 586djife, dp^s. 67,68 6,76,119dpi6p^ii> Ion. = dpiBiiim. 88dp)kcs, a|ip.c Lesb., dp,|t^ Thess. = fipsis,

V^as. 76, 119dp.p6vi.ov Delph., penalty for delay.

Prom dvaiuiva, Cf . Hom. Kaii/wvlTi =

dpotpd Corinth. = d^Mi/S^. 51adpir- in early Cretan words, see under

d/t0-

dpireXdip'yiKds Heracl. = -ovpyixbt. 44.4dpirwXiipa Heracl., re6aie. Heracl.Tab.

1. 108 ff., notedp(|>a(vopai Cret. (e.g. &p.iralve{S)Bai,,

&fnra.vdfJLevos, dvTravdfj^vo^, AfiiravTOs,

&viramos), adoptapifiaviris Cret. (iiriravrm), adoption

(act of). 77.3 acHL^avris Cret. (dviravrit), adoption

(condition of, i.e. state of being anadopted son)

dp<|>C. 136.7dp(j>CST|pa Cret., ornament, gen. sg. dv-

iriSiiias. 112.5'Ap<|>l,KT(oVES, -KTVOVES. 20dpi|>iXX^Yia =: dpupiXiya. 89.3dpijiipuX^oi Cret. (e.g. dpiinfioXdv), con-

tend about (in law), litigate. See juu-

X^wdp4>CpwXos Cret. (d/iir/jnoXox), subject to

lawsuit

dp(|>C(rTapai Heracl., investigate. Cf.

Hesych. d/i^is-TairSoi- iierd^eiv

dv = dvi. 95dv Arc. = a tfi). 68ahdv Arc. = iv. Siddvdarop El. , see ivarmpdvol — Aval. 52dvao-KT|0'fis Arc, see da-xTid'^s

SLvaros immune from punishment. El.

^vdoiTop^ Locr, adY, ivdroh). 5?

Page 317: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

GLOSSARY AND INDEX 301

dvSiivu = SoK4to be approved, voted, asin Hdt. Cret. IfaSe, Ion. ^aSe= r«o?e,

Locr. fefaS€K6Ta (146.1) = SeSoy/niva,

y/'tj^tanim. Cf. Ion. &Sos = S6yijLa

&v8ix&|u Locr., be of divided opinion.Cf. Hdt.O. lOi) SLxa Y^YTOCTat ai yvutiat

av^Scav, av^Siav, dv^Bciav Boeot. = dc^-

dEiraf. 9.2, 138.6avc6c(Kaiv Thess. = ivferiKav. 138.6av^SciKc Boeot., Thess. = aviei]Ke. 16dvenK^Tcas Delph. = dw7)tXi)Tus. 69.3dvEX6<r6o Lac. = dreX^(r$uK. 140.36av€v(7po(^os Ileracl. = -ypa<t>os. S

av^in)KC Lac. = iviSriKe. 64avEuv Epid. = ivev. 133.0avois El. = «reu. 138.6, 136.4dvhEuirOai Heracl., from aplrifu. 146.4dvT|pC6EVTOs Ion. = avcpiSevros not venal.

167advioxfu Lac. = •^wox^w. 9.5dvv(o|iai Cret. = ipvdo/iai. 86.5dvoo-Cja Cypr., impiety. No. 19.29, note.

But neut. pi. di^o-i^ also possible;

cf. SG0I.3538,3544dvir- in eai-ly Ci-etan words, see under

dvTairoSiSuo-o-a El. = -SiSoS(ra. 89.3dvT(. 136.8dvTt|i,oXos Cret., opponent, d^endant.

See juuX^Kj

avTiTwyxdvo) Arg., Boeot., Delph.,

Lac. = Traparvyxiva happen to be

present, or in office (so nos. 45, 78)

avTO|ios Heracl., road, pathdvTopos Heracl., a counter-boundarydvrpTjiOv Cret. =: ivdpeiov. 66avrpoiros Cret. = S.vdptinros. 66dv<|>iSTapo5 Locr. = dfji<p6repos. 12dviivu Cypr. 191avoS Arc, probably ivuSa = ivuBev.

133.2&vo>6o Heracl. = dti'ueci'. 133.1

,&vopos Cret., not of marriageable aged&du Lesb. (d{id(r«) = dftiM. 162.2

cwnSs East Ion. = oi)t6s. 33

dir Thess. = avS. 96diraYOpcvo Ci'et., proclaimairaros Cret. = di-oTos, usedjmperson-

ally, e.g. 4701T1 iirarov e/tci', there

i?iall be nofine for the one who seizes.

53dmXdovTtti Locr. = dTreXotfi'ui^ai. 162.4

di«X««9ep£Jo> Delph., Thess. = direXeufe-

p6u. 162.1. Thess. dtreKevStpeirBiyira,

18, 77.3

dir^XXai Lac. = 4KK\ri<rlai. Cf. 'AtteX-

Xofos, name of a month. 'AniXKatDelph., name of a festival corre-sponding to the Attic 'Airaroiipio

dircXXala Delph., victimsfor the 'An4\-Xat

dir^Xo) Lesb. = dTreiX^u. 75'Air^Xuv = 'AttAXXuk. 49.3dir^raipos Cret. , one who is not a mem-

ber of a h-atpela. Law-Code II. 5, notedinxo)i'vos Arc. = -piivovs. 10'AirXow Thess. = 'AviWuv. 49.3dir6Ypo<t>ov Cret. = iwiypa^ov. 5

diroSeS6av6i Boeot. = -SeSiiKcuri. 1 39; 2,

146diroSeC-ywo-Sai Eretr. = -SelKwadai. 66diroSdcro-ai El. = airoS6<rBai. 86.2

dir6Spo|ios Cret., o minor. See Spofieis

dirOFi|X^o> El. = dTTciX^u. 75diroXoYtTTooTi) Boeot. = avo\Byl<ra<rBai.

82, 85.1, 142diro)ui>X^(a Cret., contend in denial,

deny. See p.a\4a

diro^vCoi etc. Cret., see diro^uv^udiropoaC Heracl. , springs or torrents

dira(rrpdt|/ai Delph. = aTroarpi^ai. 49.2

dirorCvoiav El. = inoTlmiev. 12 sdiro4>opd Coan, carrying off

diro(i>(i>v^<D Cret. (dTroTrov^oi etc.), bear

witness. See (pavia

dinrairdiJLCVos Boeot. = dvaKTi^irdjuevos.

App. 69.4d-mreHrdTov Thess. = dTTOTetirdTw. 68.2

dirv Arc, Cypr., Lesb., Thess. = i.ir6.

22d7njSESo|ji(v[as] Arc. = aToSeSo/iirnvs. 10

dirvSoas Arc = dTroSoiJs. 144dirvSair|i[iov] Arc., meaning uncertain.

No. 17.28, note

dmrretco Arc. = dTrorivd}. 162.12

dirilu Arc. , summon = poet, -/iiria, iiriu.

191dirc&p,oTos Cret., under oath of denial

dparpov Cret. = iporpov. 162.2

dpdu Heracl. (ipiffovri) = dp6u. 162.2

fdpYOV El. = ¥pyov. 12dp7vpLos Lesb. = dpyipeos. 164.6. &p-

yvpa, 19.4

dpY«ppov Thess. = dpviipioc. 19.3

dp4a-|j.iov Phoc., fee, perquisite. Erom

dp^iricu

hapirrai Locr. = 4\4<rSai. 12, 85.1

pap^v Cret. = dp-^v (Att. inscr.), nom.

of dpv6^. 52dfp^T«vE, dp^T£U6 Arg., presided 56

Page 318: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

302 GREEK DIALECTS

'ApCo-Taixvos Coan. 69 ahdpvr|(ris Heracl. = ftpjiTio-is. S8d!

app^vTcpos Arc. = &ppi]v. 80, 165.1

appT]v Att., po^PPI" El. 49.2, 80

aptTTiv Ther. etc., 8,p(n)s Lac. = Appriv.

49.2, 80"Apraiiis = "Apreius. 13.2

'ApTa|j.(Tias = 'ApT^/iuruis. 61.3

'ApTcpiCpia Eretr. = 'ApTep.l(na. 60.3

dpTuu Heraol., devise by will, Ci. He-sych. ApTV/ia- BmBT^KT], and dprOmrSiaBeivai. In Cretan (Law-Code XII.

32) manage (property). In Arcadiansimply prepare, provide. Ci. the of-

ficial titles Arg. iprvvai. (no. 78.2,

note), Epid. dprvrnt, Ther. dprvrifip

apxiSav\va(|>op^o> Thess., see Saix""^

dpxiTToXiapx^u Thess., be the first pto-

liarek. See TToKlapxot

'ApxoKpdTt)s Rhod. = 'ApxeKpdrijs. 167dpxos Boeot., Cret., Ion., Locr. = fip-

Xfcij' magistrate

Ss = ?ai!. 41.4, 46.4, 132.9aa(ravT6s reflex, pron. 121.4'AirKa\airi6s Thess. = 'A.(TKKT)vtb's. 48dirKi)6^s Arc. , used of animals without

blemish

a(ir)o'urTa El. , Lac. = tfyx"'"''''- 113.3.Lac. Toi 's S,((r)irurTa TriffiKcs, El. rolp

4ir' S,(<r)(rtiTTa, those next of kin. Cf.

Cret. ol iir &pxtffra (or ^ir^pxtcrra)

Treirap.ivoi. the nearest owners, Locr.• iirivxi-(rT05 next of kinAa-r&s Epid. = dma-rds. 77.2FOOTTds = da-rSs. 62ara Cret., penalty, fine. 63draYCa Thess., time when there is no

Taybs, hence time of peace. No. 33,

notedrdia Cret. {dra/Jvoi, draBk?), fine. 58Sen Lac. (ASt) = ]jTe as. 132.6adreXEv Cypr. = drcX^. 108.2dTEp6irTi\os (and -iWos) Epid., see

6wrl\os

&T£pos = Irepos. 13.3'AreiveiTOs Thess. = 'A.^e6priTos. 86.2an, Cret. = &Tim. 129.3dTTd)i.io$ El. = dfijjuio!. 84aidra Lesb. = drji. 63aS6iv Rheg. = aBrts. 133.6oCpuKTos Lesb. = appijKTos. 66ao4<ravTis, reflex, pron. 121.4avo-os Cret. = aA<ros. 71av(raiT6s Delph., reflex, pron. 33 a,

121.4

a,ira\i.a.p6v Locr. := aiSruJspbv. 12, 586avrapipiv Cret. = aiBifpxpbv. 133.6

dfurdv Corcyr. = dm-^v. 32dpurdp Att. = airdp. 82, 50airoDTds reflex, pron. 121.4aint W. Grk., oiri Boeot. = airoS.

132.2airets Boeot. = airots. 30aJriv Cret. = aSris. 138.6o4t6s. 121.3,4, 126.2aiToo-avTJs reflex, pron. 121.4avTovra Sicil. = iavroO. 121.4avr(&vTa Sicil. = iavrSv, 121.4aiius Lesb. = l(os. 35d(|>cSpiaTcva> Boeot., seme as d4>eSptd-

ras or official dedicator. No. 42, noted4>^p$ovTi Heracl., shut off (water by.damming). Heraol.Tab.I.l30ff.,note

d()>EiSo-6u Arc, from d(plriiu. 146.4'A(|>opS(Ta Cret. = 'A^poS/ri;. 70.1d<j>4idvci> Cret. = dp.(pdvu. 69.3

aiJKDvos Heracl., intestate

a.\\. Dor., where. 132.5adxvpios building to hold chaff. Cf . He-

sych. &xvpos- dxvpdv. dxvpoSbKifdiroff'^Krj Tuv dx^pwv

d(F)<Ss Dor. etc. = Jois. 88, 41.4

BaSp6|iios Coan, Rhod. = BoriSpo/uiip.

44.2

PaBoEu Lesb. = /SotjS^m. 44.2Povd Boeot. = yvv^. 68.1pdpvapiai =: p,dpvaiiai. 88Pao-iXdES El. = paaiKrjes. 16PatriXEvs, ofScial title in many states.

In some the chief magistrate ; in

others restricted to religious func-tions, like the tLpxav /Soo-iXeiis at Ath-ens, e.g. at Chios (no. 4C) and Mile-tus; /Sao-iXefs an Official body, e.g. in

Mytilene (no. 22) and Elis (no.. 57)Pdo) Dor. = pahw. Heracl. inpiji, Cret.

^M/3^171 (cf. 161.2). also ^/c/3fiiTosThuo,

5.77, gjotjSi) Ar.Lysist.l303, etc.

PePaicoT'^ip Delph. = -Tijs. 164.6PE(Xo|i,ai Boeot. = Bo6\ou.at. 49.3, 68.2,

75P^XXo|ioi Thess. = ffoiXopai. 49.3, 68.2,

76. 3 pi. subj. p4\\ovveav, 27, 189.2BIXi|>aiov Thess. =*Ai\ipa.iov, Ae\<ptnov.

68.2BeX()>o( Lesb., Boeot. = AeK^ol. 68.2Ptvia m. =z pivia. 186P^vrio-Tos Dor. = /SAtkttos. 72PcTTov Lac. =z'*fea-r6v. 86.4

Page 319: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

GLOSSAEY AND INDEX 303

P4i|>vpa Boeot. = yitpv/m. 68.2P(8coi, pcSvoi Lac. , title of ofBcials. 61pCcTos Cret. = jSioros. 167PoaOo^u, ^oaO^u = /3oi)$^u. 44.2 with aPoitiSlu = /Soijd^w. 31 aPoiKCap £1. = oiKlas. 51

P6\i,)io$ Delph., Epid. = (u<SXi/3os. 88

P6X\a Lesb. = jSouXi). 75PoXXciia) Lesb. = /3au\ei/u

BoXo^vra Ci-et. 44.4, 61B6\o)i,ai Arc. , Cypi'., Ion. = |8oi)Xo;aai.

75 6

BopOios Cret. = 'OpSios. 61Pova76p Lac, leader of the /SoCai, ttie

bands in which Spartan boys weretrained. Nos. 70-73, note

Poiiv Heracl., cow-shed. 165.4

Ppoxvs Boeot., Thess. = jSpoxi5s. 5

Pvp\(a Heracl., papyrus marsh, rhv jSu-

pXlav Heraol.Tab.L5S= rdi- jSu/SXirai-

/loo-xoXoK 1.92. See ;ua<rxiiXo

PvPXivos Heracl., see /uairx'iXa

P«pXCov = /SijSXioi'. 20^6iu Ion. = poriSiu. 44.2

Pu\d Boeot., Cret., Arg., etc. = /SouXi}.

85 with a, 78BupO^a Lac. = 'OpBia. 61BupiHa Lac. = 'OpBla. 64Pus Dor. = (Sous. 37.1

7a W.Grk., Boeot. = 7^. 13.3

raidpoxos Lac. = 7011)0x05. 53'yaiuv Hei-acl., heap of earth, mound.

165.4-yd^eXa Delph.=7a/iiiXia, wedding cakes.

164.9'Y€7pd<|faTai Heracl. = ysypd^arai.

146.3yc-yuvcQ) Chian, call aloud. 1 84

'yeXaiiu Lesb. = 7eXdai. 47YeXafii = -ycXdu. 162.4

7€ved family, offspring, also in plural

descendants. No. 60. 1, note

Yepcailtdpos Coan, title of a priestly

official. yepri<t>6pos occurs also in

Pserimos near Calymna7(vo|iai = ylym/Mai. 86.7

-ytvos Rhod. = 7/i'j'os

y£vii|i.oi Boeot.,Thess. =7l7i'o/««. 86.7,

162.5vivcGcTKco ^ yiyvditTKu. 86.7

vvoiiav El. ^ yv(op.ev. 12 a7pa)i|iaT(S8<ii Boeot. = ypa/i/iaTeiti). 84.

So ypap-imrurTas = ypap-pareis in

Boeot., Ach. , Delph., Epir. as in Hdt.

7pd(r<r|ia Arg. = ypifipa. 164.47pa(t>^s Arc. = 7po0ei}s. 111.47pd(iio$ El. = ypdp.p.a. 2417pa<^evs El., Argol., Sioyon. = ypa^ieis.

5

7po(|>€voi Argol. = *7/)a0eiSw. 5

rp64>o>v Mel. 6

7U|ivd8So|iai Lac. yvprnil^opai. 84rvvdinrooTos Boeot. 69.4

Sato-is Cret., division

SoKKiXios Boeot. = SoitTi5\ios. 87BdXros Cypr. = Si?Xtos. 49.3Sa|ji4Tas Carpath. = 5i;/i4t7js. 167Sa)iiEp76s Astyp. , Nisyr. = S7ip,iovpy6s.

44.4Sa|tiop7ds = Srip.tovpyis. 44.48a|jLiu^|jLEv, 8a^ic&ovTcs Boeot. = t^TjfitoOv

etc. 169 with App.Aa)ioKp^Tci> Lesb. =: Ari/iOKplTov. 18Sa|jLOo-i.oCa El. = Sripjaaioli). 15, 157 &

Sa)jLoa-iu|icv El. =1 driiioaiovv. 157 b

Sa|i.oT^7)v Lesb. = -tcKt). 108.2

Sapdra Delph., a ceremonial cake. No.51A 5, note

SapKvd Cret., see Sapxfd

Sdpiia Delph. = S4ppa. 12

Sopxnd = 5pox/"i. Arc, Cypr., El.,

Corey r. 49.2aSapxvd Cret. (SapKvd) = Spaxp4- 49.2

a, 69o8dTTa66ai, 8dTT0VTai Cret. = SdaaaBai,

ddffuvTaL. 82

Saixva Tliess., Cypr. = Sdtpyti. dpx'-

5avxva<f>Qpei(yas, ffvvdavxva(p6pot, Aav-

Xval[ov]. 68.4a with App.84oT0i Arc. = SoKv- 139.1, 151.1, 191

8cCXop.ai Delph., Locr. = /SoiJXoynai.

49.3, 68.1, 75

84KeTeai Cret. = 5<?x«rea'- 66, 85.3

8^KV«|Jii Ion. = SetKi/ii/iu. 49.1

8^K0 Arc = SiKa. 6, 114.10, 116 a

S^KOiiai = Sixof^i- 66S^KOTos Arc, Lesb. = S^totos. 6, 114.

10, 116aS^Kuv Lesb., Chian = gen. pi. of S^ra.

116mXa Arc = /SiiXXw. 49.3, 68.1

86|KXets Epid., leeches. Cf. Hesych.

Sc/i/3Xcts- pSfWaiApivtas Corinth. = Aavlas. 28, 54dS^pcSpov Arc. = pdpaSpov. 68.3

Aevs Boeot.,, Lac, Khod. = Zciis. 84

with App.8cu(D Lesb. = Siu) want. 36

Page 320: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

304 GREEK DIALECTS

8^(|>upa Cret. = y4ipvpa. 68.2

8^\o[jiai = po6\oiiaL. 25 with a, 49.3,

68.1,75. El. S7;Xomt)p, no. 60.5,iiote

Si)|iop(<i>v Orop. = Brnuxrluv. 60.3

Aflvo Cret. = Z^ra. 84, 112.1

SiaKvdvTuv Heracl. = SiayvdvToiv. 66

Si&\a)i,i|/is = SidXij^is distinction, in late

Lesb., Cret., etc. Cf. And., Tiiess.

\Alvj/oimi. = \i)^0|Uai, as also in Hdt.

SiaViaCvu Boeot., see -\iaii><a

iU Thess. = Sid. 7

SuyiKa Epid. 162.4A«l=Aii. 112.1

Aipeteeiiis Cypr. 112.18ie k( Thess. = SiAti. 131SiTiKdo'i.oi Ion. = di.aK6(noi, 117.2

8iKd88a> Cret., El. = 5«iifM. 848(Kata El. , legal penalties,fines. fixaia,

62.2

8tKd(rJw Arg. = SiKctfu. 89.1

8tK(!l<rKoiroi. officials at Mytilene, in-

spectors ofjustice8iKa<rT<)p Locr., Pamph. = -r^s. 164.5

8iKdii>s Lesb. = SiKalun. 318(Kvii|ti Cret. = SdKuv/u. 49.1

SfKpcas Cos, Chios, double portion of

flesh, a double cut

8ivdK(i> El., change, amend. Cf. Uvia

Ai6£oTas Boeot., Thess. = Ai6Sotos.

166.2S(o|i,ai Cret. = Sk^ku. 162.10SiopSuT'^p Coroyr. = -ti)s. 164.58ioio Boeot. = S6o. 248i.ir\.ct Cret., Heracl. = StTrXj. Cf.

132.28i.irXct05 Locr. = SnrXis

8(pio-is Cret. = diipprins in form. Law-Code IX.26,note

8((|>vios El. = 5(7r\(i(rios. 241. l^<pvios,

62.2

8oF^vai Cypr. = SoBrai. 154.186Ki)|xa Arg. = Siyiia. No. 818oKi)id88(ii Boeot. = BoKi/id^u. 848o«XC£ii) Boeot., Phoc. = Sov\6a. 162.1SpC(|ios Syrac. = Bl<t>pos. 70.2Spo|jiEis Cret. , one who is of age. Boysunder seventeen were not allowed to

enter the gymnasia, which the Cret-

ans called Sp&pjoi., and so were termed&TrbSpopjot

8vFdvu Cypr. = SlSup.i. Cf . Lat. duim,Svi Tj&c. = S6o. 114.2Sticiv =: dvoTv. 114.2 ,

hio, plural forms Suiaii, SuoU, Sias.

114.2

SudScKa = duideKd. 1158vci8eKa = ddiSexa. 1158vu8EKa'C$, Su8EKats Delph. = Ion. 8w-

SeKijfs sacrifice consisting of twelve vic-

tims66Ka Cjpr. = BLSia/u. 162.11

8(&\a, 8uXos Dor. = SoiXri, SoDXos. 25 c

8(o6s Cret. = fuAs. 84S&a Boeot., Cret. = fiiu. 84.1, 162. 7

I Locr. = iK. 100eo El. = etri. 15, 31pcpaScKdra Locr., see dvSdvoi

«oir<ro Arc, Arg., Mess. = oBo-o. 163.8

«pSEp,aios Epid. =: i^Sopaios. 114.7

cP8€|i.'<iKovTa Delph., Heracl. = ^/SSo/iij-

KOPTa. 114.7

8p8€(ios Delph. = ipSopjos. 48, 114.7

cYYpO()>ov Cret. ^ ^yypatpov. 5

lYfn]\T]6Co)VTi Heracl. , to i(et\4a prevent.

75,151.2€7KTa<ris = ^yKTTjtrts. 49.5

CYpa)i|i,ai Cret. = yiypap,pai. 137

^YpacTfl^Ev = ^ypaypev. 87

^YpiTTOt Cret. = yiypavrai. 86.2, 137

^SoOKacp. Thess., l8i&Kaiv Delph. = Uu-Kav. 138.5

!i8pa|jia Epid. = ISpa. Cf . the rare iSpa-

apa?9evEpid.=oIgen.3 pers. pron. 118.3

& W. Grk. = o5 adv. 132.2Feijds El. = riSiis. 62.2(Ik Arc. = it. 134.2aF«(KaTi Heracl. = eiKotn. 116ctKOUTTOs Lesb. = cUocrrbs. 116 with at1\a, llKia. 75cl^driov = lp.ATiov. App. 11ci|*aTi(rp.6s = lp,aTi.<rpAs. See preceding

ctiuiv Rhod. = ehai. 163.7ct|i£v — elx'ai. 163.7tlv Eub. = elpM. 160elvaros Ion. = Evaros. 54cIvEKa Ion. = IveKa. 54ctvigav Boeot. = ^jreyKav. 144 apeiir- (Cret. felirovTi etc.) = e^Tr-. 52<tp1)rai Ion. = elp^arai. 43, 139.2c(a-xi)p.ai = ^ffxw"- No. 19.14, noteFheKa8dp.oc Boeot. 30, 46, 52 b

fixaiSa. Cret. := ^KoCo-a. 163.8 aF^KacTos, Skoittos. 626IxaT^pu Coan, adv. on each side of.

132.7aFcK{8ap.os Thess. 46, 526ixex^P'*^ — iKex^i^P^O" ^^ b

FE9<iVTa$ Locr. = ixbin-as. 52

Page 321: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

GLOSSAEY AND INDEX 305

hcKOTdv Arc, = iKarSv. 6, 116a, 117iKir^TuvTi Heracl. = iKTriauai,. Heracl.Tab. 1.120, note

cKTcio-is, not ^KTio-is. 28 a Tvith App.S\a|U = i\Aui, iXaiva. 162.4SXcJj = elTre. So regularly in Boeotianand Thessalian decrees, where Atticand most dialects have elne. Some-times also in decrees of Oropus

heX^o-rai Loor. = ^X^(r9«i. 85.1eX^o-Ttiv Thess. = l\4<rBai. 85.1, 166'E\cu6evvatos Cret. ='EXcu9epi<atos. 86.5'EXcvhvvia Lac. = 'EXewlfif. 20, 59.1

i\ov8cpd5 Cret. = iXeuetpAs. 33 aifi46fv Dor. = ifwv. 118.3l|ifos Dor. = ^/io5. 118.3l|i.CTp(a|i€$ Heracl. = ifisrpoSfiev. 9.6,

42.564(itv W.Grk. = ^,to<. 118.4i\i.\uv Thess. = elvai. 163.7c|jL|Uvai Lesb. = ehai. 154.2, 163.7

l|ji|u Lesb., l|jL|ji( Thess. = ei/ii. 76S|i,irav Dor. = e/UTijs. 133.6

l|i.irao-is Corcyr. , Meg. = eyicrriffis. 49 .

5

Ifiirdu El., see iTreinrdia

ciiirpocSa Heracl. = e/iirpoo-ffei'. 133.1

4|i4iavC(r(r<i> Thess. = i/jujiavl^a. 84 aiv = els. 135.4? 6va70s Delph. , ceremonyfor the dead.

Cf. ivaylta. No. 51 C 38, note

hevaros Delph., Ther. = ivaT6s. 58c,

114.9EvScSicoKOTa Heracl. = ifiPePiaxtn-a aXive.

68.1lv8«i7v\p|«,£vos Ther. = ivSeiKvifnems. 66IvS^pu Coan, see no. 101.38, note

IvSeOo) Lesb. = hdda want. 35

lvSi,Kd|o)iai, Arc. IvSixii^oimL (10), be

subjected to suit. No. 18.34, note

evSiKos Cret., Mikos Arc. (10) = {nr65t.-

Kos, iirlSiKos, but used impersonally

with dative of the person who is lia-

ble to suit. No. 18.34, note

£vSo6cv Att.-Ion., Cret., witJiin. 133.

1,4

lv8o8(Sias Cret. , belonging within. 1 65.2

tvSot Lesb., Epid., Syrac, within.

133.4gvSopa Coan, see no. 101.48, note

4v86s Cret., Delph., Syrac, within.

133.44v86o-6 Ceos = er<r«. 133.4

lv8o<r6C8itt Epid., eniratte. 165.2

ivhvg Delph., within. 132.4, 133.4

ivta Delph., within. 132.7a, 133.4

cvcvixOeUi Boeot. = elffeveyx^V- 144 a,

161.2, no. 43.49, noteivcripia Locr., taxes of admission (to

citizenship). Prom Mtiim., like Att.eJ(riTi)pio from efo-ei/xt

Iv€<t>ov£o-<ro6v Thess. = ive<pivt^ov. 84 a,

138.6ivhePohais Lac. from ivq^dia. 41.2, 59.14v6av8a Att. (inscr.) = ipravBa. 65IvSaSra Ion. rr iiiraSBa. 65Jv6€lv Arc, Dor. =i\ecTv. 72?v9ivos Cret. = li-Seos. 164.9(v9a Boeot. = ^(ttuv. 139.2, 163.6iviavTios Coan, Delph. = iptainos. 61.3lviaiiT6s (1) end ofthe year, anniversary,

(2) year. Eor the former and moreoriginal meaning, which the wordsometimes has in Homer, cf. Delph.no. 51C47, Cret. Law-Code L35,IV.4

IvKoioraC Cret., sc. dapKml, money given

as security. Cf . Hesych. koTov Mxv-pov, Kotdfei- ^vexupclfet. Deriv. of

h€vv4a Heracl. = ^i/K^a. 68 c, 114.9evveKa Lesb. = ^jiera. 6464vvfj Delph. = ^vc^a. 42.2, with App.,

114.9JvoTos Lesb. = ^i/oTos. 6, 114.9, 116.9

4viroi El., see iTre/j.Trdta

«vs Cret. = efs. 114.1iv T&,v Boeot., until. 136.1, no. 43.49,

note{VToeris Thess. = ?7KTi)o-is. 49.5

cvrao-o-iv Heracl. = oifftv. 107.3

evTavTa Ei. = ivravda. 65

IvTS Locr., hivre Delph. = ^(Tts, las.

68c, 132.9a, 136.4

evTfs Dor. = diTes. 163.8

Ivt£ W. Grk. = eW. 163.2

evTi,|j.os Locr., in office. Cf. Plat. Kep.

5280IvrSSa Orop. = ivravSa. 34 a, 66

evToBBa Cumae = ^vraOffa. 65,124. iv-

ToBa Crop., 34acvTO<|>fii.a Delph. = ivriipia, funeral

rites. Cf. Hesych. Ta^ijia- iprdipM,

els Taip^v ivB4vTa i/idria. 6

£vTO> = effTWV. 163.6

'Bvu|iOKpaT£8as Lac. ='Omtm-. No. 66.

35, notelvv(|>aCvci) Cret. {imirdvei), weave within

(the house)

fl^=H. 506,526, 114.6

llavp^u El. = iicup^u. See d7p^ai

e|av Coan, Rhod., Ther. = ^f^s. 133.6

Page 322: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

306 GEEEK DIALECTS

«|opx£8ios Cret. 165.2

^|» Lac. = ?faj. 133.5

el^JKOio-TOs Lesb. = ^fijKorrTis. 116l||avaKd(S)SEV Thess. = i^avayKdi^eiv.

69.3, 84, 89.1

i'goi Cret., Syrao. = efu. 133.5

lg6|i,Eivvov Thess. i^A/irivov. 6

l| 6pip|i Cypr., expropriate. Probablyfrom an i^opia-a-u used in a figurative

sense (cf. Eng. root out). But manyassume i^opi^w as a by-form of i^-

op{f)l^u,

egos Dor., Delph. = ?|w. 133.5

p^os Locr, = eavToO. 118.3

4ir Thess., Boeot. = iirl. 95

liraPaXd Cret., share. 167alir<i,KOE Lac, dual of iirdKoos. No. 67,

noteliravaKKOv = iirdvayKes. 69.3liravirdu El., return. Cf. iT-qriov = hi-

oy, and Hesych. elraKeiv i\Ti\v6^va(.

lirAvxio-Tos Locr., next of kin. See&{<7)(nt7Ta

cirapYfia Thera = &Trapyij,a offering. Cf

.

Att. (inscr.) iwapx'^ beside diropx'i

lirtiS^ Meg. = iireiS-^. 93€TreiT£ Ion. = cireira. 132.9iitiKafi.y, = iireXaipo). 162.4. Coan ^tte-

XdfTW drive up, but Heracl. iireXda-Ba

and Arc. iTreXaa-da-diav mean collect,

enforce (fines). Cf. also Arg. vore-

\dTo enforce. Ion. ivrjKdciov rental

Iire\e«<r6l (fut.), lirEXcvirav (aor.) Cret.,

bring. 162.9lirE|Mrdiii El. {lirevirot, lirevTrira) enforce

or declare. Also iinroi. from simplexi/jiirdui. Probably related to i/j-ird^u

inh Arc ., just for. 136.10lirecTTdKOVTa Thess. = iipcffrr/Kdra. 58

6

147.36ir€Tov Dor. etc. = ^weffov, aor. of ttIwtw.

See no. 74.120, notelir«xct Delph. = i<pe^TJs. 132.2«Tr£ El. = iTel

ETTTipcid^o) = iTTjped^w. This spellingwith 61, as in no. 18.46 and also in pa-pyri (irnpeidaavTos, Berlin Aeg.Urk.II. 589.9), is the etymological one (cf

.

iiriipeia), while ivripcdl^oi of our textsis like dwped beside dwpad (31)

brl Boeot. = Iwet. 29(Tsmja Cypr. = ^TTca. 9.3lirtapov El. = *i((>Upov sacred penaltyhnwrh (Viar^s) Locr., for the year.

No. 55.35, note

liripdWuv Cret. , short expression for wi

ivi^dWeL. Sometimes = ui iin^dX-

Xei (rd xP^I''"-''''') 1i-^- heir-at-law

;

sometimes = wi ^Trt^dWet {dirviev), i.e.

groom-elect

liriSet Boeot. = iTretSi. 29iTnit\fAapiv Eretr. = iiriSiiii,w(nv. 60.3

£iri8iKaToC Lac. = ofs ^TrtStKd^erot those

to whom property is adjudged by law,

heirs-at-law. Eor -ards cf. Bav/Mris

beside BaviuurrSs

liri.^i)|j.C(ii)i,a Heracl. = iiri^fuov penaltytiri^vyiQv Arc. = ifiro^OyLOV

kTriQelOiv ^\. = iirideiev. 12 aliriSiidvE Arc. = iinSiyydvri. 62.3liriKaTapdWu Heracl. = iiripdWia im-pose upon.

eiriXeKTapx.«« Aetol. No. 62.16, note

ciripOLK^a Locr. = iiroiKla

ItT^POIKOS Locr. = eiTOLKOS

linoiKo8o|jid Heracl., collective, used of

the buildings belonging to the land.

No. 74. 150, note^Trnrfjv Epid. = KaTairdcaeiv. Cf. He-

sych. TTTJ Kal irijv iirl Tou Kardiraircre Kal

KaTaTrdtra-eiv

liri-Trqpda Cret. {i-TriirepeTaf.) = -jreipdca

Iinir6\aia xp^twra Cret. , movableprop-erty. Cf. Harpocration eTriirXa- riiv

olov ^imrSXatov KTTjcnv Kal fieraKOfd^e-

ffdai dvvafjL^VTjv

lirnrpet-yio-Tos Cret., the next oldest. Seeirpelyi(rT05

iiruTKiaXfiv Corcyr. = ^la-Kevd^eiv. 36lirio-ir^vSu Cret. , solemnly promise. Cf

.

Lat. spondeo. iiriairevire, Tt.ZJirixiJTos Arg. = ^irixwc's beaker. No. 82eiroCpihe Arg. 53, 59.2lirolFEo-E Boeot. 5 3

Eiro^Kia rd Heracl. /arm buildings

liroto-i Arc, aor. subj. to fut. otaw.

No. 17.21, note(rliros = ^TTOS. 526inra<ris Boeot. = e^/cTijo-is. 49.5, 69.4

heirrdKiv Lac = eirrdici^. 133.6liro|jidTai Locr.

,jurors

F^PYOv = epyov. 52IpsvTaC Cret. = i-qT-qTal collectors. No.

113. 132, notepepp€|i4va Arg. = elprnxiva. 55iFpirdo-aTu Cypr. , see fperda'Epp,(ivo(r(ra Chian = -oo-o-o. Cf . 46IpoTis Boeot., Thess. = ^/joris. 5

^piro) = ci/u. Sometimes in tragedians,

Theoor., etb., but also a regular

Page 323: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

GLOSSAEY AND INDEX 307

prose use in many dialects, as Arc,Argol., Astyp., Cret., Cypr. , Delph.

,

Mess.ippi]7Eta Heracl . = (?ppa)7i;ia . 49.6,146.

4, 148fippa El. = cppu = <j,e6yu. 52, 241lp<rcva(TEpos EI. = ipptiv. 49.2, 80,

165.1

epo-nv = AppTjv. 49.2, 80'EpX0|iev6s Arc, Boeot. = 'Opxop.er6s.

46ls = ^(c. 100eo~YOvo$ = I/C70POS. 100lo-SIXXu Arc. = (*K|3d\Xu. 49.3, 68.1,

1004o-SoKd Arc. = ^kSoxtj. Cf. 66, 100£(r8oTi)p€s Arc. = *^K5oT^pes tfwse who

give out the coritracts

e(rKi]8cKdTT) Boeot. = iKKaiSeKdrTj. 100SckXtitos Sicil. , title of a select official

body. 100a, no. 100.2, notelo-XiaCvu Boeot. , see \ialvw

Feo"irdpios Locr. := iffiriptos. 12, 52clinrcpdo) Arc. = ixirepdu transgress

i<nrpep,}i.irra Cret. = iKirpefivl^ai. 84,86.6

l<rs Boeot. = ^f. 100eo-o-a Lesb., Epid. = oS<ra. 163.8lo-o*0|jLai = effofjMt. 83i<n(UKtU. 132.9a, 135.4co-TEuris Arc. = eKreuris. 28 a with App.co-TcXXa Lesb., Thess. = e<rTei\a. 79StoXov Lesb., ereXov Coan, yearling.

Cf. Lat. vitulus. 49.3Ird^oiv Thess. = ^raiav. 138.5

F^ras El. = ettjs private citizen

firos El. = ?Tos. 52. Cret. fireeei,

81a?TOS = ^TOS. 58cirre Boeot. = etrre. 86.4

cvd|i,Epos d Cret. = iopn//

EvpdXKTjs Lac. 36evcpyeWs Thess. = eiepyer^uv. 78, 157cviSe Lesb. elSe. 35 a|rCFUKOVO|UidvTuv Boeot. = tflKomp.TiKi-

rav. 146.1, 147.3|KV|Uvas Cret. = fc\p.4pa5, assembled, to

€[K4u. 71,75ciiivda =: evpola. 31

cvppETdo-aTv C3T3r., see fperdaeio-apfoi El. = rfire/S^o'. 12 aEvcrxd|JLCvos = ei^dfievos, 87

evToO Thess. = eauT^j. 121.2, no. 28.16,

noteEvTpT|Tis Boeot. = Ein-prjo-is. 61.3

EJiX<'^a' Arc. -Cypr., pra2/er or impreca-tion. 191

c(|>dpos pseudo-dial. = e^rj^os. 280lij>aKio|iai Delph., repair. 58cI(|>dv7pcv6civ Thess. = i<(,ai.povvTai, Karii-

yopouvrat. 27, 58c, 139.2, 157, no.-28.41, note, see also dypia'

l()>^p|ovTi Heracl., shut in (water bydamming). Heracl.Tab.I.i30ff.,note

l<t>6apK(&s Arc. = iipeapKiis. 5

k^iopKia = iwiopK^a. 58 c

Ixeirdiiov Locr. , iieir. 49.5aIxSos Delph. , Locr., «x9«» Epid. , Delph.

,

exfloi Epid. = 4kt6s. 66, 133.3c\|fa^(TTaTO Boeot. = i'j/ri<j>ta-aTO. 82,142

luKo. = elxa. 49.5, 146.4

Jd Lesb. = Sici. 19.1|a Cypr. = 7^. 62.4

|a|tiopY(a El. the body of demiurgi.44.4, 62.2

lav Cypr., see no. 19.10, noteiiWa Arc. = ;8d\Xu. 68.3

l^peBpov Arc. = pdpaBpov. 68.3Zijvo, Zrivis, etc. 87.1, 112.1llicaia El. , see SUaia

^dfiuiov El. , see Slavics

Zdviruo-os Lesb. = Ai6wfl-os. 19.1J(4cii = fw. 162.7

Tj Boeot. = ai. 134.1

Tj whether, k Cypr. = el. 132.6, 134.1with a

TJ Cret. wliere, wJien. 132.6, 134.1aT|Ypap.|iai Cret. = yiypamiai. 137

ff^La Cret. = et/xa. Gen. sg. f/ip-as.

112.5i^jiev = efvat. 163.7

•iilMlv Cret. = ehai. 154.4, 163.7

ri\Lr\v 1 Sg. imperf. mid. of clp.t. 163.9

r\)il = elp.l. 25, 163.1

hifi.(Sip,|i.vov Epid. = TipASiiivov. 88 o,

89.4

TiiiCva Cret. the half. 164.9

hTi|upT|va(a Delph., fern, deriv. of fol-

lowing. 55 ahE)i.ipp^viov Delph., probably half-

grown sheep, i.e. such as are midwaybetween lambs and full-grown sheep.

55 ai||iuro5 = TiiiuTVi. App. 61.6

^p.\.tr<ro^ = TjP-iffvs. 61.6, 81ahip,[TEia Epid. = rip.liraa in sense of iip,l-

cKToi/. 61.6, 164.9

Page 324: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

308 GREEK DIALECTS

TJlllTU^KTO Cret. = ^/il^KTOU. 61.6

T]|ivo-u = ^fiurv. 20

i]v Ion. = Mk. 134.26

flv = ?(rov. 163.4

j)vai Arc. = flvai. 154.1, 163.7

•iivOTOS Cret. = evaros. 84, 114.9

liveiKO = ^veyKa. 49.1, 144 a

T|v«£x'''fl'>l<»'o-v Ephes. App. 89.1, 144 a

•SjviKO = TJneyna.^ 49.1, 144

ijvrai Mess. = win. 151.1, 163.8

fls Heracl. = eh. 114.1

t|s = ^v. 163.3•: "in — J?..-™.,.,

., 163.8

T^S = ^V. 163.

d

TJO-TW El. = Efl-TU. 163.5

qToi Delph. = ?. 151.1,

r\ra = %ittu3. 163.5

HipTOV Coan — iavrCov. 121.2

fixoi Orop. = Sttou. 132.3

Tjios Ion. = Sus. 41.46

ed\a66a Cret. = edXarra. 81a6d\aTTa. 81

Bapp^u El. = Bapcr4oi, dappiu, but in

technical sense of 6e secure, immune.So 6ippos security, immunity. 80, no.

57.1, note

0tt(p)p<is Ther. 48.2, 80

0e- Meg. etc. = Oeo-. iZ.&d6eap6s = 6eiip6s. 41.4

6^6|i.i.ov Locr., Elean = Biaiuov. 65,

164.4iii^ii Epid., Lac. = BeapJii. 66, 164.40«<nriaC, 06i<ririe»is Boeot. = Qeainal,

&£<ririeis. 9.2a066JOTOS Boeot., Thess.=e665oTos. 165.2

6EO|i,oip(a Coan = 9eou /wTpa the partconsecrated to the god

066p8oTOs Thess. = eeiffSoros. 60.46eop6s, deupds — 8eup6s. 41.4a64po-os = Bipaos. 49.2e^o-Tuv Phoc. (Stiria) = Biaduv. 856r|aup6s Arg. = Br]iravp6s. 59.2

en\*T€pos El. = ff^Xus. 165.1Oiaiopla Boeot. = Bewpla. 44.4eiydva Delph., lid, cover (?). Cf. He-

sych. Biyuvof ki^utov. See no. 61

C

38 ff., note6i6^p,cvos Cret. = riBip^vo^. 66etvos Cret. = flcios. 164.9©idirirao-TOs Boeot. 69.4

ei6s = Bebs. 90i,d(|>ei,(rTas Boeot. = *9c49e(rTos. 9.2a,

68.200- Meg. etc. = Geo-. 42. 5dOoo-Ca Boeot. = BviTla. 24

eipSa Arc. = Bipafe. 133.2SvpuTov Epid. = *Bipu>Tpov. 70.3

Suo-Ocv Arc. = TvBrlvaL. 65, 185.2

6u4>\ds Cumae = tu0X6s. 65

Mxa Cret. = rixn. 6S

eudSSu El. (Bo6,(S)Soi) impose a fine.

See following

6(D(i)do impose a fine. Locr. Boiea-To,

Att. Bociv, Delph. BiaebvTtjiv. 161.2.

Cf . Att. Ba(i)i, Ion. Bauii (87), Delph.

Bwlatrti

I Cypr. = ri. 93{a Lesb., Thess., Boeot. = pda. 114.1

with App.taOea Cret. = oti(ra. 81 a, 163.8tapeidSSu Boeot. , serve as priest. 84

lap^s Cyren. = lepeh. 111.3lapo(p,)p,vdp,avcs, see Upoiiv^puov

iap6s, lap6s = Up6s. 13.1, 49.2, 586tacrcra = /outra, 163.8atjar^p Cypr. = larpbs. 56, 164.5tarpa rd Epid., perguisites /or healing.

165.3toTTO Cret. = oB(7a. 81, 163.8t-y^vds Arc. = eyyvos. 10

'V^XIP^KOiArc,from iyxcip^Cdi. 10,256tSSios Thess. = rSios. 19.3, 58 c

IS^ Cypr., then, and. 134.6

ftSios = tdios. 52Upcws Mil. = iepci^s. 43, 111.5Upi]a =: i^pEux. 28 6

Up'^iia Ion. 37.2

Up^s Arc. , IjEpis Cypr. = Icpeis. 111.4

icpT|TEvai = lepaTeiia. 167. Iepi)Tei)KOTi

Phoc, 188.4UpiTEvu, lapiTCiia = Upareiw. 167lEpo6vTC(i> Arc, Phoc, Rhod., etc., he

UpoBirris. Arc. UpoBvris, 78, 167Upo6vn)s (-as), ofBcial title. Sometimes

applied to priestly attendants, some-times to priestly officials of high rank,who were even, in some places, the

eponymous officers

Upo|iv^|i,(i>v, -|jLvd|jia>v, title of certain

superior officials, primarily in charge

of religious matters, sacred commis-sioners, ministers of religion, but in

some states the chief magistrates.

Arc kepo/ivdnovffi, 77.1 o. Arg.,

Epid. lapoUijuvdfwves, 58 6, 89.4

Upoiroids, title of officials in charge of

religious matters, sometimes regular

magistrates, sometimes extraordi-

nary commissioners

Page 325: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

GLOSSARY AND INDEX 309

Up6i, Up<Ss. 58 6

Upurcuu = Upareiw. 167l66dvTcs Cret. = lo-rdi'Tes. 81 ateis Ion., Boeot. = deis. As in lit.

Ion., so also insorlptional W6s (Ephe-sus), tSvva (Chios), though e'ievvos,

ivdivw also ocouf. Proper names in'IBv- are Ionic and Boeotian

Uds = ekds. 116. Ther. Ai/cdSi, 58c(pjiKaoTo's Boeot. = elKo<TT6i. 116 witha(f)Ckoti = e(K0(7i. 82, 61.2, 116FiKarCSeios 6 Heracl., name of a par-

ticular (twenty-foot) roadFLKarCircSos Heracl., twenty feet wide,used with ivro/ios

Iketos Arg. = l(c^7)s. App. 68 6

lK|ia|i4vos Cypr., stricken (in battle),

hit. Denom. from *tKiJt&. Cf. Urapat one blow, at once, Hesych. Ur^a-dK6vTiov, Lat. ico

(koo-tos Thess. = eiKoo-T6s. 116 withApp^

I'ku = ijku. As in Hom. and lit. Dor.

,

so also in Arc, Delph., Locr., Co-rinth., Epid., Lac. Cf. also Delianl/co[i'] = dvijKov, and Ion. (Paros)

perf . part, rd irapmbTa, the pastCXaos, 1^605, tXi]OS (Lac. AiXe/ros) = fXe-

ws. 49.5, S3, S8dhiXa|aa'T6 Delph., from IXdirfco/xai. 85.1

htXepos Lac. , see fXaos

t|jidirKci> El., probably maltreat, related

to Ifjids, i^dfftrw

Iv Arc.-Cypr. = iv. 10, 135.4

flv = or_dat. 3 pers. pron. 118.4

flv a^Toi Cret. = eauT(?. 121.1Ivayo Arc. ^= eladya. 10.

tvoXCvu Cypj., write upon. 10. Cf.

Hesych. dXliieif d\el<pciv, and d\ei-

TTT'iipLOv' ypaipelov. KiJirptot

(vSiKd^Ofiai Arc, see ivdiKd^o/uu

(vSiKos Arc, see IvSlkos

lv|uv(|>'<js, tv(i,ov<|>os Arc, blameworthy,

impious. 10Cvirao-is Arc. = ?^nrao-is. 10, 49.6

tviroXd Arc. = ^/iiroXi). 10tv(^aCv(i> Arc. = firiviu inform in legal

sense. Cf. el<r<palvia Ath.75Alv()>opPlai, lv()>opPur|ids Arc, impose a

pasture tax, the imposition of a pas-

ture tax. No. 17, note

Ids Cret. = iKeivos. 114.1

louiu Boeot. = vloD. 24

Iinr^8o(ios Rhod. = 'IinrSSafws. 167

tpeia Lesb . = i ^peia priestess. 13.1

Ipeus Lesb. = Upeis. 18.1tpi^Tcvu Lesb. = kpareiu. 13.1, 167tpos Lesb., Ipo's, ip6s Ion. = UpU. 13.1,76a

lp<Sv Cypr. (IpovC) district

pCo-os, f'tfoSi '^"os = fffos. 52,54,50 6.

Lesb. l<r(roB4ourt, 54cIvrCa, lo-rCa = iaria. 1

1

la-TiaTdpiov Rhod. = ianarbpuiv ban-quet-hall. Cf. Hesych. {(marbpui.-

SeiirvTyr'^pLov. 11

fbrrup Boeot., witness, hieIttoi Boeot. = tsTiii. 86.4Xuv = ^tip. 9l(4v Boeot. = iyiiv. 62.3, 118.2

Ka W.Grk., Boeot. = m, Up. 13.3,134.2

Ka = Kard. 95 with ak6. Arc-Cypr. = nal. 97.2, 134.3Ka(S)8aX^op.ai El. = jcaradT^X^o/xat in-

jure, violate

KuSSi^, gen. KdSSixosi Heracl., Mess.,

a measure. Cf. Hesych. KdSdixo"'

rifileKTov, and Lac /cdSSixos urn (Pint.

Lye 12)

KaSCKKop Lac. =: KaSiirKos. 86.3

Kaeso-rdKaTi Delph., 3 pi. perf. 138.4

KaKpiBse Arc. = (taTa(cpifl5- 151.2KoXats Epid.

,probably hen. From *Ka-

\afis to KoX^u as Eng. hen to Lat.

canoKa\Xv[(r|ia]Ta Ceos, sweepings. Cf.

Hesych. adp/iara- KaWiaparaKaXpds Boeot. = KoKis. 64Kdp^a Lesb. = KapSia. 19.1

Kapirdu offer, especially a burnt offering,

in late insor. of Cos, Smyrna, Thera,

Athens, as often in the Septuagint.

Cf. Hesych. KapiraBhra- rd i-Trl pa-

fiov Kadayiffdivra.— Kdpirwp^ ' Bvala.

Coan KapTTwvTi, 25 aKdppuv = KpelTTWV. 80, 113.1

Kapraviros, pi. KapmlToSa, Cret. large

cattle, in contrast to vpSpara used of

sheep and goats. Cf . Kapralirovs bull,

in Pindar. 49.2aKaprepos Ion. , Cret. = Kparepbs, in mean-

ing often = Kiipios valid. Cf . also Ion.

dicpaTiJs invalid, Kparetv be valid, Cret.

K&pTuv q.v. 49.2aKdpTOs = Kpdros. 49.2aKdpruv Cret. (Kdprovavs) = Kpelrrwv, in

meaning = xvpiiirepos, as Kdprovavs

epev, shall prevail, be of greater

Page 326: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

310 GEEEK DIALECTS

authority. Cf. Kaprepis. 49.2 a, 81,

113.1KapuKipto Boeot. = KiipvKelov. S3,

164.1Kos Arc.-Cypr. = Kal. 134.3

Kao-C7VT)Tos Arc, Lesb. 191-Kdo-ioL Arc. = -kSo-ioi. 116a, 117.2

Kao-o-TipaTopiv, KaSBiipaTdpiv, Ka69r|pa-

rbpLov Lac, the hunt, name of an ath-

letic game. 64. Nos. 70-73, note.

Nouns in -ts, -tv, for earlier -los, -wi',

are frequent in late inscriptions, andoriginated in the reproduction of

Roman proper names like Cornelius,

colloquial Cornells

kAt = Karci. 95KOT Cypr. = Kal. 134.3KaTa7(Xd,|t£vos Epid. 163.4Kara-yp^co Lesb. = KaBatp^oj convict, con-

demn. See &yp4<a

KaTaSouXiTTao-TTi Boeot. = ~dov\i(ra(rdaL.

Cf. 82, 85.1, 142Karafe\)i,cvov Cret. , assembled, to Karei-

\^M. 76KaraOevs Cret. = Karaffels. 78KaTaipeC Locr. 53KaTdKXii)Tos Heracl., summoned. Kard-

kXtjtos d\la = Att. ct&ykXtitos iKK\T}ala.

KaTa\\do-(rii> Arc, intrans., act other-

wiseKaraXopEvs Epid.=*KOTaXa/3eiis support.

5

KaTa\u)i,aK6(i> lieraol., cover over withstones. Cf. Hesych. Xii^ua/ces- irdrpai.

-Xw/xaKw^iJs, 78KardiTEp = Ka^dTre/). 57 a. Also for /car-

Tivep, cf. 95 a, 126Kdrappos Arc. = KardpaTos. 54KaTaTieT||ii Cret., Mess. = iiroTle-rnu

mortgage, mid. take a mortgageKar^Sijav Cypr. = Karieeaav. 138.5KaTE(po>v Lesb. = Kadie/joCK. 13.1, 155.3KaTcpop^ov Cypr., aor. of Karelpyw. 5Kariapa^to Bl. {KaTiapaliav, /cartapaiiffetc)

= KaBiepeio) in form, but in meaning= Karriyopia. 12a, 161.1, no. 57.2,

noteKOtCyv[6I.TOs]? TheSS. = KO(r(7>/7)TOS. 191-kAtioi W. Grk. = -kAo-ioi. 61.2, 116 a,

117.2KOTKTTdnsv Cret. 67 aKaroiKetouvei Thess. = KaToiKfflo-j. 139.2,169

KardiTEp Ion. beside Kardirep = xaSdirep

Karopp^vTEpov Arc. , see dppivrepos

Ka.Ti Arc. = Kurd. 22, 95Kaux<is Cret. = xaXxAs. 65, 71KE Lesb., Thess., Cypr. = fix. 13.3,

134.2KEIVOS = ^Ketvoi. 125.1

k^e| Lac. = kAijs. 142 ak^XevSos Arc, roa4. 191K^vTO Dor. = k^Xto. 72KEpaCci) Delph. =: Kepdnvv/u. 162.8, 229K^pvav Lesb. = Ktpvdvai. 18a, 155.3K^ Boeot. = Kai. 26KTjvos =: iicetvoi. 25 with a, 125.1kipEtxris Cret. = xiipEi/iris divorce

KigaXXEvu Ion., act as highwaymanKi|dXXT|s Ion. , highwayman. Used with

\riuTTi/is in np. 3B 19, as in Democr.f r. 260 ed. Diels. Probably of Carianor Lyoian origin

kCs Thess. = Ws. 68.4, 128, 181KiTTi'As Eub. 81kCoiv a Thess., often used instead of

ardWa = (TT'^Xij

KXaiKTds Argol., Mess. = /cXeio-Tis.

142 aKXaC| Argol., Mess. = (cXels. 142aKXdpos Cret., the body of KXapdrai or

serfs attached to the estate

-K\^as, proper names in. 166.1-kXepes, -kX^tis, -KXfjs, proper names in.

108.1aKXffOs Phoc 68KXEvas Thess. etc 35 akX(vi) Naples, Cumae, tomb or niche in

a tombKo6ap6s Heracl. etc. = Ka0ap6s. 6KdOapo-is El. := KdBapais. 6Koivdv, KOivav^u = K0ti'i6i', Koivaviu.

41.4KOLvdu Thess., Dor. = koikAu. 162.2Ki|ii<rTpo rd Cret., gri/is. 166.3KO|UTTd|icvoi Boeot. = Ko/ua-diievot. 142Kdppa Arc. = icApi). 54KopJCa Cypr. = KapSla. 6, 19.1KO(r|i,^u (-ten) Cret., be a member of the

(cifffios. See following. Koa-fiivres, 42.

5dK6o-|i.o$ Cret., the body of chief magis-

trates (collective ; a single memberwas called KO(Tp.iwv, see preceding);later used of a single member of

this body, with pi. /cAtr/ioi

KdTEpos Ion. = irArcpo!. 68.4KOTuX^a Coan = koti)Xi;

Kovpi) Ion. = KApij. 54KpajiLdirai. Epid. = K^E/iiitrai. 12 &

Page 327: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

GLOSSAEY AND INDEX 311

Kp^vvu Thess. = Kpiva. 18, 74Kp^Tos = Kpiros. 49.2Kptvvw Lesb. = Kp(i/ai. 74. AoT.^Kpivva,

77.1KT^vvca Lesb. = Kreivai. 74KToCva Rhod. , a territorial division sim-

ilar to the Attic deme. Cf. ktI^w,Krlffis

KTOivdras Rhod., member of the kto/xo.

Kundv Epid. = icuKeiiv. 41.49v9vus Chalcid. 22 c, 24 aKUjiEplvai Cypr. = Kv^eppdv. 88, 167Kvppos Thess. = xipios. 19.3Kiipa Cret. = K6pi;. 25, 54Kus Ion. = TTus, 68.4

Aa- from Aoo-. 41.4,45.3Xdpuuriv Chian = \dpaa-iv. 77.3XhoPiiv Aegin. = Xa|8t6». 766XaYatoiCret. {\ayalev), release; aor. \o-ydmi. 162.8

\d$o|iai, Xd|u|iai Ion., Meg., Boeot.(XdSSovffdtj) = Xafi^dvoj

AainraCav Cret. 69.3Xos, gen. Cret. Xdo. 112.4Aao-atos Thess., Aapuratos. No. 28.19,

noteXaTpai[d|uvov], XaTpeid|icvov El. =

TuiTpevifiemv consecrated. 12 a, 161.1Xa(tivpoiriiXi,dv Arc, plundering. No.

18.11, noteXeiTopEvo) Thess. = Upareiu. Cf. He-

sych. Xeiropts- Upeiai, and Xijr^pes- U-

pol a-Tet/>avotp6pot. 'A0afmv€s. Thess. et

= 7)1 (16, 38). Probably related to

Att. \ctTovpry4ia (39)XeiTdipYds Boeot. = \ciTovpy6s. 44.4Xc(u, see X^wXmoXt)s Rhod., accursed. No. 93, note

XcKxot Delph., dat. sg. of \ex'^- 63XeXdptiKa Arc., Ion., Epid. 137, 146.1

with App.X^irxa Rhod., grave. No. 94, note

Aeoxaios Thess,, epithet of Apollo.

No. 26, note

AcTrCvaios Thess. = Xe-rrTlmios. 86.2

XcCtov or XevTov Arc, wittingly (?).

No. 17.3, note

\4a, Cret. XeCco = $4\a. Doric (Cret.,

Lac, Meg., Corcyr., Coan, also in

Epicharmus and Theocritus) and

Elean. Cret. Xriu (but subj. Xi?i), El.

XeofTax, elsewhere only contracted

forms as X^i, \Qfies, XQvri, etc.

-XiaCvu Boeot. = -Xeafw.), but in sense

(act.) canceling, giving a receipt for,(mid.) having canceled, taking a re-

ceipt for. Cpds. with diri), Sid, ii

Xteios Thess. = XWixos. 164.6,9\i,\ii\v Thess. = dyopd market-place

(Thess. dyopd = ^/t/c^i;ir(a)

XiitoteX^ci) Locr., leave taxes unpaid.Cf. XtTTOffTpaTfa etc.

Xio-o-ds Cret., insolvent (?). No. 113.115, note

Xoirts Arg., some kind of shallow ves-sel. Cf. \oTds and XcTris

A«TTos Cret. = Ai)k7-o!. 86.1X<i>Tif)pi.ov Heracl. = XouTijpwv. 44.4

p.d El. = ;ih}. 15(id Thess. = S^. 134.4jiaiTus Cret. = ndprvs. 71 a(idv EL = /t^K. 13 a|i,dvToi Epid. = fiivToL. 126jjiao-Tpda El., accounting, or body of

fiaarpol. Cf . Hesych. fiaffrplai' ai tuvdpxipTuv ev$vvai. 12 a, 31

|ia<rTpo( title of (1) officeis with specialfunction, (2) at Rhodes the highestofficials of the state. Cf . nos. 95, 96

p.a(rxdXa Heracl., hollow, marsh. /3u-

jSXira nairxdXa papyrus marshiiA Cret. = /«J. 93p.^Si.|i.)i.vov Epid. 89.4p,^Suv Arc, Ion. = fiel^av. 113.1p,E8d|i.epa Epid. = ned" d/i.4pa.ii. Adverbformed like ra-epic^^oXa from i-irip

Ke(pa\dv

fitt Boeot., Thess. = /ut). 16|ih6idX[av] Pamph. = /jteydXiiv. 62.3IJLEivvds, f-avis Thess. = pirjuis. 77.1,

112.3MhtCgios Corcyr. 766p,E(s Ion., Corcyr., Meg. = p.i/iv. 112.3)u|ii(r6u(rciivTai Hei'acl. 146.3M^vvsi Boeot. = M^fjjs. 89.6, 108.2M(voKpdTi)s Cret. = McvcKpdrris. 167(i^vTov = p.4irroi. No. 28.38, note

(ilpEia Heracl. = tiepls

(i^pos Locr., real estate. No. 55.44, note

|iEo-EYyovos Boeot., adj. with a third

party. Cf. /jxireyyvdaXj.&S.

fjLCiro^vTi Att. = fj.eiT6dfj.7j. 8^|j.4o-iro8i Thess., until. 132.9a(x^o-o-opos Heracl., intermediate bound-

aryp^o-Ttt Arc, Cret. until. 86.4, 132.9ajxcTapoiK^o) Locr. = fieroiKia. 5 3

(i^TEppos Lesb. = fjArpios. 19.2

Page 328: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

312 GEEEK DIALECTS

uCTpic&uEvai Heracl. = /ieTpLoifiemi.. 42.

56fiirrh Cret., until. 86.4, 132.9a\Utto9 Boeot., Cret. = /i^o-os. 82

(leis El. = Ai^i-. 112.3

(i.i)8aii,6t Delpli. =; /itijSajiioC. 138.2

|i,T)Seta Lesb. = fiitdefila. Cf. 114.1

)i,r|6c(s = fiiidels. 66(ifivvos Lesb. = ii7ip6s. 77.1, 112.3

H^s Heracl. = n'/iv. 112.3

fiiKKi.SS6)i.cvos Lao. = iuKit^6fievos, a termapplied to Spartan boys in the third

year of their public training. 84,

nos. 70-73, noteMtvTwv Arg. = MIXtiov. 72MCp-yos Eretr. = Mla-yos. 60.4

|j,urT6s Cret. = iiurSbs. 85.1

|i,va|i|i,etov Thess. = fivrifieiov. 89.3

Mvoo-cra Thess. = Mi-offfa. 19.3

^Oi(ra Lesb. = fiovcra, Tt .S

(ioixeo) Cret. {iju)lk13v etc.) = Dor. fioi-

Xdo) = fwix^iu. 161.2 with App.(iovvos Ion. = /lims. S4

ixuxis Heracl., storehouse, granary(iua Lao. = fwOffo,. Cf. 59.1, 77.3|i,(dX4(i> Cret. {iio\h, liaXiv, etc.), contend

(in law). So also Cret. d/i^i^uX^u,

dfiiffifiioKos, d,VTi/j,co\os, dTrojUwX^w, adv.

ifiuXei. Cf. Hesych. fiuiX'^icreTai.- iia.-

Xijirerai. Related to Horn. luSXos con-

test. Cf . dyuvifo/tai as a law-term in

Attic

|jLuo-a = ^vtra,. 77.3

va€V(i> Cret. , take refuge in a templevaK6p05, see veiaicitpos

vo(f)6s = i-ciis. 41.4,53,54/vairoiai, see veuiroiTis

vavos Lesb. = veds. 35, 54/vc|i.avT]Ca Cret. = vmnriHa. No. 113.146,

note

vE^ras Cret. , an official body of youngmen, gen. j/eiros, ace. veSra. 88 a

veiDKiipos Ion;, Delph. va.oK6pos, Delph.,Epid., Coan tokA/jos (41.4, 45.3), cus-

todian of the temple, sacristan. Insome places the office became one of

considerable rank and honorvEtiiiroCifs Ion., Coan vairotai, 31, 41.4.

Cf. also Ion. feuTroiAs, Bo^ot. Ka7roi6s.

Title of officials in general charge of

the affairs of the temple -

viKdhas, viK^ap Lac. = viKiaai. 59.1,60.2

v£v = f. 118.6

vi.ou)i,civCa, viu|i.€Cvios Boeot. = voviitipla,

rnvfi'/jvios. i2.5avdfiaios Ion. =(i'6fiLpios. 164,9v6^ios Locr. = vd/ufios. 164.9

vd|ios Heracl., a coin. Cf. Lat. num-mus

vo(ra-6s Ion. veo<r(r6s. 42.5(2

votrrlrTio El. = *potrT£^w, voiTTiw. 84

vu Cypr., Boeot. 134.5vtivap.aL Cret. = SOvafiat. 88

vipttC Cret. = vvktL. 86.1

|«ivos Ion. = ^ivoi. 54gEVFdprjs Coroyr., El. 54l^vvos Lesb. = I^Kos. 546|evo8CKaiLoor., Phoo., title of judges in

cases involving the rights of ^ivoi.. Je-

voSkijiisused by alatewriterto trans-

late the Latin praMor peregrinus

^vv = inJc. 135.7|uv6s Ion. = Koivis. 135.7

6 = 0. 58 a"Oa|os = Fd?o!. 51aoPeXd; Boeot. , oPeWos Thess. — (i/3oX6s.

49.3, 68.1, 89.2

o^SoCtis, a7Soi'/)KavTa. 31 ao^Swi Ion. = 67S617. 44.2oySi^KOVTa Ion. = dydo^Kovra. 44.2

oSeXis = 6po\6s. 49.3 with App., 68.1

oeCycii Lesb. ^ o?7w. 49.1otos Cret. = Sff-os. 826eed.Kiv Cret. = ocrdKis. 81a, 133.6

foi = ol dat. 8 pers. pron. 118.4

FOiKd.Tas = oMTi)i. 167fOiKEtis Cret. = olK4n]s. 167foiKos = oTkos. 52FoCkm Delph. = oiiciacv. 132.7potvos = oims. 52otfos Cypr. = ofos alone. 53, 191otiTEv, otirhE, see of^w

ots Delph. = or. 132.3hoCirovTi Heracl. = ofoovTt. 68

d

o\E(|>(i) Cret. (otwev, ofirei), Ther. (oTirAe

etc.), Lac. (Hesych.), have sexual in-

tercourse

OKa W.Grk. = dre. 13.3, 132.9oKai Lesb. = Sti[}. 68.48KKa for Sxa KB = Srav. 132.9hoKxaKdrioi Heraol. = (JKraKiirtoi. 58cOKTdKiv Lac. = ixTdKis. 133.6okt6 Lesb. = o/cTii. 114.86ktt<& Ephes. App. 89.1hoKTii Heracl., Ther. = d/cTi4. 68c,

114.8

Page 329: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

GLOSSARY AND INDEX 313

OKTUK6irioi Lesb. = <i/cToK6(7ioi. 117.2oXtos = 6\iyoi. 62.3'OX«irir(xijv = 'OXutivlxv- 69-36|ioXoY& a, d|i.6\oYov t6, Boeot. = 6/io-

\a7Ia

0|i,ov6evTEs Lesb.

=

diiovoovvres. 44. 4,167ov Lesb., Thess., Cypr. = dva. 6ovdXa, avdXov|jLa Thess. = draXtu/ia.

164.96vYpd\|Kiv Thess. = avaypiij/ai.. 27, 156gvc Thess. = «8e. 1236v«6<(Ka£v Thess. = av^eriKav. 138.5ovt Arc. = SSc. 123oviouiia Boeot. = ivofia. 226, 24ovvi6a Cret. = 6pvi6a. 86.5ovu Arc. -Cypr. = 5Se. 123owfJba = 6vofia. 226Siroi = Sir-Q. Cret. dTrai also final. 132.

5, 8 aoirei W.Grk. = Srov

oirip Boeot. = {nr4p. 24oirf Cret., where, when, Lao. AAjre as.

132.6oiri Cypr. in Sttl (tis = Strris? 131, no.

19.29, noteoiriSSd|i(vos Lac. = 6in.f6iiems. 84'OirievTi, 'OttovtCohs, HottovtCov Locr.= 'OttoOkti, 'OwovvtIovs, etc. 44.4,

45.4, 53, 58(2

oirdrapos El. = OTriTepos. 12oiroTTOs Boeot., oitottos Cret. = inrdaos.

82Smra Lesb. = Sttb. 129.2, 132.5

oinrus Lesb. = Srios. 129.2oirrlXos Dor. = 6(t>6d\ijJis. Occurs in

Epidaurian (-(Xos and -iXXos, no. 92passim), as Laconian in Plut.Lyc.

11, and in the writings of Archytasand Phintias. Stt-t-I'Kos (cf. dir-r-fip

etc.) like vav-r-iKoi beside vai-rrii

OTTTO El. = dKTlil. 114.8fiirm Cret. = «xoi. 132.4Situs Rhod. = Sttoi. 132.4

8iro( Dor. (Cret. 6iro, Lac. hbiro) = inrb-

eep. 132.7Sirup Eretr., oirup El. = Sttus. 60.1,3,

97 aopdrpios Cret. = *(>'^Tpu>s? No. 112.13,

note

opPos Corcyr. = 6pos. 51

opxC^u = opK&io. 162.1

opKiSrepos Cret., having preference in

the oath

hopKOftdTai Locr., jwrors

Spni = Spm. 142 a

h6pFOs Corcyr., opos Heracl. = Spot.

6i,56dopT^i Ion. = ^opTTJ. 42.5cJopi^i Cjrpr., see ^| dpi^e

ap(|>avo8iKa<rTaC Cret. (dpramdtKaiTTal),

officers appointed to look after the af-fairs of orphans or minors. Cf . Att.6p0aKO0i;XaKes

F<5s Cret. = «s. 120.2, 121.1ficria Arc, Locr. = Sa-ia. 58dloTtt Lesb. = Sre. 13.3, 132.9oTcIos Cret. = OTTofos, So-Tis. 68.1, 130Srepos Cret. = STrorepos. 127FOTi Locr. = Sti. 129.2afiTijii Cret. = 6'riw. 128, 129.26m, Sttives Lesb. = Sn etc. 129.2Sttos Cret. = Sa-os. 82ovSis Lac. =: oiSels. 114.1ov6a|i,et Epid. = oidapioO. 132.2oiSsCs = oiSels. 66ov\o|UT[piov] ? Coan, barley measure.

Cf . Hesych. oiiXaxi'OK • d77ero» els

at oiXal ^fi^dWojTat trpbs dirapxits twv

ovXos Ion. = SXos. 54ovpeiov, UpaovCvet., guard-house. Erom

oBpos watcher, like Att. 4>poiptop from0poup6s

ovpEvw Cret., watchoupos Ion. = Spos. 54ovTO, ouTa, etc. Boeot. = tovto, ToOra,

etc. 1246(|>e[\ti> in aorist and perfect, be con-

demned to pay, be adjudged guilty.

So Arc. aor. infin. 6(p\^v, perf. [fo]-

tfi'Xecun, [/ro]0Xlot, fO(p\eK6irt. 52 a,

138.4, 146.1o^pis Arg., ramp. No. 82. Cf. L.&S.

s.v.Il'

irat, Trai = tt^, tt'q. 132.5iraipCv Eretr. = iraiffiv. 60.3irais = vl6s, or, sometimes, Svyirrip.

Erequent in Lesbian and Cyprian,occasionally elsewhere

iraio-a Lesb. = Trdtra. 77.3

•ira|ia = KT^/io. 49.5a, 69.4ira|iaTo<j>a7€0|i.ai. Locr. = Sinwirieiofuu.

49. &aira|ui>x^<<> Heracl., possess. Cf . Hesych.

TTO^wxos' 6 K^ptos. 'IraXof, and irapta-

xiftJV- KeKrrjfidvos. 41.2

UavaYdpcTLOs Arc, name of a monthiravd^oporis Arc = irair/iyvpis. 6, 49.2,

80 a

Page 330: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

314 GREEK DIALECTS

iraviifitirToi Cret., ungirded ? No. 113.

11, note

ndva|i,|i,os Thess. = n(ij/77|iios, name of

a monthirdvo-a Arc, Arg., Cret., Thess. =

TrStra. 77.3irttvToi Heracl. = TrdvTr}. 133,6irav^vtos Cypr., with all salable prod-

ucts (cf. Sivos). No. 19.9, note

irdp El. = irepf. 12, 95iriip = irapA. 96irapd with aoc. for dat. 136.2

irapa)i,a|£v(i) Arc, drive in a wagon off

(the highroad). Cf. iiraiM^eiu, Ka$a-

/m^eioi. No. 17.23, noteirapairpocTTdTas Agrig. , an adjunct irpo-

o-TtiTasorpresiding officer of the coun-cil. Cf . TrapairpvTiveis in Teos

n'apPdXXu Delph. = irapa^alvia trans-

gress

irdpSeixita Epid. = wapdSeiypia. 66irapclav Boeot. = irapTJa'av. 138.5irapcis Boeot. = jrap^v. 163.3iraperdjiii Arc, examine into (cf. ^|e-

Titfu), and so approve. irapeTd^ami.

(no. 19.29), 142. iraphera^aiiivos (no.

17.20), 173n'apts Boeot. = vapTjv. 16airapKa(6)6tKa Lac. = TrapaKaraB'/iKii

IIap6x6Eos, see Iiep6x0cos

nao-idSapo Gela. 105.2airdcTKO) El. = Trd(rx<^- 66irao-o-uSid^ii) Lesb., assemble. 96.2irao-cruSlrii Ion. = iravtrvSlrii. 96.2irdo-TOs Cret., owner. 49.5a^ardpa Loor. = Traripa. 12irdrpa Arc, Dor. = yimt gens. Ion.

irirpii also, rarely, in this senseirarpid Delph., Elean = fivos gens, as

in Hdt. 1.200irarpioiOKOs Cret. = iirixKiipos heiress.

Law-Code VII. 15, note (p. 270)irf Arc. = TreSd, iist6.. 95, 135.5ircSd = /lerd. 135.5IltSa-yttTVios = Mera-. 135.5irESd^oiKOi Arg. =r liiroMoi. 53, 135.5ireSCja Cypr. = ireSiov

mSidv Arg. = fjtereiiv. 9.7, 135.5iret, irei W. Grk. = ttoB, ttov. 132.2JIciXeo-TpoTCSas Boeot. 68.2ireto-oi Thess. = reTa-ai. 68.2ireCo-ci. Cypr. = Te/o-ei. 68.1irE\av6s, originally a cake offered to

the gods, but also applied to an offer-ing of money. So in no, 82, as in

some inscriptions of Delphi andAmorgos

ir4\iBpov = irX^dpov. 48itcXekvs (or iriKeKv) Cypr., used of asum of money equal to 10 minae.Cf. Hesych. ijpLLTriXeKKov . , . rb yapScKdfivovv ttAcku KaXetrat irapk lla0£-

ois. Used elsewhere with other val-

ues ; cf . Hesych. s.v. xAckusireXroijxipas Boeot. = TreKraaTiis

ir^liire Lesb., Thess. =, irivre. 68.2,114.5

•ir6VTah6Tr)p£s Heracl.= Trei'TaeTijpfs. 58 c

TTEVTafiapiTciia) Delph., seme as TrenTa-

pjuphas. 13, no. 51D16, note•irevTT|K6vTuv Chian = gen. pi. of vevrii-

Kovra. 116ircvTopKCa Locr., quintuple oath, oathswomby five gods, bid

ir^vTos Cret., Amorg. = Tr^/iTTos. 86.2,114.5 with App.

ireireto-Teiv Thess. = ireTreSrfloi. 85.1156

ir£iroi6vTei(r<ri Boeot. = ireirovriKbtn. 9.

2 a, 146ireiroKa Lac. = TTiiTTOTc. 132.6,9irep = Tepl. 95 with App.-iripa,\.6a Cret., set aside, repudiate (the

purchase of a slave). Law-CodeVII. 10, note

ircptPo\ip6a> Rhod., fasten round withlead. 88

ircpCSpop.oi, officials at Mytilene, clerks

of the court

JlEpfoSapCai Locr. 6, 95iTEpoSos Delph. = ireploSos. 95IlEpdxSeos, IlapdxBEas, Locr. or Aetol.

ethnicon. App. 12, 95n^ppa)i.05 Lesb. = Tlplap.os. 19.2irio'irupes Lesb. = T^rapcs. 68.2,114.4IXeTa^etTvios = Mera-. 135.5ir^T6«pov Orop. = <ra.vU wooden tablet.

Same word as rh-avpov springboardand perch for fowls

n«TeoX6s Thess. = eco-o-aXis. 65, 68.2,816

irETpd)iei.vov Boeot. = TeTpd/Hji/oc. Cf.

68.2irirpaTOS Boeot. = Tirapros. 49.2a,

68.2, 114.4ir^TTOpes, ircTTopdKOVTtt Boeot. = rh-To.-

pes, TeTTapdKOPTa. 68.2, 114.4, 116vtiOa Cret. {weiBev), inform. 162.9ire(t>€ipdK0VT{s Thess, = TeBripaKiTes. 68.

2, 147.3

Page 331: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

GLOSSAEY AND INDEX 315

irc<j>uTcuK{)|uv Heracl. 147.2irfXui Lesb. = T^Xe. 68.2, 132.4iri66a> Boeot. = TreWti). 162.8irtirvpcs Horn. = Tfrrapes. 11, 68.2irXd^os Hei-acl., sideirX.a6vovTa El. = wXrieiovTa. 16irXav Dor. etc. = ttX^v

irX&s Lesb. = irX^ows. 113.2irXcvpids, -dSos Heracl. = irXevpd

irX^6a d Locr. = wX^Bos majorityTtXrfiii = wXrjeos, as in Homer. Cret.

the amount, Locr. the majorityirXUs Cret. = irXfe = ttX^oks. 9.4, 42.

3, 113.2wXCm Cret. = ttX^oi-. 113.2, 132.4irXos Arc. = irX^ov. 42. 5d, 113.2irott, iro^jo-o), etc. = TToiet etc. 31iro«x*li«vov Cypr. = irpoitexl'iJjcvov adja-

cent to. Cf. TTpoo-exiir. 89.4mSiKcs Lao. = irpoa'^KovTes. For stem

widiK- to TTO^^Kii;, cf . irpoJf, irpotKds

iro6(Ku Boeot. = irpoa-^Kio. Cf . Uia

iroOoSos ^ Trp6<ro5os. Cf . irori = Trp6s

ir6SoSci)|ia Boeot., Epir. = irpio-oSos.

164.9Trot Argol. etc. = irpAs. 135.66n'OictvTai Phoc. = irotoSrrat. 158iroUvo-i Arc. = jroioOo-i. 77.3, 157KOifia Arg., Boeot., El. = ttoi^w. 53iroi^a<ro-ai El. = 7rai^(ra<r9at. 59.3, 85.2iroii^aTai El. ^ 'iroL'/i<r7]Tat. 59.3, 151.1iroiKE(j>dXaiov Delph. = irpoaKe^'dXaiov.

Cf. TTol = Tp6s, 135.06iroi6vTuv Delph. = 7ro(oi5iTui». 42.6(2

HoCtios Cret. = Zliiftos. 63iriKtt W.Grk., Boeot. = irire. 13.3

with App., 132.9TTOK kC Thess. = «Ti. 131irdXcp El. = xAXis. 18 6

iroXiavdiJLOi Heracl., title of municipalmagistrates in charge of public build-

ings, streets, etc., like the Romanaediles. Called a<rTvv6/ioi at Athens,

Rhodes, etc.

iroXioras Cret. , Epid. = TToXiTjjs. 167

iroXidxos Lac. = iroXioOxos, 167

iroXis = Sijiios. Especially frequent in

decrees of Phocis, Locris, Thessaly,

and other parts of Northwest Greece,

and notably in Crete, where it is al-

most constant

irfXis Lesb. nom. pi. 109.3

irdXuTTOS Heracl. = TrXeto-Tos. 113.2.

Aws Tro\l(rruv = cJs wXclffTuv

iroXir/ja = iroXiTefo, 88 a

iniX^io$ Thess. = iriXios (TiXem). 19.3irovei, irovCoi, etc. Cret., see <pov4uIlohoiSdv, IlohoCSaia Lac. =? UoffeidQv,

UoaaSiina. 41.4, 49.1, 59.1, 61.6iroinrdv Cret. = Tofi-n-^v. 69.3iropvoxlr Boeot., Lesb. = Trapm\j/. 5iropTt Cret. = irpU. 61.4, 70.1iros Arc.-Cypr. = T/)is. 61.4Iloo-cCSav Lesb., Iloo-ciSdv late Dor. =

noraSfflx. 41.4, 49.1, 61.5HomiSiuv Ion. = Iloo-eiSuv. 41.4, 49.1IIoirCSMos, Ion. IIoo-iS^ios. 49.1Uoo-oiSdv Arc. = IIoo-«sai/. 4 1 .4, 49 1

61.5iroT = TTori, TrpAs. 95irOTairoirio-dTO Boeot. = irpoirairoTeicrd-

Tu. 68.2noT£i,Sd(p)o>v, IIoT«i8dv=no(ret5u)K. 41.

4,49.1, 53, 61.6IIoTciSovv Thess. = Iloo-etSuji/. 41.4cTTOTtixet Heracl. = 7rpo<rcxi3s. 132.2iroTeXdro Arg. enforce. See iwiXaiu.

162.4ttotC = jrp6s. 61.4,135.6IIoTlSaiov Caipath. 49.1iroTiKXaJ'yw Heracl., be close to, adja-

cent to. 1 42 oE

iroTurKdirrw Heracl. =*trpoa-a-KdirTO} digup to, heap earth upon

noTo£8oviLesb.(?). 49.1inrd|iaTO Boeot. = ird/xaTa. 69.4vpdSSu Cret. = irpdrra. 84 airpoo-o-ovTocro-i Heracl. 107.3irpdros W.Grk., Boeot. =7rpfiTos. 114.1irpciTtis, irpu^evrds, irfxy^ivTOL^, irpeC-

7«>v, irpct7i<rTos Cret.= 7rp^(r|3us, irpeo--

/SeuTlis, irpeffpirepos, irpea^iraTOi. 68.

1, 86.3 with airpeCv Cret. = irplv. 86.3airpeio-ptta Thess. = Trpcff/Sria. 86.3airp^7i<rTOsCret.,Trpi)7icrTrfo)Coan. 86.3irp^ioto-iv Chian = Trpijfiijini/. 77.3, 150irpTJiriro) Ion. = irpdrra. Cf. 8, 81irp^iTTO) Eub. = irpdTTia. 81Trpi)X("i Chian = Trp^yuo, Tpayna. 68irpuio) Heracl. = rpla. 162.3irpio-yetes Boeot. = irp^cr/Seis. 68.1, 86.3irpoa^op^u Agrig., be irpodyopos, presid-

ing ofBcer of the dXIa

irpoa7pT|fjk|ievoi Lesb. = trpoaipovft^vov.

89.3, 157 a. See d^p^uirpodv^pEais Thess. = vpoalptai%. See

dyp4iij

irpoPeiirdhas Lac. == irpoenrdaai. 51,59.1

Page 332: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

316 GREEK DIALECTS

irpdeSa Cret. = irpba-Bev. 133.1

irpojevviovv Thess. = vpo^emdv. 19.3,

41.4c •

irpd^evFOS Corcyr. = irpb^evoi. 54irp6|i]vos Cret. = irp6^evos. 54irpoirfla Dor. = Trpicrffcv. 133.1irpoo-Sa^Ev/js Arc. (irpoiraBayevis) ofprior date. Cf. iwiyep'^s, p^Tayev^s,

etc. 133.1, no. 16.30ff., note

irpocrSCSios {irpoim^lov) El. 165.2irpoo-|X€TpEts Lesb. = 7r/30ir)ierp^wv. Cf.

78, 157irpocTTo Delpll. =; irplxrBev. 85.1, 133.1

ttpoo-tAtiis. (1) As at Athens, one wholooks after the rights of aliens. Soin no. 55.34. (2) The chief magistrate

of a city or state. (3) Trpoo-rcirai =Att. irpiraveis. So in Cos, Calymna,Cnidus, etc.

[•irpo(rTC]8t|<r[8ov] 'Lesb.= irpo<rri0icr6<i>v.

157airpo(r<|>d7iov Ceos = irpba^ay/ia sacrifice

irpiravis Lesb. (rarely Att.)= irpiravis.

The more usual prefix irpo- replaces

here the related but uncommon irpv-.

irpoTEpeCa Heracl. = vporepala the daybefore

icpiyn\vl 'Boeot., formerly. 123,133.1irpiiTav^iov = irpUTaveroc. 164.1

irpuY-yveiiii) Heracl. , he surety

irpcS^yuos Heracl. = *vpoiyyvoi surety.

44.4irT6Xe|jL05 = TbXepAis. 67irrbXis Cypr. etc. = ^6X15. 67irvas 6 Boeot. = Tola. 30IlipFOs, IIvpFtas, IIupFaXtov = Wippos

etc. 54 c

irSs Dor. = tto?. 132.4nViTtos Cret. = niiSios. 63TTM Dor. etc. = jrWep. 132.7

Fpdrpa El. , see ^^rpafpira, fpiroM Cypr., see fi'/irpa

^^Tpa, originally speech or verbal agree-

ment, but in dialects other thanAttic-Ionic also used of a formalagreement, compact, decree, law. Cf.

Heracl. /cdr ras (/^Tpa! Kal Khr t&v(7vv6iiKav according to the laws andthe contract, Photius jifirpai.- Tapav-rTvoi Si v6fu)vs Kal otov \j/ii<pl(TiiaTa, andIi.&S.S.T.II. So El. fpdrpa compact,decree, Cypr. fpira compact, prom-ise, pperda promise. 16, 65, 70.3

phapato-i Corcyr. 53, 76 6

poYos Heracl., granary. Cf. Hesych.

l>oyoi • ffipol ffiTLKoi, frtro^o\oJves, andPollux IX.45 (TiTO/SiXia- raOra Si ^0-

yois St/ceXiuirat wvdfia^ov

popos Cypr. 53poiTTOV Epid. = l>6irTpov. 70.3

o-d Meg. = Tim. 128o-aSpdiras = (raTpiirris. Still other vari-

ations in the transcription of the

Persianword (x^aB^apava) are seen in

i^aWpaTreiovTOS, i^a-aTpaweiovTos, i^a-

Tpdirtjs

SaKp^Ttis Arc. 41.22a\.a|i.^va El. = ZaX^iivi;. 48(rap|i£v(i> Heracl., mafce mounds ov pits

(?). Cf. Hesych. ffapubs- <rCipos yijs

Kal K(i\\v(rpa, but Etym.Mag. a-ip/ia-

Xd<rfji.a

SavYc'vcis, SavKpdreis Boeot. 41.2o-«X.dva Dor. etc., o-eXdwa Lesb. = o-e-

XiJvT/. 76ZE\iv6evTi, SeXivo'vTioi. 44.4a-ids Lac. = 0e6s. 64o-is Cypr., ffis Arc. = rts. 68.3, 128o-iraY^prai Heracl., receivers and in-

spectors of grain. So dy4pTat ol drS(nravlas at Tauromenium, o-iro^iiXo-

K6S at Athens, Tauromenium, etc.,

(TiTumi at Athens, Delos, etc.

o-trtipiv Eretr. = alT-qa-iv. 60.3o-Ktuddv El. = o-Keu^uj'. 12 a(TKCvdu — (TKevd^u. 162.3o-irofS8dv Cret. = (rirouSTii/. 32,89.3<rinip6s Coan, Epid., Syrac, Ther. =

irvp6%

o-rdXa Dor. etc., o-rdXXa Lesb., Thess.= tTTlJXT). 76

o-Taprds Cret., a subdivision of thetribe. 49.2a

o-T^Ya Cret., house. Law-Code III. 46,

note

o-T^Yoo-o-is Epid. = (TT^oo-is. 164.3o-TeiTTw Coan = (rri^a. No. 101.29, noteiTTcc^avC^u = -6(1). 162.1(rnifidvot Lesb. App. 159oTEi^aviiu = -4(1). 159 with App.a-Te4>iiv Ion., ridge. 165.4<rTo(x€is Lesb. = (TToix^toi'. 78,157.1(rTov6Fe(<r)(rav Corcyr. 164.2oTopird, cTopirdos Arc. = darpairii,

dffT/jairatos. 5, 31o-TpoTO'YOs Lesb. = (rrpaTifybt. 6<rTp0TCV0|jiai Boeot. = trTpareio/iaL. 5

o-TpoTiiSras Boeot. = o-TpaTidrriis. 5

Page 333: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

GLOSSARY AND INDEX 31T

(TTpoTos Lesb., (TTporbs Boeot. = crrpa-t6s. 5

<JTpo4>d Delph. , turn ofthe road ( ?) . Seeno. 51 C 33, note

o^i-y7po<|>os Arc. , Boeot., Argol. = <rvy-

ipatji-fi contmcioTiYx^O'i Ion. 144oTiKattEl. 15760Ti(jnrnr£(rK<i> Delph., invite to drink to-

gether

o-vvaprvii) Arg., belong to the body ofafiTvvai. No. 78.2, note

cruvapxooTaT^u Fhoc, join in appoint-ing magistrates

(ruv8avxva()>6poi Thess., fellow Saipvri-

(ftbpoL. See dai^x^^

o-uvh^p|ovTi Hei-acl., enclose, cut off {theroads). Hei-acl.Tab.I.i30fi., note

o-vvetro-dSSu Cret. = o-ui'-cK-irdTTu assist

in carrying off. Cf . xpij/iara in<rKevi-

j^av Strabo. 84 ao-uvkXeCs, -eiTOs Thess. = <n57KXj)Tos ^k-

KX77<r/o. 164.9oT)VT^€ir6ai Cret. (Dreros)=(7-ui'^ffE<reo(.

168.10o-<|>d88tt> Boeot., o-<f>d^o> Ion. = (npaTTu.

84 a<r<|)eis Arc. = <r0i<ri. 119.4<r(^i1v6irovs Ceos, having wedge-shapedfeet

<r^v\f\ = ^vxll- 87crus, a-o>-, Su-. 41.2

rayd Thess. , time when there is a raybs,

hence time of war. No. 33, noteTa-yeuu Delph., Thess., hold the office

of rayhs

T076S, official title, Cypr., Delph.,Thess. In Thessaly applied to (1) amilitary leader of the united Thes-salians appointed only in time of

war (cf. no. 33, note), (2) city offi-

cials like the ipxamesot many places.

At Delphi, officials of the phratry of

the Labyadae (no. 51)

Ta£ = oi. 122rat El. = TiSs. 122TatsLesb., El. = rds. 78Td|JLVO> := T4fLV(a, 49.4

rafios Thess. , of the present time (t4 tS-

fiov thepresent one, no. 28.«). Cf. rrj-

lioi to-day, Apoll.Rh. 4.252

xdve Thess. = rdde. 123

Tovt Boeot. = T'^vSe. 122xavvuv Arc. = rr^vSe. 123

Tttvs = rds. 78rdvi) Arc. = rdSe. 123raora East Ion. = TaOra. 33Tdts = Tits. 78Taurd Lac. = rairri thus. 132.5aTaSrai = avrcu. 124Touri El. = Tair-n here. 132.6Tttircov El. = Toiruii. 1241^6)110$ Dor. = eiff/uos. 164.4TE9|t6s Dor. = Bca-fiSs. 164.4Tti8«^ W. Grk. = TvSe here. 132.2T«|ld, Tilf.^ = TI/Hl). 21T€tci) Arc. = Tij/«. 162.12T^Kva Locr. = t^xvv- 66Te\o(i6(v) Arg., support. No. 77, noteTeX«o-rd El. official. Cf. t4\os office.

105.1aT^Xeo-rpa rd Ion., Coan, expenses of

inaugurationTE\c(r<t>ape'vT€s Cyren. 157T^Eus Coan = rAeios. 43, 276TE'Xo)i.ai Cret. = e(rotmL. 163.10Tt'os Dor. = <roB. 118.3"reos Dor., Lesb., nos Boeot. = o-is.

120.2T^pros Lesb. = rplros. 18T^pxvija (or Tp4x»ija) Cypr., shrubs,

trees. Cf. Hesych. ripx^ea- (pvri. v4a

and rp^xvos' (tt^Xcxos, KXdSos, tjivrbv,

^XdCTTIfiO.

T^o-o-apES, T^o-o-EpES. 54 6, 81, 114.4TEo-cTEpaKovTuv Chiau, gen. pi. of reaae-

paKovTa. 116TETapTEis Coan, a measure, like ^ktciJs

TlropTOs, T^Tparos. 49.2a, 114.4T^TOp£$ W. Grk. = rdrrapes. 54 e, 1 1 4.4.

Aco.pl., 107.4TETpdKiv Lac. = TerpdKL^. 133.6TcrpcdKOVTa AVGrk. = TerrapiiKOVTa. 116TETpupov Heracl.

,group offour bound-

ary stones. 41.2teBe El. = TjSe Aere. 132.6T^iioi Ion. 37Tijvo, Triivo Cret. = Z^i-a.. 84, 112.1Ti)VEi - iKehn there. 125.1, 132.2rfjvos = iKeivos. 125.1TC6r|VTi Mess. = TiffiSo-t. 151.1

rCfiai. Lesb. App. 159TijjLaKXfjs, Ti.p,aKpdTi)s, Ti|iava| == Tiiw-

K\rjs etc. 167rlvDoT. = aol. 118.4tCvoi, fut. Tei(7(tj, aor. ereura (not Tf(rw,

^Tiffa) in Attic and elsewhere, 28 a.

7rEi(rw,e7rei<ra, 68.1,2. Arc. pres. teJu,

162.12

Page 334: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

318 GEEEK DIALECTS

Tioixtt Boeot. = Tixt- 24Tip El. = TIS. 60.1

TXtto-Cofo Coroyr. 105.2aTvoris Cret. = durirbi. 66

T6f Rhod. = TbSe. 63.2

To( = ol. 182Tot El. = rASe. 128Toit Boeot. = o!:ae. 122Totveos Thess. = ToiSe. 123ToivC Arc. = TijJSc. 123TiKa W. Grk. = T&re. 13.3, 132.9

t6ki,os or t6ki,ov Delph. = t6kos interest

t6v« Thess. = T65e. 123t6vs = ToM. 78

t6s = Toiis. 78TocTTOv Arc. = ToiJcSe. 123TOTO = ToOro. 34 aToi Boeot. = (Ti). 61.6T0VVV60VV Thess. = riovde. 123ToSra Eub., Delph. = Tadra. 124Tovras Delph. = rairas. 124TouTet W.Grk. = Tair-g here. 132.2ToiPTti Eub. = Tairji. 124TOVTOl = OVTQL. 124TovTu Dor., thence. 132.7To<t>i.(av Heracl. = ratjieiiv burial-place.

6, 165.4TpaKoLSi Thess. = rpiaKiSi. 19.4Tpd<|>T| Amorg. = ri^pij. 70.2Tp(i<j>os Heracl. = rdi^pos. 70.2Tp&s Cret. = rpeis. 42.3Tp^irtSSa = Tpd?refa. 18,84rpiio Arg. = cj>eiyo} in technical sense.

No. 78, noteTpfjs Ther. = rpAs. 25, 114.3TpidKoitrros Lesb. = rpiaicoo-TSs. [116TpiaKovrdireSos (sc. oSiSs) Heracl. , a road

thirty feet wideTpiT|K6<rtoi Ion. 117.2TpCivs Cret. = rpeis. 114.3rpiKiiXios Coan = TpUaXos. i/3e\is rpi-

KiiXios three-pronged forkTpiiravaYOpo-is Arc. See iravdyopris

Tpis = TpeTs. 114.3TpCrpa rd Cret., the threefold amount.

165.3, Law-Code 1.36, note (p. 262)TToXfapxoi Thess. (Phalanna), for vto-

Xlapxoi. 67,86.2. City officials (likethe rayol of other Tliessalian cities,

also sometimes rayol at Phalanna).Cf. the TToXird/jxai of Thessalonica(Acts 17.6) and other Macedoniantowns (Ditt.Syll.318)

ri Dor. = trii, <r4. 61.6, 118.2,5Ti, tBs Boeot. = Tol, To?s. 30

Tut Boeot. = Tolde. 122TulSe Jjesh. = T^Sc here. 132.4TU|i,os Corcyr. = rii/i/Sos. No. 89, note

Tvpcia Heracl., cheese-press

ravL Arc. = T0v8e

T(&s = rods. 78

i Cypr. = 4Trt. 135.8•upaCs Cypr. , forever. 133.6"YPpeo-Tas Thess. = 'T/SpiffTas. 18iSap^o-Tcpov Lesb

., iess pure. Used with

Kcpvdv of mixing water and wine, andso applied also to the debasement of

coinage. No. 21, notejiSpCa Locr. 56

d

utCret. = or. 132.4dIs Rhod. = or. 132.4viis = vlis. 112.2FVK(a Boeot. := olxla. 30hvXopEovTos Thess., from iiXapia be iXw-

/i)6s,"the official in charge of the publicforests (cf. Arist.Pol.6.8.6). 41.4c,53, 157, 167

iji^v late Cret. = i^efs. 119.2aup.^S, vp.4 = {//j^cSj i/fjJas. 119.2,5v|i,|i.E$ etc.. Lesb. = i/ieTs etc. 119ip.oCus, vp-oXoYCa Lesb. ^ oftoitas etc.

22 avve6€kc Cypr. = ividrjKe. 22vv^Buo-E Arc. = 6.vi0iiKe. 22, no. 15, notevos, uvs = vlhs^ viis. 314ir Thess. = inrb. 95iici. EL, Lesb. = iirb. 135.3uirap Pamph. = iSirep. 12uir6 El., Lac. = iirl with gen. in expres-

sions of dating. App. 136.11viroSiacrOpu Epid. = Siaaipu ridicule

vird8Ep,a = inroBi^Kri security. No. 109,

notevinrpo Tos Thess. ,j«s<, previously. 136.

1,10. No. 28.43, notehuiri Cumae = inrb. 22 c

'

^sArg. = or. 132.4vo-Tapiv El. =; ia-repov. 12, 133.6v(rTcpo|tEivvCa Thess. , oiareponeivla Boe-

ot.,the last day of the month

vo-Tcpos Arc. 58 c!

iSa-uiras Ceos = v&a-airoi. Semitic loan-word, hence variation in spelling

{ixipos T| Cypr. = ivlxapov. 25 6, 135.8

4>at)jLi Lesb. = (ji-niil. 47*avoT«i)s, *avoT6vs Delph. 46<t>dos. 41.2(jtapS^vos Arc. = irapBivoi. 65

Page 335: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

GLOSSARY AND INDEX 319

+apjis Epid. = *^pdjis. 49.2a<t)dpx|io Epid. = 4>p6.-Yim. 49.2a, 66<)>apu Loor., El., Delph. = ,)>ipa. 12<|>aTp(a = (pparpla. 70.3<j)a«iT6s Delph., ZijrW-ffmj/. 31, no. 51

C6, note<^^pva Epid. = ^ipvri, but meaning por-

tion (for the god)<|>Ep6o-eo Epid. = ^ep^o'dui'. 140.36*eTTttXds Boeot. = eeiraaX6s. 68.2^e&v Dodona = Sean. 68.5<j)^p Lesb. = eijp. 68.2(jiS^pai Arc. = (p$eTpa.i. 80(^84ppcD Lesb. =: (pedpa. 74ijie^pci) Arc. = (pedpu. 25, 74<|>tvTOTos Dor. = (plXraros. 724>CvT(av, ^ivrtas = ^iXrav, ^iXrlas. 72i^oiviK'/jia Ion. = ypdfiimTa. Cf. Hdt.5.

58. 164.1(|>ovis Arc. = tpornis. 111.4(j>pdTT(i> Boeot. = 0pdfu. App. 84 aij>p'iiTapxas Naples = tpparplapxa^. 70.3<j)pJv Locr. = irplv. 66<^pov4oi Cypr. = (ppoviwai. 59.4<|>povT(SSo>, <|>povt£tt<ii Cret.= (ppovrl^io.

84<|>uYaScC<i> El. = ^u7aSEi)id. 161.1. Aor.

subj. (jtvyaSeiavTi, 151.1<^vovT€s Dodona = ftJovres. 68.5(^uWu Cret. (itokIi etc.) declare, hear

witness. Cf . diroifiavia

XaX.Ki.os Lesb. = x^^"^"^- 164.6

xdpaSos Heracl. = xa/"'*P'' ravine. Cf

.

Horn. x^P°-^os

XapCfETTav Boeot. = x"?'^"^"'"''- ^^i164.2

XctXioi Ion. etc. = x'^""- 76, 117.3X<XX.ioiLesb.,Thess.= x"^""- 76, 117.3Xtpp- Lesb. = xev". 79XTJXioi Lac. = x'Xioi. 25,76,117.3X1P- = X«P-. 25 6, 79\L\ioi Att. 11 with App., 76, 117Xpot(8)S<o El. = xpn'fw. 84Xpav^opiai Cypr. = followingXpa\io)i.ai Cypr., border on. 191XPTl'SSffl Meg. = xPS'fw- 84XP««<rTai El. = xp^ffSoi. 86.1,161.2aXpriCJu (or xpiXOfw, 37) = ei\u, /3oi)Xo-

fuu. Especially frequent in insularDoric

Xpvo-ios Lesb. = xprfo-eos. 164.6

i|/d(|>i-y)La, i|>d<|>i|i|i,a Cret. = ^ij^wr/ia.

142 ailfaifiCSSu Boeot., Cret. = \^i;0ifw. 84i|/d<f>i|i,s Aetol., i|fdif>i||is Locr. = *^ij-

(puris act of voting. Locr. iv iSplav rdi/

yjiaipi^^iv elii£v (no. 55.46) = Att. tj/ricpi-

fEfffiai it idplav. 89.1, 142 ailr^ifiillta = xj/iitpurpia. 60.4

CO Dor. etc. = «9e». 132.7u^d Lac. 51cov = o^v. 25 c

miia Cret. {5v(v, uvloi) = ttuX^w. 162.9upata Coan

,festivals celebrated at afixed

date. Cf. Hesych. apala . . . T-do-o-erat

. . . itrl Tuv Kaft ojpav avvTeKov/jLivojv

leptop.— iapaia 7jfj.4pa t] iopr'fj

upos Cret. = Spot. 54OS Boeot. = ws. 58aOTi Cret.'= ouTiKos. 129.3«T» Lac. = ai)Tou. 33 a

Page 336: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

CHARTS AND MAP

The charts are intended to exhibit, in a form which may be

easily Surveyed, the distribution of some of the more important

peculiarities common to several dialects. Chart I (repeated with

slight corrections from the author's article in Glass. Phil. II, 241 £f.)

represents a selection of phenomena which are especially signifi-

cant for the interrelations of the dialects, and Chart I a is a con-

densation of the same.

The presence of a given peculiarity is indicated by a cross oppo-

site' the name of the dialect and beneath a caption which, like 'those

used in the Summaries, is sufficient to identify the phenomenon,

though not always to define it, and should always be interpreted

ia the light of the section of the Gramjnar to which reference is

made. The cross is sometimes surrounded by a circle as an inti-

mation of some reservation, the nature of which will be understood

from the section referred to.

The coloring of the dialect map represents the grouping of the

dialects as described above, pp. 1 ff . The mixture iu Thessaly and

Boeotia is indicated, also the Aeolic streak in the Ionic of Chios.

But the various Aeolic and Achaean survivals scattered through

West Greek territory are ignored. Along the western coast of

Northern Greece the extent of Corinthian influence (see p. 10,

note) is so imperfectly known that the coloring of Acarnania and

the adjacent region is to be taken merely as a crude suggestion of

the speech conditions, and Epirus, from which we have only a few

late inscriptions, has been left uncolored.

320

Page 337: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

9

Page 338: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects
Page 339: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

p. p.

Thessalian

Th. Th.

Boeotian

Pliocian

I

Locrian

[ Elean

Laconiaii

Heracleaii

Megariaii

Corinthian

Argolic

Ehodian

Coan

Tlieran

Cretan

Page 340: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects
Page 341: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects
Page 342: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects
Page 343: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

CHAET III

Page 344: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

GREECEIonic

Aeollc

Achaean(Aroado-Cyprian)

Doric[

North west Greek

"^

[=1

Page 345: Buck 1910. Introduction to the Study of the Greek Dialects

jJChaleedon

'